Over the past 2 years I've done a considerable amount of research in the realms of behavioral, cognitive, and social, psychology, as well as product psychology and the psychology of music, and cognitive neuroscience. Many of the studies and research papers I've aggregated have profound business and consumer implications.
Forensic accounting is a specialty practice area where accounting, auditing and investigative skills are used to analyze information that is suitable for use in a court of law.
Forensic Accounting is the use of accounting skills to investigate fraud and analyze the financial information that can be useful in legal proceedings. Areas of forensic involvement fall into two categories namely litigation support and investigative accounting. Go through the slides to have a brief idea about Forensic Accounting and the common accounting fraud areas. Also know what exactly forensic accountants do.
Forensic accounting is a specialty practice area where accounting, auditing and investigative skills are used to analyze information that is suitable for use in a court of law.
Forensic Accounting is the use of accounting skills to investigate fraud and analyze the financial information that can be useful in legal proceedings. Areas of forensic involvement fall into two categories namely litigation support and investigative accounting. Go through the slides to have a brief idea about Forensic Accounting and the common accounting fraud areas. Also know what exactly forensic accountants do.
AQA forensic psychology revision for alevel paper 3.
SLIDE 25 - HOLT EXAMPLE : Holt - significant difference in positive behaviour compared to a non-token group.
For some reason that part wasn't included in the upload.
This is a presentation intended to give basic training for counterfeit currency. Most of the content has been obtained from the Secret Service website.
This lecture slide concerns the accuracy report of eye witness testimony. How accurate are eye-witness testimonials? And how can we interview witness so that their reports can be more accurate? It identifies the 'Cognitive Interview Model' which is a interview approach for increasing accuracy of reports while minimizes false information. One of the main mistake of interviewers are asking misleading questions. For instance, 'did you see the gun?' as opposed to 'did you see 'a' gun?' First part was misleading because it implies that a gun was witnessed when in fact there may not have been a gun present.
Add your comments and questions below.
Zombies or Cyborgs: is Facebook Eating Your Brain?guestcf1e8d8
While some present the dawn of the social web as a doomsday, we believe that social media technologies represent a secondary revolution to that described above by cyborg cognition theorist Andy Clark. Trapped within this debate lies the brain; recent advances in the neurosciences have thrown open our concept of the brain, revealing a neural substrate that is highly flexible and plastic (Green and Bavelier 2008). This phenomenal level of plasticity likely underpins much of what separates us from the animal kingdom, through a profound enhancement of our ability to use new technologies and their cultural co-products (Clark and Chalmers 1998; Schoenemann, et al. 2005; Shaw, et al. 2006). Yet many fear that this plasticity represents a precise threat to our cognitive stability in light of the technological invasion of Twitter-like websites. By investigating how the brain changes as we undergo profound self alteration via digital meditation, we can begin to unravel the biological mysteries of plasticity that underpin a vast array of issues in the humanities and social sciences.
Zombies or Cyborgs: Is Facebook Eating Your Brain?Micah Allen
In this talk, I review recent findings in neuroplasticity as well as basic methods for measuring functional and structural plasticity in the human brain. I apply insights from these findings to debate concerning the neurocognitive impact of our rising uses of social media networks. This talk reviews my ongoing empirical research in this area and ultimately suggest that we can reject the 'zombies' in favor of the adaptive social cyborg view of mind.
AQA forensic psychology revision for alevel paper 3.
SLIDE 25 - HOLT EXAMPLE : Holt - significant difference in positive behaviour compared to a non-token group.
For some reason that part wasn't included in the upload.
This is a presentation intended to give basic training for counterfeit currency. Most of the content has been obtained from the Secret Service website.
This lecture slide concerns the accuracy report of eye witness testimony. How accurate are eye-witness testimonials? And how can we interview witness so that their reports can be more accurate? It identifies the 'Cognitive Interview Model' which is a interview approach for increasing accuracy of reports while minimizes false information. One of the main mistake of interviewers are asking misleading questions. For instance, 'did you see the gun?' as opposed to 'did you see 'a' gun?' First part was misleading because it implies that a gun was witnessed when in fact there may not have been a gun present.
Add your comments and questions below.
Zombies or Cyborgs: is Facebook Eating Your Brain?guestcf1e8d8
While some present the dawn of the social web as a doomsday, we believe that social media technologies represent a secondary revolution to that described above by cyborg cognition theorist Andy Clark. Trapped within this debate lies the brain; recent advances in the neurosciences have thrown open our concept of the brain, revealing a neural substrate that is highly flexible and plastic (Green and Bavelier 2008). This phenomenal level of plasticity likely underpins much of what separates us from the animal kingdom, through a profound enhancement of our ability to use new technologies and their cultural co-products (Clark and Chalmers 1998; Schoenemann, et al. 2005; Shaw, et al. 2006). Yet many fear that this plasticity represents a precise threat to our cognitive stability in light of the technological invasion of Twitter-like websites. By investigating how the brain changes as we undergo profound self alteration via digital meditation, we can begin to unravel the biological mysteries of plasticity that underpin a vast array of issues in the humanities and social sciences.
Zombies or Cyborgs: Is Facebook Eating Your Brain?Micah Allen
In this talk, I review recent findings in neuroplasticity as well as basic methods for measuring functional and structural plasticity in the human brain. I apply insights from these findings to debate concerning the neurocognitive impact of our rising uses of social media networks. This talk reviews my ongoing empirical research in this area and ultimately suggest that we can reject the 'zombies' in favor of the adaptive social cyborg view of mind.
Micah Allen: Zombies or Cyborgs: Is Facebook eating your brain?Seismonaut
Micah Allen er hjerneforsker og PhD studerende på Århus Universitet. Her fortæller han om sociale mediers indflydelse på hjernen til Headstart Morgenseminar d. 17. marts 2010.
Summary of the Persuasive Technology 2009 conference, presented at the Mini-UPA (Boston UPA chapter) conference on May 26, 2009 by Carolyn Snyder, PT 09 attendee.
This report examines how digital technologies are impacting human cognition, neurology and behaviour. It is based on interviews with four globally recognised experts spanning the fields of neuroscience and behavioural psychology.
Researchers Discover How the Human Brain Separates, Stores, and Retrieves Mem...RIKICOURSE
Researchers have identified two types of cells in our brains that are involved in organizing discrete memories based on when they occurred. This finding improves our understanding of how the human brain forms memories and could have implications in memory disorders such as Alzheimer’s disease.
Cognitive Psychology Essay
Examples Of Cognitive Psychology
Cognitive Psychology Essay
Seven Major Themes Of Cognitive Psychology
Cognitive Psychology Essay
Assignment Of Cognitive Psychology
History of Cognitive Psychology
Theories Of Cognitive Theory
Cognitive Psychology Essay
Cognition Essay
Language and Cognitive Psychology Essay
The Evolution of Cognitive Psychology Essay
Assignment On Cognitive Psychology
Cognitive Psychology Paper
Cognitive psychology . Essay
Cognitive Behavioral Psychology In Inside Out
The Homunculus Problem: Why You Will Lose the Battle of BYODMichele Chubirka
BYOD, it's the new enterprise Boogie Man, striking fear into the heart of security professionals everywhere. We think this is a simple issue of policy, but if a recent study is correct and 20-somethings will risk their jobs to use their own devices, it's clear there's more going on. One explanation for the attachment to our smartphones and tablets can be found in neuroscience.
Studies show that texting, Twitter and Facebook usage activate the same addictive patterns in the brain as heroin and cigarettes. With advances in neuroengineering and brain computer interfaces, it sounds as if we're arguing with the inevitable, ultimate BYOD. Science continues to make advancements toward using technology to overcome the limitations of paralysis or to repair the damaged areas of the brain. Many of these devices will be wireless and in our enterprises. Parag Khanna and Ayesha Khanna in a recent TED book said we've entered a Hybrid Age, "...a new sociotechnical era that is unfolding as technologies merge with each other and humans merge with technology..." The BYOD cat is out of the bag, the barbarians are at the gates. Therefore, the answer to BYOD cannot be, “No,” but a qualified “Yes, and....”
India Orthopedic Devices Market: Unlocking Growth Secrets, Trends and Develop...Kumar Satyam
According to TechSci Research report, “India Orthopedic Devices Market -Industry Size, Share, Trends, Competition Forecast & Opportunities, 2030”, the India Orthopedic Devices Market stood at USD 1,280.54 Million in 2024 and is anticipated to grow with a CAGR of 7.84% in the forecast period, 2026-2030F. The India Orthopedic Devices Market is being driven by several factors. The most prominent ones include an increase in the elderly population, who are more prone to orthopedic conditions such as osteoporosis and arthritis. Moreover, the rise in sports injuries and road accidents are also contributing to the demand for orthopedic devices. Advances in technology and the introduction of innovative implants and prosthetics have further propelled the market growth. Additionally, government initiatives aimed at improving healthcare infrastructure and the increasing prevalence of lifestyle diseases have led to an upward trend in orthopedic surgeries, thereby fueling the market demand for these devices.
Improving profitability for small businessBen Wann
In this comprehensive presentation, we will explore strategies and practical tips for enhancing profitability in small businesses. Tailored to meet the unique challenges faced by small enterprises, this session covers various aspects that directly impact the bottom line. Attendees will learn how to optimize operational efficiency, manage expenses, and increase revenue through innovative marketing and customer engagement techniques.
Affordable Stationery Printing Services in Jaipur | Navpack n PrintNavpack & Print
Looking for professional printing services in Jaipur? Navpack n Print offers high-quality and affordable stationery printing for all your business needs. Stand out with custom stationery designs and fast turnaround times. Contact us today for a quote!
[Note: This is a partial preview. To download this presentation, visit:
https://www.oeconsulting.com.sg/training-presentations]
Sustainability has become an increasingly critical topic as the world recognizes the need to protect our planet and its resources for future generations. Sustainability means meeting our current needs without compromising the ability of future generations to meet theirs. It involves long-term planning and consideration of the consequences of our actions. The goal is to create strategies that ensure the long-term viability of People, Planet, and Profit.
Leading companies such as Nike, Toyota, and Siemens are prioritizing sustainable innovation in their business models, setting an example for others to follow. In this Sustainability training presentation, you will learn key concepts, principles, and practices of sustainability applicable across industries. This training aims to create awareness and educate employees, senior executives, consultants, and other key stakeholders, including investors, policymakers, and supply chain partners, on the importance and implementation of sustainability.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
1. Develop a comprehensive understanding of the fundamental principles and concepts that form the foundation of sustainability within corporate environments.
2. Explore the sustainability implementation model, focusing on effective measures and reporting strategies to track and communicate sustainability efforts.
3. Identify and define best practices and critical success factors essential for achieving sustainability goals within organizations.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction and Key Concepts of Sustainability
2. Principles and Practices of Sustainability
3. Measures and Reporting in Sustainability
4. Sustainability Implementation & Best Practices
To download the complete presentation, visit: https://www.oeconsulting.com.sg/training-presentations
Business Valuation Principles for EntrepreneursBen Wann
This insightful presentation is designed to equip entrepreneurs with the essential knowledge and tools needed to accurately value their businesses. Understanding business valuation is crucial for making informed decisions, whether you're seeking investment, planning to sell, or simply want to gauge your company's worth.
RMD24 | Debunking the non-endemic revenue myth Marvin Vacquier Droop | First ...BBPMedia1
Marvin neemt je in deze presentatie mee in de voordelen van non-endemic advertising op retail media netwerken. Hij brengt ook de uitdagingen in beeld die de markt op dit moment heeft op het gebied van retail media voor niet-leveranciers.
Retail media wordt gezien als het nieuwe advertising-medium en ook mediabureaus richten massaal retail media-afdelingen op. Merken die niet in de betreffende winkel liggen staan ook nog niet in de rij om op de retail media netwerken te adverteren. Marvin belicht de uitdagingen die er zijn om echt aansluiting te vinden op die markt van non-endemic advertising.
Skye Residences | Extended Stay Residences Near Toronto Airportmarketingjdass
Experience unparalleled EXTENDED STAY and comfort at Skye Residences located just minutes from Toronto Airport. Discover sophisticated accommodations tailored for discerning travelers.
Website Link :
https://skyeresidences.com/
https://skyeresidences.com/about-us/
https://skyeresidences.com/gallery/
https://skyeresidences.com/rooms/
https://skyeresidences.com/near-by-attractions/
https://skyeresidences.com/commute/
https://skyeresidences.com/contact/
https://skyeresidences.com/queen-suite-with-sofa-bed/
https://skyeresidences.com/queen-suite-with-sofa-bed-and-balcony/
https://skyeresidences.com/queen-suite-with-sofa-bed-accessible/
https://skyeresidences.com/2-bedroom-deluxe-queen-suite-with-sofa-bed/
https://skyeresidences.com/2-bedroom-deluxe-king-queen-suite-with-sofa-bed/
https://skyeresidences.com/2-bedroom-deluxe-queen-suite-with-sofa-bed-accessible/
#Skye Residences Etobicoke, #Skye Residences Near Toronto Airport, #Skye Residences Toronto, #Skye Hotel Toronto, #Skye Hotel Near Toronto Airport, #Hotel Near Toronto Airport, #Near Toronto Airport Accommodation, #Suites Near Toronto Airport, #Etobicoke Suites Near Airport, #Hotel Near Toronto Pearson International Airport, #Toronto Airport Suite Rentals, #Pearson Airport Hotel Suites
What is the TDS Return Filing Due Date for FY 2024-25.pdfseoforlegalpillers
It is crucial for the taxpayers to understand about the TDS Return Filing Due Date, so that they can fulfill your TDS obligations efficiently. Taxpayers can avoid penalties by sticking to the deadlines and by accurate filing of TDS. Timely filing of TDS will make sure about the availability of tax credits. You can also seek the professional guidance of experts like Legal Pillers for timely filing of the TDS Return.
Enterprise Excellence is Inclusive Excellence.pdfKaiNexus
Enterprise excellence and inclusive excellence are closely linked, and real-world challenges have shown that both are essential to the success of any organization. To achieve enterprise excellence, organizations must focus on improving their operations and processes while creating an inclusive environment that engages everyone. In this interactive session, the facilitator will highlight commonly established business practices and how they limit our ability to engage everyone every day. More importantly, though, participants will likely gain increased awareness of what we can do differently to maximize enterprise excellence through deliberate inclusion.
What is Enterprise Excellence?
Enterprise Excellence is a holistic approach that's aimed at achieving world-class performance across all aspects of the organization.
What might I learn?
A way to engage all in creating Inclusive Excellence. Lessons from the US military and their parallels to the story of Harry Potter. How belt systems and CI teams can destroy inclusive practices. How leadership language invites people to the party. There are three things leaders can do to engage everyone every day: maximizing psychological safety to create environments where folks learn, contribute, and challenge the status quo.
Who might benefit? Anyone and everyone leading folks from the shop floor to top floor.
Dr. William Harvey is a seasoned Operations Leader with extensive experience in chemical processing, manufacturing, and operations management. At Michelman, he currently oversees multiple sites, leading teams in strategic planning and coaching/practicing continuous improvement. William is set to start his eighth year of teaching at the University of Cincinnati where he teaches marketing, finance, and management. William holds various certifications in change management, quality, leadership, operational excellence, team building, and DiSC, among others.
4. A Message From Your Brain: I'm Not
Good At Remembering What I Hear
"Our auditory memory isn't as robust as we might like to think it is," says Poremba. "We think that we are great
at integrating all the senses," but the experiment shows that tactile and visual memory easily trumped auditory
memory.
The results further suggest that the brain processes tactile and visual memories through a similar mechanism,
but that auditory memory is processed differently. This has potential implications for understanding the
evolution of the human brain, says Bigelow, since the auditory memory of monkeys and chimpanzees also lags
behind their tactile and visual memory.
5. Shared brain activity predicts audience preferences
The researchers also used official television viewing figures and publicly available
data from Facebook and Twitter to gauge how popular each clip was at the time
it was first shown. As in earlier studies of shared brain activity, they found that
some of the clips produced a greater degree of synchronised brain activity in the
participants that others.
Remarkably, though, the participants’ shared brain activity accurately predicted
audience reactions to each at the time they were aired, with the most popular
scenes and commercials producing the greatest degree of brain synchronisation
in the participants.
Thus, the extent of shared brain activity within the small group of participants
was closely linked to the collective behaviour of a much larger group of people,
suggesting that brain scanning technology could eventually be used to predict
peoples’ reactions to a forthcoming film, their product preferences, or perhaps
even how they might vote in an upcoming election
New research published in the journal Nature Communications adding some hope to the neuromarketing hype, by
showing that the brain activity shared by small groups of people in response to film clips can accurately predict how
popular those clips will be among larger groups.
Ten years ago, Uri Hasson and his colleagues recruited five participants and used functional magnetic resonance imaging
(fMRI) to scan their brains while each one watched the same 30-minute clip of Sergio Leone’s classic spaghetti western,
The Good, the Bad and the Ugly. They noticed that the film produced remarkably similar patterns of brain activity in all
the participants, synchronising the activity across multiple regions, such that their brains “ticked collectively” while they
viewed it.
The researchers went on to show that films differ in their ability to induce this shared brain activity, with the more
engaging ones producing a greater degree of synchrony, and more recently others have shown that the stereoscopic
effects used in 3D films make viewing more enjoyable by creating a more immersive experience.
6. The Neuroscience Of Emoticons
Shaded areas indicate the activity areas in (1) right fusiform gyrus (2)
right inferior frontal gyrus (3) right middle frontal gyrus, and (4) right
inferior parietal lobule.
More recent work, led by Churches, conducted a similar test using a different scientific approach. With electrodes
hooked to their scalp, 20 test participants looked at pictures of actual faces and Western-style emoticons--with :-) for a
smile and :-( for a frown. They also looked at these same items in inverted form: an upside-down face, for instance, or
an emoticon like (-: facing the wrong way.
The reason for this setup requires some technical explanation. Rather than measuring brain images, Churches and
company measured electrical brain responses known as event-related potentials, or ERPs. The brain produces distinct
ERPs for various events. When it sees faces, for instance, a reliable negative ERP occurs 170 milliseconds later--known
as the N170. When it sees inverted faces, the amplitude of that N170 gets larger
In simple terms, the researchers wanted to know if emoticons, both normal and inverted, produce a similar N170
effect. Sure doesn't seem like it. While normal emoticons did produce a large N170 signal, inverted emoticons
produced a smaller one (below), the researchers report in a 2014 issue of Social Neuroscience. They suspect that
flipped emoticons lose their cohesive symbolic meaning--becoming just a loose collection of punctuation.
7. Online trolls are narcissists, sadists and
psychopaths, says study
In two online studies (total N = 1215), respondents completed personality inventories and a survey of their
Internet commenting styles. Overall, strong positive associations emerged among online commenting
frequency, trolling enjoyment, and troll identity, pointing to a common construct underlying the measures.
Both studies revealed similar patterns of relations between trolling and the Dark Tetrad of personality:
trolling correlated positively with sadism, psychopathy, and Machiavellianism, using both enjoyment
ratings and identity scores.
Of all personality measures, sadism showed the most robust associations with trolling and, importantly,
the relationship was specific to trolling behavior. Enjoyment of other online activities, such as chatting and
debating, was unrelated to sadism. Thus cyber-trolling appears to be an Internet manifestation of everyday
sadism
8. Product Psychology Explains How To Get Users Hooked
On Products Designed Around Habit And Context
Last year, tens of thousands of hackers signed up to receive Hack
Design, a newsletter teaching the principles of design so that those used
to focusing on how things work behind the scenes could start at a point
that also considers aesthetics and user-friendliness.
Today, a group of product-focused creators — “Hooked” author Nir Eyal,
Product Hunt‘s Ryan Hoover, and Greylock Partners‘s Josh Elman,
among others — are hoping to follow up on that newsletter’s success
with the launch of Product Psychology, a weekly course on the
psychology of user behavior.
Courses will arrive in the form of link-blog like posts delivered to your
email inbox. Each week, one curator from the 17 psychologists,
entrepreneurs, and designers involved in the project focuses on a single
topic they’re especially versed in, with posts ranging from “How Scarcity
& Impatience Drive User Behavior” to “Does Your Product Rely On
Intuition Or Deliberation?”
http://www.productpsychology.com/category/user-behavior/
9. How Multitasking Reshapes Your Brain
Into A Constantly Distracted State
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PriSFBu5CLs
People who frequently use several media devices at the
same time have lower grey-matter density in one particular
region of the brain compared to those who use just one
device occasionally
Media multitasking, or the concurrent consumption of multiple media forms, is increasingly prevalent in today’s society
and has been associated with negative psychosocial and cognitive impacts. Individuals who engage in heavier media-multitasking
are found to perform worse on cognitive control tasks and exhibit more socio-emotional difficulties. However,
the neural processes associated with media multi-tasking remain unexplored.
The present study investigated relationships between media multitasking activity and brain structure. Research has
demonstrated that brain structure can be altered upon prolonged exposure to novel environments and experience. Thus,
we expected differential engagements in media multitasking to correlate with brain structure variability.
This was confirmed via Voxel-Based Morphometry (VBM) analyses: Individuals with higher Media Multitasking Index (MMI)
scores had smaller gray matter density in the anterior cingulate cortex (ACC). Functional connectivity between this ACC
region and the precuneus was negatively associated with MMI. Our findings suggest a possible structural correlate for the
observed decreased cognitive control performance and socio-emotional regulation in heavy media-multitaskers.
While the cross-sectional nature of our study does not allow us to specify the direction of causality, our results brought to
light novel associations between individual media multitasking behaviors and ACC structure differences.
10. The Psychology of Your Future Self and How Your
Present Illusions Hinder Your Future Happiness
Harvard psychologist Daniel Gilbert
http://www.ted.com/talks/dan_gilbert_you_are_always_changing
http://www.ted.com/talks/dan_gilbert_asks_why_are_we_happy
http://www.ted.com/talks/dan_gilbert_researches_happiness
“Human beings are works in progress that mistakenly think they’re finished. The person you are right now is as transient, as fleeting and as
temporary as all the people you’re ever been. The one constant in our lives is change.”
The things we do when we expect our lives to continue are naturally and properly different than the things we might do if we expected them to
end abruptly. We go easy on the lard and tobacco, smile dutifully at yet another of our supervisor’s witless jokes, read books like this one when
we could be wearing paper hats and eating pistachio macaroons in the bathtub, and we do each of these things in the charitable service of the
people we will soon become. We treat our future selves as though they were our children, spending most of the hours of most of our days
constructing tomorrows that we hope will make them happy. Rather than indulging in whatever strikes our momentary fancy, we take
responsibility for the welfare of our future selves, squirreling away portions of our paychecks each month so they can enjoy their retirements on
a putting green, jogging and flossing with some regularity so they can avoid coronaries and gum grafts, enduring dirty diapers and mind-numbing
repetitions of The Cat in the Hat so that someday they will have fat-cheeked grandchildren to bounce on their laps. Even plunking down a dollar
at the convenience store is an act of charity intended to ensure that the person we are about to become will enjoy the Twinkie we are paying for
now. In fact, just about any time we want something — a promotion, a marriage, an automobile, a cheeseburger — we are expecting that if we
get it, then the person who has our fingerprints a second, minute, day, or decade from now will enjoy the world they inherit from us, honoring
our sacrifices as they reap the harvest of our shrewd investment decisions and dietary forbearance.
[But] our temporal progeny are often thankless. We toil and sweat to give them just what we think they will like, and they quit their jobs, grow
their hair, move to or from San Francisco, and wonder how we could ever have been stupid enough to think they’d like that. We fail to achieve
the accolades and rewards that we consider crucial to their well-being, and they end up thanking God that things didn’t work out according to
our shortsighted, misguided plan. Even that person who takes a bite of the Twinkie we purchased a few minutes earlier may make a sour face
and accuse us of having bought the wrong snack.
11. Curiosity improves memory by tapping
into the brain’s reward system
Ranganath said the findings are in line with
theories that give dopamine a key role in
stabilising or consolidating memories. The
research is published in the journal, Neuron.
Brain scans of college students have shed light on why people learn more effectively when their curiosity is piqued than
when they are bored stiff.
Researchers in the US found evidence that curiosity ramped up the activity of a brain chemical called dopamine, which in
turn seemed to strengthen people’s memories.
Students who took part in the study were better at remembering answers to trivia questions when they were curious, but
their memories also improved for unrelated information they were shown at the same time.
The findings suggest that while grades may have their place in motivating students, stimulating their natural curiosity
could help them even more.
“There are times when people feel they can take in a lot of new information, and other times when they feel their
memories are terrible,” said Ranganath. “This work suggests that once you light that fire of curiosity, you put the brain in
a state that’s more conducive to learning. Once you get this ramp-up of dopamine, the brain becomes more like a sponge
that’s ready to soak up whatever is happening.”
12. Your Decision-Making Processes Are a
Lot More Random Than You Realize
For the most part, we make decisions
based on our prior experiences. But what
about those situations that are completely
new or unpredictable?
A new study suggests that when facing an
excessively uncertain or challenging
scenario, the brain chooses randomness as
the best strategy.
When it comes to making decisions, our brains are extremely dependent on past experiences. In fact, some cognitive
scientists speculate that the brain has a built-in mechanism for assessing (or weighing) the efficacy of a decision based on
precedents from the past. It's also something we can be conscious of; to improve our rational decision making, it's
important that we use new information to change our confidence in a belief. But as a recent experiment conducted by
Alla Karpova of the Janelia Farm Research Campus shows, randomness may be the brain's preferred policy when things
get particularly challenging or when the situation is completely without precedent.
Karpova says the mechanism behind this change is found in the anterior cingulate cortex (ACC), a brain structure involved
in using experience to make decisions. And in fact, when the researchers manipulated the activity of neurons that
released a stress hormone into the ACC, they were able to reverse the rats' behavioral strategies. When these neurons
were stimulated, the rats abandoned the experience-based strategy and started to behave randomly in situations when
this wasn't expected. Fascinatingly, inhibition of the stress hormone, norepinephrine, caused the rats to rely on their
experiences — even when faced with the challenging competitor.
13. Study finds that women who are
ovulating are more into kissing.
Hormonal changes associated with the human menstrual cycle have been previously found to
affect female mate preference, whereby women in the late follicular phase of their cycle (i.e.,
at higher risk of conception) prefer males displaying putative signals of underlying genetic
fitness. Past research also suggests that romantic kissing is utilized in human mating contexts
to assess potential mating partners.
The current study examined whether women in their late follicular cycle phase place greater
value on kissing at times when it might help serve mate assessment functions. Using an
international online questionnaire, results showed that women in the follicular phase of their
menstrual cycle felt that kissing was more important at initial stages of a relationship than
women in the luteal phase of their cycle. Furthermore, it was found that estimated
progesterone levels were a significant negative predictor for these ratings.
14. Researchers “Copy and Paste” Fear
From One Memory to Another
Now, researchers studying mice have discovered that memories
can be broken down into component parts — the emotional part
separated from the factual part — and that the emotions
associated with a memory can be transferred to a totally different
memory.
Redondo and his team expect that this growing body of research
may help us understand how unpleasant memories are formed in
the first place — and eventually, maybe even aid in the
development of clinical tools for making unpleasant memories
less painful.
MIT neuroscientist Roger Redondo and his team started by gathering a sample group of genetically engineered mice. The
mice’s brains were engineered so that, if an antibiotic known as doxycycline was removed from their diet, certain neurons in
their brains would express a protein called channelrhodopsin-2 (ChR2) which triggers neural activity in response to blue
light.
This system enabled the team to use doxycycline as a sort of “record/pause” button for neural activity in the animals’
brains. The investigators could remove the antibiotic from the mice’s diet, give the animals certain kinds of conditioning,
then start giving them doxycycline again; thus creating light-sensitive groups of neurons that had activated during specific
time periods and tasks
This research makes it pretty clear that memories aren’t all-or-nothing recollections. They can be broken down into
component pieces like locations and emotions; and each of those pieces can be reactivated independently, and even
become attached to completely different memory pieces than those with which it originally formed.
15. This Psych Discovery Explains Why You
Get Your Best Ideas In The Shower
When faced with a difficult decision, it is often suggested to "sleep on it" or take a break from thinking about the decision
in order to gain clarity.
But new brain imaging research from Carnegie Mellon University, published in the journal "Social Cognitive and Affective
Neuroscience," finds that the brain regions responsible for making decisions continue to be active even when the
conscious brain is distracted with a different task. The research provides some of the first evidence showing how the
brain unconsciously processes decision information in ways that lead to improved decision-making.
"This research begins to chip away at the mystery of our unconscious brains and decision-making," said J. David Creswell,
assistant professor of psychology in CMU's Dietrich College of Humanities and Social Sciences and director of the Health
and Human Performance Laboratory. "It shows that brain regions important for decision-making remain active even while
our brains may be simultaneously engaged in unrelated tasks, such as thinking about a math problem. What’s most
intriguing about this finding is that participants did not have any awareness that their brains were still working on the
decision problem while they were engaged in an unrelated task."
16. Human brain subliminally judges
'trustworthiness' of faces
Finding from brain scans adds to evidence that we make spontaneous, largely
unconscious judgments of strangers
The study focused on the activity of the amygdala, a small almond-shaped
region deep inside the brain. The amygdala is intimately involved with
processing strong emotions, such as fear. Its central nucleus sends out the
signals responsible for the famous and evolutionarily crucial "fight-or-flight"
response.
Even so, the brain scans revealed that the amygdala responded differently
to subliminal images of trustworthy and untrustworthy faces. Some
regions of the amygdala reacted to how untrustworthy a face was, while
other regions seemed to register the overall strength of the judgment,
becoming more active only when a face was either very trustworthy or
very untrustworthy.
The human brain can judge the apparent trustworthiness of a face from a glimpse so fleeting, the person has no idea they
have seen it, scientists claim.
Researchers in the US found that brain activity changed in response to how trustworthy a face appeared to be when the
face in question had not been consciously perceived.
Scientists made the surprise discovery during a series of experiments that were designed to shed light on the neural
processes that underpin the snap judgments people make about others.
The findings suggest that parts of our brains are doing more complex subconscious processing of the outside world than
many researchers thought.
17. Psychologists Find that Nice People
Are More Likely to Hurt You
People who are agreeable are also more likely to make destructive choices, if they think doing so will help them
conform to social expectations. That's the finding of psychologists, who suggest that disagreeable, ornery people may
be more helpful than we think.
Researchers recently conducted a version of Stanley Milgram's famous obedience experiments, where people were
asked by doctors to "shock" others until they died. Only later did they discover they people they'd "killed" were just
actors. A surprising number of otherwise kindly people "killed" others, just because they'd been given orders.
People with more agreeable, conscientious personalities are more likely to make harmful choices. In these new
obedience experiments, people with more social graces were the ones who complied with the experimenter's wishes
and delivered electric shocks they believed could harm an innocent person. By contrast, people with more contrarian,
less agreeable personalities were more likely to refuse to hurt other people when told to do so.
18. Proxemics Is the Science of Why You Shouldn't
Stand So Close to Me
Proxemics is the study of how people organize their social space. Without
knowing it, we have very strict rules for who goes where in our culture.
Although we don't always think about them, we know when someone's
violating them. In the 1960s, a scientist called Edward Hall studied how
close we let strangers come to us (no closer than twelve feet), social
partners come to us (no closer than four feet), and how close we let close
personal friends and relatives come to us (no closer than 1.5 feet).
Get any closer than that and you're in intimate space - where you should
either be kissing us at the end of a wonderful date or quietly advising us
that we can plead the fifth at a congressional hearing.
Hall noted, however, that these rules only applied to the proxemics of North
Americans, and that not all cultures shared the same established distances
when it came to personal space.
This seating pattern is not declared. It's probably almost
unconscious for most of the people doing the sitting. It's
also so entirely ingrained in the culture.
I can't even imagine what the reaction would be if there
were one person sitting on a bus - and the second passenger
to board the bus chose to sit down right next to them. I'd try
it, but I worry that the first person would either clobber me
or run.
19. Look Angry If You Want People to Give In
“Until we see someone, we don’t know what makes them
sweat, or what makes them angry or happy,” Reed told
Today. “
You can do a lot of things over the Internet now, but people
still choose to have face-to-face meetings.”
One caveat: It won’t work if people can tell you’re faking. If
you’ve got a serious negotiation coming up, dredge up some
real emotion or take an acting class.
In two experiments, people were more willing to give into demands for a larger share of $1 when the person asking for
more money looked angry.
“If you come in with a scowl on your face, they’re going to take your threat more seriously,” study co-author Lawrence Ian
Reed, a researcher at Harvard University, told Today. “You might think a poker face would be better in a negotiation. But
in a bargaining situation when you make threats, your facial expression could add credibility to what you are saying.”
During one of the experiments, 870 participants were given the task of splitting up $1 with someone else. If they couldn’t
agree, neither would get anything. When an actress demanded 70 cents on the dollar with an angry expression, more
people agreed than when she used a neutral expression.
So far, the researchers have only done the experiment with women making the demands; reactions to a threatening male
could be different. And, threatening looks only apply in face-to-face interactions, obviously.
20. Blacks Seen as Darker During Tough
Economic Times
When the economy declines, racial minorities are hit the hardest. Although existing explanations for this effect focus on
institutional causes, recent psychological findings suggest that scarcity may also alter perceptions of race in ways that
exacerbate discrimination.
We tested the hypothesis that economic resource scarcity causes decision makers to perceive African Americans as
“Blacker” and that this visual distortion elicits disparities in the allocation of resources. Studies 1 and 2 demonstrated
that scarcity altered perceptions of race, lowering subjects’ psychophysical threshold for seeing a mixed-race face as
“Black” as opposed to “White.” In studies 3 and 4, scarcity led subjects to visualize African American faces as darker and
more “stereotypically Black,” compared with a control condition.
When presented to naïve subjects, face representations produced under scarcity elicited smaller allocations than control-condition
representations. Together, these findings introduce a novel perceptual account for the proliferation of racial
disparities under economic scarcity.
21. Does Breaking Rules Make You Cool?
Do consumers think it’s cool when a brands
breaks a rule?
It all depends on the rule, researchers report in
the Journal of Consumer Research.
“We reasoned that brands could become cool by
breaking rules that seemed unnecessary or
unfair, but not by breaking legitimate rules,” the
authors wrote.
Studies backed up their hypothesis: In one
experiment, researchers asked participants to
gauge their reaction to an ad that either
advocated breaking or following a dress code.
When the ad was accompanied by text that gave a
legitimate reason for the dress code (honoring veterans),
the brand did not seem cooler. But when participants read
that the same dress code existed for an illegitimate reason
(honoring a corrupt dictator), breaking the rule did help the
brand seem cooler.
There’s one caveat, however: it’s nearly impossible to
appear cool to everyone. While one group may tolerate
breaking traditional dress code rules, for example, it might
be seen as deviant by another group.
The researchers defined coolness by autonomy. Brands may
do well in upping their coolness quotient by highlighting
their uniqueness, the researchers suggested.
“Collectively, our studies find that coolness is a subjective,
positive trait perceived in people, brands, products, and
trends that are autonomous in an appropriate way,” the
authors wrote.
22. The Science of Misheard Song Lyrics
There is an actual official term for when you
hear "excuse me while I kiss the sky" in Jimi
Hendrix's "Purple Haze" as "excuse me while
I kiss this guy." Your meaningful misheard
lyrics are called "mondegreens," and their
study can have real psychological
significance.
These little misunderstandings are common, but most people don't
know that there is an official title for them. It came from a popular
essay by writer Sylvia Wright
The lyrics that defy cliché and break new ground are most likely to get
misunderstood. "Excuse me, while I kiss this guy" might have still
been outré in the 1960s when "Purple Haze" was written, but it was
still more familiar than kissing the sky.
We cobble together a semi-plausible lyric because we lack the
experience to understand the real one.
The people who are most likely to do this are the ones most lacking in
experience.
Children group words together, the way they hear them, in a stream of
continuous syllables. They assume the meaning of "donzerly" will come
later, when they hear a few more examples of the word.
We enunciate for small babies, but as children grow, they are expected to
pick up individual words, many of which they've never been exposed to,
in a stream of noise.
Language learners also have difficulty distinguishing one word from
another, which can run them into real trouble in business or medical
settings.
Many researchers have found that mondegreens tend not to travel alone. Once people lose understanding of a sentence,
they lose context as well, causing them to "hear" words that only resemble the actual words being uttered. People,
especially adult English learners, are desperately trying to regain the thread of meaning, and make order out of a chaos of
sounds. Eventually they trick themselves into hearing something that the recognize, even if it doesn't make sense. What
most people need, scientists find, is familiar points where they can get their bearings, and enter back into the thread of the
conversation. If they can't get regular familiar points to orient themselves in a stream of sound, mondegreens will take over
and give them fake points of familiarity.
23. The Diderot Effect Makes You Want to
Consume, Consume, Consume
Diderot Gets a Bathrobe
Denis Diderot was a philosopher during the Enlightenment, which meant he should have been above such petty
things as consumerism. On the other hand, he was also an art critic, and so liked beauty. That might have led to the
situation he described in his essay, "Regrets on Parting With My Old Dressing Gown.“
He had an old beat-up thing that he wore around his small apartment. One day friend gave him a present of a
beautiful scarlet dressing gown. Diderot loved it, but felt it was out of place among his cheap old furniture. He
replaced his straw chair with a leather armchair. He replaced his desk, and the prints on his walls. Then he started
replacing his regular clothes. The tale ends with Diderot in debt and disconsolate, working to maintain his beautiful
room. He used to be the "master" of his possessions, but now he is the "slave" of a dressing gown.
The essay is fictional, and the sentiment is pure romanticism. Don't consider your physical surroundings!
Advance your mind and let go of the physical. We understand Diderot's ideals, but we also understand his
experiences. Who among us hasn't come home with a beautiful new possession, placed it in their home, looked
around, and thought, "This place is a dump."
24. The Diderot Effect Makes You Want to
Consume, Consume, Consume
Just noticing the grubbiness of your regular possessions, when put next to something extraordinarily nice, isn't enough for
you to fall under the spell of the Diderot Effect. To go full Diderot, according to sociologists, we need to start identifying with
our possessions. Unfortunately, we tend to do that already. Most of us have picked up a piece of clothing, or sat on a piece
of furniture, and thought, "No, this isn't me." How could that be? It's just a functional object.
But consumption doesn't work that way. Even the most dressed-down of us uses our clothes to convey a picture of who we
are. We identify ourselves using our possessions. When we do that, we don't just want high quality. In fact, many people
will reject high quality. We want unity. We want to present a coherent whole. This can be a big problem for any companies
that want us to buy things. No matter how good a product they offer, if it falls outside of the consumer's ideas of the unity
of their lives and their looks, they will resist purchasing it. On the other hand, once we own one thing that stands out, that
doesn't fit our current sense of unity, we go on a rampage trying to reconstruct ourselves. Either we throw away the luxury
item, or we start to upgrade ourselves. Few people throw away the luxury item. Most people start replacing the other
things in their lives. This involves a lot of money
25. The Diderot Effect Makes You Want to
Consume, Consume, Consume
How to Use the Diderot Effect
Naturally, there's a lot of focus on how to get people to take that first step out of their identity. Any good that's
considered outside the pattern of someone's regular purchases is called a "departure good." Companies market hard to
get people to make that first move, but they also want to know how to keep people Dideroting.
How does one sample purchase, one luxury, become a whole lifestyle? According to research journals, the key is to make
the item not a purchase, but a replacement. You're not buying a soap dispenser, you're replacing your nasty old
bathroom soap with a nice-looking, efficient soap dispenser. Are you aware that it can come as part of a set? And that
that matches a shower curtain? You're not buying a new pair of shoes, you're replacing an old pair with something
simple and timeless - that you can't wear with jeans so get some nice skirts or slacks. Much of what we buy today is a
kind of a taster product for a complete lifestyle. People aren't supposed to be springing for one big luxury purchase, they
are meant to be buying better selves. That takes repeat business.
26. Want to be happier? Skip the small talk.
We all know those people. Maybe you’re one of them. The person who manages, despite
all the stress and work it takes to get through a normal day, to always be happy. How do
they do it? What is their secret?
Although it’s likely that genetics play a major role in determining one’s happiness, it’s also
thought that behavior can help (or hinder) you on your path to bliss. These scientists asked
whether the content of peoples’ conversation is related to their overall happiness.
They recorded participants’ conversations during daily life, and sure enough, they found
that people who had deeper conversations tended to be happier than those who spent
time on small talk.
27. Scientists finally explain why your
grandma will never find “Borat” funny
Identifying social gaffes is important for maintaining relationships. Older adults are less able than young to discriminate
between socially appropriate and inappropriate behavior in video clips. One open question is how these social
appropriateness ratings relate to potential age differences in the perception of what is actually funny or not.
In the present study, young, middle-aged, and older adults were equally able to discriminate between appropriate and
inappropriate social behavior in a diverse set of clips relevant across age groups. However, young and middle-aged adults
rated the gaffe clips as funnier than control clips and young adults smiled more during the inappropriate clips than the
control clips.
Older adults did not show this pattern, suggesting that they did not find the inappropriate clips funny. Additionally, young
adults endorsed a more aggressive humor style than middle-aged and older adults and aggressive humor style
endorsement mediated age differences in social appropriateness ratings. Results are discussed in terms of possible
mechanisms such as cohort differences in humor and developmental prioritization of certain humor styles, as well as the
importance of investigating age differences in both abilities and preferences
28. Coffee Drinkers Have Trouble Talking
About Emotions?
Alexithymia refers to difficulties with identifying, describing, and regulating one's own emotions. This trait dimension has
been linked to risky or harmful use of alcohol and illicit drugs; however, the most widely used psychoactive drug in the
world, caffeine, has not been examined previously in relation to alexithymia.
The present study assessed 106 male and female university students aged 18-30 years on their caffeine use in relation to
several traits, including alexithymia. The 18 participants defined as alexithymic based on their Toronto Alexithymia Scale
(TAS-20) scores reported consuming nearly twice as much caffeine per day as did non-alexithymic or borderline alexithymic
participants.
They also scored significantly higher than controls on indices of frontal lobe dysfunction as well as anxiety symptoms and
sensitivity to punishment. In a hierarchical linear regression model, sensitivity to punishment negatively predicted daily
caffeine intake, suggesting caffeine avoidance by trait-anxious individuals. Surprisingly, however, TAS-20 alexithymia scores
positively predicted caffeine consumption.
Possible reasons for the positive relationship between caffeine use and alexithymia are discussed, concluding that this
outcome is tentatively consistent with the hypo-arousal model of alexithymia.
29. Could Diet Sodas Be Making Us Fatter?
The artificial sweeteners in “diet” beverages, thought to
help people trim their waistlines, may be having the
opposite effect.
A new study reveals that three of the leading artificial
sweeteners produce an increase in blood-sugar levels in
both mice and humans, by disrupting the balance of helpful
gut bacteria. High blood-sugar levels, in turn, are the telltale
sign of glucose intolerance, a condition which can evolve
into diabetes and metabolic disease.
To be clear, researchers aren’t certain how artificial sweeteners and gut microbes interact to
produce glucose intolerance.
Furthermore, not everyone in the small human trial experienced the same reaction.
Many things influence our metabolism, and some people may be more sensitive than
others to artificial sweeteners, as Forbes reports.
30. Shut up and pet me! Dogs prefer
petting to vocal praise
It’s probably no surprise that dogs like to be petted. But do they prefer petting over other
types of attention? Here, two scientists from the University of Florida tested whether dogs
would prefer to be petted or given vocal praise, and whether it mattered if the petting/praise
came from an owner or a stranger.
Turns out that dogs love pets, regardless of who is doing the petting, and they never seem to
get tired of being petted. Interestingly, a previous study by the same authors found that dogs
do like one thing even more than petting: food. Perhaps a future study will determine where
chasing their tails ranks on the list?
31. Ignore IQ Tests: Your Level of
Intelligence Is Not Fixed for Life
Those who hang dearly onto the notion that IQ is fixed for life have managed to ignore decades of published research in the
field of applied behavior analysis. This has reported very large IQ gains in children with autism who have been exposed to
early intensive behavioral interventions once they have been diagnosed with learning difficulties.
Another 2009 Norwegian study examined the effects of an increase in the duration of compulsory schooling in Norway in
the 1960s which lengthened the time in education for Norwegians by two years. The researchers used records of cognitive
ability taken by the military to calculate the IQ of each individual in the study. They found that IQ had increased by 3.7
points for every extra year of education received.
More recent studies by John Jonides and his colleagues at the University of Michigan reported improvements in objective
measures of intelligence for those who practiced a brain-training task called the “n-back task” – a kind of computerized
memory test.
My own research, in the field of relational frame theory, has shown that understanding relations between words, such as
“more than,” “less than” or “opposite” is crucial for our intellectual development. One recent pilot study showed that we
can considerably raise standard IQ scores by training children in relational language skills tasks over a period of months.
Again, this finding challenges the idea that intelligence is fixed for life.
even exceed them.
32. Research Shows that Seven Hours of
Sleep Might Be the Sweet Spot
The Wall Street Journal looked at a few different studies. Here's a summation of just a few of them:
"The lowest mortality and morbidity is with seven hours," said Shawn Youngstedt, a professor in the College of Nursing and
Health Innovation at Arizona State University Phoenix. "Eight hours or more has consistently been shown to be hazardous,"
says Dr. Youngstedt, who researches the effects of oversleeping...
...Daniel F. Kripke, an emeritus professor of psychiatry at the University of California San Diego, tracked over a six-year
period data on 1.1 million people who participated in a large cancer study. People who reported they slept 6.5 to 7.4 hours
had a lower mortality rate than those with shorter or longer sleep. The study, published in the Archives of General
Psychiatry in 2002, controlled for 32 health factors, including medications...
...A study in the journal Frontiers in Human Neuroscience last year used data from users of the cognitive-training website
Lumosity. Researchers looked at the self-reported sleeping habits of about 160,000 users who took spatial-memory and
matching tests and about 127,000 users who took an arithmetic test. They found that cognitive performance increased as
people got more sleep, reaching a peak at seven hours before starting to decline.
33. Scientists use MRI to measure precisely
how your butt deforms when you sit down.
RESULTS: MRIs indicated a marked decrease in muscle thickness under the ischial tuberosity during
loaded sitting. This change in thickness resulted from a combination of muscle displacement and
distortion. The gluteus and hamstrings overlapped beneath the pelvis in an unloaded condition,
enveloping the ischial tuberosity. But the overlap was removed under load.
The hamstrings moved anteriorly, while the gluteus moved posterior-laterally. Under load, neither muscle
was directly beneath the apex of the ischial tuberosity. Furthermore, there was a change in muscle shape,
particularly posterior to the peak of the ischial tuberosity.
CONCLUSION: The complex deformation of buttocks tissue seen in this case study may help explain the
inconsistent results reported in finite element models. 3D imaging of the seated buttocks provides a
unique opportunity to study the actual buttocks response to sitting.”
34. The Science Behind Why You Never
Really Leave High School
You also store your most vivid memories during this time (from ages 15 to 25), which can
make traumatic experiences all the more traumatizing.
In other words, you are already poised biologically to be deeply impressed by experiences
around you at this time while, simultaneously, you form your first sense of identity, and then
you’re thrown into a hard, judgmental place. Oof.
The insecurities we form in high school are often the ones we carry with us later, even when
those no longer have any basis in reality (if they ever did at all — further in the article they
discuss just how skewed teenagers perception of other’s feelings towards them are).
35. Scientists figured out how shrooms open your mind
The study of rapid changes in brain dynamics and functional connectivity (FC) is of increasing interest in neuroimaging. Brain
states departing from normal waking consciousness are expected to be accompanied by alterations in the aforementioned
dynamics. In particular, the psychedelic experience produced by psilocybin (a substance found in “magic mushrooms”) is
characterized by unconstrained cognition and profound alterations in the perception of time, space and selfhood.
Considering the spontaneous and subjective manifestation of these effects, we hypothesize that neural correlates of the
psychedelic experience can be found in the dynamics and variability of spontaneous brain activity fluctuations and
connectivity, measurable with functional Magnetic Resonance Imaging (fMRI). Fifteen healthy subjects were scanned
before, during and after intravenous infusion of psilocybin and an inert placebo.
Blood-Oxygen Level Dependent (BOLD) temporal variability was assessed computing the variance and total spectral power,
resulting in increased signal variability bilaterally in the hippocampi and anterior cingulate cortex. Changes in BOLD signal
spectral behavior (including spectral scaling exponents) affected exclusively higher brain systems such as the default mode,
executive control, and dorsal attention networks. A novel framework enabled us to track different connectivity states
explored by the brain during rest. This approach revealed a wider repertoire of connectivity states post-psilocybin than
during control conditions. Together, the present results provide a comprehensive account of the effects of psilocybin on
dynamical behavior in the human brain at a macroscopic level and may have implications for our understanding of the
unconstrained, hyper-associative quality of consciousness in the psychedelic state
36. Want to improve your cognitive function?
Try some whole body vibration!
Have you ever seen those old movies of people using body vibration machines for “exercise”
(see photo)? Well, apparently the principle behind those machines isn’t total BS.
Although whole body vibration (WBV) might not make you lose weight or get in better shape,
it can actually provide some of the same brain-stimulating benefits as exercise.
More specifically, as shown by this study, WBV can improve one’s attention and inhibition (the
ability to tune out irrelevant stimuli).
The authors hypothesize that WBV improves these aspects of cognitive function by producing
similar physiological responses as exercise, including increased oxygen uptake and heart rate.
I’ll shake on that!
37. The price of love? Losing two of your closest friends
Research reveals that, on average, having a new romantic
partner pushes out two close friends from your inner circle
In a separate study, Dunbar's team looked at how men
and women maintained friendships on the social
networking website Facebook. They found that women's
Facebook friends were more often friends from everyday
life that they spent time with, while men tended to collect
as many friends as they could, even if they hardly knew
them.
"Boys seem to be in a competition to see who can have
the most Faccebook friends and that could be a form of
mate advertisting. One of the cues women use for male
quality as a mate is the number of other girls chasing
them, so signing up lots of girls as Facebook friends seems
to be a good idea," said Dunbar.
Falling in love comes at the cost of losing close friends, because romantic partners absorb time that would otherwise be
invested in platonic relationships, researchers say.
A new partner pushes out two close friends on average, leaving lovers with a smaller inner circle of people they can turn to
in times of crisis, a study found.
Previous research by Dunbar's group has shown that people typically have five very close relationships – that is, people
whom they would turn to if they were in emotional or financial trouble.
"If you go into a romantic relationship, it costs you two friends. Those who have romantic relationships, instead of having
the typical five 'core set' of relationships only have four. And of those, one is the new person who's come into their life,"
said Dunbar.
38. How Come We're So Bad at Buying
Stuff?
http://news.discovery.com/human/videos/how-come-were-so-bad-at-buying-stuff-video-
140619.htm
We've all enjoyed a little retail therapy -- or thought we did! -- but why does
buyer's remorse so often set in? And why do we seem to lose all control over
logic when that next big, shiny purchase calls our name?
39. What Makes Cursive So Good For Your
Brain - Video
http://news.discovery.com/human/videos/what-makes-cursive-
so-good-for-your-brain-video-140612.htm
40. The early bird catches the worm… or
at least the boss’s good opinion
In this research, we draw from the stereotyping literature to suggest that supervisor ratings of job performance are
affected by employees' start times-the time of day they first arrive at work.
Even when accounting for total work hours, objective job performance, and employees' self-ratings of conscientiousness,
we find that a later start time leads supervisors to perceive employees as less conscientious.
These perceptions in turn cause supervisors to rate employees as lower performers. In addition, we show that supervisor
chronotype acts as a boundary condition of the mediated model. Supervisors who prefer eveningness (i.e., owls) are less
likely to hold negative stereotypes of employees with late start times than supervisors who prefer morningness (i.e., larks).
Taken together, our results suggest that supervisor ratings of job performance are susceptible to stereotypic beliefs based
on employees' start times.
41. Is Laughter the Best Medicine?
We all want to believe that laughter is good for what ails us, but the science backing that up is thin. Most studies have
been small and have relied on self-reported assessments.
"A good belly laugh leads to the release of endorphins from the brain," says Michael Miller, director of the Center for
Preventive Cardiology at the University of Maryland Medical Center in Baltimore.
That release sets off a cascade of heart-healthy biological events. Endorphins, pleasure-inducing neurotransmitters,
activate receptors on the surface of the endothelium, the layer of flat cells lining blood vessels. That leads to the release
of nitric oxide, which widens blood vessels—increasing blood flow, lessening inflammation, inhibiting platelet clumping,
and reducing the formation of cholesterol plaque.
A 2005 study by Miller measured the blood flow of 20 volunteers before and after watching a funny movie and a sad
movie. After the sad movie, blood flow was more restricted in 14 of the 20 viewers. But after the movie that made them
laugh, average blood flow increased by 22 percent.
"The best laugh is one that brings tears to our eyes," says Miller, author of Heal Your Heart: The Positive Emotions
Prescription to Prevent and Reverse Heart Disease, scheduled for publication by Rodale Press in September. His
prescription: at least 30 minutes of exercise at least three times a week—and 15 minutes of daily laughter.
But her study of 33 healthy women, published in 2003, showed that those who laughed at a humorous movie had higher
levels of natural killer cell activity, which increased their ability to fight off disease. However, the effect was seen only in
the subjects who laughed out loud, not in those who quietly watched the comedy.
A study in Japan that also used laboratory findings found that laughter could improve anti-inflammatory factors in the
blood of people who have rheumatoid arthritis.
42. Why Molly Is Especially Deadly at Summer Music Festivals
Eugene A. Kiyatkin, the study’s lead author and a scientist at the behavioral neuroscience branch of NIDA, zeroed in on the
physiological mechanisms involved in fatal hyperthermia (overheating of the body to the point of death). “What’s new
about this study is that it focuses on MDMA’s effects on brain temperature and clarifies the physiological mechanisms
involved,” he tells The Daily Beast. “By recording data from the brain, muscle, and skin, we were able to show that MDMA
raises heat in the brain by increasing brain activity as well as causing a strong, lasting constriction of peripheral blood
vessels that prevents the normal dissipation of excess body heat to the external environment. These combined effects may
be enhanced in conditions when brain and body heat production are naturally increased—such as social interaction—or
when shedding excess heat is difficult, as it is in a warm environment.”
When the body undergoes fatal hyperthermia—internal temperature rising to the point of brain damage—it’s fluid in the
brain that leads the march to death. After MDMA raises heat production and constricts blood vessels, the internal body
temperature increases, damaging brain cells irreparably. While this increase in brain temperature is incredibly destructive,
it’s not the actual killer.
“The main mechanism leading to death from psychostimulant drugs appears to be leaking of the brain-blood barrier—
which keeps most chemicals in the blood out of the brain—and water accumulation in the brain,” says Kiyatakin. It’s for this
reason that concertgoers thinking hydration is the key to staying safe (“if you just drink enough water you’ll be fine”) is so
dangerous. “The excessive use of liquids often used by people at dance clubs could be problematic if they take MDMA,”
says Kiyatakin. “In addition to its other effects, it inhibits both sweating and urination, which expel water from the body.
These factors could also contribute to dangerous water accumulation in the brain.”
43. We May Finally Know Why Sleep Improves Memory
The results were stark: Gan and his colleagues found that the sleep-deprived mice sprouted significantly fewer dendritic
spines than those that were permitted to rest, and the rate of spine formation was correlated with the degree of task
improvement. Growth was shown to be most dramatic during the slow-wave, non-REM stage of sleep. What's more, the
benefits of sleep seem to carry on well after the mice woke up, with roughly 5% of new spines in the motor cortex
developing in the 24 hours after the mice awoke. The mice that slept were also more likely to retain the spines they grew. In
some circumstances, it seems sleep could in fact lead to the growth of new synapses.
The researchers went on to demonstrate that the neuronal branches involved in the rod-balancing task were reactivated
during this period of slow-wave sleep. Neuroal reactivation during sleep has been observed in the past, but Gan's team took
it a step further by blocking the reactivation. When they did, it impeded the formation of new spines, suggesting that
reactivation plays some role in stabilizing the dendritic spines sprouted during sleep.
Finally, Gan tells io9 that one of the study's most surprising findings was not directly related to sleep. In a previous study,
Gan and his colleagues used the skull-window technique to demonstrate that teaching mice to balance atop the rod led to
the formation of new spines along dendrites in the motor cortex. The present study corroborates those findings, but it also
shows that teaching the mice a new motor task (for instance, balancing on the rod as it spins in the reverse direction)
caused dendritic spines to sprout on an entirely new dendritic branch – i.e., a branch distinct from the one that shot out
spines in reaction to learning to balance on a forward-spinning rod. In other words: learning a new motor skill won't cause
dendritic spines to appear just anywhere. Rather, the team's findings suggest that synaptic change in the mammalian brain
occurs in a site-specific fashion.
44. Cocaine addiction linked to brain abnormalities
Scans showed cocaine users
had enlarged grey matter in
areas of the brain associated
with processing reward.
Specifically, the amount of grey matter in the orbitofrontal cortex was reduced in people with cocaine addiction, an area
involved in decision-making and goal-directed behaviour.
Other affected areas included the insula, an area of the brain involved in feedback processing, learning and feelings of
cravings. The grey matter in the anterior cingulate, involved in emotional processing and being attentive, was also reduced.
In contrast, a region deep in the brain associated with reward processing, attention and motor movements - the caudate
nucleus - was enlarged in subjects who were addicted to the drug. This could explain why those subjects were more prone
to addiction but the scientists cannot be sure whether the enlargement is a result of cocaine use.
Laurence John Reed, a clinical senior lecturer in addiction neurobiology at Imperial College London, said the "most
impressive" results were the basic comparison of controls and stimulant users, which showed how parts of the brain
remodel themselves in response to drugs. "This is a striking and visual example of how addictive stimulant use can result in
adaptation of very important brain systems which have a direct correlates with behaviour – specifically inattention,
impulsivity and compulsivity – and really does underline why we need a much better neurobiological understanding of the
processes involved."
Ersche said that, though she found links between brain structure and cocaine use,her research was not conclusive on which
came first. "At the moment, correlation shows me a direct relationship - but I don't know which direction the relationship is.
Has this been caused by cocaine, or are people who have this abnormality more vulnerable?"
45. Why teenagers can't concentrate:
too much grey matter
The scans revealed an unexpected level of activity in the prefrontal cortex, a large region at the front of the brain involved
in decision-making and multitasking. This indicated that the brain was working less effectively than that of an adult.
"We knew that the prefrontal cortex of young children functioned in this chaotic way but we didn't realise it continued
until the late 20s or early 30s," said Dr Sarah-Jayne Blakemore, who led the study. "What we discovered was that the part
of the brain needed to complete this sort of process is still very much developing throughout adolescence. This means it
continues to do a lot of needless work when making these sorts of decisions."
Chaotic thought patterns are a result, she said, of teenagers' brains containing too much grey matter – the cell bodies and
connections which carry messages within the brain. As we age, the amount of grey matter in our brains decreases.
"What our research has shown is that there is simply too much going on in the brains of adolescents," said Blakemore.
"The result is that their brain energy and resources are wasted and their decision-making process negatively affected."
Adults, on the other hand, have less grey matter, said Blakemore. "This means that neural transmissions travel more
efficiently between brain cells, so the brain works more effectively."
46. Do You Feel Like You're Not Sleeping,
Even When You Are?
In last week's issue of New Scientist, Ann Finkbeiner has a terrific article about the people who suffer from
pseudoinsomnia, and a handful of scientists who are trying to figure out what their brains have in common. When they
used conventional methods of analyzing the brain wave patterns of sleepers, it appeared that these pseudoinsomniacs
were no different than any other sleeper. But then they tried something new. They analyzed the readouts of brain
waves using an algorithm that's normally used for spectral analysis in physics.
And that's when they began to see a pattern — a pattern that suggested these peoples' sleep cycles were being
interrupted by brain wave patterns associated with fear, anxiety, and wakefulness.
What's fascinating is that similar patterns of alpha, beta and gamma waves show up in the brain wave patterns of
people who suffer from chronic pain and anxiety as well. It's possible that this "always-on" brain pattern leads to a
variety of nervous symptoms, including being unable to get the benefits of a healthy night's sleep.
47. Do Porn Watchers Have Smaller Brains?
If you watch a lot of porn, your brain may show it,
new research suggests.
German researchers looked at the brains of 64 men
between the ages of 21 and 45 and found that one
brain region (the striatum, linked to reward
processing), was smaller in the brains of porn
watchers, and that a specific part of the same region
is also less activated when exposed to more
pornography. The study, published in JAMA
Psychiatry, also showed that the connection between
the striatum and prefrontal cortex seemed to be
weaker in brains of men who watched porn.
“Basically everything that people do very frequently can
shape their brain structure and function,” Simone Kühn, the
study's lead author from the Max Planck Institute for Human
Development told Reuters.
Still, the study doesn't confirm whether watching porn
causes the changes, or whether people with a certain brain
type are inherently more apt to tune into X-rated content.
But because the areas of the brain that appear to be
affected are linked to rewards and motivation and decision
making, some have suggested that porn watchers may be
lazier and poor decision-makers.
"Everything is going to be bad in excess and it's probably not
terrible in moderation," Dr. Gregory Tau of the Columbia
University/New York State Psychiatric Institute, who was not
involved in the study, told Reuters.
48. The Science Behind Caffeine's Productivity-
Enhancing Effects
1. Caffeine comes into your body whole.
2. Then the caffeine molecule enters your liver, where
enzymes cut off three methyl groups to form three more
small molecules.
3. The molecules in question are theobromine,
paraxanthine, and theophylline.
4. Together with the original caffeine molecule, they
heighten your brain activity, get nutrients flowing, increase
your athleticism, and boost your focus.
49. Scientists Discover Area Of Brain
Responsible For Loving Johnny Cash
Music is among all cultures an important part of the live of most people. Music has psychological benefits and may
generate strong emotional and physiological responses.
Recently, neuroscientists have discovered that music influences the reward circuit of the nucleus accumbens (NAcc),
even when no explicit reward is present. In this clinical case study, we describe a 60-year old patient who developed
a sudden and distinct musical preference for Johnny Cash following deep brain stimulation (DBS) targeted at the
NAcc.
This case report substantiates the assumption that the NAcc is involved in musical preference, based on the
observation of direct stimulation of the accumbens with DBS. It also shows that accumbens DBS can change musical
preference without habituation of its rewarding properties
50. Does the Name-Letter Effect Prove
That You're Soooo Into Yourself?
And the spousal studies? Similar, or matching, names are
also influenced by culture, but there's a more basic
reason marrying spouses tend to have the same last
name. A surprising amount of studies neglected to check
whether the bride changed her name before the
ceremony. So if two Taylors were wed, one of them might
have had a different name, but changed it during the
ramp up to the wedding.
So while we do like ourselves enough to get sentimental
about our names, we probably aren't crazy enough to
choose our entire mode of life depending on our name.
Studies found that woman found the letters of their own initials to be feminine and men found their initials to be
masculine. My name, and my initials, are me, we have collectively decided. And it looks like people feel pretty good about
themselves. Extended surveys found that people tend to settle, disproportionately, in towns that are alliterative, in jobs
that are alliterative, and with spouses who are alliterative. Some people even choose towns and spouses with their own
names. How much of an inducement is in a name?
Some people, for example internet writers, might find alliterative spousal names so insufferably twee that they'd change
their own name to get away from such an atrocity. (Seriously, that was only okay with the Roosevelts.) Others, like
scientists, think that gravitating towards our initials is a sign of intrinsic self-esteem, or egotism. We want more of
ourselves.
51. Which matters more for attractiveness: a
woman’s face or body?
“Women’s faces and bodies are both thought to provide cues to women’s age, health, fertility, and personality. To gain a
stronger understanding of how these cues are utilized, we investigated the degree to which ratings of women’s faces and
bodies independently predicted ratings of women’s full-body attractiveness. Women came into the lab not knowing they
would be photographed. In Study 1 (N = 84), we photographed them in their street clothes; in Study 2 (N = 74), we
photographed women in a solid-colored two-piece swimsuit that revealed their body shape, body size, and breast size.
We cropped each woman’s original photo into an additional face-only photo and body-only photo; then, independent
sets of raters judged women’s pictures.
When dressed in their original clothes, women’s face-only ratings were better independent predictors of full-body
attractiveness ratings than were their body-only ratings. When cues displayed in women’s bodies were made
conspicuous by swimsuits, ratings of faces and bodies were similarly strong predictors of full-body attractiveness ratings.
Moreover, women’s body mass index and waist-to-hip ratio were tied to ratings of women’s body attractiveness, with
waist-to-hip ratio more important among women wearing swimsuits than among women wearing their original clothes.
These results suggest that perceivers attend to cues of women’s health, fertility, and personality to the extent that they
are visible.”
52. NCBI ROFL: Surprise! Men vote for the
hotter female candidate.
Here we reveal gender biases in the intuitive heuristics that voters use when deciding
whom to vote for in major political elections. Our findings underscore the impact of
gender and physical appearance on shaping voter decision-making and provide novel
insight into the psychological foundations underlying the political gender gap.”
53. NCBI ROFL: The presence of an attractive woman elevates
testosterone and physical risk taking in young men.
“The authors report a field experiment with skateboarders that demonstrates that physical risk taking by young
men increases in the presence of an attractive female. This increased risk taking leads to more successes but
also more crash landings in front of a female observer.
Mediational analyses suggest that this increase in risk taking is caused in part by elevated testosterone levels of
men who performed in front of the attractive female. In addition, skateboarders’ risk taking was predicted by
their performance on a reversal-learning task, reversal-learning performance was disrupted by the presence of
the attractive female, and the female’s presence moderated the observed relationship between risk taking and
reversal learning.
These results suggest that men use physical risk taking as a sexual display strategy, and they provide suggestive
evidence regarding possible hormonal and neural mechanisms.”
54. NCBI ROFL: Beauty week: Blond, busty,
skinny waitresses get bigger tips.
“Waitresses completed an on-line survey about their physical characteristics,
self-perceived attractiveness and sexiness, and average tips. The waitresses’
self-rated physical attractiveness increased with their breast sizes and decreased
with their ages, waist-to-hip ratios, and body sizes. Similar effects were
observed on self-rated sexiness, with the exception of age, which varied with
self-rated sexiness in a negative, quadratic relationship rather than a linear one.
Moreover, the waitresses’ tips varied with age in a negative, quadratic
relationship, increased with breast size, increased with having blond hair, and
decreased with body size.
These findings, which are discussed from an evolutionary perspective, make
several contributions to the literature on female physical attractiveness. First,
they replicate some previous findings regarding the determinants of female
physical attractiveness using a larger, more diverse, and more ecologically valid
set of stimuli than has been studied before.
Second, they provide needed evidence that some of those determinants of
female beauty affect interpersonal behaviors as well as attractiveness ratings.
Finally, they indicate that some determinants of female physical attractiveness
do not have the same effects on overt interpersonal behavior (such as tipping)
that they have on attractiveness ratings.
This latter contribution highlights the need for more ecologically valid tests of
evolutionary theories about the determinants and consequences of female
beauty.”
55. NCBI ROFL: Why poor, hungry men
prefer bigger breasts.
It has been suggested human female breast size may act as signal of fat reserves,
which in turn indicates access to resources. Based on this perspective, two studies
were conducted to test the hypothesis that men experiencing relative resource
insecurity should perceive larger breast size as more physically attractive than men
experiencing resource security.
In Study 1, 266 men from three sites in Malaysia varying in relative socioeconomic
status (high to low) rated a series of animated figures varying in breast size for
physical attractiveness.
Results showed that men from the low socioeconomic context rated larger breasts as
more attractive than did men from the medium socioeconomic context, who in turn
perceived larger breasts as attractive than men from a high socioeconomic context.
Study 2 compared the breast size judgements of 66 hungry versus 58 satiated men
within the same environmental context in Britain.
Results showed that hungry men rated larger breasts as significantly more attractive
than satiated men. Taken together, these studies provide evidence that resource
security impacts upon men’s attractiveness ratings based on women’s breast size.
56. More Evidence That Longevity
Depends on Your State of Mind
Of course, correlation is not causation. Having a sense of purpose isn't
what's making people live longer. Rather, having a sense of purpose
can give rise to healthy habits while diminishing a number of risk
factors; setting large and long-term goals serves as a protective shield.
For example, people with clearly defined goals may be less apt to
abuse alcohol and drugs, which can be seen as a distraction, escape, or
a barrier to achieving one's goals. A sense of purpose may also result
in a more socially engaged life, particularly if helping people is a key
motivator; studies show that social alienation is risk factor en par with
excessive smoking and alcoholism.
We all know that having goals is important, but a joint US-Canadian study reveals that having a sense of purpose can
affect our longevity. Remarkably, it doesn't matter how old we are or what we aspire to — as long as we have goals,
we live longer.
Psychologists have known for some time that a sense of purpose is a key indicator of healthy aging, including its
potential for reducing mortality risk. But this new study, which now appears in Psychological Science, extends
previous findings in two important ways. First, it shows that a sense of purpose is beneficial across a person's entire
adult lifespan, and second, that mortality rates — and by inference health — can indeed be correlated with having a
purpose in life.
So a sense of purpose could be derived from a desire to climb the corporate ladder, writing a book, running for
office, or improving one's performance in art or at the gym. These ambitions can also serve as stepping stones to
other goals, such as financial stability and raising children. And in fact, the most frequently cited purposes had to do
with helping other people or trying to improve the social structure.
57. Smart Drugs Could Be Impairing The Brains Of
Young People
Authors looked at two stimulants in particular, methylphenidate and modafinil.
Sold as Ritalin and Concerta to treat ADHD, methylphenidate works by increasing the level of neurotransmitters in the
nervous system. Trials on rats have shown that young, developing brains are particularly sensitive to methylphenidate.
Low dosages can reduce nerve activity, working memory, and the ability to quickly switch between tasks and behaviors.
Altering glutamate function via the use of psychostimulants may impair behavioral flexibility, leading to the development
and/or potentiation of addictive behaviors.
Furthermore, dopamine and norepinephrine do not display linear effects; instead, their modulation of cognitive and
neuronal function maps on an inverted-U curve.
Healthy individuals run the risk of pushing themselves beyond optimal levels into hyperdopaminergic and
hypernoradrenergic states, thus vitiating the very behaviors they are striving to improve.
58. Are 'Lucky Streaks' Real? Science Says Yes
Bettors are more likely to win once they're
on a winning streak, for a precisely ironic
reason.
The study, published this month in the journal Cognition, also found that losses can breed
more losses. After losing twice, the chances of winning decreased to 40 percent. After four
losses, the chance of winning was 27 percent. After six duds, you have only a 23 percent
chance of winning. The explanation: after each loss, gamblers on average choose bets that
are less likely to turn out, apparently assuming that they are more likely to win than before--
and perhaps to make up their losses (although, on average, people gamble less after each
loss). As you probably know, bets with a lower chance of winning have higher payouts.
The idea that one is more likely to lose after winning, or more likely to win after losing, is
known as the gambler's fallacy (in reality, all things being equal, one is just as likely to lose or
win on any given bet, assuming one is betting on independent events that don't effect each
other's outcomes, as is the case with the vast majority of sports bets). This stands in contrast
to the "hot hand fallacy": that one is more likely to win while on a hot streak. Bettors
apparently don't generally believe this to be true, or at least their behavior suggests they
don't.
"The result is ironic: Winners worried their good luck was not going to continue, so they
selected safer odds," the researchers wrote. "By doing so, they became more likely to win.
The losers expected the luck to turn, so they took riskier odds. However, this made them
even more likely to lose. The gamblers’ fallacy created the hot hand."
The study found that when a person wins a bet, they become increasingly likely to succeed after each win. The converse is
also true: Once you lose a bet, you become progressively more likely to keep losing.
The fascinating study looked at 565,915 sports bets made by 776 online gamblers in Europe and the United States, and
found that, all things being equal, you're likely to win or lose 48 percent of the time (draws presumably account for the
remaining 4 percent). After a single winning bid, the chance of winning a second goes up ever so slightly to 49 percent.
But here's where things get interesting. After the second win, the chance of winning a third time increases to 57 percent.
After that: 67 percent. Following a four-bet winning streak, the chances of scoring a fifth haul increase to 72 percent. The
probability of a sixth win is then 75 percent, and finally, after six wins, bettors had a 76 percent chance of notching lucky
No. 7.
59. The Othello Error Makes You Sure Everyone is Lying
Ever heard of Othello error? It's the unfortunate
mindset that leads questioners to believe people
are lying, even when they're telling the truth.
It can cause them to use understandable
coincidences as damning evidence, and getting
rid of it can make us better at judging honesty.
The innocent, but incriminating, coincidence is a staple of comedy. The heroine picks up a purse that's nearly identical
to her own, and finds she's stolen her future mother-in-law's wallet. A hero hesitates to tell his boss he was at a
proctology appointment because the woman he has a crush on is in the room, and gets so flushed and red-faced that
the boss figures he must be guilty of something. The audience laughs because we've all been stuck in circumstances
that make us look guilty when we're not, and then gotten so flustered during our explanations that we look even
more guilty. Usually these circumstances are, at least in retrospect, comic.
This kind of misunderstanding can also have dark results, as we see in dramatic works like Othello. Desdemona is the
victim of villainous interference rather than mere coincidence, but her increasingly frantic attempts to correct the
situation only make her look more guilty. She looks guilty because Othello suspects she's guilty. Once he starts
looking at everything she does with suspicion, everything she does is suspicious.
60. How 'Hyperpalatable' Foods Could Turn You Into
A Food Addict
Over a third of the global population is now
overweight, and the percentages are increasing.
Some neuroscientists have suggested that the rise of
so-called "hyperpalatable foods" may partially
explain the unprecedented rates of obesity.
Eventually, the experience of eating impossibly delicious foods results in what Kessler describes as "conditioned
hypereating." When we consume enjoyable sugary and fatty foods, it stimulates endorphins in our brains — chemicals
that signal a pleasurable experience. In turn, and in Pavlovian fashion, these chemicals stimulate us to eat more of that
type of food, while also calming us down and making us feel good. Conditioned hypereating sounds suspiciously similar to
what we might call food addiction. And indeed, studies have shown that hyperpalatable foods may be capable of
triggering an addictive process — one that's been postulated as a possible cause of the obesity epidemic.
But is it fair or reasonable to categorize food — something we need to keep us alive — alongside such things as illicit
drugs, alcohol, and gambling? Some scientists say yes.
Last year, for example, neuroscientists from Connecticut College claimed that Oreo cookies are more addictive than
cocaine. The researchers came to this conclusion after measuring a protein called c-Fos in the brains of rats. They found
that the cookies activated more neurons in the accumbens — a region of the brain associated with pleasure, and studied
for its role in addiction and reward-processing — than addictive substances like cocaine. Not surprisingly, the researchers
were harshly criticized for suggesting that something as apparently benign as an Oreo cookie could be compared to a
notorious party drug.
61. Men Without Beards Could Soon Have An
Evolutionary Advantage
But the context did matter. When facial hair was rare among
faces, beards and heavy stubble were rated about 20% more
attractive. And when beards were common, clean-shaven faces
enjoyed a similar bump, the team reports online today in Biology
Letters. The effect on judgment was the same for men and
women.
“This study breaks new ground,” says Peter Frost, an
anthropologist at the Interuniversity Centre for Aboriginal Studies
and Research in Quebec City, Canada. Although previous studies
have shown that people prefer novelty for certain traits, such as
the color of clothing, this study shows “that the novelty effect
applies not only to colors but also to other visible features [of the
body],” he says. But hipsters shouldn’t let their beards get too
gnarly. “There are certainly limits to this effect,” Frost says.
“Something can be novel but also disgusting.”
Negative frequency-dependent sexual selection maintains striking polymorphisms in secondary sexual traits in several
animal species. Here, we test whether frequency of beardedness modulates perceived attractiveness of men's facial hair,
a secondary sexual trait subject to considerable cultural variation.
We first showed participants a suite of faces, within which we manipulated the frequency of beard thicknesses and then
measured preferences for four standard levels of beardedness. Women and men judged heavy stubble and full beards
more attractive when presented in treatments where beards were rare than when they were common, with intermediate
preferences when intermediate frequencies of beardedness were presented.
Likewise, clean-shaven faces were least attractive when clean-shaven faces were most common and more attractive
when rare. This pattern in preferences is consistent with negative frequency-dependent selection.
62. Over the Hill? Cognitive Speeds Peak at Age 24
Those grim “over the hill” party favors are often deployed ironically by
those who want to razz their friends or partners when they turn 30 or
40. But it may be more honest than we care to admit: A new study
suggests humans’ cognitive speed peaks at age 24, and that it’s a
steady downhill descent from there.
The study is limited by the fact that it only focused on video game
players. But in analyzing a dataset of over 3,000 StarCraft 2 players
between the ages of 16 and 44, researchers determined that in-game
response times, or cognitive speed, peaked in players at 24 years of
age
The present study investigates age-related changes in cognitive motor performance through adolescence and
adulthood in a complex real world task, the real-time strategy video game StarCraft 2. In this paper we analyze the
influence of age on performance using a dataset of 3,305 players, aged 16-44, collected by Thompson, Blair, Chen &
Henrey [1].
Using a piecewise regression analysis, we find that age-related slowing of within-game, self-initiated response times
begins at 24 years of age. We find no evidence for the common belief expertise should attenuate domain-specific
cognitive decline. Domain-specific response time declines appear to persist regardless of skill level. A second analysis of
dual-task performance finds no evidence of a corresponding age-related decline.
Finally, an exploratory analyses of other age-related differences suggests that older participants may have been
compensating for a loss in response speed through the use of game mechanics that reduce cognitive load.
63. Picking Sides: How Genes Help Us
Decide Between Left and Right
It may surprise you that left-handed women
were found to be twice or more likely to
develop premenopausal breast cancer than
right-handers.
And a few researchers believe this effect may
be linked to exposure to certain chemicals in
utero, affecting your genes and then setting
the stage for both left-handedness and cancer
susceptibility, thus opening up another
probability of nurture changing nature.
So why the predominance of righties? For our species, one of the most
important tasks is communication, which is generally processed on the
left side of the brain.
And some scientists think that’s the reason why we’re right-side
dominant, because, as you’ve probably heard, the left side of the brain
generally controls the muscles on the right side of the body (which is
why a stroke suffered on the left side of your brain is more likely to
result in impairment to the arm and leg on the right side of the body).
Discovering more of the biology behind handedness, tracing it to
genetics, exposures, or both, could give us a lot more knowledge than
simply whether we should line up our kids on the left or right side of the
tee-ball batter’s box.
That’s because left-handedness has also been associated with higher
rates of dyslexia, schizophrenia, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder,
some mood disorders, and, as we’ve discussed, even cancer.
Indeed, adding handedness into the mix has helped Danish researchers
identify which children who had symptoms of ADHD at the age of eight
(when, let’s face it, just about every kid is a little bit on the rambunctious
side) would still have it at the age of 16.
64. Can You Control Your Metabolism With Your Mind?
Crum designed an experiment to investigate the link between what we think we're eating, how full we feel and how our
bodies respond. First, she made some milkshakes. Then, she labeled each shake as either "Sensishake: Fat Free, Guilt
Free, 104 Calories" or "Indulgence: Decadence You Deserve, 620 Calories." In reality, all the shakes were around 300
calories. Test subjects were asked to drink the milkshakes while nurses monitored their blood levels of ghrelin, a
hormone that increases with hunger, decreases after a meal, and affects the rate of our metabolism.
"Crum discovered that those who believed they were drinking the indulgent shake responded as if their bodies had
eaten three times more," explains Spiegel. "So what people believed about their milkshake came true. If they thought it
was fattening, they felt they'd eaten more and their digestion was affected. Their ghrelin levels dropped three times
more."
As the NPR video points out, Crum's findings suggest that while it may not matter as much as what we eat, how we
think about what we eat could play a significant role in how our bodies process food. There's obviously something very
appealing about that, but it warrants a good measure of skepticism. For one thing, Crum's study apparently lacked a
control group – that is, a group of test subjects who were not intentionally deceived with either rhetoric or calorie
counts.
65. Extract Money From People Using the Ambiguity Effect
Here's a quick game. I have a jar full of ninety marbles. There are thirty red marbles for sure, but there's a mix of black
and white marbles, and I can't be sure how many of each is in there. You can choose between one of two games. The
first game awards you a hundred dollars if you pick a red marble. The second game forces you to pick either black or
white as the "winning color," and awards you a hundred dollars if you pick the marble of your choice.
Most people will pick the red marble game. Knowing their exact odds of winning comforts them. They even pick the
red game if it's explained to them that the games have an equal probability of winning them the hundred bucks. To
see why the black and white game wins, let's change the game slightly. Instead of picking which marble color wins
before you draw, you draw and then flip a coin to see which color wins. So if you've just drawn a black marble, the
odds of winning with that marble are fifty percent - the likelihood of either side of a coin flip. And if you've just drawn
a white marble, the odds of winning with that marble are fifty percent. Considering the overall odds of drawing either
black or white are two-thirds, fifty percent of two thirds is one third - or exactly the odds of winning with a red marble.
Why is this important? Because of their dislike of uncertainty, people will pay to move from an uncertain game to a
more certain one. So you can either charge slightly more money for the red marble game, or work the crowd with a
partner. People get assigned on game or the other, and your partner, with the more-desirable red marble game will
trade their tickets for a cash bonus to people who don't like their odds (even though they should).
66. Continuity fields, and why we miss subtle visual changes
Continuity fields: Even when we fix our gaze on
something, our eyes are actually shifting microscopically
several times per second
Our eyes are continuously bombarded by visual
information – millions of colors, shapes and ever-changing
motion – yet seeing never feels like work.
Researchers have discovered one reason: our brains
perform automatic visual smoothing over time.
A study has found that our visual perception of things
is influenced by what we saw up to 15 seconds ago.
This helps create a stable environment, despite
sacrificing some accuracy.
It also means that what you see around you – that cup
of coffee, the face of your co-worker, your computer
screen – may be a time-averaged composite of now
and the past.
Fischer, who did the work as a doctoral student in the lab of
visual scientist David Whitney, calls this filter a continuity field.
For a real-world example of the phenomenon, think of a road
sign on a rainy day.
Despite the motion of hundreds of raindrops – and your retinas
being flooded with visual fluctuations – you don't have to
struggle too hard to read the sign. Your visual system is
averaging over what is effectively noise.
Fischer and Whitney also found that the filter seems to come into
play only when we need it. Attention matters – past images had
an influence if the subjects were paying attention to them, but
not if they were peripheral or in a radically different location. And
predictably, the influence of older images lessened the more time
passed.
Continuity fields are one type of visual insensitivity, but there are
others. Take the failure to notice an obvious change, known as
change blindness. One study had an experimenter ask a
pedestrian for directions. Their conversation was then
interrupted by a group of men walking between the two speakers
and carrying a large, obstructive object. Behind that object, out of
sight of the pedestrian, the initial experimenter was replaced by a
different person.
Despite the conversation partner being the central object in the
scene, only half of pedestrians noticed the change. The rest
continued giving directions as if nothing strange had happened.
67. Continuity fields, and why we miss
subtle visual changes
"We're not very good at detecting changes in our environment if the object is something we wouldn't expect to
change," Johnson said. In the real world, we wouldn't think a person we're talking to would spontaneously
transform. Thus, our brains often don't waste energy trying to notice these types of shifts.
Fischer suspects that our brains learn that the world follows certain rules – objects don't change location
spontaneously, and little changes don't matter most of the time – and adaptation of the visual system follows suit.
Visual scientist Michele Rucci of Boston University, not involved in the study, was surprised and intrigued by the
existence of continuity fields.
"We have this input to our retina that is continuously jumping, but yet the world seems stable," Rucci said. He noted
that, even when we fix our gaze on something, our eyes are actually shifting microscopically several times per
second. "Our perception of the world is very different than what the real input to the retina is."
68. Change Blindness
Change blindness is a surprising perceptual phenomenon that
occurs when a change in a visual stimulus is introduced and
the observer does not notice it.
For example, observers often fail to notice major differences
introduced into an image while it flickers off and on again.
People's poor ability to detect changes has been argued to
reflect fundamental limitations of human attention.
Change blindness has become a highly researched topic and
some have argued that it may have important practical
implications in areas such as eyewitness testimony and
distractions while driving.
Additionally, further research stated that rather large changes will not be detected when they occur during saccadic movements of the eye.
Another finding based on similar studies stated that a change was easily picked up on by participants when the eye was fixated on the point
of change.[7] Therefore, the eye must be directly fixated on the area of change for it to be noticed.
However, other research in the mid-1990s has indicated that individuals still have difficulty detecting change even when they are directly
fixated on a particular scene. A study by Rensink, O’Regan, & Clarke demonstrated that change blindness can have an effect even if the eye
was fixated on a scene. In this study, a picture was presented followed by a blank screen or “masking” stimulus, which was followed by the
initial picture with a change.
The masking stimulus almost acts like a saccadic movement of the eye which makes it significantly more difficult for individuals to detect the
change.[6] This was a critical contribution to change blindness research because it demonstrated that a change can remain unnoticed with
the smallest disruptions.
Research on change blindness proceeded one step further into practical applications of this phenomenon. For example, there does not have
to be a masking stimulus in order for individuals to miss a change in a scene. Individuals often take significantly longer to notice certain
changes if there are a few small, high contrast shapes that are temporarily splattered over a picture.[8] This method for testing change
blindness is called “mudsplashes”.[8] This method is particularly relevant to individuals driving in a car when there is a visual obstruction on
the windshield. This obstruction may impair an individual’s ability to detect a change in their environment which could result in severe
negative consequences while driving.
69. Study proves that talking on your cell
phone makes you act like an a**hole.
Use of a cell phone reduces attention and increases
response times. 62 people (30 men, 32 women) were
confronted with a confederate wearing a large leg
brace, who dropped a stack of magazines and feigned
difficulty retrieving them.
Among the 33 people who talked on their cell phones
only 9% offered their help, whereas among the 29
people who did not talk on their cell phones, 72%
offered help.
The use of cell phones affects helping behavior.
70. Why overheard cell phone
conversations are extra annoying.
Overhearing someone on a cell phone means hearing only half of a conversation–a “halfalogue.” We show that merely
overhearing a halfalogue results in decreased performance on cognitive tasks designed to reflect the attentional demands
of daily activities.
By contrast, overhearing both sides of a cell-phone conversation or a monologue does not result in decreased
performance.
This may be because the content of a halfalogue is less predictable than both sides of a conversation. In a second
experiment, we controlled for differences in acoustic factors between these types of overheard speech, establishing that it
is the unpredictable informational content of halfalogues that results in distraction.
Thus, we provide a cognitive explanation for why overheard cell-phone conversations are especially irritating: Less-predictable
speech results in more distraction for a listener engaged in other tasks.”
71. Need to Commit Something to
Memory? Sleep On It
Almost a century after scientists first began studying
sleep, it’s clear that getting some z‘s is useful for far
more than resting our bodies; it’s also necessary for
retaining short- and long-term memories.
These new findings could have important
implications for everything from education to
overcoming phobias, Deikelmann said.
Remember staying up all night cramming for that statistics test in college? Turns out you
probably would have scored higher if you had closed the books and hit the hay.
A series of recent studies, some of which were presented at this week’s annual meeting
of the Cognitive Neuroscience Society, suggest that a good night’s sleep doesn’t just
make you feel more rested – it’s also crucial for remembering everything from test
answers to when to mail your mother’s birthday card.
72. You can't tell if someone is lying by
reading their facial expressions
Microexpressions, as defined by psychologist Paul Ekman (who coined the term "microexpression,"
basically wrote the book on the little bastards, and has been studying their use in detecting deception for
going on half a century, now), are:
...very brief facial expressions, lasting between 1/25th and 1/15th of a second. They occur when a person
either deliberately or unconsciously conceals an emotion being felt. Any one of the seven emotions found
to have a universal signal may appear in a micro expression: anger, fear, sadness, disgust, contempt,
surprise and happiness.
Microexpressions therefore fall under the umbrella of "body language" ("nonverbals," if you're one for
parlance), and are distinguishable in that they refer explicitly to the face and specific situations in which
they're likely to appear, viz. a situation where the emotion being felt is being either intentionally or
unintentionally suppressed.
73. How Does "Valence" Help Your Brain Distinguish
Between Good And Bad?
Valence is the term used for the spectrum of emotions from extremely
positive to extremely negative.
When it comes to arousal — the intensity of an emotion — neuroscience
indicates that valence might be less important than we think. The
amygdala is the part of the brain that processes emotions.
Turns out, the amygdala gets engaged based on arousal. The feeling can be negative or it can be positive. Whether a
person is shown a picture of snuggling kittens or a severed hand, the amygdala responds.
But it isn't the only part of the brain that responds. The prefrontal cortex is a part of the brain we really don't want to
lose, as it deals with planning and problem-solving, and any injury to the region is devastating. It turns out, this area of
the brain might also tell you whether you feel good or bad.
Different areas of the prefrontal cortex get going when different stimuli are presented. The areas are scattered, but there
are distinct sections that distinguish between what you feel when you get a free plane ticket to Costa Rica and what you
feel when you get there and a spider drops from a tree onto your face. Although it's your amygdala that tells you that
both events were thrilling, it's your prefrontal cortex that tells you which one you wouldn't care to repeat.
74. The Psychological Effect That Explains
Why You Suck at Parties
It doesn't just take a good brain to memorize names. It
takes time and attention, neither of which you have in
that situation.
As each person is listed, we are waiting for the next
person's name. This provokes what's known as the
next-in-line effect.
The next-in-line effect happens when someone is waiting for
their turn to speak during an organized event.
Researchers tested it by having people in small, circular groups
take turns giving out information, then testing them to see
which snippets of information they remembered.
Each participant's memory was just fine, right up until they got
to the information imparted by the person who talked just
before they themselves were "up."
Suddenly, they remembered nothing. Yes, they were listening
when the person before them was talking. They just weren't
paying attention. Their mind was already on the next task.
When we see a group of people coming towards us with their
hands out for handshakes, we're in a situation in which we
know we'll have to take in a cascade of information, and we try
to prepare for it.
This is exactly the wrong thing to do. We try to simultaneously
greet the person in front of us, and get ready for the next
person in line.
As it turns out, we can either take in and store information, or
get ready for the next grouping of information. Since we try to
do two things at once, we fail at both.
September 26th, 2013
http://blogs.discovermagazine.com/seriouslyscience/2013/09/26/want-to-be-happier-skip-the-small-talk/#.U7sV__ldWVM
http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC2861779/
May 17th, 2013
http://gizmodo.com/why-your-brain-thinks-these-dots-are-a-dog-506703504
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gestalt_psychology
September 8th, 2013
http://blogs.discovermagazine.com/neuroskeptic/2013/09/08/empathy-placebo/
http://muse.jhu.edu/login?auth=0&type=summary&url=/journals/perspectives_in_biology_and_medicine/v056/56.2.mommaerts.html
October 17th, 2009
http://blogs.discovermagazine.com/neuroskeptic/2009/10/17/deconstructing-the-placebo/#.U7rxWPldWVN
http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/11939870
http://www.bmj.com/content/338/bmj.b1568.extract
http://neuroskeptic.blogspot.com/2009/10/placebos-have-side-effects-too.html
http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/19810776
http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/19781854
January 23rd, 2013
1. http://www.wired.com/2013/01/how-people-smell-themselves/
October 10th, 2012
http://blogs.discovermagazine.com/80beats/2012/10/10/how-the-brains-of-bookworms-compare-to-those-of-bibliophobes/#.U7jqdfldWVM
http://www.pnas.org/content/early/2012/10/04/1206792109.abstract
October 9th, 2012
http://blogs.discovermagazine.com/discoblog/2012/10/09/ncbi-rofl-stressed-try-forcing-your-face-to-smile-using-chopsticks/#.U7jr7_ldWVM
http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/23012270
September 17th, 2013
http://www.popsci.com/science/article/2013-09/science-confirms-obvious-tv-pharmaceutical-ads-are-often-misleading
http://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s11606-013-2604-0
http://link.springer.com/article/10.1007%2Fs11606-013-2622-y
January 18th,2013
1. http://www.fastcodesign.com/1671627/study-shows-how-classroom-design-affects-student-learning
January 18th, 2013
http://www.entrepreneur.com/blog/225548
http://www.entrepreneur.com/article/225519
January 14th, 2013
1. http://www.entrepreneur.com/blog/225451
May 23rd, 2012
http://www.entrepreneur.com/topic/creativity
http://www.entrepreneur.com/blog/223588
April 26th, 2012
1. http://www.entrepreneur.com/article/223432
August 27th, 2013
http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/22285424
http://blogs.discovermagazine.com/seriouslyscience/2013/08/27/have-a-difficult-problem-to-solve-try-vodka/#.U7rWqvldWVM
January 13th, 2013
http://www.inc.com/jessica-stillman/mission-possible-how-to-finally-wake-up-earlier.html
http://www.businessinsider.com/how-to-wake-up-earlier-2013-1
http://www.businessinsider.com/the-3-rules-of-deep-sleep-2011-8
September 26th, 2013
1. http://io9.com/the-science-behind-power-naps-and-why-theyre-so-damne-1401366016
September 19th, 2013
http://www.amazon.com/dp/B00AQ1V66A
http://www.psychologytoday.com/blog/sleeping-angels/201004/why-is-it-so-hard-get-out-bed-in-the-morning
http://io9.com/why-is-it-so-impossible-to-get-out-of-bed-in-the-mornin-1348209324
http://www.sleepcenters.org/
September 26th, 2013
http://io9.com/the-science-behind-power-naps-and-why-theyre-so-damne-1401366016
http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/j.1365-2869.2008.00622.x/full
http://io9.com/so-it-s-true-the-full-moon-does-mess-with-our-sleep-922918960
http://io9.com/10-theories-that-explain-why-we-dream-897195110
http://www.alertsol.com/downloads/sb_alertsol/strat_naps.pdf
September 2013
http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0196064406002393
http://journals.lww.com/academicmedicine/Abstract/2012/10000/The_Effects_of_a_Mid_Day_Nap_on_the_Neurocognitive.31.aspx
http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/17053484
http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0166432808002416
http://blogs.plos.org/obesitypanacea/files/2013/05/BJN-editorial.pdf
http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/17296887
http://www.sciencedaily.com/releases/2011/02/110228105308.htm
June 2012
http://pss.sagepub.com/content/17/8/670.short
http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/19840054
http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/j.1365-2869.2011.00962.x/full
February 28th, 2011
http://www.sciencedaily.com/releases/2011/02/110228105308.htm
http://blogs.plos.org/obesitypanacea/files/2013/05/BJN-editorial.pdf
September 25th, 2013
http://blogs.discovermagazine.com/seriouslyscience/2013/09/25/physical-order-produces-healthy-choices-generosity-and-conventionality-whereas-disorder-produces-creativity/
http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/23907542
February 18th, 2014
http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/24549296
http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/22121888
July 16th, 2011
http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/21140315
http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed?linkname=pubmed_pubmed&from_uid=12814291
January 17th, 2013
http://blogs.hbr.org/2013/01/three-elements-of-great-communication-according/
http://classics.mit.edu/Aristotle/rhetoric.1.i.html
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_cognitive_biases
8. Baron 1994, p. 372
9. Zhang, Yu; Lewis, Mark; Pellon, Michael; Coleman, Phillip (2007). "A Preliminary Research on Modeling Cognitive Agents for Social Environments in Multi-Agent Systems". pp. 116–123.
10. Iverson, Grant; Brooks, Brian; Holdnack, James (2008). "Misdiagnosis of Cognitive Impairment in Forensic Neuropsychology". In Heilbronner, Robert L. Neuropsychology in the Courtroom: Expert Analysis of Reports and Testimony. New York: Guilford Press. p. 248. ISBN 9781593856342.
11. (Bar-Haim, Y., Lamy, D., Pergamin, L., Bakermans-Kranenburg, M.J., & van IJzendoorn, M.H. (2007). Threat-related attentional bias in anxious and non-anxious individuals: A meta-analytic study. Psychological Bulletin.
12. Schwarz, N.; Bless, Herbert; Strack, Fritz; Klumpp, G.; Rittenauer-Schatka, Helga; Simons, Annette (1991). "Ease of Retrieval as Information: Another Look at the Availability Heuristic" (PDF). Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 61 (2): 195–202.doi:10.1037/0022-3514.61.2.195. Retrieved 19 Oct 2014.
13. Kuran, Timur; Cass R Sunstein (1998). "Availability Cascades and Risk Regulation".Stanford Law Review 51: 683. doi:10.2307/1229439.
14. Sanna, Lawrence J.; Schwarz, Norbert; Stocker, Shevaun L. (2002). "When debiasing backfires: Accessible content and accessibility experiences in debiasing hindsight.".Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition 28 (3): 497–502.doi:10.1037//0278-7393.28.3.497. ISSN 0278-7393.
15. Colman, Andrew (2003). Oxford Dictionary of Psychology. New York: Oxford University Press. p. 77. ISBN 0-19-280632-7.
16. Baron 1994, pp. 224–228
17. Klauer, K. C.; Musch, J; Naumer, B (2000). "On belief bias in syllogistic reasoning".Psychological Review 107 (4): 852–884. doi:10.1037/0033-295X.107.4.852.PMID 11089409.
18. Pronin, Emily; Matthew B. Kugler (July 2007). "Valuing thoughts, ignoring behavior: The introspection illusion as a source of the bias blind spot". Journal of Experimental Social Psychology (Elsevier) 43 (4): 565–578. doi:10.1016/j.jesp.2006.05.011. ISSN 0022-1031.
19. Walker, Drew; Vul, Edward (2013-10-25). "Hierarchical Encoding Makes Individuals in a Group Seem More Attractive". Psychological Science 20 (11).doi:10.1177/0956797613497969.
20. Mather, M.; Shafir, E.; Johnson, M.K. (2000). "Misrememberance of options past: Source monitoring and choice". Psychological Science 11: 132–138. doi:10.1111/1467-9280.00228. PMID 11273420.
21. Oswald, Margit E.; Grosjean, Stefan (2004). "Confirmation Bias". In Pohl, Rüdiger F.Cognitive Illusions: A Handbook on Fallacies and Biases in Thinking, Judgement and Memory. Hove, UK: Psychology Press. pp. 79–96. ISBN 978-1-84169-351-4.OCLC 55124398.
22. Fisk, John E. (2004). "Conjunction fallacy". In Pohl, Rüdiger F. Cognitive Illusions: A Handbook on Fallacies and Biases in Thinking, Judgement and Memory. Hove, UK: Psychology Press. pp. 23–42. ISBN 978-1-84169-351-4. OCLC 55124398.
23. ^ Jump up to:a b c d e f g Martin Hilbert (2012) ""Toward a synthesis of cognitive biases: How noisy information processing can bias human decision making"". Psychological Bulletin, 138(2), 211–237; Also at http://www.martinhilbert.net/HilbertPsychBull.pdf
24. ^ Jump up to:a b Attneave, F. (1953). "Psychological probability as a function of experienced frequency". Journal of Experimental Psychology 46 (2): 81–86. doi:10.1037/h0057955.PMID 13084849.
25. ^ Jump up to:a b Fischhoff, B.; Slovic, P.; Lichtenstein, S. (1977). "Knowing with certainty: The appropriateness of extreme confidence". Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance 3 (4): 552–564. doi:10.1037/0096-1523.3.4.552.
26. DuCharme, W. M. (1970). "Response bias explanation of conservative human inference".Journal of Experimental Psychology 85 (1): 66–74. doi:10.1037/h0029546.
27. ^ Jump up to:a b Edwards, W. (1968). "Conservatism in human information processing". In Kleinmuntz, B. Formal representation of human judgment. New York: Wiley. pp. 17–52.
28. Plous 1993, pp. 38–41
29. Ackerman, Mark S., ed. (2003). Sharing expertise beyond knowledge management(online ed.). Cambridge, Massachusetts: MIT Press. p. 7. ISBN 9780262011952.
30. Why We Spend Coins Faster Than Bills by Chana Joffe-Walt. All Things Considered, 12 May 2009.
31. Hsee, Christopher K.; Zhang, Jiao (2004). "Distinction bias: Misprediction and mischoice due to joint evaluation". Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 86 (5): 680–695.doi:10.1037/0022-3514.86.5.680. PMID 15161394.
32. (Kahneman, Knetsch & Thaler 1991, p. 193) Richard Thaler coined the term "endowment effect."
33. [1]
34. Wagenaar, W. A.; Keren, G. B. (1985). "Calibration of probability assessments by professional blackjack dealers, statistical experts, and lay people". Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes 36 (3): 406–416. doi:10.1016/0749-5978(85)90008-1.
35. Jeng, M. (2006). "A selected history of expectation bias in physics". American Journal of Physics 74 (7): 578–583. doi:10.1119/1.2186333.
36. Kahneman, Daniel; Alan B. Krueger; David Schkade; Norbert Schwarz; Arthur A. Stone (2006-06-30). "Would you be happier if you were richer? A focusing illusion". Science312 (5782): 1908–10. doi:10.1126/science.1129688. PMID 16809528.
37. Zwicky, Arnold (2005-08-07). "Just Between Dr. Language and I". Language Log.
38. "There’s a Name for That: The Baader-Meinhof Phenomenon".
39. Lichtenstein, S., & Fischhoff, B. (1977). Do those who know more also know more about how much they know? Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 20(2), 159–183.doi:10.1016/0030-5073(77)90001-0
40. Merkle, E. C. (2009). "The disutility of the hard-easy effect in choice confidence".Psychonomic Bulletin & Review 16 (1): 204–213. doi:10.3758/PBR.16.1.204.
41. Juslin, P; Winman, A.; Olsson, H. (2000). "Naive empiricism and dogmatism in confidence research: a critical examination of the hard-easy effect". Psychological Review107 (2): 384–396. doi:10.1037/0033-295x.107.2.384.
42. Pohl, Rüdiger F. (2004). "Hindsight Bias". In Pohl, Rüdiger F. Cognitive Illusions: A Handbook on Fallacies and Biases in Thinking, Judgement and Memory. Hove, UK: Psychology Press. pp. 363–378. ISBN 978-1-84169-351-4. OCLC 55124398.
43. Laibson, David (1997). "Golden Eggs and Hyperbolic Discounting". Quarterly Journal of Economics 112 (2): 443–477. doi:10.1162/003355397555253.
44. Kogut, Tehila; Ritov, Ilana (2005). "The 'Identified Victim' Effect: An Identified Group, or Just a Single Individual?". Journal of Behavioral Decision Making (Wiley InterScience)18: 157–167. doi:10.1002/bdm.492. Retrieved August 15, 2013.
45. Thompson, Suzanne C. (1999). "Illusions of Control: How We Overestimate Our Personal Influence". Current Directions in Psychological Science (Association for Psychological Science) 8 (6): 187–190. doi:10.1111/1467-8721.00044. ISSN 0963-7214.JSTOR 20182602.
46. Dierkes, Meinolf; Antal, Ariane Berthoin; Child, John; Ikujiro Nonaka (2003). Handbook of Organizational Learning and Knowledge. Oxford University Press. p. 22. ISBN 978-0-19-829582-2. Retrieved 9 September 2013.http://books.google.se/books?id=JRd7RZzzw_wC&pg=PA22&dq=Illusion+of+validity&hl=en&sa=X&ei=lr4tUoKtOKKK4wSi3IEw&redir_esc=y#v=onepage&q=Illusion%20of%20validity&f=false
47. Tversky, Amos; Daniel Kahneman (September 27, 1974). "Judgment under Uncertainty: Heuristics and Biases". Science (American Association for the Advancement of Science) 185 (4157): 1124–1131. doi:10.1126/science.185.4157.1124.PMID 17835457.
48. Fiedler, K. (1991). "The tricky nature of skewed frequency tables: An information loss account of distinctiveness-based illusory correlations". Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 60 (1): 24–36. doi:10.1037/0022-3514.60.1.24.
49. Sanna, Lawrence J.; Schwarz, Norbert (2004). "Integrating Temporal Biases: The Interplay of Focal Thoughts and Accessibility Experiences". Psychological Science(American Psychological Society) 15 (7): 474–481. doi:10.1111/j.0956-7976.2004.00704.x. PMID 15200632.
50. Baron 1994, pp. 258–259
51. (Kahneman, Knetsch & Thaler 1991, p. 193) Daniel Kahneman, together with Amos Tversky, coined the term "loss aversion."
52. Bornstein, Robert F.; Crave-Lemley, Catherine (2004). "Mere exposure effect". In Pohl, Rüdiger F. Cognitive Illusions: A Handbook on Fallacies and Biases in Thinking, Judgement and Memory. Hove, UK: Psychology Press. pp. 215–234. ISBN 978-1-84169-351-4. OCLC 55124398.
53. Shafir, Eldar; Diamond, Peter; Tversky, Amos (2000). "Money Illusion". In Kahneman, Daniel; Tversky, Amos. Choices, values, and frames. Cambridge University Press. pp. 335–355. ISBN 978-0-521-62749-8.
54. Haizlip, Julie et al. "Perspective: The Negativity Bias, Medical Education, and the Culture of Academic Medicine: Why Culture Change Is Hard". Retrieved October 3, 2012.
55. Baron 1994, p. 353
56. Baron 1994, p. 386
57. Baron 1994, p. 44
58. Hardman 2009, p. 104
59. Adams, P. A., & Adams, J. K. (1960). Confidence in the recognition and reproduction of words difficult to spell. The American Journal of Psychology, 73(4), 544–552.
60. Hoffrage, Ulrich (2004). "Overconfidence". In Rüdiger Pohl. Cognitive Illusions: a handbook on fallacies and biases in thinking, judgement and memory. Psychology Press.ISBN 978-1-84169-351-4.
61. Sutherland 2007, pp. 172–178
23. ^ Jump up to:a b c d e f g Martin Hilbert (2012) ""Toward a synthesis of cognitive biases: How noisy information processing can bias human decision making"". Psychological Bulletin, 138(2), 211–237; Also at http://www.martinhilbert.net/HilbertPsychBull.pdf
49. Sanna, Lawrence J.; Schwarz, Norbert (2004). "Integrating Temporal Biases: The Interplay of Focal Thoughts and Accessibility Experiences". Psychological Science(American Psychological Society) 15 (7): 474–481. doi:10.1111/j.0956-7976.2004.00704.x. PMID 15200632.
62. Hardman 2009, p. 137
63. Garcia, Stephen M.; Song, Hyunjin; Tesser, Abraham (November 2010). "Tainted recommendations: The social comparison bias". Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes 113 (2): 97–101. doi:10.1016/j.obhdp.2010.06.002. ISSN 0749-5978. Lay summary – BPS Research Digest (2010-10-30).
64. Dalton, D. & Ortegren, M. (2011). "Gender differences in ethics research: The importance of controlling for the social desirability response bias". Journal of Business Ethics 103 (1): 73–93. doi:10.1007/s10551-011-0843-8.
65. Kahneman, Knetsch & Thaler 1991, p. 193
66. Baron 1994, p. 382
67. Baron, J. (in preparation). Thinking and Deciding, 4th edition. New York: Cambridge University Press.
68. "Penn Psychologists Believe 'Unit Bias' Determines The Acceptable Amount To Eat". ScienceDaily (Nov. 21, 2005)
27.Edwards, W. (1968). "Conservatism in human information processing". In Kleinmuntz, B. Formal representation of human judgment. New York: Wiley. pp. 17–52.
69. Meegan, Daniel V. (2010). "Zero-Sum Bias: Perceived Competition Despite Unlimited Resources". Frontiers in Psychology 1. doi:10.3389/fpsyg.2010.00191. ISSN 1664-1078.
70. Chernev, Alexander (2007). "Jack of All Trades or Master of One? Product Differentiation and Compensatory Reasoning in Consumer Choice". Journal of Consumer Research 33 (4): 430–444. doi:10.1086/510217. ISSN 0093-5301.
71. Morris, Errol (2010-06-20). "The Anosognosic’s Dilemma: Something’s Wrong but You’ll Never Know What It Is (Part 1)". Opinionator: Exclusive Online Commentary from theNew York Times. New York Times. Retrieved 2011-03-07.
72. Marks, Gary; Miller, Norman (1987). "Ten years of research on the false-consensus effect: An empirical and theoretical review". Psychological Bulletin (American Psychological Association) 102 (1): 72–90. doi:10.1037/0033-2909.102.1.72.
73. Sutherland 2007, pp. 138–139
74. Baron 1994, p. 275
75. Pronin, E.; Kruger, J.; Savitsky, K.; Ross, L. (2001). "You don't know me, but I know you: the illusion of asymmetric insight". Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 81 (4): 639–656. doi:10.1037/0022-3514.81.4.639. PMID 11642351.
76. Hoorens, Vera (1993). "Self-enhancement and Superiority Biases in Social Comparison".European Review of Social Psychology (Psychology Press) 4 (1): 113–139.doi:10.1080/14792779343000040.
77. Plous 2006, p. 206
78. Hsee, Christopher K.; Hastie, Reid (2006). "Decision and experience: why don't we choose what makes us happy?". Trends in Cognitive Sciences 10 (1): 31–37.doi:10.1016/j.tics.2005.11.007. PMID 16318925.
79. Plous 2006, p. 185
80. Forsyth, D. R. (2009). Group Dynamics (5th ed.). Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole.
81. Kruger, J. (1999). "Lake Wobegon be gone! The "below-average effect" and the egocentric nature of comparative ability judgments". Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 77: 2. doi:10.1037/0022-3514.77.2.221. PMID 10474208.
82. Schacter, Daniel L. (1999). "The Seven Sins of Memory: Insights From Psychology and Cognitive Neuroscience". American Psychologist 54 (3): 182–203. doi:10.1037/0003-066X.54.3.182. PMID 10199218.
83. Cacioppo, John (2002). Foundations in social neuroscience. Cambridge, Mass: MIT Press. pp. 130–132. ISBN 026253195X.
24. Attneave, F. (1953). "Psychological probability as a function of experienced frequency". Journal of Experimental Psychology 46 (2): 81–86. doi:10.1037/h0057955.PMID 13084849.
25. Fischhoff, B.; Slovic, P.; Lichtenstein, S. (1977). "Knowing with certainty: The appropriateness of extreme confidence". Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance 3 (4): 552–564. doi:10.1037/0096-1523.3.4.552.
22. Fisk, John E. (2004). "Conjunction fallacy". In Pohl, Rüdiger F. Cognitive Illusions: A Handbook on Fallacies and Biases in Thinking, Judgement and Memory. Hove, UK: Psychology Press. pp. 23–42. ISBN 978-1-84169-351-4. OCLC 55124398.
48. Fiedler, K. (1991). "The tricky nature of skewed frequency tables: An information loss account of distinctiveness-based illusory correlations". Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 60 (1): 24–36. doi:10.1037/0022-3514.60.1.24.
84. Walker, W. Richard; John J. Skowronski; Charles P. Thompson (2003). "Life Is Pleasant—and Memory Helps to Keep It That Way!". Review of General Psychology(Educational Publishing Foundation) 7 (2): 203–210. doi:10.1037/1089-2680.7.2.203. Retrieved 2009-08-27.
85. Koriat, A.; M. Goldsmith; A. Pansky (2000). "Toward a Psychology of Memory Accuracy".Annual Review of Psychology 51 (1): 481–537. doi:10.1146/annurev.psych.51.1.481.PMID 10751979.
86. Craik & Lockhart, 1972
87. Kinnell, Angela; Dennis, S. (2011). "The list length effect in recognition memory: an analysis of potential confounds". Memory & Cognition (Adelaide, Australia: School of Psychology, University of Adelaide) 39 (2): 348–63. doi:10.3758/s13421-010-0007-6.
88. Wayne Weiten (2010). Psychology: Themes and Variations: Themes and Variations. Cengage Learning. p. 338. ISBN 978-0-495-60197-5.
89. Wayne Weiten (2007). Psychology: Themes and Variations: Themes And Variations. Cengage Learning. p. 260. ISBN 978-0-495-09303-9.
90. Slamecka NJ (1968). "An examination of trace storage in free recall". J Exp Psychol 76(4): 504–13. doi:10.1037/h0025695. PMID 5650563.
91. Shepard, R.N. (1967). Recognition memory for words, sentences, and pictures. Journal of Learning and Verbal Behavior, 6, 156–163.
92. McBride, D. M., Dosher, B.A. (2002). A comparison of conscious and automatic memory processes for picture and word stimuli: a process dissociation analysis" Consciousness and Cognition 11, 423–460.
93. Defetyer, M. A., Russo, R., McPartlin, P. L. (2009). The picture superiority effect in recognition memory: a developmental study using the response signal procedure.Cognitive Development, 24, 265–273. doi:10.1016/j.cogdev.2009.05.002
94. Whitehouse, A. J., Maybery, M.T., Durkin, K. (2006). The development of the picture-superiority effect. British Journal of Developmental Psychology, 24, 767–773.doi:10.1348/026151005X74153
95. Ally, B. A., Gold, C. A., Budson, A. E. (2009). The picture superiority effect in patients with Alzheimer's disease and mild cognitive impairment" Neuropsychologia 47, 595–598.doi:10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2008.10.010
96. Curran, T., & Doyle, J. (2011). Picture superiority doubly dissociates the ERP correlates of recollection and familiarity" Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience 23(5), 1247–1262.doi:10.1162/jocn.2010.21464
97. Martin, G. Neil; Neil R. Carlson; William Buskist (2007). Psychology (3rd ed.). Pearson Education. pp. 309–310. ISBN 978-0-273-71086-8.
98. "When comprehension difficulty improves memory for text." O'Brien, Edward J.; Myers, Jerome L. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, Vol 11(1), Jan 1985, 12–21. doi:10.1037/0278-7393.11.1.12
99. Rubin, Wetzler & Nebes, 1986; Rubin, Rahhal & Poon, 1998
100. David A. Lieberman (8 December 2011). Human Learning and Memory. Cambridge University Press. p. 432. ISBN 978-1-139-50253-5.
101. Morton, Crowder & Prussin, 1971
102. Ian Pitt; Alistair D. N. Edwards (2003). Design of Speech-Based Devices: A Practical Guide. Springer. p. 26. ISBN 978-1-85233-436-9.
103. E. Bruce Goldstein. Cognitive Psychology: Connecting Mind, Research and Everyday Experience. Cengage Learning. p. 231. ISBN 978-1-133-00912-2.
104. Poppenk, Walia, Joanisse, Danckert, & Köhler, 2006
105. Von Restorff, H. (1933). "Über die Wirkung von Bereichsbildungen im Spurenfeld (The effects of field formation in the trace field)". Psychological Research 18 (1): 299–342.
82. Schacter, Daniel L. (1999). "The Seven Sins of Memory: Insights From Psychology and Cognitive Neuroscience". American Psychologist 54 (3): 182–203. doi:10.1037/0003-066X.54.3.182. PMID 10199218.
REFERENCES
Baddeley, A. (1995). Working memory. In M.S. Gazzaniga (Ed.), The cognitive
neurosciences (pp. 755-764). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Bailey, C.H. & Kandel, E.R. (1995). Molecular and structural mechanisms
underlying long-term memory. In M.S. Gazzaniga (Ed.), The cognitive neurosciences
(pp. 19-36). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Black, I.B. (1995). Trophic interactions and brain plasticity. In M.S. Gazzaniga
(Ed.), The cognitive neurosciences (pp. 9-17). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Cahill, L. & McGaugh, J.L. (1998). Modulation of memory storage. In L.R. Squire
& S.M. Kosslyn (Eds.), Findings and current opinion in cognitive neuroscience (pp.
85-90). Cambridge, Massachusetts: MIT Press.
Church, B.A. & Schacter, D.L. (1994). Perceptual specificity of auditory priming:
Implicit memory for voice intonation and fundamental frequency. Journal of
experimental psychology: Learning, memory, and cognition, 20, 521-533.21
Davis, M., Campeau, S., Kim, M., & Falls, W.A. (1995). Neural systems of
emotion: The amygdala’s role in fear and anxiety. In J.L. McGaugh, N.M.
Weinberger, & G. Lynch (Eds.), Brain and memory: Modulation and mediation of
neural plasticity (pp. 3-40). Oxford: Oxford University Press
Gazzaniga, M.S., Ivry, R.B., & Mangun, G.R. (1998). Cognitive neuroscience: The
biology of the mind. London: Norton.
Graham, R.B. (1990). Physiological psychology. Belmont, Cal: Wadsworth.
Jacoby, L.L., Lindsay, D.S., & Toth, J.P. (1992). Unconscious influences revealed:
Attention, awareness, and control. American psychologist, 47, 802-809.
Kalat, J.W. (1998). Biological psychology (6th ed.). Belmont, Cal: Wadsworth.
Levine, D.S., Long, D.L., & Parks, R.W. (Eds.) (1998). Fundamentals of neural
network modelling: Neuropsychology and cognitive neuroscience. Cambridge,
Massachusetts: MIT Press.
Loftus, E.F. & Klinger, M.R. (1992). Is the unconscious smart or dumb? American
psychologist, 47, 761-765.
Lynch, G. & Baudry, M. (1984). The biochemistry of memory: A new and specific
hypothesis. Science, 224, 1057-1064.22
Matlin, M.W. (1994). Cognition (3rd ed.). Florida: Harcourt Brace.
Ochsner, K.N., Chiu, C-Y.P, & Schacter, D.L. (1998). Varieties of priming. In L.R.
Squire & S.M. Kosslyn (Eds.), Findings and current opinion in cognitive
neuroscience (pp. 99-104). Cambridge, Massachusetts: MIT Press.
Roediger, H.L. (1990). Implicit memory: Retention without remembering. American
psychologist, 45, 1043-1056.
Rugg, M.D. (1995). Event relate potential studies of human memory. In M.S.
Gazzaniga (Ed.), The cognitive neurosciences (pp. 789-801). Cambridge, MA: MIT
Press.
Schacter, D.L. (1987). Implicit memory: History and current status. Journal of
experimental psychology: Learning, memory, and cognition, 13, 501-518.
Schacter, D.L. (1995). Implicit memory: A new frontier for cognitive neuroscience.
In M.S. Gazzaniga (Ed.), The cognitive neurosciences (pp. 815-824). Cambridge,
MA: MIT Press.
Schacter, D.L. (1996). Searching for memory: The brain, the mind, and the past.
New York: Basic Books.
Shimamura, A.P. (1995). Memory and frontal lobe function. In M.S. Gazzaniga
(Ed.), The cognitive neurosciences (pp. 803-813). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Squire, L.R. & Alvarez, P. (1998). Retrograde amnesia and memory consolidation:
a neurobiological perspective. In L.R. Squire & S.M. Kosslyn (Eds.), Findings and
current opinion in cognitive neuroscience (pp. 75-83). Cambridge, Massachusetts:
MIT Press.
Squire, L.R. & Knowlton, B.J. (1995). Memory, hippocampus, and brain systems.
In M.S. Gazzaniga (Ed.), The cognitive neurosciences (pp. 825-837). Cambridge,
MA: MIT Press.
West, R.L. (1996). An application of prefrontal cortex function theory to cognitive
aging. Psychological bulletin, 120, 272-292.
Winson, J. (November, 1990). The meaning of dreams. Scientific American, 42-48.
Yin, J.C. & Tully, T. (1998). CREB and the formation of long term memory. In
L.R. Squire & S.M. Kosslyn (Eds.), Findings and current opinion in cognitive
neuroscience (pp. 133-137). Cambridge, Massachusetts: MIT Press.
References
Bowden, E.M. & Jung-Beeman, M. (2003). One hundred forty-four Compound Remote Associate
Problems: Short insight-like problems with one-word solutions. Behavioral Research,
Methods, Instruments, and Computers, 35, 634-639.
Czerwinski, M., Horvitz, E. & Cutrell, E. (2001). Subjective Duration Assessment: An Implicit
Probe for Software Usability. In Proceedings of IHM-HCI 2001 Conference, Volume 2,
(September, 2001, Lille, France), p. 167-170.
Duncker, K. (1945). On problem solving. Psychological Monographs, 58 (5).
Gugerty, L., Tyrrell, R.A., Aten, T.R., & Edmonds, K.A. (2004). The effects of sub-pixel addressing
on users’ performance, ACM Transactions on Applied Perception.
Isen, A. M. (1993). Positive affect and decision making. In M. Lewis & J. Haviland (Eds.),
Handbook of Emotion (p. 261-277). NY: Guilford.
Isen, A.M., Daubman, K.A., Nowicki, G.P. (1987). Positive Affect facilitates creative problem
solving. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1122-1131.
Mednick, S.A. (1962). The associative basis of the creative process. Psychological Review, 69,
220-232.
Weybrew, B.B. (1984). The Zeigarnik phenomenon revisited: Implications for enhancement of
morale. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 58, p. 223-226.
Ziegarnik, B. (1927). Uber das Behalten von erledigten und unerledigten handlungen.
Psychologische Forschung, 9, 1-85.
References
Achen, Christopher H. 1985. Proxy Variables and Incorrect Signs on Regression Coefficients.
Political Methodology 11: 299-317.
Arrow, Kenneth J. 1963. Social Choice and Individual Values. 2
nd
. ed. [orig. pub. 1951]. New
York: Wiley.
Bachrach, Peter, and Morton S. Baratz. 1962. Two Faces of Power. American Political Science
Review 56(4): 947-952.
Bartels, Larry M. 2008. Unequal Democracy: The Political Economy of the New Gilded Age.
New York: Russell Sage Foundation and Princeton University Press.
Bauer, Raymond A., Ithiel de Sola Pool, and Lewis Anthony Dexter. 1967. American Business
and Public Policy: The Politics of Foreign Trade. New York: Atherton.
Baumgartner, Frank R., Jeffrey M. Berry, Marie Hojnacki, David C. Kimball, and Beth L. Leech.
2009. Lobbying and Policy Change: Who Wins, Who Loses, and Why. Chicago:
University of Chicago Press, 2009.
Beard, Charles. 19`3. An Economic Interpretation of the Constitution of the United States.
Bentley, Arthur F. 1908. The Process of Government: A Study of Social Pressures. Chicago:
University of Chicago Press.
Berry, Jeffrey M. 1999. The New Liberalism: The Rising Power of Citizen Groups.
Washington, D.C.: Brookings.
Black, Duncan. 1948. On the Rationale of Group Decision-making. Journal of Political
Economy 56: 23–34.
Black, Duncan. 1958. The Theory of Committees and Elections. Cambridge:Cambridge
University Press.
Block, Fred. 1977. The Ruling Class Does Not Rule: Notes on the Marxist Theory of the State.
Socialist Revolution 7(3): 6-28.
Block, Fred. 2007. Understanding the Divergent Trajectories of the United States and Western
Europe: A Neo-Polanyian Analysis. Politics and Society (March): 1-31.
Burch, Philip H. 1980-81. Elites in American History. 3 vols. New York: Holmes & Meier.
Canes-Wrone, Brandice, Michael C. Herron, and Kenneth W. Shotts. 2001. Leadership and
Pandering: A Theory of Executive Policymaking. American Journal of Political Science
45: 532-50.
Dahl, Robert A. 1956. A Preface to Democratic Theory. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Dahl, Robert A. 1961. Who Governs? New Haven: Yale University Press.
Dahl, Robert A. 1989. Democracy and its Critics. New Haven: Yale University Press.
Davis, Otto A., Melvin J. Hinich, and Peter C. Ordeshook. 1970. An Expository Development of
a Mathematical Model of the Electoral Process. American Political Science Review 64:
426-48.
Domhoff, G. William. 2013. Who Rules America: The Triumph of the Corporate Rich. 7th. ed. New York: McGraw-Hill.
Downs, Anthony. 1957. An Economic Theory of Democracy. New York: Harper & Row.
Erikson, Robert S., Michael B. MacKuen, and James A. Stimson. 2002. The Macro Polity. New
York: Cambridge University Press.
Erikson, Robert S., Gerald C. Wright, and John P. McIver. 1993. Statehouse Democracy:
Public Opinion and Policy in the American States. New York: Cambridge University
Press.
Ferguson, Thomas. 1995. Golden Rule: The Investment Theory of Party Competition and the
Logic of Money-Driven Political Systems. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.
Fiorina, Morris. 1981. Retrospective Voting in American National Elections. New Haven: Yale
University Press.
Gilens, Martin. 2011. “Two-thirds full? Citizen Competence and Democratic Governance.” In
New Directions in Public Opinion, ed., Adam Berinsky, pp.52-76. New York: Routledge.
Gilens, Martin. Affluence and Influence: Economic Inequality and Political Power in America.
2012. New York: Russell Sage Foundation and Princeton University Press.
Hacker, Jacob S., and Paul Pierson. 2010. Winner-Take-All Politics: How Washington Made the
Rich Richer – and Turned its Back on the Middle Class. New York: Simon & Schuster.
Hamilton, Alexander, James Madison, and John Jay. 1961 [orig. pub. 1787-88]. Ed. Clinton
Rossiter. New York: New American Library.
Hotelling, Harold. 1929. Stability in Competition. The Economic Journal 39: 41-57.
Isaac, Jeffrey. 1987a. Beyond the Three Faces of Power: A Realist Critique. Polity 20(1): 4-31.
Isaac, Jeffrey. 1987b. Power and Marxist Theory. Ithaca: Cornell University Press.
Jacobs, Larry R., and Benjamin I. Page. 2005. Who Influences U.S. Foreign Policy? American
Political Science Review 99: 107-123.
Lukes, Steven. 1974. Power: A Radical View. London: Macmillan.
Katznelson, Ira. 2013. Fear Itself: The New Deal and the Origins of Our Time. New York:
Liveright.
Key, V.O., Jr. 1961. Public Opinion and American Democracy. New York: Knopf.
Lindblom, Charles E. 1977. Politics and Markets. New York: Basic.
Lincoln, Abraham. 1863. Address at Gettysburg, Pennsylvania. In Speeches and Writings
1859-1865. The Library of America, New York, (1989), p.536.
McChesney, Fred S. 1997. Money for Nothing: Politicians, Rent Extraction, and
Political Extortion. Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
McConnell, Grant. 1966. Private Power and American Democracy. New York: Random
House.
McKelvey, Richard. 1976. Intransitivities in Multidimensional Voting Models
and Some Implications for Agenda Control. Journal of Economic Theory 12: 472-82.
Mansbridge, Jane. 2003. Rethinking Representation. American Political Science Review 97:
515-28.
Marx, Karl, and Friedrich Engels. 1972 [1848, 1888]. Manifesto of the Communist Party. In
The Marx-Engels Reader, ed. Robert C. Tucker (New York, W.W. Norton), pp. 331-362.
See also http://www.marxists.org/archive/marx/works/1848/communist-
manifesto/ch01.htm
May, Kenneth O. 1952. A Set of Independent Necessary and Sufficient Conditions for Simple
Majority Decisions, Econometrica 20: 680–684.
Michels, Robert. 2001. Political Parties: A Sociological Study of the Oligarchical Tendencies of
Modern Democracy. Kitchener, Ontario: Batoche Books. Orig. pub. 1911.
Milbrath, Lester W. 1963. The Washington Lobbyists. Chicago: Rand-McNally.
Miliband, Ralph. 1969. The State in Capitalist Society. New York: Basic.
Mills, C. Wright. 1959. The Power Elite. New York: Oxford University Press (Galaxy edition),
orig. pub 1956.
Monroe, Alan D. 1979. Consistency between Public Preferences and National Policy Decisions.
American Politics Quarterly 7: 3-18.
Monroe, Alan D. 1998. Public Opinion and Public Policy 1980-1993. Public Opinion Quarterly
68: 6-28.
Olson, Mancur, Jr. 1965. The Logic of Collective Action: Public Goods and the Theory of
Groups. Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
Page, Benjamin I., Larry M. Bartels, and Jason Seawright. 2013. Democracy and the Policy
Preferences of Wealthy Americans. Perspectives on Politics 11(1): 51-73.
Page, Benjamin I., and Cari Lynn Hennessy. 2008. What Affluent Americans Want from
Politics. WP-11-08. Institute for Policy Research, Northwestern University.
Page, Benjamin I., and Lawrence R. Jacobs. 2009. Class War? What Americans Really Think
about Economic Inequality. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Page, Benjamin I., and Robert Y. Shapiro. 1983. Effects of Public Opinion on Policy.”
American Political Science Review 77: 175-90.
Page, Benjamin I., and Robert Y. Shapiro. 1992. The Rational Public: Fifty Years of Trends in
Americans’ Policy Preferences. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Poole, Keith, and Howard Rosenthal. 2007. Ideology and Congress. New Brunswick, NJ:
Transaction Publishers.
Przeworksi, Adam, and Michael Wallerstein. 1982. The Structure of Class Conflict in
Democratic Capitalist Societies. American Political Science Review 76:215-238.
Schattschneider, E.E. 1960. The Semisovereign People: A Realist’s View of Democracy in
America. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston.
Schattschneider, E.E. 1935. Politics, Pressures and the Tariff. New York: Prentice-Hall.
Schlozman, Kay Lehman, Sidney Verba, and Henry E.Brady. 2012. The Unheavenly
Chorus:Unequal Political Voice and the Broken Promise of American Democracy.
Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press.
Sen, Amartya K. 1970. Collective Choice and Social Welfare. San Francisco: Holden-Day.
Skocpol, Theda. 1992. Protecting Soldiers and Mothers: The Political Origins of Social Policy
in the United States. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Skocpol, Theda, and Kenneth Finegold. 1982. State Capacity and Economic Intervention in the
Early New Deal. Political Science Quarterly 97: 255-278.
Smith, Mark A. 2000. American Business and Political Power: Public Opinion, Elections, and
Democracy. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Stigler, George J. 1971. The Theory of Economic Regulation. The Bell Journal of Economics
and Management Science 2(1): 3-21.
Stimson, James A., Michael B. MacKuen, and Robert S. Erikson. 1995. Dynamic
Representation. American Political Science Review 89: 543-65.
de Tocqueville, Alexis. 2000 [1835, 1840]. Democracy in America. Trans. and ed. Harvey C.
Mansfield and Delba Winthrop. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Truman, David B. 1971. The Governmental Process. 2nd. ed. [first ed. pub. 1951]. New York: Alfred A. Knopf.
Winters, Jeffrey A. 2011. Oligarchy. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Winters, Jeffrey A., and Benjamin I. Page. 2009. Oligarchy in the United States? Perspectives
on Politics 7(4): 731-51.
Wolfinger, Raymond E., and Steven J. Rosenstone. 1080. Who Votes? New Haven: Yale
University Press.
Zaller, John. 2003. Coming to Terms with V.O. Key’s Concept of Latent Opinion. In Electoral
Democracy, ed. Michael B. MacKuen and George Rabinowitz. Ann Arbor: University of
Michigan Press.
LITERATURE CITED
Aitken MRF, Larkin MJW, Dickinson A. 2001. Re-examination of the role of within-compound associations
in the retrospective revaluation of causal judgements. Q. J. Exp. Psychol. 54B:27–51
Baeyens F, Eelen P, Van den Bergh O, Crombez G. 1990. Flavor-flavor and color-flavor conditioning in
humans. Learn. Motiv. 21:434–55
Beckers T, De Houwer J, Pine˜no O, Miller RR. 2005. Outcome additivity and outcome maximality influence
cue competition in human causal learning. J. Exp. Psychol.: Learn. Mem. Cogn. 31:238–49
Beckers T, Miller RR, De Houwer J, Urushihara K. 2006. Reasoning rats: forward blocking in Pavlo-
vian animal conditioning is sensitive to constraints of causal inference. J. Exp. Psychol.: Gen.
135:92–102
Bellebaum C, Daum I. 2004. Effects of age and awareness on eyeblink conditional discrimination learning.
Behav. Neurosci. 118:1157–65
Berry CJ, Henson RNA, Shanks DR. 2006. On the relationship between repetition priming and recognition
memory: insights from a computational model. J. Mem. Lang. 55:515–33
Bouton ME. 1993. Context, time, and memory retrieval in the interference paradigms of Pavlovian learning.
Psychol. Bull. 114:80–99
Bremner AJ, Mareschal D, Destrebecqz A, Cleeremans A. 2007. Cognitive control of sequential knowledge in
2-year-olds: evidence from an incidental sequence-learning and-generation task. Psychol. Sci. 18:261–66
Brewer WF. 1974. There is no convincing evidence for operant or classical conditioning in adult humans. In
Cognition and the Symbolic Processes, ed. WB Weimer, DS Palermo, pp. 1–42. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum
Broadbent DE, Fitzgerald P, Broadbent MHP. 1986. Implicit and explicit knowledge in the control of complex
systems. Br. J. Psychol. 77:33–50
Cheng PW. 1997. From covariation to causation: a causal power theory. Psychol. Rev. 104:367–405
Cheng PW, Holyoak KJ. 1995. Complex adaptive systems as intuitive statisticians: causality, contingency,
and prediction. In Comparative Approaches to Cognitive Science, ed. HL Roitblat, J-A Meyer, pp. 271–302.
Cambridge, MA: MIT Press
Chun MM, Jiang Y. 1998. Contextual cueing: implicit learning and memory of visual context guides spatial
attention. Cogn. Psychol. 36:28–71
Chun MM, Jiang Y. 2003. Implicit, long-term spatial contextual memory. J. Exp. Psychol.: Learn. Mem. Cogn.
29:224–34
Chun MM, Phelps EA. 1999. Memory deficits for implicit contextual information in amnesic subjects with
hippocampal damage. Nat. Neurosci. 2:844–47
Clark RE, Squire LR. 1998. Classical conditioning and brain systems: the role of awareness. Science 280:77–81
Cobos PL, L´opez FJ, Ca˜no A, Almaraz J, Shanks DR. 2002. Mechanisms of predictive and diagnostic causal
induction. J. Exp. Psychol.: Anim. Behav. Process. 28:331–46
Cook SW, Harris RE. 1937. The verbal conditioning of the galvanic skin reflex. J. Exp. Psychol. 21:202–10
Cornwell BR, Echiverri AM, Grillon C. 2007. Sensitivity to masked conditioned stimuli predicts conditioned
response magnitude under masked conditions. Psychophysiology 44:403–6
Dawson ME, Rissling AJ, Schell AM, Wilcox R. 2007. Under what conditions can human affective conditioning
occur without contingency awareness? Test of the evaluative conditioning paradigm. Emotion 7:755–66
Dawson ME, Schell AM. 1982. Electrodermal responses to attended and nonattended significant stimuli
during dichotic listening. J. Exp. Psychol.: Hum. Percept. Perform. 8:315–24
De Houwer J. 2009. The propositional approach to associative learning as an alternative for association
formation models. Learn. Behav. 37:1–20
De Houwer J, Beckers T. 2002a. Higher-order retrospective revaluation in human causal learning. Q.
J. Exp. Psychol. 55B:137–51
De Houwer J, Beckers T. 2002b. Second-order backward blocking and unovershadowing in human causal
learning. Exp. Psychol. 49:27–33
De Houwer J, Beckers T, Glautier S. 2002. Outcome and cue properties modulate blocking. Q. J.
Exp. Psychol. 55A:965–85
De Houwer J, Vandorpe S, Beckers T. 2007. Statistical contingency has a different impact on preparation
judgements than on causal judgements. Q. J. Exp. Psychol. 60:418–32
Dennis NA, Howard JH, Howard DV. 2006. Implicit sequence learning without motor sequencing in young
and old adults. Exp. Brain Res. 175:153–64
Dickinson A. 1980. Contemporary Animal Learning Theory. London: Cambridge Univ. Press
Dickinson A. 2009. What are association formation models? Learn. Behav. 37:21–24
Dickinson A, Brown KJ. 2007. Flavor-evaluative conditioning is unaffected by contingency knowledge during
training with color-flavor compounds. Learn. Behav. 35:36–42
Dickinson A, Burke J. 1996. Within-compound associations mediate the retrospective revaluation of
causality judgements. Q. J. Exp. Psychol. 49B:60–80
Dickinson A, Shanks DR, Evenden JL. 1984. Judgement of act-outcome contingency: the role of selective
attribution. Q. J. Exp. Psychol. 36A:29–50
Evans JSBT. 2008. Dual-processing accounts of reasoning, judgment, and social cognition. Annu. Rev. Psychol.
59:255–78
Field AP, Davey GCL. 1999. Reevaluating evaluative conditioning: a nonassociative explanation of condition-
ing effects in the visual evaluative conditioning paradigm. J. Exp. Psychol. Anim. Behav. Process. 25:211–24
Fletcher PC, Anderson JM, Shanks DR, Honey R, Carpenter TA, et al. 2001. Responses of human frontal
cortex to surprising events are predicted by formal associative learning theory. Nat. Neurosci. 4:1043–48
Fu QF, Dienes Z, Fu XL. 2009. Can unconscious knowledge allow control in sequence learning? Conscious.
Cogn. In press
Fu QF, Fu XL, Dienes Z. 2008. Implicit sequence learning and conscious awareness. Conscious. Cogn. 17:185–
202
Gaillard V, Destrebecqz A, Michiels S, Cleeremans A. 2009. Effects of age and practice in sequence learning:
a graded account of ageing, learning and control. Eur. J. Cogn. Psychol. 21:255–82
Gawronski B, Hofmann W, Wilbur CJ. 2006. Are “implicit” attitudes unconscious? Conscious. Cogn. 15:485–99
Ghirlanda S. 2005. Retrospective revaluation as simple associative learning. J. Exp. Psychol.: Anim.
Behav. Process. 31:107–11
Griffiths O, Mitchell CJ. 2008. Selective attention in human associative learning and recognition memory.
J. Exp. Psychol.: Gen. 137:626–48
Haselgrove M. 2009. Reasoning rats or associative animals? A common-element analysis of the effects of
additive and subadditive pretraining on blocking. J. Exp. Psychol.: Anim. Behav. Process. In press
Holland PC. 2008. Cognitive versus stimulus-response theories of learning. Learn. Behav. 36:227–41
Howard JH, Howard DV, Dennis NA, Yankovich H, Vaidya CJ. 2004. Implicit spatial contextual learning in
healthy aging. Neuropsychology 18:124–34
Jacoby LL. 1991. A process dissociation framework: separating automatic from intentional uses of memory.
J. Mem. Lang. 30:513–41
Jim´enez L, Vaquero JMM, Lupi´a˜nez J. 2006. Qualitative differences between implicit and explicit sequence
learning. J. Exp. Psychol.: Learn. Mem. Cogn. 32:475–90
Kahneman D. 2003. A perspective on judgment and choice: mapping bounded rationality. Am. Psychol. 58:697–
720
Kamin LJ. 1969. Selective association and conditioning. In Fundamental Issues in Associative Learning, ed.
NJ Mackintosh, WK Honig, pp. 42–64. Halifax: Dalhousie Univ. Press
Kinder A, Shanks DR. 2003. Neuropsychological dissociations between priming and recognition: a single-
system connectionist account. Psychol. Rev. 110:728–44
Knight DC, Nguyen HT, Bandettini PA. 2003. Expression of conditional fear with and without awareness.
Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 100:15280–83
Knight DC, Nguyen HT, Bandettini PA. 2006. The role of awareness in delay and trace fear conditioning in
humans. Cogn. Affect. Behav. Neurosci. 6:157–62
Knight DC, Waters NS, Bandettini PA. 2009. Neural substrates of explicit and implicit fear memory.
NeuroImage 45:208–14
Knuttinen M-G, Power JM, Preston AR, Disterhoft JF. 2001. Awareness in classical differential eyeblink
conditioning in young and aging humans. Behav. Neurosci. 115:747–57
Koedijker JM, Oudejans RRD, Beek PJ. 2008. Table tennis performance following explicit and analogy learning
over 10,000 repetitions. Int. J. Sport Psychol. 39:237–56
Kruschke JK. 2008. Bayesian approaches to associative learning: from passive to active learning. Learn. Behav.
36:210–26
Lagnado DA, Shanks DR. 2002. Probability judgment in hierarchical learning: a conflict between predictive-
ness and coherence. Cognition 83:81–112
Le Pelley ME, Beesley T, Suret MB. 2007. Blocking of human causal learning involves learned changes in
stimulus processing. Q. J. Exp. Psychol. 60:1468–76
Leow RP, Bowles MA. 2005. Attention and awareness in SLA. In External and Internal Factors in Adult SLA,
ed. C Sanz, pp. 179–203. Washington, DC: Georgetown Univ. Press
Livesey EJ, Boakes RA. 2004. Outcome additivity, elemental processing and blocking in human causality
judgements. Q. J. Exp. Psychol. 57B:361–79
L´opez FJ, Cobos PL, Ca˜no A. 2005. Associative and causal reasoning accounts of causal induction: symmetries
and asymmetries in predictive and diagnostic inferences. Mem. Cogn. 33:1388–98
L´opez FJ, Cobos PL, Ca˜no A, Shanks DR. 1998. The rational analysis of human causal and probability
judgment. In Rational Models of Cognition, ed. M Oaksford, N Chater, pp. 314–52. London: Oxford Univ.
Press
Lovibond PF. 2003. Causal beliefs and conditioned responses: retrospective revaluation induced by experience
and by instruction. J. Exp. Psychol.: Learn. Mem. Cogn. 29:97–106
Lovibond PF, Been S-L, Mitchell CJ, Bouton ME, Frohardt R. 2003. Forward and backward blocking of
causal judgment is enhanced by additivity of effect magnitude. Mem. Cogn. 31:133–42
Lovibond PF, Shanks DR. 2002. The role of awareness in Pavlovian conditioning: empirical evidence and
theoretical implications. J. Exp. Psychol.: Anim. Behav. Process. 28:3–26
Mackintosh NJ. 1975. A theory of attention: variations in the associability of stimuli with reinforcement.
Psychol. Rev. 82:276–98
Mackintosh NJ. 1983. Conditioning and Associative Learning. Oxford, UK: Clarendon
Maia TV, Cleeremans A. 2005. Consciousness: converging insights from connectionist modeling and neuro-
science. Trends Cogn. Sci. 9:397–404
Maia TV, McClelland JL. 2004. A reexamination of the evidence for the somatic marker hypothesis: what
participants really know in the Iowa gambling task. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 102:16075–80
Matute H, Vegas S, De Marez PJ. 2002. Flexible use of recent information in causal and predictive judgments.
J. Exp. Psychol.: Learn. Mem. Cogn. 28:714–25
McClelland JL, McNaughton BL, O’Reilly RC. 1995. Why there are complementary learning systems in the
hippocampus and neocortex: Insights from the successes and failures of connectionist models of learning
and memory. Psychol. Rev. 102:419–57
McClelland JL, Rumelhart DE. 1986. Parallel Distributed Processing: Explorations in the Microstructure of Cogni-
tion. Vol. 2: Psychological and Biological Models. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press
McNally RJ. 1981. Phobias and preparedness: instructional reversal of electrodermal conditioning to fear-
relevant stimuli. Psychol. Rep. 48:175–80
Melchers KG, Lachnit H, Shanks DR. 2004a. Past experience influences the processing of stimulus compounds
in human Pavlovian conditioning. Learn. Motiv. 35:167–88
Melchers KG, Lachnit H, Shanks DR. 2004b. Within-compound associations in retrospective revaluation and
in direct learning: a challenge for comparator theory. Q. J. Exp. Psychol. 57B:25–53
Melchers KG, Lachnit H, Shanks DR. 2006. The comparator theory fails to account for the selective role of
within-compound associations in cue selection effects. Exp. Psychol. 53:316–20
Melchers KG, Shanks DR, Lachnit H. 2008. Stimulus coding in human associative learning: flexible repre-
sentations of parts and wholes. Behav. Process. 77:413–27
Melton AW. 1950. Learning. Annu. Rev. Psychol. 1:9–30
Miller RR, Barnet RC, Grahame NJ. 1995. Assessment of the Rescorla-Wagner model. Psychol. Bull. 117:363–
86
Mitchell CJ, De Houwer J, Lovibond PF. 2009. The propositional nature of human associative learning.
Behav. Brain Sci. 32:183–246
Mitchell CJ, Killedar A, Lovibond PF. 2005a. Inference-based retrospective revaluation in human causal
judgments requires knowledge of within-compound relationships. J. Exp. Psychol.: Anim. Behav. Process.
31:418–24
Mitchell CJ, Livesey E, Lovibond PF. 2007. A dissociation between causal judgement and the ease with which
a cause is categorized with its effect. Q. J. Exp. Psychol. 60:400–17
Mitchell CJ, Lovibond PF. 2002. Backward and forward blocking in human electrodermal condition-
ing: blocking requires an assumption of outcome additivity. Q. J. Exp. Psychol. 55B:311–29
Mitchell CJ, Lovibond PF, Condoleon M. 2005b. Evidence for deductive reasoning in blocking of causal
judgments. Learn. Motiv. 36:77–87
Mitchell CJ, Lovibond PF, Gan CY. 2005c. A dissociation between causal judgment and outcome recall.
Psychon. Bull. Rev. 12:950–54
Mitchell CJ, Lovibond PF, Minard E, Lavis Y. 2006. Forward blocking in human learning sometimes reflects
the failure to encode a cue-outcome relationship. Q. J. Exp. Psychol. 59:830–44
Mitchell CJ, Wardle SG, Lovibond PF, Weidemann G, Chang BPI. 2009. Is Perruchet’s dissociation between
cued reaction time and outcome expectancy evidence for two separate associative learning processes?
J. Exp. Psychol.: Learn. Mem. Cogn. In press
Mowrer RR, Klein SB. 2001. The transitive nature of contemporary learning theory. In Handbook of Contem-
porary Learning Theories, ed. RR Mowrer, SB Klein, pp. 1–21. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum
Nisbett RE, Wilson TD. 1977. Telling more than we can know: verbal reports on mental processes. Psychol.
Rev. 84:231–59
Nissen MJ, Bullemer P. 1987. Attentional requirements of learning: evidence from performance measures.
Cogn. Psychol. 19:1–32
Norman E, Price MC, Duff SC. 2006. Fringe consciousness in sequence learning: the influence of individual
differences. Conscious. Cogn. 15:723–60
Norman E, Price MC, Duff SC, Mentzoni RA. 2007. Gradations of awareness in a modified sequence learning
task. Conscious. Cogn. 16:809–37
Pearce JM, Hall G. 1980. A model for Pavlovian learning: variations in the effectiveness of conditioned but
not of unconditioned stimuli. Psychol. Rev. 87:532–52
Perales JC, Shanks DR. 2007. Models of covariation-based causal judgment: a review and synthesis. Psychon.
Bull. Rev. 14:577–96
Perales JC, Shanks DR. 2008. Driven by power? Probe question and presentation format effects on causal
judgment. J. Exp. Psychol.: Learn. Mem. Cogn. 34:1482–94
Perruchet P. 1985. A pitfall for the expectancy theory of human eyelid conditioning. Pavlov. J. Biol. Sci.
20:163–70
Perruchet P, Amorim M-A. 1992. Conscious knowledge and changes in performance in sequence learning:
evidence against dissociation. J. Exp. Psychol.: Learn. Mem. Cogn. 18:785–800
Perruchet P, Bigand E, Benoit-Gonin F. 1997. The emergence of explicit knowledge during the early phase
of learning in sequential reaction time tasks. Psychol. Res. 60:4–13
Perruchet P, Cleeremans A, Destrebecqz A. 2006. Dissociating the effects of automatic activation and
explicit expectancy on reaction times in a simple associative learning task. J. Exp. Psychol.: Learn.
Mem. Cogn. 32:955–65
Pleyers G, Corneille O, Luminet O, Yzerbyt V. 2007. Aware and (dis)liking: Item-based analyses reveal that
valence acquisition via evaluative conditioning emerges only when there is contingency awareness. J. Exp.
Psychol.: Learn. Mem. Cogn. 33:130–44
Postman L. 1962. Rewards and punishments in human learning. In Psychology in the Making: Histories of Selected
Research Problems, ed. L Postman, pp. 331–401. New York: Knopf
Preston AR, Gabrieli JDE. 2008. Dissociation between explicit memory and configural memory in the human
medial temporal lobe. Cereb. Cortex 18:2192–207
Price PC, Yates JF. 1993. Judgmental overshadowing: further evidence of cue interaction in contingency
judgment. Mem. Cogn. 21:561–72
Rachman S. 1977. The conditioning theory of fear-acquisition: a critical examination. Behav. Res. Ther. 15:375–
87
Rescorla RA, Wagner AR. 1972. A theory of Pavlovian conditioning: variations in the effectiveness of rein-
forcement and nonreinforcement. In Classical Conditioning II: Current Theory and Research, ed. AH Black,
WF Prokasy, pp. 64–99. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts
Rogers RF, Matzel LD. 1996. Higher-order associative processing in Hermissenda suggests multiple sites of
neuronal modulation. Learn. Mem. 2:279–98
Rumelhart DE, McClelland JL. 1986. Parallel Distributed Processing: Explorations in the Microstructure of Cogni-
tion. Vol. 1: Foundations. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press
Schmajuk N, Larrauri J. 2008. Associative models can describe both causal learning and conditioning. Behav.
Process. 77:443–45
Scully AL, Mitchell CJ. 2008. Extinction in human learning and memory. Q. J. Exp. Psychol. 61:1472–78
Shanks DR. 1985. Forward and backward blocking in human contingency judgement. Q. J. Exp. Psychol.
37B:1–21
Shanks DR. 1990. On the cognitive theory of conditioning. Biol. Psychol. 30:171–79
Shanks DR, Channon S, Wilkinson L, Curran HV. 2006. Disruption of sequential priming in organic and
pharmacological amnesia: a role for the medial temporal lobes in implicit contextual learning. Neuropsy-
chopharmacology 31:1768–76
Shanks DR, Darby RJ. 1998. Feature- and rule-based generalization in human associative learning. J. Exp.
Psychol.: Anim. Behav. Process. 24:405–15
Shanks DR, Dickinson A. 1990. Contingency awareness in evaluative conditioning: a comment on Baeyens,
Eelen, and Van den Bergh. Cogn. Emot. 4:19–30
Shanks DR, Johnstone T. 1999. Evaluating the relationship between explicit and implicit knowledge in a
sequential reaction time task. J. Exp. Psychol.: Learn. Mem. Cogn. 25:1435–51
Shanks DR, Perruchet P. 2002. Dissociation between priming and recognition in the expression of sequential
knowledge. Psychon. Bull. Rev. 9:362–67
Shanks DR, Rowland LA, Ranger MS. 2005. Attentional load and implicit sequence learning. Psychol. Res.
69:369–82
Shanks DR, Wilkinson L, Channon S. 2003. Relationship between priming and recognition in deterministic
and probabilistic sequence learning. J. Exp. Psychol.: Learn. Mem. Cogn. 29:248–61
Sloman SA. 1996. The empirical case for two systems of reasoning. Psychol. Bull. 119:3–22
Smith CN, Clark RE, Manns JR, Squire LR. 2005. Acquisition of differential delay eyeblink classical condi-
tioning is independent of awareness. Behav. Neurosci. 119:78–86
Smyth AC, Shanks DR. 2008. Awareness in contextual cuing with extended and concurrent tests. Mem. Cogn.
36:403–15
Stahl C, Unkelbach C, Corneille O. 2009. On the respective contributions of awareness of unconditioned stim-
ulus valence and unconditioned stimulus identity in attitude formation through evaluative conditioning.
J. Personal. Soc. Psychol. 97:404–20
Stefaniak N, Willems S, Adam S, Meulemans T. 2008. What is the impact of the explicit knowledge of sequence
regularities on both deterministic and probabilistic serial reaction time task performance? Mem. Cogn.
36:1283–98
Thomas MSC, McClelland JL. 2008. Connectionist models of cognition. In The Cambridge Handbook of
Computational Psychology, ed. R Sun, pp. 23–58. London: Cambridge Univ. Press
Thorndike EL. 1931. Human Learning. New York: Century
Vadillo MA, Miller RR, Matute H. 2005. Causal and predictive-value judgments, but not predictions, are
based on cue-outcome contingency. Learn. Behav. 33:172–83
Vaidya CJ, Huger M, Howard DV, Howard JH. 2007. Developmental differences in implicit learning of spatial
context. Neuropsychology 21:497–506
Van Hamme LJ, Wasserman EA. 1994. Cue competition in causality judgments: the role of nonpresentation
of compound stimulus elements. Learn. Motiv. 25:127–51
Vandenberghe M, Schmidt N, Fery P, Cleeremans A. 2006. Can amnesic patients learn without awareness?
New evidence comparing deterministic and probabilistic sequence learning. Neuropsychologia 44:1629–41
Vandorpe S, de Houwer J, Beckers T. 2007. The role of memory for compounds in cue competition. Learn.
Motiv. 38:195–207
Waelti P, Dickinson A, Schultz W. 2001. Dopamine responses comply with basic assumptions of formal
learning theory. Nature 412:43–48
Wagner AR. 1981. SOP: a model of automatic memory processing in animal behavior. In Information Processing
in Animals: Memory Mechanisms, ed. NE Spear, RR Miller, pp. 5–47. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum
Waldmann MR. 2000. Competition among causes but not effects in predictive and diagnostic learning. J. Exp.
Psychol.: Learn. Mem. Cogn. 26:53–76
Waldmann MR, Holyoak KJ. 1990. Can causal induction be reduced to associative learning? Proceedings 12th
Ann. Conf. Cogn. Sci. Soc., pp. 190–97. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum
Waldmann MR, Holyoak KJ. 1992. Predictive and diagnostic learning within causal models: asymme-
tries in cue competition. J. Exp. Psychol.: Gen. 121:222–36
Walther E, Nagengast B. 2006. Evaluative conditioning and the awareness issue: assessing contingency aware-
ness with the four-picture recognition test. J. Exp. Psychol.: Anim. Behav. Process. 32:454–59
Wardle SG, Mitchell CJ, Lovibond PF. 2007. Flavor evaluative conditioning and contingency awareness.
Learn. Behav. 35:233–41
Weidemann G, Tangen JM, Lovibond PF, Mitchell CJ. 2009. Is Perruchet’s dissociation between eyeblink
conditioned responding and outcome expectancy evidence for two learning systems? J. Exp. Psychol.:
Anim. Behav. Process. 35:169–76
Weike AI, Schupp HT, Hamm AO. 2007. Fear acquisition requires awareness in trace but not delay condi-
tioning. Psychophysiology 44:170–80
Wheeler DS, Beckers T, Miller RR. 2008. The effect of subadditive pretraining on blocking: limits on gen-
eralization. Learn. Behav. 36:341–51
Wilkinson L, Shanks DR. 2004. Intentional control and implicit sequence learning. J. Exp. Psychol.: Learn.
Mem. Cogn. 30:354–69
Williams DA, Sagness KE, McPhee JE. 1994. Configural and elemental strategies in predictive learning.
J. Exp. Psychol.: Learn. Mem. Cogn. 20:694–709
Willingham DB, Salidis J, Gabrieli JDE. 2002. Direct comparison of neural systems mediating conscious and
unconscious skill learning. J. Neurophysiol. 88:1451–60
Wilson TD. 2002. Strangers to Ourselves: Discovering the Adaptive Unconscious. Cambridge, MA: Belknap
References and Notes
1. D. M. Wegner, in Theories of Group Behavior, B. Mullen,
G. R. Goethals, Eds. (Springer-Verlag, New York, 1986),
pp. 185–208.
2. D. M. Wegner, A computer network model of human
transactive memory. Soc Cog. 13, 1 (1995).
3. V. Peltokorpi, Transactive memory systems. Rev. Gen.
Psychol. 12, 378 (2008).
4. Materials and methods are available as supporting material
on Science Online.
5. R. A. Bjork, Theoretical implications of directed
forgetting, in Coding Processes in Human Memory, A.W.
Melton, E. Martin, Eds. (Winston, Washington, DC,
1972), pp. 217–235.
6. F. I. Craik, E. Tulving, Depth of processing and the
retention of words in episodic memory. J. Exp. Psychol. G.
104, 268 (1975).
7. T. S. Hyde, J. J. Jenkins, Differential effects of incidental
tasks on the organization of recall of a list of highly
associated words. J. Exp. Psychol. 82, 472 (1969).
8. A. Clark, Natural-Born Cyborgs: Minds, Technologies,
and the Future of Human Intelligence (Oxford University
Press, New York, 2003).
9. N. Carr, Is Google making us stupid? The Atlantic 302, 56
(2008).
Supporting Online Material
www.sciencemag.org/cgi/content/full/science.1207745/DC1
Materials and Methods
References 10–13
References
Abbey, A., Abramis, D. J., & Caplan, R. D. (1985).
Effects of different sources of social support and
social conflict on emotional well-being. Basic and
Applied Social Psychology, 6, 111-129.
Abele, A. (1985). Thinking about thinking: Causal,
evaluative, and finalistic cognitions about social
situations. European Journal of Social Psychol-
ogy, 15, 315-332.
Acitelli, L. K., Douvan, E., & Veroff, J. (1993).
Perceptions of conflict in the first year of marriage:
How important are similarity and understanding?
Journal of Social and Personal Relationships, 10,
5-19.
Adams-Webber, J. (1977). The golden section and
the structure of self-concepts. Perceptual and Mo-
tor Skills, 45, 703-706.
Afifi, W. A., & Burgoon, J. K. (2000). The impact of
violations on uncertainty and the consequences for
attractiveness. Human Communication Research, 26,
203-233.
Agostinelli, G., Sherman, S. J., Presson, C. C, &
Chassin, L. (1992). Self-protection and self-en-
hancement biases in estimates of population prev-
alence. Personality and Social Psychology Bulle-
tin, 18, 631-642.
Anderson, N. H. (1965). Averaging versus adding as
a stimulus-combination rule in impression forma-
tion. Journal of Personality and Social Psychol-
ogy, 2, 1-9.
Aries, P. (1981). The hour of our death. (H. Weaver,
Trans.). New York: Knopf.
Arnetz, B. B., Wasserman, J., Petrini, B., Brenner,
S. O., & Levi L. (1987). Immune function in
unemployed women. Psychosomatic Medicine, 49,
3-12.
Aronson, E., & Under, D. (1965). Gain and loss of
esteem as determinants of interpersonal attractive-
ness. Journal of Experimental Social Psychol-
ogy, 1, 156-171.
Atthowe, J. M (1960). Types of conflict and their
resolution: A reinterpretation. Journal of Experi-
mental Psychology, 59, 1-9.
Averill, J. R. (1980). On the paucity of positive
emotions. In K. Blankstein, P. Pliner, & J. Polivy
(Eds.), Advances in the study of communication
and affect (Vol. 6, p. 745). New York: Plenum.
Baeyens, F., Eelen, P., Van den Bergh, O., & Crom-
bez, G. (1990). Flavor-flavor and color-flavor conditioning in humans. Learning and Motiva-
tion, 21, 434-455.
Banaji, M. R., & Hardin, C. (1994). Affect and mem-
ory in retrospective reports. In S. Sudman & N.
Schwarz (Eds.), Autobiographical memory and the
validity of retrospective reports. New York:
Springer-Verlag.
Banaji, M. R., & Prentice, D. A. (1994). The self in
social contexts. In L. Porter & M. Rosenzweig
(Eds.), Annual Review of Psychology (Vol. 45, pp.
297-332). Palo Alto, CA: Annual Reviews.
Bartholow, B. D., Fabiani, M, Gratton, G., & Bet-
tencourt, B. A. (1999). Gazing into the cognitive
toolbox: Expectancy violations and event-related
brain potentials. Manuscript submitted for publi-
cation.
Baumeister, R. F. (1991). Meanings of life. New
York: Guilford Press.
Baumeister, R. F. (1998). The self. In D. T. Gilbert,
S. T. Fiske, & G. Lindzey (Eds.), Handbook of
social psychology (4th ed., pp. 680-740). New
York: McGraw-Hill.
Baumeister, R. F., & Cairns, K. J. (1992). Repression
and self-presentation: When audiences interfere
with self-deceptive strategies. Journal of Person-
ality and Social Psychology, 62, 851-862.
Baumeister, R. F., Heatherton, T. F., & Tice, D. M.
(1993). When ego threats lead to self-regulation
failure: Negative consequences of high self-es-
teem. Journal of Personality and Social Psychol-
ogy, 64, 141-156.
Baumeister, R. F., Heatherton, T. F., & Tice, D. M.
(1994). Losing control: How and why people fail
at self-regulation. San Diego, CA: Academic
Press.
Baumeister, R. F., & Leary, M. R. (1995). The need
to belong: Desire for interpersonal attachments as
a fundamental human motivation. Psychological
Bulletin, 117, 497-529.
Baumeister, R. F., & Tice, D. M. (1985). Self-esteem
and responses to success and failure: Subsequent
performance and intrinsic motivation. Journal of
Personality, 53, 450-467.
Baumeister, R. F., Tice, D. M., & Hutton, D. G.
(1989). Self-presentational motivations and per-
sonality differences in self-esteem. Journal of Per-
sonality, 57, 547-579.
Benjafield, J. (1984). On the relation between the
Pollyanna and golden section hypotheses. British
Journal of Social Psychology, 23, 83-84.
Benjafield, J., & Adams-Webber, J. (1976). The
golden section hypothesis. British Journal of Psy-
chology, 67, 11-15.
Berlyne, D. E. (1971). Aesthetics and psychobiology.
New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts.
Berry, D. S., Pennebaker, J. W., Mueller, J. S., &
Hiller, W. S. (1997). Linguistic bases of socialperception. Personality and Social Psychology
Bulletin, 23, 526-537.
Birnbaum, M. H. (1972). Morality judgments: Test of
an averaging model. Journal of Experimental Psy-
chology, 93, 35-42.
Blaine, B., & Crocker, J. (1993). Self-esteem and
self-serving biases in reactions to positive and neg-
ative events: An integrative review. In R.
Baumeister (Ed.), Self-esteem: The puzzle of low
self-regard (pp. 55-85). New York: Plenum.
Bless, H., Hamilton, D. L., & Mackie, D. M. (1992).
Mood effects on the organization of person infor-
mation. European Journal of Social Psychol-
ogy, 22, 497-509.
Bolster, B. I., & Springbett, B. M. (1961). The reac-
tion of interviewers to favorable and unfavorable
information. Journal of Applied Psychology, 45,
97-103.
Boucher, J., & Osgood, C. E. (1969). The Pollyanna
hypothesis. Journal of Verbal Learning and Ver-
bal Behavior, 8, 1-8.
Bradley, M. M., Lang, P. J., & Cuthbert, B. N.
(1997). Affective norms for English words. Gaines-
ville, FL: Center for the Study of Emotion and
Attention—National Institute of Mental Health,
University of Florida.
Brewer, W. F. (1988). Memory for randomly sam-
pled autobiographical events. In U. Neisser & E.
Winograd (Eds.), Remembering reconsidered:
Ecological and traditional approaches to the study
of memory (pp. 21-90). Cambridge, England:
Cambridge University Press.
Brickman, P., & Campbell, D. T. (1971). Hedonic
relativism and planning the good society. In M. H.
Appley (Ed.), Adaptation level theory: A sympo-
sium (pp. 287-302). New York: Academic Press.
Brickman, P., Coates, D., & Janoff-Bulman, R.
(1978). Lottery winners and accident victims: Is
happiness relative? Journal of Personality and So-
cial Psychology, 36, 917-927.
Brown, J. S. (1940). Generalized approach and
avoidance responses in relation to conflict behav-
ior. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, Yale Uni-
versity.
Cacioppo, J. T., & Berntson, G. G. (1994). Relation-
ship between attitudes and evaluative space: A
critical review, with emphasis on the separability
of positive and negative substrates. Psychological
Bulletin, 115, 401-423.
Cacioppo, J. T., Gardner, W. L., & Berntson, G. G.
(1997). Beyond bipolar conceptualizations and
measures: The case of attitudes and evaluative
space. Personality and Social Psychological Re-
view, 1, 3-25.
Cahill, C, Llewelyn, S. P., & Pearson, C. (1991).
Long-term effects of sexual abuse which occurred
in childhood: A review. British Journal of Clinical
Psychology, 30, 117-130.
Campbell, A., Converse, P. E., & Rodgers, W. L.
(1976). The quality of American life: Perceptions,
evaluations, and satisfactions. New York: Russell
Sage.
Carlson, E. R. (1966). The affective tone of psychol-
ogy. Journal of General Psychology, 75, 65-78.
Cassirer, E. (1955). The philosophy of symbolic
forms: Vol. 1. Language. Yale University Press.
(Original work published 1921)
Cialdini, R. B., Borden, R. J., Thorne, A., Walker,
M. R., Freeman, S., & Sloan, L. R. (1976). Bask-
ing in reflected glory: Three (football) field studies.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 34,
366-375.
Cialdini, R. B., & Richardson, K. D. (1980). Two
indirect tactics of image management: Basking and
blasting. Journal of Personality and Social Psy-
chology, 39, 406-415.
Claeys, W., & Timmers, L. (1993). Some instantia-
tions of the informational negativity effect: Posi-
tive-negative asymmetry in category breadth and
in estimated meaning similarity of trait adjectives.
European Journal of Social Psychology, 23, 111-
129.
Clore, G. L., & Ortony, A. (1988). The semantics of
affective lexicon. In V. Hamilton, G. H. Bower, &
N. H. Frijda (Eds.), Cognitive perspectives on
emotion and motivation. NATO ASI series D: Be-
havioural and social sciences (Vol. 44, pp. 367-
397). Dordrecht, The Netherlands: Kluwer Aca-
demic.
Clore, G. L., Schwarz, N., & Conway, M. (1994).
Affective causes and consequences of social infor-
mation processing. In R. Wyer & T. Srull (Eds.),
Handbook of social cognition (2nd ed., pp. 323-
417). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Cohen, S., & Herbert, T. B. (1996). Health psychol-
ogy: Psychological factors and physical disease
from the perspective of human psychoneuroimmu-
nology. Annual Review of Psychology, 47, 113-
142.
Coleman, L. M., Jussim, L., & Abraham, J. (1987).
Students' reactions to teacher evaluations: The
unique impact of negative feedback. Journal of
Applied Social Psychology, 17, 1051-1070.
Costantini, A. F., & Hoving, K. L. (1973). The ef-
fectiveness of reward and punishment contingen-
cies on response inhibition. Journal of Experimen-
tal Child Psychology, 16, 484-494.
Czapinski, J. (1985). Negativity bias in psychology:
An analysis of Polish publications. Polish Psycho-
logical Bulletin, 16, 27-44.
Czapinski, J. (1986). Informativeness of evaluations
in interpersonal communication: Effects of va-
lence, extremity of evaluations, and ego-involve-
ment of evaluator. Polish Psychological Bulle-
tin, 17, 155-164.
David, J. P., Green, P. J., Martin, R., & Suls, J.
(1997). Differential roles of neuroticism, extraver-
sion, and event desirability for mood in daily life:
An integrative model of top-down and bottom-up
influences. Journal of Personality and Social Psy-
chology, 73, 149-159.
Diener, E. (1984). Subjective well-being. Psycholog-
ical Bulletin, 95, 542-575.
Diener, E., Larsen, R. J., Levine, S., & Emmons,
R. A. (1985). Intensity and frequency: Dimensions
underlying positive and negative affect. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 48, 1253-1265.
Dreben, E. K., Fiske, S. T., & Hastie, R. (1979). The
independence of evaluative and item information:
Impression and recall order effects in behavior
based impression formation. Journal of Personal-
ity and Social Psychology, 37, 1758-1768.
Ebbesen, E. B., Kjos, G. L., & Konecni, V. J. (1976).
Spatial ecology: Its effects on the choice of friends
and enemies. Journal of Experimental Social Psy-
chology, 12, 505-518.
Eliade, M. (1982). A history of religious ideas. Vol.
2: From Gautama Buddha to the triumph of Chris-
tianity (W. Trask, Trans.). Chicago: University of
Chicago Press.
Eliade, M. (1985). A history of religious ideas. Vol.
3: From Muhammad to the Age of Reforms. (A.
Hiltebeitel & D. Apostolos-Cappadona, Trans.).
Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Elliot, A., & Covington, M. (2001). Approach and
avoidance motivation. Educational Psychology
Review, 17, 73-92.
Esses, V. M, & Zanna, M. P. (1995). Mood and the
expression of ethnic stereotypes. Journal of Per-
sonality and Social Psychology, 69, 1052-1068.
Exline, J. J., & Baumeister, R. F. (1999). [Forgive-
ness in prisoner's dilemma games]. Unpublished
findings, Case Western Reserve University.
Feldman, S. (1966). Motivational aspects of attitudi-
nal elements and their place in cognitive interac-
tion. In S. Feldman (Ed.), Cognitive consistency:
Motivational antecedents and behavioral conse-
quences (pp. 75-108). New York: Academic
Press.
Festinger, L., Schachter, S., & Back, K. (1950). So-
cial pressures in informal groups: A study of a
housing community. Palo Alto, CA: Stanford Uni-
versity Press.
Fiedler, L. A. (1982). Love and death in the Ameri-
can novel. New York: Stein & Day. (Original work
published 1966).
Finch, J. F., Okun, M. A., Barrera, M., Jr., Zautra,
A. J., & Reich, J. W. (1989). Positive and negative
social ties among older adults: Measurement mod-
els and the prediction of psychological distress and
well-being. American Journal of Community Psy-
chology, 17, 585-605.
Finkenauer, C, & Rime", B. (1998). Socially shared
emotional experiences vs. emotional experiences
kept secret: Differential characteristics and conse-
quences. Journal of Social and Clinical Psychol-
ogy, 17, 295-318.
Fiore, J., Becker, J., & Coppel, D. B. (1983). Social
network interactions: A buffer or a stress. Ameri-
can Journal of Community Psychology, 11, 423-
439.
Fiske, S. T. (1980). Attention and weight in person
perception: The impact of negative and extreme
behavior. Journal of Experimental Research in
Personality, 22, 889-906.
Fiske, S. T., & Taylor, S. E. (1991). Social cognition.
New York: McGraw-Hill.
Fleming, J., Mullen, P. E., Sibthorpe, B., & Bammer,
G. (1999). The long-term impact of childhood sex-
ual abuse in Australian women. Child Abuse and
Neglect, 23, 145-159.
Forgas, J. P. (1992). Mood and the perception of
unusual people: Affective asymmetry in memory
and social judgments. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 22, 531-547.
Francis, M. E., & Pennebaker, J. W. (1992). Putting
stress into words: The impact of writing on phys-
iological, absentee, and self-reported emotional
well-being measures. American Journal of Health
Promotion, 6, 280-287.
Frankl, V. E. (1963). Man's search for meaning: An
introduction to logotherapy. New York: Washing-
ton Square Press.
French, D. C, Waas, G. A., Tarver-Behring, S. A.
(1986). Nomination and rating scale sociometrics:
Convergent validity and clinical utility. Behavioral
Assessment, 8, 331-340.
Garcia, J., & Koelling, R. A. (1966). Relation of cue
to consequence in avoidance learning. Psy-
chonomic Science, 4, 123-124.
Gauggel, S., Wietasch, A., Bayer, C, & Rolko, C.
(2000). The impact of positive and negative feed-
back on reaction time in brain-damaged patients.
Neuropsychology, 14, 125-133.
Gilbert, A. N., Fridlund, A. J., & Sabini, J. (1987).
Hedonic and social determinants of facial displays
to odors. Chemical Senses, 12, 355-363.
Gilbert, D. T., Pinel, E. C, Wilson, T. D., Blumberg,
S. J., & Wheatley, T. P. (1998). Immune neglect: A
source of durability bias in affective forecasting.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 75,
617-638.
Gilovich, T. (1983). Biased evaluation and persis-
tence in gambling. Journal of Social and Personal
Psychology, 44, 1110-1126.
Gilovich, T. (1991). How we know what isn't so.
New York: Free Press.
Glaser, R., Rice, J., Sheridan, J., Fertel, R., & Stout,
J.C. (1987). Stress-related immune suppression:Health implications. Brain Behavior Immunol-
ogy, 1, 7-20.
Goodhart, D. E. (1986). The effects of positive and
negative thinking on performance in an achieve-
ment situation. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 51, 117-124.
Gottman, J. (1994). Why marriages succeed or fail.
New York: Simon & Schuster.
Gottman, J. M. (1979). Marital interaction. New
York: Academic Press.
Gottman, J. M., & Krokoff, L. J. (1989). Marital
interaction and satisfaction: A longitudinal view.
Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychol-
ogy, 57, 47-52.
Gottman, J. M., & Levenson, R. W. (1986). Assess-
ing the role of emotion in marriage. Behavioral
Assessment, 8, 31-48.
Graziano, W. G., Brothen, T., & Berscheid, E.
(1980). Attention, attraction, and individual differ-
ences in reaction to criticism. Journal of Person-
ality and Social Psychology, 38, 193-202.
Greenberg, M. A., & Stone, A. A. (1992). Writing
about disclosed versus undisclosed traumas: Im-
mediate and long-term effects on mood and health.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 63,
75-84.
Greenwald, A.G. (1980). The totalitarian ego: Fabri-
cation and revision of personal history. American
Psychologist, 35, 603-618.
Hamilton, D. L., & Huffman, L. J. (1971). Generality
of impression formation processes for evaluative
and nonevaluative judgments. Journal of Person-
ality and Social Psychology, 20, 200-207.
Hamilton, D. L., & Zanna, M. P. (1972). Differential
weighting of favorable and unfavorable attributes
in impressions of personality. Journal of Experi-
mental Research in Personality, 6, 204-212.
Helson, H. (1964). Adaptation-level theory: An ex-
perimental and systematic approach to behavior.
New York: Harper.
Herbert, T. B., Cohen, S., Marsland, A. L., Bachen,
E. A., & Rabin, B. S. (1994). Cardiovascular re-
activity and the course of immune response to an
acute psychological stressor. Psychosomatic Med-
icine, 56, 337-344.
Herrnstein, R. J., & Murray, C. (1994). The bell
curve: Intelligence and class structure in America.
New York: Free Press.
Higgins, E. T. (1987). Self-discrepancy: A theory
relating self and affect. Psychological Review, 94,
319-340.
Higgins, E. T. (1996). The "self digest": Self-knowl-
edge serving self-regulatory functions. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 71, 1062-1083.
Hodges, B. H. (1974). Effect of valence on relative
weighting in impression formation. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 30, 378-381.
Holmes, D. S. (1970). Differential change in affec-
tive intensity and the forgetting of unpleasant per-
sonal experiences. Journal of Personality and So-
cial Psychology, 3, 234-239.
Holtzworth-Munroe, A., & Jacobson, N. S. (1985).
Causal attributions of marital couples: When do
they search for causes? What do they conclude
when they do? Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 48, 1398-1412.
Hoorens, V. (1995). Self-favoring biases, self-pre-
sentation, and the self-other asymmetry in social
comparison. Journal of Personality, 63, 793-817.
Hoorens, V. (1996). Self-favoring biases for positive
and negative characteristics: Independent phenom-
ena? Journal of Social and Clinical Psychol-
ogy, 15, 53-67.
Huston, T. L., Caughlin, J. P., Houts, R. M., Smith,
S. E., & George, L. J. (2001). The connubial cru-
cible: Newlywed years as predictors of marital
delight, distress, and divorce. Journal of Person-
ality and Social Psychology, 80, 281-293.
Huston, T. L., & Vangelisti, A. L. (1991). Socioemo-
tional behavior and satisfaction in marital relation-
ships: A longitudinal study. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 61, 721-733.
Ikegami, T. (1993). Positive-negative asymmetry of
priming effects on impression formation. Euro-
pean Journal of Social Psychology, 23, 1-16.
Ito, T. A., Cacioppo, J. T., & Lang, P. J. (1998).
Eliciting affecting using the International Affec-
tive Picture System: Bivariate evaluation and am-
bivalence. Personality and Social Psychology Bul-
letin, 24, 855-879.
Ito, T. A., Larsen, J. T., Smith, N. K., & Cacioppo,
J. T. (1998). Negative information weighs more
heavily on the brain: The negativity bias in eval-
uative categorizations. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 75, 887-900.
Jensen, A. R. (1998). The g factor. Westwood, CT:
Praeger.
Jones, E. E., & Berglas, S. C. (1978). Control of
attributions about the self through self-handicap-
ping strategies: The appeal of alcohol and the role
of underachievement. Personality and Social Psy-
chology Bulletin, 4, 200-206.
Jones, E. E., & Davis, K. E. (1965). From acts to
dispositions: The attribution process in person per-
ception. In L. Berkowitz (Ed.), Advances in exper-
imental social psychology (Vol. 2, pp. 219-266).
New York: Academic Press.
Kahneman, D., & Tversky, A. (1979). Prospect the-
ory: An analysis of decisions under risk. Econo-
metrica, 47, 263-291.
Kahneman, D., & Tversky, A. (1982). The psychol-
ogy of preferences. Scientific American, 246, 160—
173.
Kahneman, D., & Tversky, A. (1984). Choices, val-
ues, and frames. American Psychologist, 39, 341—
350.
Kanouse, D. E., & Hanson, L. R. (1972). Negativity
in evaluations. In E. E. Jones, D. E. Kanouse, H. H.
Kelley, R. E. Nisbett, S. Valins, & B. Weiner
(Eds.), Attribution: Perceiving the causes of be-
havior (pp. 47-62). Morristown, NJ: General
Learning.
Keinan, G. (1987). Decision making under stress:
Scanning of alternatives under controllable and
uncontrollable threats. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 52, 639-644.
Kellermann, K. (1984). The negativity effect and its
implications for initial interaction. Communication
Monographs, 51, 37-55.
Kiecolt-Glaser, J. K., Garner, W., Speicher, C. E.,
Penn, G. M., Holliday, J., & Glaser, R. (1984).
Psychosocial modifiers of immunocompetence in
medical students. Psychosomatic Medicine, 46,
7-14.
Kiecolt-Glaser, J. K., Glaser, R., Strain, E., Stout, J.,
& Tarr, K. (1986). Modulation of cellular immu-
nity in medical students. Journal of Behavioral
Medicine, 9, 5-21.
Kiecolt-Glaser, J. K., Glaser, R., Williger, D., Stout,
J., & Messick, G. (1985). Psychological enhance-
ment of immunocompetence in a geriatric popula-
tion. Health Psychology, 4, 25-41.
Klein, W. M. (1992, March). Constructing social
reality: Greater bias for negative than for positive
behaviors? Paper presented at the annual meeting
of the Eastern Psychological Association, Boston.
Klinger, E., Barta, S. G., & Maxeiner, M. E. (1980).
Motivational correlates of thought content fre-
quency and commitment. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 39, 1222-1237.
Kreitler, H., & Kreitler, S. (1968). Unhappy memo-
ries of the "happy past": Studies in cognitive dis-
sonance. British Journal of Psychology, 59, 157-
166.
Krull, D. S., & Dill, J. C. (1998). Do smiles elicit
more inferences than do frowns? The effect of
emotional valence on the production of spontane-
ous inferences. Personality and Social Psychology
Bulletin, 24, 289-300.
Kuiper, N. A., & Derry, P. A. (1982). Depressed and
nondepressed content self-reference in mild de-
pression. Journal of Personality, 50, 67-79.
Laible, D. J., & Thompson, R. A. (1998). Attachment
and emotional understanding in preschool chil-
dren. Developmental Psychology, 34, 1038-1045.
Larsen, R. J., Diener, E., & Emmons, R. A. (1986).
Affect intensity and reactions to daily life. Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 51, 803-
814.
Laumann, E. O., Gagnon, J. H., Michael, R. T., &
Michaels, S. (1994). The social organization ofsexuality: Sexual practices in the United States.
Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Laumann, E. O., Paik, A., & Rosen, R. C. (1999).
Sexual dysfunction in the United States: Preva-
lence and predictors. Journal of the American
Medical Association, 281, 537-544.
Leary, M. R., Tambor, E. S., Terdal, S. K., & Downs,
D. L. (1995). Self-esteem as an interpersonal mon-
itor: The sociometer hypothesis. Journal of Per-
sonality and Social Psychology, 68, 518-530.
LeDoux, J. E., Romanski, L., & Xagoraris, A. (1989).
Indelibility of subcortical memories. Journal of
Cognitive Neuroscience, 1, 238-243.
Leith, K. P., & Baumeister, R. F. (1996). Why do bad
moods increase self-defeating behavior? Emotion,
risk taking, and self-regulation. Journal of Person-
ality and Social Psychology, 71, 1250-1267.
Levenson, R. W., & Gottman, J. M. (1983). Marital
interaction: Physiological linkage and affective ex-
change. Journal of Personality and Social Psy-
chology, 45, 587-597.
Levenson, R. W., & Gottman, J. M. (1985). Physio-
logical and affective predictors of change in rela-
tionship satisfaction. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 49, 85-94.
Luu, P., Collins, P., & Tucker, D. M. (2000). Mood,
personality, and self-monitoring: Negative affect
and emotionality in relation to frontal lobe mech-
anisms of error monitoring. Journal of Experimen-
tal Psychology: General, 129, 43-60.
Major, B., Zubek, J. M., Cooper, M. L., Cozzarelli,
C, & Richards, C. (1997). Mixed messages: Im-
plications of social conflict and social support
within close relationships for adjustment to a
stressful life event. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 72, 1349-1363.
Manne, S. L., Taylor, K. L., Dougherty, J., & Ke-
meny, N. (1997). Supportive and negative re-
sponses in the partner relationship: Their associ-
ation with psychological adjustment among in-
dividuals with cancer. Journal of Behavioral
Medicine, 20, 101-125.
Marshall, L. L., & Kidd, R. F. (1981): Good news or
bad news first? Social Behavior and Personality, 9,
223-226.
Martijn, C, Spears, R., van der Pligt, J., & Jakobs, E.
(1992). Negativity and positivity effects in person
perception and inference: Ability versus morality.
European Journal of Social Psychology, 22, 453-
463.
Maslow, A. H. (1968). Toward a psychology of be-
ing. New York: Van Nostrand.
Matlin, M. W., & Stang, D. J. (1978). The pollyanna
principle. Cambridge, MA: Schenkman.
Matt, J., Vasquez, C, & Campbell, W. K. (1992).
Mood-congruent recall of affectively toned stim-
uli: A meta-analytic review. Clinical Psychology
Review, 12, 227-255.
McCarthy, B. W. (1999). Marital style and its effects
on sexual desire and functioning. Journal of Fam-
ily Psychotherapy, 10, 1-12.
McFarlin, D. B., & Blascovich, J. (1981). Effects of
self-esteem and performance feedback on future
affective preferences and cognitive expectations.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 40,
521-531.
Medvec, V. H., & Savitsky, K. (1997). When doing
better means feeling worse: The effects of categor-
ical cutoff points on counterfactual thinking and
satisfaction. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 72, 1284-1296.
Meyer, W. J., & Offenbach, S. (1962). Effectiveness
of reward and punishment as a function of task
complexity. Journal of Comparative and Physio-
logical Psychology, 55, 532-534.
Miller, N. E. (1944). Experimental studies of conflict.
In J. McV. Hunt (Ed.), Personality and the behav-
ior disorders (Vol. 1, pp. 431-465). New York:
Ronald Press.
Miltner, W. H. R., Braun, C. H., & Coles, M. G. H.
(1997). Event-related brain potentials following
incorrect feedback in a time-estimation task: Evi-
dence for a "generic" neural system for error de-
tection. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 9,
788-798.
Mischel, W., Ebbesen, E. B., & Zeiss, A. R. (1976).
Determinants of selective memory about the self.
Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychol-
ogy, 44, 92-103.
Mullen, B., & Johnson, C. (1990). Distinctiveness-
based illusory correlations and stereotyping: A
meta-analytic integration. British Journal of Social
Psychology, 29, 11-28.
Myers, D. G. (1992). The pursuit of happiness. New
York: Avon Books.
Myers, J. L., Reilly, R. E., & Taub, H. A. (1961).
Differential cost, gain, and relative frequency of
reward in a sequential choice situation. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 62, 357-360.
Newcomb, A. F., Bukowski, W. M., & Pattee, L.
(1993). Children's peer relations: A meta-analytic
review of popular, rejected, neglected, controver-
sial, and average sociometric status. Psychological
Bulletin, 113, 99-128.
Nezlek, J. B., & Gable, S. L. (1999). Daily events,
day-to-day psychological adjustment, and depres-
sive symptoms. Manuscript submitted for publica-
tion.
Oehman, A., Lundqvist, D., & Esteves, F. (2001).
The face in the crowd revisited: A threat advantage
with schematic stimuli. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 80, 381-396.
Ogilvie, D. M. (1987). The undesired self: A ne-
glected variable in personality research. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 52, 379-385.
Ohira, H., Winton, W. M., & Oyama, M. (1997).
Effects of stimulus valence on recognition memory
and endogenous eyeblinks: Further evidence for
positive-negative asymmetry. Personality and So-
cial Psychology Bulletin, 24, 986-993.
Okun, M. A., Melichar, J. F., & Hill, M. D. (1990).
Negative daily events, positive and negative social
ties, and psychological distress among older
adults. Gerontologist, 30, 193-199.
Osgood, C. E., & Tzeng, O. C. S. (1990). Language,
meaning, and culture: The selected papers ofC. E.
Osgood. New York: Praeger.
Pagel, M. D., Erdly, W. W., & Becker, J. (1987).
Social networks: We get by with (and in spite of)
a little help from our friends. Journal of Person-
ality and Social Psychology, 53, 793-804.
Peeters, G., & Czapinski, J. (1990). Positive-nega-
tive asymmetry in evaluations: The distinction be-
tween affective and informational negativity ef-
fects. In W. Stroebe & M. Hewstone (Eds.), Eu-
ropean review of social psychology (Vol. 1, pp.
33-60). New York: Wiley.
Pennebaker, J. W. (1993). Putting stress into words:
Health, linguistic, and therapeutic implications.
Behaviour Research and Therapy, 31, 539-548.
Pennebaker, J. W., & Beall, S. K. (1986). Confront-
ing a traumatic event: Toward an understanding of
inhibition and disease. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 58, 528-537.
Pennebaker, J. W., Kiecolt-Glaser, J., & Glaser, R.
(1988). Disclosure of traumas and immune func-
tion: Health implications for psychotherapy. Jour-
nal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 56,
239-245.
Penney, R. K. (1968). Effect of reward and punish-
ment on children's orientation and discrimination
learning. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 1,
140-142.
Penney, R. K., & Lupton, A. A. (1961). Children's
discrimination learning as a function of reward and
punishment. Journal of Comparative and Physio-
logical Psychology, 54, 449-451.
Pittman, J. F., & Lloyd, S. A. (1988). Quality of
family life, social support, and stress. Journal of
Marriage and the Family, 50, 53-67.
Posner, M. I. (1994). Attention: The mechanisms of
consciousness. Procedures of the National Acad-
emy of Sciences, USA, 91, 7398-7403.
Pratto, F., & John, O. P. (1991). Automatic vigilance:
The attention-grabbing power of negative social
information. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 61, 380-391.
Quirk, G. J., Repa, J. C, & LeDoux, J. E. (1995).
Fear conditioning enhances short-latency auditory
responses of lateral amygdala neurons: Parallel
recordings in the freely behaving rat. Neuron, 15,
1029-1039.
Rabbitt, P. M. A. (1966). Error correction time with-
out external error signals. Nature, 212, 438.
Reyes, G. M., Afifi, W. A., Krawchuk, A., Imperato,
N., Shelley, D., & Lee, J. (1999, June). Just (don't)
talk: Comparing the impact of interaction style on
sexual desire and social attraction. Paper pre-
sented at the conference of the Internationa] Net-
work on Personal Relationships, Louisville, KY.
Riskey, D. R., & Birnbaum, M. H. (1974). Compen-
satory effects in moral judgment: Two rights don't
make up for a wrong. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 103, 171-173.
Riskin, J., & Faunce, E. E. (1970). Family interaction
scales: III. Discussion of methodology and sub-
stantive findings. Archives of General Psychiatry,
22, 527-537.
Robinson-Riegler, G. L., & Winton, W. M. (1996).
The role of conscious recollection in recognition of
affective material: Evidence for positive-negative
asymmetry. Journal of General Psychology, 123,
93-104.
Robinson-Whelen, S., Kim, C, MacCallum, R. C, &
Kiecolt-Glaser, J. K. (1997). Distinguishing opti-
mism from pessimism in older adults: Is it more
important to be optimistic or not to be pessimistic?
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 73,
1345-1353.
Rook, K. S. (1984). The negative side of social
interaction: Impact on psychological well-being.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 46,
1097-1108.
Rothbart, M, & Park, B. (1986). On the confirmabil-
ity and disconfirmability of trait concepts. Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 50, 131—
142.
Rowe, D. C, Jacobson, K. C, & Van den Oord,
E. J. C. G. (1999). Genetic and environmental
influences on vocabulary IQ: Parental education
level as a moderator. Child Development, 70,
1151-1162.
Rozin, P., & Royzman, E. B. (in press). Negativity
bias, negativity dominance, and contagion. Per-
sonality and Social Psychology Review.
Ruehlman, L. S., & Wolchik, S. A. (1988). Personal
goals and interpersonal support and hindrance as
factors in psychological distress and well-being.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 55,
293-301.
Rusbult, C. E., Johnson, D. J., & Morrow, G. D.
(1986). Impact of couple patterns of problem solv-
ing on distress and nondistress in dating relation-
ships. Journal of Personality and Social Psychol-
ogy, 50, 744-753.
Rusbult, C. E., & Zembrodt, J. M. (1983). Responses
to dissatisfaction in romantic involvements: A
multidimensional scaling analysis. Journal of Ex-
perimental Social Psychology, 19, 274-293.
Russell, J. A., Fernandez-Dols, J. M, Manstead,
A. S. R., & Wellenkamp, J. (Eds.). (1995). Every-
day conceptions of emotion: An introduction to the
psychology, anthropology, and linguistics of emo-
tion. Behavioral and social sciences (Vol. 81, pp.
244-297). Dordrecht, The Netherlands: Kluwer
Academic.
Rynd, N. (1988). Incidence of psychometric symp-
toms in rape victims. Journal of Sex Research, 24,
155-161.
Sanghera, M. K., Rolls, E. T., & Roper-Hall, A.
(1979). Visual response of neurons in the dorso-
lateral amygdala of the alert monkey. Experimen-
tal Neurology, 63, 610-626.
Scarr, S. (1992). Developmental theories for the
1990's: Development and individual differences.
Child Development, 63, 1-19.
Scheier, M. F., & Carver, C. S. (1985). Optimism,
coping, and health: Assessment and implications
of generalized expectancy on health. Health Psy-
chology, 4, 219-247.
Schulz, R., Bookwala, J., Knapp, J. E., Scheier, M,
& Williamson, G. M. (1996). Pessimism, age, and
cancer mortality. Psychology and Aging, 11, 304-
309.
Schuster, T. L., Kessler, R. C, & Aseltine, R. H., Jr.
(1990). Supportive interactions, negative interac-
tions, and depressed mood. American Journal of
Community Psychology, 18, 423-438.
Schwarz, N. (1990). Feelings as information: Infor-
mational and motivational functions of affective
states. In E. T. Higgins & R. M. Sorrentino (Eds.),
The handbook of motivation and cognition: Foun-
dations of social behavior (Vol. 2, pp. 527-561).
New York: Guilford Press.
Sedikides, C. (1993). Assessment, enhancement, and
verification determinants of the self-evaluation
process. Journal of Personality and Social Psy-
chology, 65, 317-338.
Seligman, M. (1999, April). Positive social science
[president's column]. APA Monitor, p. 2.
Shah, J., Higgins, E. T., Friedman, R., & Kruglanski,
A. (1999, August). The regulatory focus and goal
organization: Implications for self-regulation. Pa-
per presented at the annual convention of the
American Psychological Association, Boston.
Sheldon, K. M, Ryan, R., & Reis, H. T. (1996). What
makes for a good day? Competence and autonomy
in the day and in the person. Personality and
Social Psychology Bulletin, 22, 1270-1279.
Silver, R. L., Boon, C, & Stones, M. H. (1983).
Searching for meaning in misfortune: Making
sense of incest. Journal of Social Issues, 39, 81-
102.
Skowronski, J. J., Betz, A. L., Thompson, C. P., &
Shannon, L. (1991). Social memory in everyday
life: Recall of self-events and other-events. Jour-nal of Personality and Social Psychology, 60, 831—
843.
Skowronski, J. J., & Carlston, D. E. (1987). Social
judgment and social memory: The role of cue
diagnosticity in negativity, positivity, and extrem-
ity biases. Journal of Personality and Social Psy-
chology, 52, 689-699.
Skowronski, J. J., & Carlston, D. E. (1989). Nega-
tivity and extremity biases in impression forma-
tion: A review of explanation. Psychological Re-
view, 105, 131-142.
Skowronski, J. J., & Carlston, D. E. (1992). Caught
in the act: When impressions based on highly
diagnostic behaviours are resistant to contradic-
tion. European Journal of Social Psychology, 22,
435-452.
Spence, J. T. (1966). Verbal discrimination perfor-
mance as a function of instruction and verbal-
reinforcement combination in normal and retarded
children. Child Development, 37, 269-281.
Spence, J. T., & Segner, L. L. (1967). Verbal vs.
nonverbal reinforcement combinations in the dis-
crimination learning of middle and lower class
children. Child Development, 38, 29-38.
Stafford, L., & Canary, D. J. (1991). Maintenance
strategies and romantic relationship type, gender,
and relational characteristics. Journal of Social
and Personal Relationships, 8, 217-242.
Sternbach, R. A. (1968). Pain: A psychophysiologi-
cal analysis. New York: Academic Press.
Styron, T., & Janoff-Bulman, R. (1997). Childhood
attachment and abuse: Long-term effects on adult
attachment, depression and conflict resolution.
Child Abuse and Neglect, 21, 1015-1023.
Taylor, S. E. (1983). Adjustment to threatening
events: A theory of cognitive adaptation. American
Psychologist, 38, 1161-1173.
Taylor, S. E. (1991). Asymmetrical effects of posi-
tive and negative events: The mobilization-mini-
mization hypothesis. Psychological Bulletin, 110,
67-85.
Taylor, S. E., & Brown, J. D. (1988). Illusion and
well-being: A social psychological perspective on
mental health. Psychological Bulletin, 103, 193—
210.
Thomas, D.L., & Diener, E. (1990). Memory accu-
racy in the recall of emotions. Journal of Person-
ality and Social Psychology, 59, 291-297.
Thompson, L. A., Tiu, R. D., & Detterman, D. K.
(1999, July). Differences in the heritability of gen-
eral intelligence across levels of father's occupa-
tion. Paper presented at the annual meeting of the
Behavior Genetics Association, Vancouver, Brit-
ish Columbia, Canada.
Tice, D. M. (1991). Esteem protection or enhance-
ment? Self-handicapping motives and attributions
differ by trait self-esteem. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 60, 711-725.
Tindall, R. C, & Ratliff, R. G. (1974). Interaction of
reinforcement conditions and developmental level
in a two-choice discrimination task with children.
Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 18,
183-189.
Ting-Toomey, S. (1983). An analysis of verbal com-
munication patterns in high and low marital adjust-
ment groups. Human Communication Research, 9,
306-319.
Tuohy, A. P., & Stradling, S. G. (1987). Maximum
salience vs. golden section proportions in judge-
mental asymmetry. British Journal of Psychol-
ogy, 78, 457-464.
Van Goozen, S., & Frijda, N. H. (1993). Emotion
words used in six European countries. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 23, 89-95.
Vinokur, A. D., & van Ryn, M. (1993). Social sup-
port and undermining in close relationships: Their
independent effects on the mental health of unem-
ployed persons. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 65, 350-359.
Vonk, R. (1993). The negativity effect in trait ratings
and in open-ended descriptions of persons. Per-
sonality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 19, 269-
278.
Vonk, R. (1996). Negativity and potency effects in
impression formation. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 26. 851-865.
Vonk, R. (1999). Differential evaluations of likable
and dislikeable behaviors enacted towards superi-
ors and subordinates. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 29, 139-146.
Vonk, R., & Knippenberg, A. V. (1994). The sover-
eignty of negative inferences: Suspicion of ulterior
motives does not reduce the negativity effect. So-
cial Cognition, 12, 169-186.
Walker, W. R., Vogl, R. J., & Thompson, C. P.
(1997). Autobiographical memory: Unpleasant-
ness fades faster than pleasantness over time. Ap-
plied Cognitive Psychology, 11, 399-413.
Watson, D., & Tellegen, A. (1985). Toward a con-
sensual structure of mood. Psychological Bulle-
tin, 98, 219-235.
Webster, E. C. (1964). Decision making in the em-
ployment interview. Montreal, Quebec, Canada:
McGill University Industrial Relations Centre.
Weinberg, G. M. (1975). An introduction to general
systems thinking. New York: Wiley.
Weiner, B. (1985). "Spontaneous" causal thinking.
Psychological Bulletin, 97, 74-84.
Weinstein, N.D. (1980). Unrealistic optimism about
future life events. Journal of Personality and So-
cial Psychology, 39, 806-820.
Weiss, E. L., Longhurst, J. G., & Mazure, C. M.
(1999). Childhood sexual abuse as a risk factor for
depression in women: Psychosocial and neurobio-
logical correlates. American Journal of Psychiatry,
156, 816-828.
Wells, J. D., Hobfoll, S. E., & Lavin, J. (1999). When
it rains, it pours: The greater impact of resource
loss compared to gain on psychological distress.
Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 25,
1172-1182.
Wills, T. A., Weiss, R. L., & Patterson, G. R. (1974).
A behavioral analysis of the determinants of mar-
ital satisfaction. Journal of Consulting and Clini-
cal Psychology, 6, 802-811.
Wright, B. A. (1991). Labeling: The need for greater
person-environment individuation. In C. R. Snyder
& D. R. Forsyth (Eds.), Handbook of social and
clinical psychology: The health perspective (pp.
469-487). Elmsford, NY: Pergamon.
Wyer, R. S., & Hinkle, R. L. (1971). Informational
factors underlying inferences about hypothetical
persons. Journal of Personality and Social Psy-
chology, 34, 481-495.
Yzerbyt, V. Y., & Leyens, J. P. (1991). Requesting
information to form an impression: The influence
of valence and confirmatory status. Journal of Ex-
perimental Social Psychology, 27, 337-356.
References
. Hatfield E, Cacioppo JT, Rapson RL (1993) Emotional contagion. Curr Dir Psychol Sci
2(3):96–100.
2. Fowler JH, Christakis NA (2008) Dynamic spread of happiness in a large social network:
Longitudinal analysis over 20 years in the Framingham Heart Study. BMJ 337:a2338.
3. Rosenquist JN, Fowler JH, Christakis NA (2011) Social network determinants of de-
pression. Mol Psychiatry 16(3):273–281.
4. Cohen-Cole E, Fletcher JM (2008) Is obesity contagious? Social networks vs. environ-
mental factors in the obesity epidemic. J Health Econ 27(5):1382–1387.
5. Aral S, Muchnik L, Sundararajan A (2009) Distinguishing influence-based contagion
from homophily-driven diffusion in dynamic networks. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA
106(51):21544–21549.
6. Turkle S (2011) Alone Together: Why We Expect More from Technology and Less from
Each Other (Basic Books, New York).
7. Guillory J, et al. (2011) Upset now? Emotion contagion in distributed groups. Proc
ACM CHI Conf on Human Factors in Computing Systems (Association for Computing
Machinery, New York), pp 745–748.
8. Kramer ADI (2012) The spread of emotion via Facebook. Proc CHI (Association for
Computing Machinery, New York), pp 767–770.
9. Pennebaker JW, Chung CK, Ireland M, Gonzales A, Booth RJ (2007) The development
and psychological properties of LIWC2007. Available at http://liwc.net/howliwcworks.
php. Accessed May 10, 2014.
10. Golder SA, Macy MW (2011) Diurnal and seasonal mood vary with work, sleep, and
daylength across diverse cultures. Science 333(6051):1878–1881.
11. Thusoo A; Facebook Data Infrastructure Team (2009) Hive–A warehousing solution
over a map-reduce framework. Proc VLDB 2(2):1626–1629.
12. Baumeister RF, Bratslavsky E, Finkenauer C, Vohs KD (2001) Bad is stronger than good.
Rev Gen Psychol 5(4):323–370.
13. Festinger L (1954) A theory of social comparison processes. Hum Relat 7(2):117–140.
14. Prentice DA, Miller DT (1992) When small effects are impressive. Psychol Bull 112(1):
160–164.
15. Bond RM, et al. (2012) A 61-million-person experiment in social influence and
political mobilization. Nature 489(7415):295–298.
REFERENCES
[1] L. Aalto, N. G¨othlin, J. Korhonen, and T. Ojala.
Bluetooth and WAP Push Based Location-aware
Mobile Advertising System. In Proceedings of MobiSys
’04, pages 49–58, 2004.
[2] H. Akaike. A New Look at the Statistical Model
Identification. IEEE Transactions on Automatic
Control, C-19(6):716–723, 1974.
[3] S. Boccaletti, D. Valladares, L. Pecora, H. Geffert,
and T. Carroll. Reconstructing embedding spaces of
coupled dynamical systems from multivariate data.
Physical Review E, 65(3):35204–35204, 2002.
[4] D. Brockmann, L. Hufnagel, and T. Geisel. The
scaling laws of human travel. Nature, 439:462–465,
2006.
[5] L. Cao, A. Mees, and K. Judd. Dynamics from
multivariate time series. Physica D, 121(1-2):75–88,
1998.
[6] M. Casdagli. Nonlinear prediction of chaotic time
series. Physica D, 35(3):335–356, 1989.
[7] C. Chatfield. The Analysis of Time Series An
Introduction. Chapman and Hall CRC, 2004.
[8] T. M. Cover and J. A. Thomas. Elements of
Information Theory. Wiley, 2006.
[9] A. Fraser and H. Swinney. Independent coordinatesfor strange attractors from mutual information.
Physical Review A, 33(2):1134, 1986.
[10] M. C. Gonz´alez, C. A. Hidalgo, and A.-L. Barab´asi.
Understanding individual human mobility patterns.
Nature, 453:779–782, June 2008.
[11] R. Hegger and H. Kantz. Improved false nearest
neighbor method to detect determinism in time series
data. Physical Review E, 60(4):4970, 1999.
[12] R. Hegger, H. Kantz, and T. Schreiber. Practical
implementation of nonlinear time series methods: The
TISEAN package. Chaos, 9(2):413–435, 1999.
[13] H. Kantz and T. Schreiber. Nonlinear time series
analysis. Cambridge University Press, 1997.
[14] M. Kennel, R. Brown, and H. Abarbanel. Determining
embedding dimension for phase-space reconstruction
using a geometrical construction. Physical Review A,
45(6):3403, 1992.
[15] J. K. Laurila, D. Gatica-Perez, I. Aad, J. Blom,
O. Bornet, T.-M.-T. Do, O. Dousse, J. Eberle, and
M. Miettinen. The Mobile Data Challenge: Big Data
for Mobile Computing Research. In Proceedings of the
Mobile Data Challenge by Nokia Workshop. Colocated
with Pervasive’12, 2012.
[16] D. Lazer et al. Computational Social Science. Science,
323:721–723, February 2009.
[17] S. Scellato, M. Musolesi, C. Mascolo, V. Latora, and
A. T. Campbell. NextPlace: A Spatio-temporal
Prediction Framework for Pervasive Systems. In
Proceedings of Pervasive’11, San Francisco, California,
USA, June 2011.
[18] G. Schwarz. Estimating the Dimension of a Model.
Ann. Stat., 6(2):461–464, 1978.
[19] L. Su. Prediction of multivariate chaotic time series
with local polynomial fitting. Computers &
Mathematics with Applications, 59(2):737–744, 2010.
[20] F. Takens. Detecting strange attractors in turbulence.
In Dynamical Systems and Turbulence, Lecture Notes
in Mathematics, volume 898, pages 366–381.
Springer-Verlag, 1981.
[21] I. Vlachos and D. Kugiumtzis. State space
reconstruction from multiple time series. In Topics on
Chaotic Systems: Selected Papers from Chaos 2008
International Conference, page 378. World Scientific
Publishing, 2009.
References
[1] Wassily W Leontief. Quantitative input and output relations in the economic systems of the united states. The review of
economic statistics, pages 105–125, 1936.
[2] Thomas Wiedmann, Harry C Wilting, Manfred Lenzen, Stephan Lutter, and Viveka Palm. Quo vadis mrio? methodolog-
ical, data and institutional requirements for multi-region input–output analysis. Ecological Economics, 70(11):1937–1945,
2011.
[3] Arnold Tukker and Erik Dietzenbacher. Global multiregional input–output frameworks: an introduction and outlook.
Economic Systems Research, 25(1):1–19, 2013.
[4] Richard Baldwin and Javier Lopez-Gonzalez. Supply-chain trade: A portrait of global patterns and several testable
hypotheses. Technical report, National Bureau of Economic Research, 2013.
[5] Marcel P Timmer, Bart Los, Robert Stehrer, and Gaaitzen J Vries. Fragmentation, incomes and jobs: an analysis of
european competitiveness. Economic Policy, 28(76):613–661, 2013.
[6] Robert Koopman, Zhi Wang, and Shang-Jin Wei. Tracing value-added and double counting in gross exports. American
Economic Review, 104(2):459–94, 2014.
[7] M Lenzen, D Moran, K Kanemoto, B Foran, L Lobefaro, and A Geschke. International trade drives biodiversity threats
in developing nations. Nature, 486(7401):109–112, 2012.
[8] Manfred Lenzen, Daniel Moran, Anik Bhaduri, Keiichiro Kanemoto, Maksud Bekchanov, Arne Geschke, and Barney Foran.
International trade of scarce water. Ecological Economics, 94:78–85, 2013.
[9] Thomas O Wiedmann, Heinz Schandl, Manfred Lenzen, Daniel Moran, Sangwon Suh, James West, and Keiichiro
Kanemoto. The material footprint of nations. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, page 201220362, 2013.
[10] Florian Bl¨ochl, Fabian J Theis, Fernando Vega-Redondo, and Eric ON Fisher. Vertex centralities in input-output networks
reveal the structure of modern economies. Physical Review E, 83(4):046127, 2011.
[11] James McNerney, Brian D Fath, and Gerald Silverberg. Network structure of inter-industry flows. Physica A: Statistical
Mechanics and its Applications, 392(24):6427–6441, 2013.
[12] Martha G Alatriste Contreras and Giorgio Fagiolo. Propagation of economic shocks in input-output networks: A cross-
country analysis. arXiv preprint arXiv:1401.4704, 2014.
[13] R Albert and A.-L. Barab´asi. Statistical mechanics of complex networks. Reviews of Modern Physics, 74(1):47–97, 2002.
[14] M. E. J. Newman. The Structure and Function of Complex Networks. SIAM Review, 45:167–256, 2003.
[15] Mark Buchanan, Guido Caldarelli, Paolo De Los Rios, and Vendruscolo Michele. Networks in cell biology. Cambridge
University Press, 2010.
[16] Maksim Kitsak, Massimo Riccaboni, Shlomo Havlin, Fabio Pammolli, and H Eugene Stanley. Scale-free models for the
structure of business firm networks. Physical Review E, 81(3):036117, 2010.
[17] Fabio Pammolli and Massimo Riccaboni. Technological regimes and the growth of networks: An empirical analysis. Small
Business Economics, 19(3):205–215, 2002.
[18] Massimo Riccaboni and Stefano Schiavo. Structure and growth of weighted networks. New Journal of Physics, 12(2):023003,
2010.
[19] Massimo Riccaboni, Alessandro Rossi, and Stefano Schiavo. Global networks of trade and bits. Journal of Economic
Interaction and Coordination, 8(1):33–56, 2013.
[20] Alessandro Chessa, Andrea Morescalchi, Fabio Pammolli, Orion Penner, Alexander M Petersen, and Massimo Riccaboni.
Is europe evolving toward an integrated research area? Science, 339(6120):650–651, 2013.
[21] Guido Caldarelli, Alessandro Chessa, Fabio Pammolli, Andrea Gabrielli, and Michelangelo Puliga. Reconstructing a credit
network. Nature Physics, 9:125–126, 2013.
[22] Daron Acemoglu, Vasco M Carvalho, Asuman Ozdaglar, and Alireza Tahbaz-Salehi. The network origins of aggregate
fluctuations. Econometrica, 80(5):1977–2016, 2012.
[23] Vasco M Carvalho. A survey paper on recent developments of input-output analysis. Technical report, Complexity Research
Initiative for Systemic InstabilitieS, 2013.
[24] Marcel Timmer, AA Erumban, J Francois, A Genty, R Gouma, B Los, F Neuwahl, O Pindyuk, J Poeschl, JM Rueda-
Cantuche, et al. The world input-output database (wiod): Contents, sources and methods. WIOD Background document
available at www. wiod. org, 2012.
[25] Alak Ghosh. Input-output approach in an allocation system. Economica, pages 58–64, 1958.
[26] Ronald E Miller and Peter D Blair. Input-output analysis: foundations and extensions. Cambridge University Press, 2009.
[27] Pan A Yotopoulos and Jeffrey B Nugent. A balanced-growth version of the linkage hypothesis: a test. The Quarterly
Journal of Economics, 87(2):157–171, 1973.
[28] Prem S Laumas. The weighting problem in testing the linkage hypothesis. The Quarterly Journal of Economics, pages
308–312, 1976.
[29] Emmerich Thorsten, Armin Bunde, and Shlomo Havlin. Structural and functional properties of spatially embedded scale-
free networks. Physical Review E, 89:062806, 2014.
[30] Xavier Gabaix. Power laws in economics and finance. Annual Review of Economics, 1(1):255–294, 2009.
[31] Xavier Gabaix and Rustam Ibragimov. Rank- 1/2: a simple way to improve the ols estimation of tail exponents. Journal
of Business & Economic Statistics, 29(1):24–39, 2011.
[32] Santo Fortunato. Community detection in graphs. Physics Reports, 486(35):75 – 174, 2010.
[33] Mark EJ Newman and Michelle Girvan. Finding and evaluating community structure in networks. Physical review E,
69(2):026113, 2004.
[34] Simon Kuznets. Quantitative aspects of the economic growth of nations: Ii. industrial distribution of national product and
labor force. Economic Development and Cultural Change, pages 1–111, 1957.
[35] Simon Kuznets. Modern economic growth: findings and reflections. The American Economic Review, pages 247–258, 1973.
[36] Lawrence Page, Sergey Brin, Rajeev Motwani, and Terry Winograd. The pagerank citation ranking: Bringing order to the
web. 1999.
[37] Vincenzo De Leo, Giovanni Santoboni, Federica Cerina, Mario Mureddu, Luca Secchi, and Alessandro Chessa. Community
core detection in transportation networks. Phys. Rev. E, 88:042810, Oct 2013.
[38] Manfred Lenzen, Keiichiro Kanemoto, Daniel Moran, and Arne Geschke. Mapping the structure of the world economy.
Environmental science & technology, 46(15):8374–8381, 2012.
[39] Manfred Lenzen, Daniel Moran, Keiichiro Kanemoto, and Arne Geschke. Building eora: A global multi-region input–output
database at high country and sector resolution. Economic Systems Research, 25(1):20–49, 2013.
Bartholomew, Abigail, "Behaviorism's Impact on Advertising: The n and Now" (2013). Th eses and Professional Projects from the College
of Journalism and Mass Communications. Paper 37.
References
“A Pioneer in Marketing: John B. Watson.” Journal of Marketing, (Oct. 1961): 72-73.
“Can Science Determine Your Baby’s Career Before It Can Talk?” 8 Jan. 1922. JWT Archives, Biographical
Information, 1916-1998, bulk 1960s-1980s, Main Files Series (List of Entries), 1916-1998, bulk 1960s-
1980s, Box OV1, J. Walter Thompson Company. Publications Collection, David M. Rubenstein Rare Book
& Manuscript Library, Duke University.
"JWT researches stages, not ages." Advertising Age. (June 26, 1989 ): 737 words. LexisNexis Academic. Web. Date
Accessed: 2012/03/11.
“Dr. John Watson, Psychologist, Dies,” 2 Apr. 1927. JWT Archives, Dawkins (Colin) Papers, 1776-1986, Officers
and Staff Series, 1873-1986 (bulk 1920s-1979), Box 5, J. Walter Thompson Company. Publications
Collection, David M. Rubenstein Rare Book & Manuscript Library, Duke University.
Baum, William M. Understanding Behaviorism: Science, Behavior, and Culture. New York City: HarperCollins
College Publishers, 1994. Print.
Benjamin, Jr., Ludy T. A History of Psychology: Original Sources and Contemporary Research. New York City:
McGraw-Hill Book Company, 1988. Print.
Buckley, K. (1989). Mechanical man : John Broadus Watson and the beginnings of behaviorism. New York:
Guilford Press.
Buckley, Kerry W. (1982). The Selling of a Psychologist: John Broadus Watson and the Application of Behavioral
Techniques to Advertising. Journal of History of the Behavioral Sciences, 18 (3), 292-221.
Cohen, David. J.B. Watson: The Founder of Behaviourism, A Biography. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul Ltd,
1979. Print.
Coon, Deborah J. “’Not a Creature of Reason’: The Alleged Impact of Watsonian Behaviorism on Advertising in the
1920s.” Modern Perspectives on John B. Watson and Classical Behaviorism. Ed. James T. Todd and
Edward K. Morris. Westport: Greenwood Press, 1994. 37-63. Print.
Curti, Merle. “The Changing Concept of “Human Nature” in the Literature of American Advertising.” The Business
History Review v41.4 (1967): 335-357. JStor. Web. 4 Apr. 2010.
Davidow, William H. "Overconnectivity and Surprises." Overconnected: the promise and threat of the Internet.
Harrison, N.Y.: Delphinium Books, 2011. 19-28. Print.
Henderson, Howard Letter to James W. Young. 28 Dec. 1925. JWT Archives, Howard Henderson Papers, 1867-
1978, Correspondence Series, 1914-1978, Box 2, J. Walter Thompson Company. Publications Collection,
David M. Rubenstein Rare Book & Manuscript Library, Duke University.
Henderson, Howard Letter to John B. Watson. 28 Dec. 1925. JWT Archives, Howard Henderson Papers, 1867-1978,
Correspondence Series, 1914-1978, Box 2, J. Walter Thompson Company. Publications Collection, David
M. Rubenstein Rare Book & Manuscript Library, Duke University.
Influencing the Mind of Another. 1935, JWT Archives, Publications Collection, 1887–2005, General Publications,
1887-2005 and undated, Box DG10, J. Walter Thompson Company. Publications Collection, David M.
Rubenstein Rare Book & Manuscript Library, Duke University.
Interbrands: best global brands 2013. (n.d.). Retrieved from http://www.interbrand.com/en/best-global-
brands/2013/Coca-Cola
Johnson, Arno H. Letter to Charles Winick. 16 Feb. 1956. JWT Archives, Howard Henderson Papers, 1867-1978,
Correspondence Series, 1914-1978, Box 1, J. Walter Thompson Company. Publications Collection, David
M. Rubenstein Rare Book & Manuscript Library, Duke University.
JWT News Bulletin, 15 Mar. 1921. JWT Archives, Dawkins (Colin) Papers, 1776-1986, Officers and Staff Series,
1873-1986 (bulk 1920s-1979), Box 5, J. Walter Thompson Company. Publications Collection, David M.
Rubenstein Rare Book & Manuscript Library, Duke University.
Kreshel, Peggy J. “John B. Watson at J. Walter Thompson: The Legitimization of ‘Science’ in Advertising.” Journal
of Advertising, v19.2 (1990): 49-59. Print.
Larson, Cedric A. “Highlights of Dr. John B. Watson’s Career in Advertising,” The Industrial-Organizational
Psychologist v16, n3: 3-5. JWT Archives, Dawkins (Colin) Papers, 1776-1986, Officers and Staff Series,
1873-1986 (bulk 1920s-1979), Box 5, J. Walter Thompson Company. Publications Collection, David M.
Rubenstein Rare Book & Manuscript Library, Duke University.
MacGowan, Kenneth. Profiles: The Adventure of the Behaviorist. The New Yorker n.d. JWT Archives, Dawkins
(Colin) Papers, 1776-1986, Officers and Staff Series, 1873-1986 (bulk 1920s-1979), Box 5, J. Walter Thompson Company. Publications Collection, David M. Rubenstein Rare Book & Manuscript Library,
Duke University.
Marwick, Alice E., and Danah Boyd. "I tweet honestly, I tweet openly: Twitter users context collapse, and the
imagined audience." New Media & Society 8 (2010): 1-20. Print.
O’Donnell, John M. The Origins of Behaviorism: American Psychology, 1870-1920. New York City: New York
University Press, 1985. Print.
Peters, John Durham, and Peter Simonson. Mass communication and American social thought: key texts, 1919-
1968. Lanham, Md.: Rowman & Littlefield Publishers, 2004. Print.
PRSA: global presence at a glance. (n.d.). Retrieved from:
http://www.prsa.org/AboutPRSA/Global_Alliance/#.UpUeHY2E7QU
Psychologists in Marketing. The Marketing and Social Research Newsletter of the Psychological Corporation, 1958.
JWT Archives, Dawkins (Colin) Papers, 1776-1986, Officers and Staff Series, 1873-1986 (bulk 1920s-
1979), Box 5, J. Walter Thompson Company. Publications Collection, David M. Rubenstein Rare Book &
Manuscript Library, Duke University.
Scientific Orphans. Daily Mirror, 7 Mar. 1928. JWT Archives, Dawkins (Colin) Papers, 1776-1986, Officers and
Staff Series, 1873-1986 (bulk 1920s-1979), Box 5, J. Walter Thompson Company. Publications Collection,
David M. Rubenstein Rare Book & Manuscript Library, Duke University.
Staff Meeting Minutes, 9 Dec. 1930. JWT Archives, Staff Meeting Minutes, 1927-1938, Account Representatives’
Meeting Series, 1927-1932, Box 3, J. Walter Thompson Company. Publications Collection, David M.
Rubenstein Rare Book & Manuscript Library, Duke University.
Watson, John B. “Advertising by Radio,” JWT News Bulletin, May 1923:11-16. JWT Archives, Newsletter
Collection , 1910-2005, 1916-1922 News Bulletin, Box MN5, J. Walter Thompson Company. Publications
Collection, David M. Rubenstein Rare Book & Manuscript Library, Duke University.
Watson, John B. “Are Booklets Read and Kept?” JWT News Bulletin, Sep. 1922:1-3. JWT Archives, Newsletter
Collection , 1910-2005, 1916-1922 News Bulletin, Box MN5, J. Walter Thompson Company. Publications
Collection, David M. Rubenstein Rare Book & Manuscript Library, Duke University.
Watson, John B. “How to Break Down Resistance to Life Insurance–An Outsider’s Viewpoint,” 25 Nov. 1921. JWT
Archives, Publications Collection, 1887–2005, General Publications, 1887-2005 and undated, Box DG8, J. Walter Thompson Company. Publications Collection, David M. Rubenstein Rare Book & Manuscript
Library, Duke University.
Watson, John B. “Personality and the Choice of Personnel: Can Psychology Help in the Selection of Personnel?”
JWT News Bulletin, Apr. 1927:1-14. JWT Archives, Newsletter Collection , 1910-2005, 1916-1922 News
Bulletin, Box MN5, J. Walter Thompson Company. Publications Collection, David M. Rubenstein Rare
Book & Manuscript Library, Duke University.
Watson, John B. “Personality and the Choice of Personnel: The Behaviorist Looks at Personality,” JWT News
Bulletin, Mar. 1927:1-10. JWT Archives, Newsletter Collection , 1910-2005, 1916-1922 News Bulletin,
Box MN5, J. Walter Thompson Company. Publications Collection, David M. Rubenstein Rare Book &
Manuscript Library, Duke University.
Watson, John B. “Thinking as Viewed by the Behaviorists,” JWT News Bulletin, Feb. 1927:17-22. JWT Archives,
Newsletter Collection , 1910-2005, 1916-1922 News Bulletin, Box MN5, J. Walter Thompson Company.
Publications Collection, David M. Rubenstein Rare Book & Manuscript Library, Duke University.
Watson, John B. “What Cigarettes Are You Smoking, And Why?” JWT News Bulletin, Jul. 1922:1-17. JWT
Archives, Newsletter Collection , 1910-2005, 1916-1922 News Bulletin, Box MN5, J. Walter Thompson
Company. Publications Collection, David M. Rubenstein Rare Book & Manuscript Library, Duke
University.
Watson, John B. “What, To Whom, Where, How are We Selling?” 14 Oct. 1924. JWT Archives, Dawkins (Colin)
Papers, 1776-1986, Officers and Staff Series, 1873-1986 (bulk 1920s-1979), Box 5, J. Walter Thompson
Company. Publications Collection, David M. Rubenstein Rare Book & Manuscript Library, Duke
University.
Watson, John B. Letter to Howard Henderson. 6 Jan. 1926. JWT Archives, Howard Henderson Papers, 1867-1978,
Correspondence Series, 1914-1978, Box 2, J. Walter Thompson Company. Publications Collection, David
M. Rubenstein Rare Book & Manuscript Library, Duke University.
Watson, John B. Untitled Sales Lecture. 27 Apr. 1931. JWT Archives, Staff Meeting Minutes, 1927-1938, Account
Representatives’ Meeting Series, 1927-1932, Box 3, J. Walter Thompson Company. Publications
Collection, David M. Rubenstein Rare Book & Manuscript Library, Duke University.
References:
1. Wallace AR (1870) The limits of natural selection as applied to man. Contributions to the
Theory of Natural Selection: A Series of Essays, ed Wallace AR (MacMillan, New York).
2. Tooby J, DeVore I (1987) The reconstruction of hominid evolution through strategic
modeling. The Evolution of Human Behavior: Primate Models, ed Kinzey WG (SUNY
Press, Albany, NY).
3. Brown DE (1991) Human Universals (McGraw-Hill, New York).
4. Kingdon J (1993) Self-Made Man: Human Evolution from Eden to Extinction? (Wiley,
New York).
5. Wrangham RW (2009) Catching Fire: How Cooking Made Us Human (Basic Books, New
York) pp v.
6. Leslie AM (1994) ToMM, ToBY, and agency: Core architecture and domain specificity.
Mapping the Mind: Domain Specificity in Cognition and Culture, eds Hirschfeld LA,
Gelman SA (Cambridge Univ Press, New York).
7. Spelke ES, Breinlinger K, Macomber J, Jacobson K (1992) Origins of knowledge.
Psychol Rev 99:605–632.
8. Carey S (2007) Origins of Concepts (MIT Press, Cambridge, MA).
9. Pinker S (2007) The Stuff of Thought: Language as a Window into Human Nature
(Viking, New York).
10. Pinker S (1997) How the Mind Works (Norton, New York).
11. Trivers R (1971) The evolution of reciprocal altruism. Q Rev Biol 46:35–57.
12. Kanwisher N, Moscovitch M (2000) The cognitive neuroscience of face processing: An
introduction. Cogn Neuropsychol 17:1–13.
13. Klein SB, Cosmides L, Tooby J, Chance S (2002) Decisions and the evolution of
memory: Multiple systems, multiple functions. Psychol Rev 109:306–329.
14. Cosmides L, Tooby J (1992) Cognitive adaptations for social exchange. The Adapted
Mind: Evolutionary Psychology and the Generation of Culture, eds Barkow JH,
Cosmides L, Tooby J (Oxford Univ Press, New York).
15. Cosmides L, Tooby J (2010) Whence intelligence? Proc Natl Acad Sci USA.
16. Haidt J (2002) The moral emotions. Handbook of Affective Sciences, eds Davidson RJ,
Scherer KR, Goldsmith HH (Oxford Univ Press, New York).
17. Nowak MA, Sigmund K (1998) Evolution of indirect reciprocity by image scoring.
Nature 393:573–577.
18. Ridley M (1997) The Origins of Virtue: Human Instincts and the Evolution of Cooperation
(Viking, New York) 1st American Ed, pp viii, 295.
19. Fiske AP (1991) Structures of Social Life: The Four Elementary Forms of Human
Relations (Free Press, New York).
20. Pinker S, Nowak MA, Lee JJ (2008) The logic of indirect speech. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA
105:833–838.
21. Lee JJ, Pinker S (2010) Rationales for Indirect Speech: The Theory of the Strategic
Speaker Psychological Review.
22. Pinker S (1991) Rules of language. Science 253:530–535.
23. Jackendoff R (2002) Foundations of Language: Brain, Meaning, Grammar, Evolution
(Oxford Univ Press, New York).
24. Chomsky N (1972) Language and Mind (Harcourt Brace, New York) Extended ed.
25. Jackendoff R (1990) Semantic Structures (MIT Press, Cambridge, MA).
26. Senghas A, Kita S, Özyürek A (2004) Children creating core properties of language:
Evidence from an emerging sign language in Nicaragua. Science 305:1779–1782.
27. Nowak MA, Plotkin JB, Jansen VA (2000) The evolution of syntactic communication.
Nature 404:495–498.
28. Pinker S (1999) Words and Rules: The Ingredients of Language (HarperCollins, New
York).
29. Miller GA, Selfridge J (1950) Verbal context and the recall of meaningful material. Am
J Psychol 63:176–185.
30. Chagnon NA (1992) Yanomamö: The Last Days of Eden (Harcourt Brace, New York).
31. DiRienzo A (2010) Human population diversity. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA.
32. Bustamente C (2010) Genomic footprints of natural selection. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA.
33. Jablonski N (2010) The skin that makes us human. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA.
34. Tishkoff S (2010) Paleo-demography from extant genetics. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA.
35. Hawkes K (2010) The evolution of human life history. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA.
36. Kaplan H, Robson AJ (2002) The emergence of humans: The coevolution of
intelligence and longevity with intergenerational transfers. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA
99:10221–10226.
37. Richerson P (2010) How cultures evolve. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA.
38. Wallace D (2010) Peopling the planet: Out of Africa? Proc Natl Acad Sci USA.
39. Wood B (2010) Evolution of the hominids. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA.
40. Lee JJ (2007) A g beyond Homo sapiens? Some hints and suggestions. Intelligence 35:
253–265.
41. Boyd R, Silk JB (2006) How Humans Evolved (Norton, New York), 4th Ed.
42. Mather JA (1995) Cognition in cephalopods. Adv Stud Behav 24:317–353.
43. Odling-Smee FJ, Laland KN, Feldman MW (2003) Niche Construction: The Neglected
Process in Evolution (Princeton Univ Press, Princeton, NJ).
44. Lewontin RC (1984) Adaptation. Conceptual Issues in Evolutionary Biology, ed Sober E
(MIT Press, Cambridge, MA).
45. Kreitman M (2000) Methods to detect selection in populations with applications to
the human. Annu Rev Genomics Hum Genet 1:539–559.
46. Przeworski M, Hudson RR, Di Rienzo A (2000) Adjusting the focus on human variation.
Trends Genet 16:296–302.
47. Vargha-Khadem F, et al. (1998) Neural basis of an inherited speech and language
disorder. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 95:12695–12700.
48. Lai CSL, Fisher SE, Hurst JA, Vargha-Khadem F, Monaco AP (2001) A novel forkhead-
domain gene is mutated in a severe speech and language disorder. Nature 413:
519–523.
49. Enard W, et al. (2002) Molecular evolution of FOXP2, a gene involved in speech and
language. Nature 418:869–872.
50. Clark AG, et al. (2003) Inferring Nonneutral Evolution from Human-Chimp-Mouse
Orthologous Gene Trios. Science 302:1960–1963.
51. Evans PD, et al. (2004) Adaptive evolution of ASPM, a major determinant of cortical
size in humans. Hum Mol Genet 13:489–494.52. Pinker S (2002) The Blank Slate: The Modern Denial of Human Nature (Viking, New
York).
53. Carey S (2009) Origins of Concepts (MIT Press, Cambridge, MA).
54. McCloskey M (1983) Intuitive physics. Scientific American 248:122–130.
55. Atran S (1998) Folk biology and the anthropology of science: Cognitive universals and
cultural particulars. Behav Brain Sci 21:547–609.
56. Bloom P (2003) Descartes’ Baby: How the Science of Child Development Explains What
Makes Us Human (Basic Books, New York).
57. Daly M, Wilson M (1988) Homicide (Aldine de Gruyter, Hawthorne, NY).
58. Fiske AP (2004) Four modes of constituting relationships: Consubstantial assimilation; space,
magnitude, time, and force; concrete procedures; abstract symbolism. Relational Models
Theory: A Contemporary Overview, ed Haslam N (Erlbaum Associates, Mahwah, NJ).
59. Lakoff G, Johnson M (1980) Metaphors We Live By (Univ of Chicago Press, Chicago).
60. Jackendoff R (1978) Grammar as evidence for conceptual structure. Linguistic Theory
and Psychological Reality, eds Halle M, Bresnan J, Miller GA (MIT Press, Cambridge, MA).
61. Talmy L (2000) Force Dynamics in Language and Cognition. Toward a Cognitive
Semantics 1: Concept Structuring Systems (MIT Press, Cambridge, MA).
62. Reddy M (1993) The conduit metaphor: A case of frame conflict in our language
about language. Metaphor and Thought, ed Ortony A (Cambridge Univ Press, New
York), 2nd Ed.
63. Bowerman M (1983) Hidden meanings: The role of covert conceptual structures in
children’s development of language. The Acquisition of Symbolic Skills, eds
Rogers DR, Sloboda JA (Plenum, New York).
64. Pinker S (1989) Learnability and Cognition: The Acquisition of Argument Structure
(MIT Press, Cambridge, MA).
65. Hofstadter DR (1995) Fluid Concepts and Creative Analogies: Computer Models of the
Fundamental Mechanisms of Thought (Basic Books, New York), pp ix, 518 pp.
66. Schank RC (1982) Dynamic Memory: A Theory of Reminding and Learning in
Computers and People (Cambridge Univ Press, New York).
67. GentnerD(2003)Whywe’resosmart.LanguageinMind:AdvancesintheStudyofLanguage
and Thought, eds Gentner D, Goldin-Meadow S (MIT Press, Cambridge, MA), pp 195–235.
68. Gentner D, Jeziorski M (1989) Historical shifts in the use of analogy in science. The
psychology of Science: Contributions to Metascience, eds Gholson B, Shadish WR,
Beimeyer RA, Houts A (Cambridge Univ Press, New York).
69. Spelke E (2003) What makes us smart? Core knowledge and natural language.
Language in Mind: Advances in the Study of Language and Thought, eds Gentner D,
Goldin-Meadow S (MIT Press, Cambridge, MA).
70. Boyd R (1993) Metaphor and Theory Change: What is “Metaphor” a Metaphor for?
Metaphor and Thought, ed Ortony A (Cambridge Univ Press, New York), 2nd Ed.
References:
1. Jensen AR (1969) How much can we boost IQ and
scholastic achievement? Harvard Edu Rev 39:1–123.
2. Detterman DK, Sternberg RJ, eds (1982) How and How
Much Can Intelligence Be Increased? (Erlbaum,
Mahwah, NJ).
3. Kramer AF, Willis SL (2002) Enhancing the cognitive
vitality of older adults. Curr Directions Psychol Sci
11:173–177.
4. Detterman DK, Sternberg RJ, eds (1993) Transfer on
Trial: Intelligence, Cognition, and Instruction (Ablex,
Norwood, NJ).
5. Plomin R (2004) Nature and Nurture: An Introduction
to Human Behavioral Genetics (Wadsworth, Thousand
Oaks, CA).
6. Plomin R, DeFries JC, McClearn GE, McGuffin P (2008)
Behavioral Genetics (Worth, New York), 5th Ed.
7. Turkheimer E, Haley A, D’Onofrio B, Waldron M,
Gottesman II (2003) Socioeconomic status modifies her-itability of IQ in young children. Psychol Sci 14:623–628.
8. Carroll JB (1993) Human Cognitive Abilities: A Survey
of Factor-Analytic Studies (Cambridge Univ Press, New
York).
9. Mackintosh N (1998) IQ and Human Intelligence (Ox-
ford Univ Press, New York).
10. Jaeggi SM, Buschkuehl M, Jonides J, Perrig WJ (2008)
Improving fluid intelligence with training on working
memory. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 105:6829–6833.
11. Engle RW, Tuholski SW, Laughlin JE, Conway ARA
(1999) Working memory, short-term memory, and gen-
eral fluid intelligence: A latent variable approach. J Exp
Psychol General 128:309–331.
12. Kane MJ, Engle RW (2002) The role of prefrontal cortex
in working-memory capacity, executive attention, and
general fluid intelligence: An individual differences
perspective. Psychonom Bull Rev 9:637–671.
13. Jensen AR (1998) The G Factor (Praeger, Westport, CT).
14. Feuerstein R (1980) Instrumental Enrichment: An Inter-
vention Program for Cognitive Modifiability (Univer-
sity Park Press, Baltimore, MD).
15. Raven J, Raven JC, Court JH (2003) Manual for Raven’s
Progressive Matrices and Vocabulary Scales. Section 1: Gen-
eral Overview (Harcourt Assessment, San Antonio, TX).
16. Anastasi A, Urbina S (1997) Psychological Testing (Pren-
tice–Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ), 7th Ed.
17. Cattell RB (1971) Abilities: Their Structure, Growth, and
Action (Houghton Mifflin, Boston).
18. Binet A, Simon T (1916) The Development of Intelli-
gence in Children, trans Kite ES (Williams & Wilkins,
Baltimore, MD).
19. Gottfredson LS, Deary IJ (2004) Intelligence predicts
health and longevity, but why? Curr Directions Psychol
Sci 13:1–4.
20. Spitz HH (1992) Does the Carolina Abecedarian Early
Intervention Project prevent sociocultural mental re-
tardation? Intelligence 16:225–237.
References
BARNeS, D. (1994). Stimulus equivalence and Relational Frame Theory. The
Psychological Record, 44, 91–124.
BARNeS-HOlMeS, D., BARNeS-HOlMeS, y., SMeeTS, P. M., CUllINAN, V., &
leADeR, G. (2004). Relational frame theory and stimulus equivalence:
Conceptual and procedural issues. International Journal of Psychology
and Psychological Therapy, 4, 181–214.
BARNeS-HOlMeS, D., HAyDeN, e., BARNeS-HOlMeS, y., & STeWART, I. (2008).
The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) as a response-time
and event-related-potentials methodology for testing natural verbal
relations. The Psychological Record, 58, 497–516.
BARNeS-HOlMeS, y., BARNeS-HOlMeS D., & ROCHe, B. (2001). exemplar
training and a derived transformation of function in accordance with
symmetry. The Psychological Record, 51, 287–308.
BARNeS-HOlMeS, y., BARNeS-HOlMeS, D., ROCHe, B., & SMeeTS, P. (2001).
exemplar training and a derived transformation of function in
accordance with symmetry II. The Psychological Record, 51, 589–603.
BARNeS-HOlMeS, y., BARNeS-HOlMeS, D., ROCHe, B., HeAly, O., lyDDy, F.,
CUllINAN, V., & HAyeS, S. C. (2001). Psychological development. In S. C.
Hayes, D. Barnes-Holmes, & B. Roche (eds.), Relational frame theory: A
post-Skinnerian account of human language and cognition (pp. 157–180).
New york: Plenum Press.
BARNeS-HOlMeS, y., BARNeS-HOlMeS, D., SMeeTS, P., STRAND, P., &
FRIMAN, P. (2004). establishing relational responding in accordance
with more-than and less-than as generalized operant behavior in young
children. International Journal of Psychology and Psychological Therapy,
4, 531–558.
BARNeS-HOlMeS, y., BARNeS-HOlMeS, D., & SMeeTS, P. (2004). establishing
relational responding in accordance with opposite as generalized
operant behavior in young children. International Journal of Psychology
and Psychological Therapy, 4, 559–586.
BeReNS, N. M., & HAyeS, S. C. (2007). Arbitrarily applicable comparative
relations: experimental evidence for a relational operant. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 40, 45–71.
BINDeR, C. (1996). Behavioral fluency: evolution of a new paradigm. The
Behavior Analyst, 19, 163–197.
CASSIDy, S. (2008). Relational Frame Theory and human intelligence: A conceptual
and empirical analysis. Unpublished doctoral thesis, National University
of Ireland, Maynooth.
CASSIDy, S., ROCHe, B., & O’HORA, D. (2010). Relational Frame Theory and
human intelligence. European Journal of Behavior Analysis, 11, 37–51.
CeCI, S. J. (1991). How much does schooling influence general intelligence
and its cognitive components? A reassessment of the evidence.
Developmental Psychology, 27, 703–722.
COHeN, J. (1988). Statistical power for the behavioral sciences (2nd ed.).
Hillsdale, NJ: erlbaum.
COHeN J. D., MACWHINNey B., FlATT M., & PROVOST J. (1993). PsyScope: A
new graphic interactive environment for designing psychology
experiments. Behavioral Research Methods, Instruments and Computers,
25, 257–271.
CONNOR (1998). A review of behavioural early intervention programmes for
children with autism. Educational Psychology in Practice, 14, 109–117.
CUllINAN, V., BARNeS-HOlMeS, D., & SMeeTS, P. M. (2001). A precursor to
the relational evaluation procedure: The search for the contextual cues
that control equivalence responding. Journal of the Experimental Analysis
of Behavior, 76, 339–349.
DeARy, I. J., STRAND, S., SMITH, P., & FeRNANDeS, C. (2007). Intelligence and
educational achievement. Intelligence, 35, 13–21.
FIelDS, l., ADAMS, B. J., VeRHAVe, T., & NeWMAN, S. (1990). The effects
of nodality on the formation of equivalence classes. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 53, 345–358.
FlyNN, J. R. (1998). WAIS III and WISC III IQ gains in the United States from
1972–1995: How to compensate for obsolete norms. Perceptual and Motor
Skills, 86, 1231–1239.
GARDNeR, H. (1993). Multiple intelligences: The theory in practice. New york:
Basic Books.
GOMeZ, S., lOPeZ, F., MARTIN, C. B., BARNeS-HOlMeS, y., & BARNeS-HOlMeS, D.
(2007). exemplar training and a derived transformation of function in
accordance with symmetry and equivalence. The Psychological Record,
57, 273–294.
GReSHAM, F. M., & MACMIllAN, D. l. (1997). Autistic recovery? An analysis
and critique of the empirical evidence on the early Intervention Project.
Behavioral Disorders, 22, 185–201.
HAyeS, S. C., BARNeS-HOlMeS, D., & ROCHe, B. (2001). Relational Frame
Theory: A post-Skinnerian account of human language and cognition. New
york: Plenum.
HAyeS, S. C., GIFFORD, e. V., TOWNSeND, R. C., JR., & BARNeS-HOlMeS, D.
(2001). Thinking, problem-solving, and pragmatic verbal analysis. In S.
C. Hayes, D. Barnes-Holmes, & B. Roche (eds.), Relational Frame Theory:
A post-Skinnerian account of human language and cognition (pp. 87–101).
New york: Plenum Press.
JAeGGI, S. M., BUSCHKUeHl, M., JONIDeS, J., & PeRRIG, W. J. (2008).
Improving fluid intelligence with training on working memory.
Proceedings of the National Academy of Science, 105, 6829–6833.
lOVAAS, O. (1987). Behavioral treatment and normal educational and intellectual
functioning in young autistic children. Journal of Consulting Clinical
Psychology, 55, 3–9.
MAGIATI, I. & HOWlIN, P. A. (2001). Monitoring the progress of preschool
children with autism enrolled in early intervention programmes:
Problems in cognitive assessment. Autism, 5, 399–406.
MOFFITT, T. e., CASPI, A., HARKNeSS, R., & SIlVA, P. A. (1993). The natural
history of change in intellectual performance: Who changes? How
much? Is it meaningful? Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 34,
455–506.
O’HORA, D., PelAeZ, M., & BARNeS-HOlMeS, D. (2005). Derived relational
responding and performance on verbal sub-tests of the WAIS-III. The
Psychological Record, 55, 155–175.
O’HORA, D., PelAeZ, M., BARNeS-HOlMeS, D., RAe, G., ROBINSON, K., &
CHAUDHARy, T. (2008). Temporal relations and intelligence: Correlating
relational performance with performance on the WAIS-III. The
Psychological Record, 58, 569–584.
O’KeeFe, D. J. (2003). Against familywise alpha adjustment. Human
Communication Research, 29, 431–447.
O’TOOle, C., & BARNeS-HOlMeS, D. (2009). Three chronometric indices of
relational responding as predictors of performance on a brief intelligence
test: The importance of relational flexibility. The Psychological Record,
59, 119–132.
O’TOOle, C., BARNeS-HOlMeS, D., MURPHy, C., O’CONNOR, J., & BARNeS-HOlMeS, y.
(2009). Relational flexibility and human intelligence: extending the
remit of Skinner’s Verbal Behavior. International Journal of Psychology
and Psychological Therapy, 9, 1–17.
RAUDeNBUSH, S., & BRyK, A. (2001). Hierarchical linear models: Applications
and data analysis methods. Newbury Park, CA: Sage.
ReeD, P., OSBORNe, l., & CORNeSS, M., (2005). The effectiveness of early
intervention programmes for autistic spectrum disorders. Unpublished
report.
ReHFelDT, R. A., & BARNeS-HOlMeS, y. (eds.) (2009). Derived relational
responding: Applications for learners with autism and other developmental
disabilities. Oakland, CA: New Harbinger.
ROSeNTHAl, R., & ROSNOW, R. l. (1991). Essentials of behavioral research:
Methods and data analysis (2nd ed.). New york: McGraw-Hill.
SAllOWS, G. O., & GRAUPNeR, T. D. (2005). Intensive behavioural treatment
for children with autism. American Journal on Mental Retardation 110,
417-438.
SCHlINGeR, H. D. (2003). The myth of intelligence. The Psychological Record,
53, 15–32.
SCHMIDT, F. l., & HUNTeR, J. e. (1998). The validity and utility of selection
methods in psychology: Practical and theoretical implications of 85
years of research findings. Psychological Bulletin, 124, 262–274.
SIDMAN, M. (1971). Reading and auditory-visual equivalences. Journal of
Speech and Hearing Research, 14, 5–13.
SIDMAN, M. (2008). Symmetry and equivalence relations in behavior.
Cognitive Studies, 15, 322–332.
SKINNeR, B. F. (1974). About behaviorism. New york: Random House Inc.
STeele, D. l., & HAyeS, S. C. (1991). Stimulus equivalence and arbitrarily
applicable relational responding. Journal of the Experimental Analysis
of Behavior, 56, 519–555.
SMITH, T., eIKeSeTH, S., KleVSTRAND, M., & lOVAAS, O. (1997). Intensive
behavioral treatment for preschoolers with severe mental retardation
and pervasive developmental disorder. American Journal on Mental
Retardation, 102, 238–249.
TUTZAUeR, F. (2003). On the sensible application of familywise alpha
adjustment. Human Communication Research, 29, 455–463.
VeRBeKe, G., & MOleNBeRGHS, G. (2000). Linear mixed models for longitudinal
data. New york: Springer-Verlag.
WeCHSleR, D. (1992). Wechsler intelligence scale for children–Third edition–UK
Manual. london: Psychological Corp, europe.
WeCHSleR, D. (2004). WISC-IVUK administration and scoring manual.
london: Harcourt Assessment.
WIllIAMS, B., MyeRSON, J., & HAle, S. (2008). Individual differences, intelligence,
and behavior analysis. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior,
90, 219–231.
Citation: Gagnon MA, Lexchin J (2008) The cost of
pushing pills: A new estimate of pharmaceutical
promotion expenditures in the united states. PLoS
Med 5(1): e1. doi:10.1371/journal.pmed.0050001
References
1. Kefauver E (1965) In a few hands.
Harmondsworth: Penguin.
2. Froud J, Johal S, Leaver A, Williams K (2006)
Financialization and strategy: narrative and
numbers. London and New York: Routledge.
3. General Accounting Office (2002) Prescription
drugs: FDA oversight of direct-to-consumer
advertising has limitations. Available: http://
www.gao.gov/new.items/d03177.pdf. Accessed
27 November 2007.
4. IMS Health (2005) Total U.S. promotional
spend by type, 2004. Accessed 4 November
2006 at http://www.imshealth.com/ims/
portal/front/articleC/0,2777,6599_49695992_
75406357,00.html.
5. Pharmaceutical Research and Manufacturers
of America (2006) Pharmaceutical industry
profile 2006. Available: http://www.phrma.
org/files/2006%20Industry%20Profile.pdf.
Accessed 27 November 2007.
6. Hensley S, Martinez B (2005 July 15) To sell
their drugs, companies increasingly rely on
doctors. Wall Street Journal. p. A1.
7. Quintiles Transnational (2001) Promoting
drugs through physician meetings and events:
Pfizer leads the way; antidepressants are top
category. Accessed 3 March 2002 at http://
www.quintiles.com/products_and_services/
informatics/scott_levin/press_releases/press_
release/1,1254,209,00.html.
8. La Puma J, Seltzer J (2002) Phase IV market
steams ahead. CenterWatch 9: 1, 9-13.
9. Lauzon L-P, Hasbani M (2006) Analyse socio-
économique: industrie pharmaceutique
mondiale pour la période de dix ans 1996-2005. Montreal: Chaire d’études socio-
économiques de l’UQAM.
10. CAM Group (2005) Total U.S. promotional
activity for 2004. CAM USA Newsletter.
Accessed 22 July 2007 at http://csd.cam-
group.com/www_assets/pages/downloads/
USNewsletterQ404.pdf.
11. IMS Health (2006) Channel distribution by
U.S. sales. Available: http://www.imshealth.
com/ims/portal/front/articleC/0,2777,6652_
80408863_80411875,00.htm. Accessed 28
November 2007.
12. IMS Health (2006) Global pharmaceutical
sales, 1999-2006. Available: http://www.
imshealth.com/ims/portal/front/
articleC/0,2777,6652_80528184_80528202,00.
html. Accessed 27 November 2007.
13. CAM Group (2005) 4th quarter 2004
promotional activity. CAM Group News.
Accessed 22 July 2007 at http://csd.cam-
group.com/www_assets/pages/downloads/
CAMNewsletterQ404.pdf.
14. IMS Health (2004) Total U.S. value of free
product samples, 2004. Accessed 4 November
2006 at http://www.imshealth.com/ims/
portal/front/articleC/0,2777,6599_78152267_
78152297,00.html.
15. National Science Foundation (2006) U.S.
industrial R&D performers report increased
expenditures for 2004. Available: http://www. nsf.gov/statistics/infbrief/nsf07304/#notes.
Accessed 27 November 2007.
16. Gøtzsche PC, Hróbjartsson A, Johansen HK,
Haahr MT, Altman DG, et al. (2007) Ghost
authorship in industry-initiated randomised
trials. PLoS Med 4: e19. doi:10.1371/journal.
pmed.0040019
17. Steinman MA, Bero LA, Chren MM, Landefeld
CS (2006) Narrative review: the promotion of
gabapentin: an analysis of internal industry
documents. Ann Intern Med 145: 284-293.
18. Gencarelli DM (2005) One pill, many prices:
variation in prescription drug prices in selected
government programs. National Health Policy
Forum. Available: http://www.nhpf.org/pdfs_
ib/IB807_DrugPricing_08-29-05.pdf. Accessed
27 November 2007.
19. Pharmaceutical Research and Manufacturers
of America (2005) America’s pharmaceutical
companies increase Katrina donations; more
than $100 million in medicines, cash donated
so far. Available: http://www.liberty-page.com/
issues/comparison/pharm.html. Accessed 27
November 2007.
20. Organization for Economic Cooperation and
Development (2006) OECD health data 2006.
Organization for Economic Cooperation and
Development.
21. IMS Health (2004) U.S. purchase activity by
channel, 2004. Accessed 4 November 2006 at http://www.imshealth.com/ims/portal/front/
articleC/0,2777,6599_49695983_69891354,00.
html.
22. Angell M (2004) The truth about the drug
companies: how they deceive us and what to do
about it. New York: Random House.
23. Office of Technology Assessment (1993)
Pharmaceutical R&D: costs, risks and rewards.
Washington (D. C.): US Government Printing
Office.
24. Jacobzone S (2000) Pharmaceutical policies
in OECD countries: reconciling social and
industrial goals. Paris: OECD Publishing.
Available: http://ideas.repec.org/p/oec/
elsaaa/40-en.html. Accessed 28 November 2007.
25. Consumers International (2006) Branding the
cure: a consumer perspective on corporate
social responsibility, drug promotion and the
pharmaceutical industry in Europe. London:
Consumers International.
26. Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services
(2003) Health care industry market update:
pharmaceuticals. Available: http://www.fdcpa.
com/CMS%20Pharmaceuticals%20Jan%20200
3.pdf. Accessed 28 November 2007.
27. Families USA (2002) Profiting from pain:
where prescription drug dollars go. Available:
http://www.familiesusa.org/assets/pdfs/
PPreport89a5.pdf. Accessed 28 November
2007.2.254
REFERENCES
Advertising Age’s History of TV Advertising ( 2004 , March 6 ). Available: www.adage.com
Aubry, P. ( 2000 ). The ‘Television Without Frontiers’ Directive, Cornerstone of the
European Broadcasting Policy. Available: http://www.obs.coe.int
Avery, R. J., and Ferraro, R. ( 2003 ). ‘Versimilitude or Advertising? Brand Appearances
on Prime-Time Television,’ Journal of Consumer Affairs, 34 , 217 – 44 .
Bachman, K., and Flass, R. ( 2003 ). ‘Viacom, Tribune and Pepsi Test Cross-media
Strategy,’ Mediaweek, (February 3 ), 10 .
Baker, S. ( 2003 ). ‘My Son, the Ad-zapper: Will TiVo Be the Death of Commercials? If
Jack is any Indication . . .’ BusinessWeek, (November 10 ), 76 .
Baron, R. ( 2003 ). ‘DVR Threat Real, Growing,’ TelevisionWeek, (October 20 ), 11 .
Campbell, A. J. ( 1999 ). ‘Self-regulation and the Media,’ Federal Communications
Law Journal, 51 ( 3 ), 711 – 52 .
Carter, M. ( 2004 ). ‘A Word from Our Sponsors . . . Again,’ Marketing, (May 12 ), 42 – 3 .
Chunovic, L. ( 2002 ). ‘The PVR Revolution: Mere Myth or Nightmare to Come?’
Electronic Media, (November 18 ), 8 .
Cobb-Walgren, C. J. ( 1990 ). ‘The Changing Commercial Climate,’ Current Issues and
Research in Advertising, 13 , 343 – 68 .
Consoli, J. ( 2003 ). ‘Nets Eye New Ways to Spice Up Summer: More Advertiser
Involvement Seen as Key to Financing Fresh Programming,’ Mediaweek, (July28 ), 4 .
Cowen, M. ( 2003 ). ‘Beyond the Break,’ Campaign, (November 7 ), 28 .
Erdelyi, M. H., and Zizak, D. M. ( 2004 ). ‘Beyond Gizmo Subliminality,’ in L. J. Shrum
(ed.), The Psychology of Entertainment Media: Blurring the Lines Between Entertainment and Persuasion, Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum, pp. 13 – 43 .
Ephron, E. ( 2003 ). ‘The Paradox of Product Placement,’ Mediaweek, (June 2 ), 20 .
Felten, E. W. ( 2003 ). Freedom to Tinker: Aimster Loses. Available: http://www.freedom-to-tinker.com
Fox, S. ( 1984 ). The Mirror Makers: A History of American Advertising and its Creators.
New York: William Morrow and Company, Inc.
Freys, A. ( 1993 ). ‘Naming Names,’ Managing Intellectual Property, 33 , 25 – 8 .
Friestad, M., and Wright, P. ( 1994 ). ‘The Persuasion Knowledge Model: How People
Cope with Persuasion Attempts,’ Journal of Consumer Research, 22 , 62 – 74 .
Ganguzza, P. ( 2002 ). Integrating Programming and Promotion: How it Works in
Practice. Paper presented at the annual Advertising and Consumer Psychology
conference, New York, May.
Green, M. C., Garst, J., and Brock, T. C. ( 2004 ). ‘The Power of Fiction: Determinants
and Boundaries,’ in L. J. Shrum (ed.), The Psychology of Entertainment Media:
Blurring the Lines Between Entertainment and Persuasion, Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum, pp. 161 – 76 .
Greenspan, R. ( 2003 ). Remote Power: Can PVRs Kill TV Spots? Available: http://www.internetnews.com
In-Stat/MDR ( 2004 ). Personal Video Recorders : Worldwide Unit Shipment Forecasts.
Ives, N. ( 2004 ). Commercials have Expanded into Short Films with the Story as the
Focus Rather than the Product. New York Times, (April 21 ), C 6 .
Jacoby, L. L. ( 1984 ). ‘Incidental versus Intentional Retrieval: Remembering and
Awareness as Separate Issues,’ in L. R. Squire and N. Butters (eds.), Neuropsychology of Memory, New York: Guilford Press, pp. 145 – 56 .
Kalter, A. ( 2003 ). Unnecessary Force. Adweek, (June 30 ), 18 .
Kent, R. J. ( 1995 ). ‘Competitive Clutter in Network Television Advertising: Current
Levels and Advertiser Responses,’ Journal of Advertising Research, 35 , 49 – 57 .
Law, S., and Braun-LaTour, K. A. ( 2004 ). ‘Product Placements: How to Measure their
Impact,’ in L. J. Shrum (ed.), The Psychology of Entertainment Media: Blurring the
Lines Between Entertainment and Persuasion, Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum,
pp. 63 – 78 .
Linnett, R. ( 2003 ). ‘Fox Sports Specialty: Product ‘‘Immersion,’’ ’ Advertising Age,
(January 30 ), 3 – 4 .
Marsh, H. ( 2001 ). ‘Does Reality TV Deliver for Advertisers?’ Marketing, (May 24 )
18 – 19 .
Martilla, J. A., and Thompson, D. L. ( 1966 ). ‘The Perceived Effects of Piggyback
Television Commercials,’ Journal of Marketing Research, 3 , 365 – 71 .
McCarty, J. A. ( 2004 ). ‘Product Placement: The Nature of the Practice and Potential
Avenues of Inquiry,’ in L. J. Shrum (ed.), The Psychology of Entertainment Media:
Blurring the Lines Between Entertainment and Persuasion, Mahwah, NJ: Law-
rence Erlbaum, pp. 45 – 61 .
Misdom, L. ( 2004 ). Advertising Environment Study 2003/2004. PhaseOne Communications.
Product Placement Is a Slippery Slope ( 2003 ). Television Week, (October 6 ), 8 .
Riding, A. ( 2001 ). ‘Reality TV in France: A Smash Hit with Dialectics,’ The New York
Times, (May 22 ), E 2 .
Rust, R. T., and Oliver, R. W. ( 1994 ). ‘The Death of Advertising,’ Journal of Advertising, 23 , 71 – 7 .
Schacter, D. L. ( 1987 ). ‘Implicit Memory: History and Current Status,’ Journal of
Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 13 , 501 – 18 .
Shavitt, S., Lowrey, P., and Haefner, J. ( 1998 ). ‘Public Attitudes Toward Advertising:
More Favorable Than You Might Think,’ Journal of Advertising Research, 38 , 7 – 22 .
Sherman, J. ( 2003 ). ‘New Software Fine-tunes Product Placement Values,’ TelevisionWeek, (September 15 ), 10 .
Shrum, L. J. ( 2004 ). The Psychology of Entertainment Media: Blurring the Lines
Between Entertainment and Persuasion. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.
Song, S. ( 2003 ). ‘Queer Eye, Straight Plugs,’ Time, (August 18 ), 20 .
Soriano, C. ( 2001 , February 7 ). ‘CBS, Tribe Speak Out on Lawsuit,’ USA TODAY,
Available: http://www.usatoday.com
Stanley, T. ( 2004 ). ‘A Kinder, Gentler Reality TV Unfolds,’ Advertising Age, (May 31 ),
S 12 .
Television Bureau of Advertising ( 2004 ). Network Television Commercial Activity by
Length of Commercial. Available: http://www.tvb.org
Whitney, D. ( 2003 ). ‘Integrating the Brand,’ TelevisionWeek, (March 31 ), 17 .
Zajonc, R. B. ( 1980 ). ‘Feeling and Thinking: Preferences Need no Inferences,’ Ameri-
can Psychologist, 35 , 151 – 75 .
ZenithOptimedia, Western Europe Market & MediaFact, 1996–2003.
References
Aaker, D. A., Stayman D. M., & Hagerty M. R. (1986). Warmth in Advertising: Measurement, Impact and
Sequence Effect. Journal of Consumer Research, 12, 365-381.
Axelrod, J. N., (1963). Induced Moods and Attitude toward Products. Journal of Advertising Research, 3 (2), 19-
24.
Bower, G. H., (1981). Mood and Memory. American Psychologist, 36 (2), 129-148.
Aylesworth, A. B., & MacKenzie, S. B. (1998). Context is the Key: The Effect of Program-Induced Mood on
Thoughts about the Ad. Journal of Advertising, 27 (2), 17-31.
Batra, R., & Ray, M. L., (1986). Affective Responses Mediating Acceptance of Advertising. Journal of Consumer
Research, 13, 234-249.
Cauberghe, V., Geuens, M., & De Pelsmacker, P., (2010). Context Effects of TV Programme-Induced
Interactivity and Telepresence on Advertising Responses. Faculteit Economie en Bedrijfskunde,
Universiteit Gent, working paper series no. 671.
Coulter, K. S., (1998). The Effects of Affective Responses to Media Context on Advertising Evaluations. Journal
of Advertising, 27 (4), 41-51.
De Pelsmacker, P., Geuens, M., & Ankaert, P., (2002). Media Context and Advertising Effectiveness: The Role
of Context Appreciation and Context/Ad Similarity. Journal of Advertising, 31 (2), 49-61.
Eysenk, M. W., (1984). A Handbook of Cognitive Psychology. Hillsdale, New Jersey: Lawrence Erlbaum
Associates Publishers.
Gardner, M. P., (1985). Mood States and Consumer Behavior: A Critical Review. Journal of Consumer Research,
12, 281-299.
Goldberg, M. E., & Gorn, G. J., (1987). Happy and Sad TV Programs: How They Affect Reactions to
Commercials. Journal of Consumer Research, 14, 387-403.
Handley, I. M., and Lassiter, G. D. (2002). Mood and Information Processing: When Happy and Sad Look the
Same. Motivation and Emotion, 26, 223-255.
Hosein, N. Z., (2012). Measuring the Purchase Intention of Visitors to the Auto Show. Journal of Management &
Marketing Research, 9, 1-4.
Krugman, H. E., (1983). Television Program Interest and Commercial Interruption. Journal of Advertising
Research, 23 (1), 21-23.
Medianu, S., (2007). Mood Incongruent Recall: An Examination of Mediating Variables. Lethbridge
Undergraduate Research Journal, 2, 1-5.
Moorman, M., Neijens, P. C., & Smit, E. G. (2012). Program-Involvement Effects on Commercial Attention and
Recall of Successive and Embedded Advertising. Journal of Advertising, 41(2), 25-38.
Moorman, M., Neijens, P. C., & Smit, E. G. (2007). The Effects of Program Involvement on Commercial
Exposure and Recall in a Naturalistic Setting. Journal of Advertising, 36 (1), 121-137.
Moorman, M., Neijens, P. C., & Smit, E. G. (2005). The Effects of Program Responses on the Processing of
Commercials Placed at Various Positions in the Program and the Block. Journal of Advertising Research,
45 (1), 49-59.
Murphy, J. H., Cunningham, I. C. M., & Wilcox, G. B. (1979). The Impact of Program Environment on Recall of
Humorous Television Commercials. Journal of Advertising, 8, 17-21.
Norris, C. E., & Colman, A. M., (1993). Context Effects on Memory for Television Advertisements. Social
Behavior and Personality, 21(4), 279-296.
Owolabi, A. B., (2009). Effect of Consumers Mood on Advertising Effectiveness. Europe’s Journal of
Psychology, 4, 118-127.
Parrott, W. G., & Sabini, J., (1990). Mood and Memory under Natural Conditions: Evidence for Mood-
Incongruent Recall. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 59, 321–336.
Rich, T., Owens, D., & Ellenbogen, I., (1978). What Canadians Dislike About Television Commercials. Journal
of Advertising Research, 18 (1), 37-44.
Shapiro, S., MacInnis, D. J., & Park, C. W., (2001). Understanding Program Induced Mood Effects: Decoupling
Arousal from Valence. Journal of Advertising, 31(4), 15-26.
Silk, A. J., & Vavra, T., (1974). The Influence of Advertising’s Affective Qualities on Consumer Response. In
G.D. Hughes, & M. L. Roy (Eds.), Buying Consumer Information Processing (pp. 157-186). Chapel Hill:
University of North Carolina Press.
Soldow, G. F., & Principe, V., (1981). Response to Commercials as a Function of Program Context. Journal of
Advertising Research, 21 (2), 59-65.
Srull, T., (1983). Affect and Memory: The Impact of Affective Reactions in Advertising on the Representation of
Product Information in Memory. In R. Bagossi & A. Tybout (Eds.), Advances in Consumer Research (pp.
520-525). Ann Arbor, MI: Association for Consumer Research.
Swaminathan, S., & Kent, R., (2013). Second-by-Second Analysis of Advertising Exposure in TV Pods: The
Dynamics of Position, Length, and Timing. Journal of Advertising Research, 53(1), 91-100.
Tavassoli, N. T., Shultz, C. J., & Fitzsimons, G. J., (1995). Program Involvement: Are Moderate Levels Best for
Ad Memory and Attitude Toward the Ad?. Journal of Advertising Research, 35 (5), 61-72.
REFERENCES
Aaker, David, and Douglas M. Stayman (1990), “Measuring Audience Perceptions of
Commercials and Relating them to Ad Impact,” Journal of Advertising Research, 30(4),
7-17.
Aiken, Leona S., and Stephen G. West (1991), Multiple Regression: Testing and Interpreting
Interactions, Newbury Park, CA: Sage Publications.
Alwitt, Linda F. (2002), “Suspense and Advertising Responses,” Journal of Consumer Psychology,
12(1), 35-49.
Aylesworth, Andrew, B., and Scott B. MacKenzie (1998), “Context Is Key: The Effect of
Program-Induced Mood on Thoughts about the Ad,” Journal of Advertising, 27(2), 17-31.
Broach, V. Carter, Thomas J. Page, and R. Dale Wilson (1995), “Television Programming and Its
Influence on Viewers‟ Perceptions of Commercials: The Role of Program Arousal and
Pleasantness,” Journal of Advertising, 24(4), 45-54.
Coulter, Keith S. (1998), “The Effects of Affective Responses to Media Context on Advertising
Evaluations,” Journal of Advertising, 27(4), 41-51.
Dahlén, Micael (2005), “The Medium as a Contextual Cue: Effects of Creative Media Choice,”
Journal of Advertising, 34(3), 89-98.
De Pelsmacker, Patrick, Maggie Geuens, and Pascal Anckaert (2002), “Media Context and
Advertising Effectiveness: The Role of Context Appreciation and Context/Ad Similarity,”
Journal of Advertising, 31(2), 49-61.
Edell, Julie A., and Marian Chapman Burke (1987), “The Power of Feelings in Understanding
Advertising Effects,” Journal of Consumer Research, 14(December), 421-433.
Gan, Su-Lin, Charles A. Tuggle, Michael A. Mitrook, Sylvere H. Coussement, and Dolf
Zillmann (1997), “The Thrill of a Close Game: Who Enjoys It and Who Doesn't?” Journal of Sport & Social Issues, 21, 53-64.
Goldberg, Marvin E., and Gerald J. Gorn (1987), “Happy and Sad TV Programs: How They Affect
Reactions to Commercials,” Journal of Consumer Research, 14 (December), 387-403.
Gorn, Gerald, Michel Tuan Pham, and Leo Yatming Sin (2001), “When Arousal Influences Ad
Evaluation and Valence Does Not (and Vice Versa),” Journal of Consumer Psychology,
11(1), 43-55.
Hirt, Edward R., Dolf Zillmann, Grant A. Erickson, and Chris Kennedy (1992), “Costs and
Benefits of Allegiance: Changes in Fans Self-Ascribed Competencies After Team Victory
Versus Defeat,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 63(5), 724-738.
Kamins, Michael A., Lawrence J. Marks, and Deborah Skinner (1991), “Television Commercial
Evaluation In the Context of Program Induced Mood: Congruency Versus Consistency
Effects,” Journal of Advertising, 20(2), 1-14.
Kennedy, John R. (1971), “How Program Environment Affects TV Commercials,” Journal of
Advertising Research, 11(1), 33-38.
Lord, Kenneth R., and Sanjay Putrevu (1996), “Super Bowl Ad Recall: Program and Involvement
Effects,” in Proceedings of the Society for Consumer Psychology, Paul. M. Herr and John
Kim, eds., Boulder, CO: University of Colorado Graduate School of Business, 1-7.
Madrigal, Robert (2008), “Hot vs. Cold Cognitions and Consumers‟ Reactions to Sporting Event
Outcomes,” Journal of Consumer Psychology, 18(4) 304-19.
Madrigal, Robert, Colleen Bee, Johnny Chen, Monica LaBarge (2011), “The Effect of
Suspense on Enjoyment Following a Desirable Outcome: The Mediating Role of Relief,”
Media Psychology, 14(3), 259-288.
Mattes, John and Joanne Cantor (1982), “Enhancing Responses to Television Advertisements via
the Transfer of Residual Arousal from Prior Programming,” Journal of Broadcasting, 26(Spring), 553-66.
Moorman, Marjolein, Peter C. Neijens, and Edith G. Smit (2002), “The Effects of Magazine
Induced Psychological Responses and Thematic Congruence on Memory and Attitude
Toward the Ad in a Real-Life Setting,” Journal of Advertising, 31(4), 27-40.
------, ------, and ------ (2005), “The Effects of Program Responses on the Processing of
Commercials Placed at Various Positions in the Program and the Block,” Journal of
Advertising Research, 45(1), 49-59.
------, ------, and ------ (2007), “The Effects of Program Involvement on Commercial Exposure and
Recall in a Naturalistic Setting,” Journal of Advertising, 36(1), 121-37.
Murry, John P., John L. Lastovicka, and Surendra N. Singh (1992), “Feeling and Liking Responses
to Television Programs: An Examination of Two Explanations for Media-Context Effects,”
Journal of Consumer Research, 18(March), 441-451.
Newell, Stephen J., Kenneth V. Henderson, and Bob T. Wu (2001), “The Effects of Pleasure and
Arousal on Recall of Advertisements during the Super Bowl,” Psychology & Marketing,
18(11), 1135- 53.
Pavelchak, Mark A., John H. Antil, and James M. Munch (1988), “The Super Bowl: An
Investigation into the Relationship Among Program Context, Emotional Experience, and
Ad Recall,” Journal of Consumer Research, 15(December), 360-67.
Peterson, Erik M. and Arthur A. Raney (2008), “Reconceptualizing and Reexamining Suspense as
a Predictor of Mediated Sports Enjoyment,” Journal of Broadcasting & Electronic Media,
52(4), 544-62.
Prasad, V. Kanti and Lois J. Smith (1994), “Television Commercials in Violent Programming:
An Experimental Evaluation of Their Effects on Children,” Journal of the Academy of
Marketing Science, 22(4), 340-51.
Shapiro, Stewart, Deborah J. MacInnis, and C. Whan Park (2002), “Understanding Program Induced
Mood Effects: Decoupling Arousal from Valence,” Journal of Advertising, 31(4), 15-26.
Singh, Surendra N. and Gilbert A. Churchill (1987), “Arousal and Advertising Effectiveness,”
Journal of Advertising, 16(1), 4-10.
Singh, Surendra N. and Jacqueline C. Hitchon (1989), “The Intensifying Effects of Exciting
Television Programs on the Reception of Subsequent Commercials,” Psychology &
Marketing, 6(1), 1-31.
Soldow, Gary F. and Victor Principe (1981), “Response to Commercials as a Function of Program
Context,” Journal of Advertising Research, 21(2), 59-65.
Zillmann, Dolf (1996), “The Psychology of Suspense in Dramatic Exposition,” in Suspense:
Conceptualizations, Theoretical Analyses, and Empirical Explanations, ed. Peter Vorderer,
Hans J. Wulff, and Mike Friedrichsen, Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum, 199-231.
REFERENCES
ACNE Film Showreel (2009), “Commercial for Visa—‘Superher-
oes,’” http://www.youtube.com/watch?v p doFWpiT6qjs.
Adaval, Rashmi, Linda M. Isbell, and Robert S. Wyer (2007), “The
Impact of Pictures on Narrative- and List-Based Impression
Formation: A Process Interference Model,” Journal of Ex-
perimental Social Psychology, 43 (3), 352–64.
Adaval, Rashmi, and Robert S. Wyer (1998), “The Role of Nar-
ratives in Consumer Information Processing,” Journal of Con-
sumer Psychology, 7 (3), 207–45.
Alba, Joseph W. (2012), “In Defense of Bumbling,” Journal of
Consumer Research, 38 (6), 981–87.
Albarracı´n, Dolores, Mark P. Zanna, Blair T. Johnson, and G.
Tarcan Kumkale (2005), “Attitudes: Introduction and Scope,”
in The Handbook of Attitudes, ed. Dolores Albarracı´n, Blair
T. Johnson, and Mark P. Zanna, Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum, 3–
19.
Ang, Ien, and Della Couling (1985), Watching Dallas: Soap Opera
and the Melodramatic Imagination, London: Methuen.
∗ Appel, Markus, and Barbara Malecˇkar (2012), “The Influence of
Paratext on Narrative Persuasion: Fact, Fiction, or Fake?”
Human Communication Research, 38 (4), 459–84.
Appel, Markus, and Tobias Richter (2007), “Persuasive Effects of
Fictional Narratives Increase over Time,” Media Psychology,
10 (1), 113–34.
∗ ——— (2010), “Transportation and Need for Affect in Narrative
Persuasion: A Mediated Moderation Model,” Media Psy-
chology, 13 (2), 101–35.
∗ Argo, Jennifer J., Rui Zhu, and Darren W. Dahl (2008), “Fact or
Fiction: An Investigation of Empathy Differences in Response
to Emotional Melodramatic Entertainment,” Journal of Con-
sumer Research, 34 (5), 614–23.
Bahl, Shalini, and George R. Milne (2010), “Talking to Ourselves:
A Dialogical Exploration of Consumption Experiences,”
Journal of Consumer Research, 37 (1), 176–95.
Bal, P. Matthijs, Olivia S. Butterman, and Arnold B. Bakker
(2011), “The Influence of Fictional Narrative Experience on
Work Outcomes: A Conceptual Analysis and Research
Model,” Review of General Psychology, 15 (4), 361–70.
Bandura, Albert (2004), “Health Promotion by Social Cognitive
Means,” Health Education and Behavior, 31 (2), 143–65.
∗ Banerjee, Smita C., and Kathryn Greene (2012a), “‘I Quit’ versus
‘I’m Sorry I Used’: A Preliminary Investigation of Variations
in Narrative Ending and Transportation,” Psychology and
Health, 27 (11), 1308–22.
∗ ——— (2012b), “Role of Transportation in the Persuasion Pro-
cess: Cognitive and Affective Responses to Antidrug Nar-
ratives,” Journal of Health Communication, 17 (5), 564–81.
Baranowski, Tom, Richard Buday, Debbe I. Thompson, and Janice
Baranowski (2008), “Playing for Real: Video Games and Sto-
ries for Health-Related Behavior Change,” American Journal
of Preventive Medicine, 34 (1), 74–82.
Barthes, Roland (1975), “An Introduction to the Structural Analysis
of Narrative,” New Literary History, 6 (2), 237–72.
Batra, Rajeev, and Michael L. Ray (1986), “Affective Responses
Mediating Acceptance of Advertising,” Journal of Consumer
Research, 13 (2), 234–49.
Bennett, Andrew, and Nicholas Royle (2004), Introduction to Lit-
erature, Criticism and Theory, Harlow, UK: Pearson.
Berlyne, Daniel Ellis (1960), Conflict, Arousal, and Curiosity, New
York: McGraw-Hill.
Berman, Ruth A., and Bracha Nir-sagiv (2007), “Comparing Nar-
rative and Expository Text Construction across Adolescence:
A Developmental Paradox,” Discourse Processes, 43 (2),
79–120.
Betts, George Herbert (1909), The Distribution and Functions of
Mental Imagery, New York: Columbia University Press.
Bilandzic, Helena, and Rick W. Busselle (2008), “Transportation
and Transportability in the Cultivation of Genre-Consistent
Attitudes and Estimates,” Journal of Communication, 58 (3),
508–29.
Borenstein, Michael, Larry V. Hedges, Julian P. T. Higgins, and
Hannah R. Rothstein (2005), “Comprehensive Meta-Analy-
sis,” unpublished manuscript, Biostat, Englewood, NJ.
Borghini, Stefania, Nina Diamond, Robert V. Kozinets, Mary Ann
McGrath, Albert M. Mun˜iz Jr., and John F. Sherry Jr. (2009),
“Why Are Themed Brandstores So Powerful? Retail Brand
Ideology at American Girl Place,” Journal of Retailing, 85
(3), 363–75.
Boyd, Brian (2009), On the Origin of Stories: Evolution, Cogni-
tion, and Fiction, Cambridge, MA: Belknap Press of Harvard
University Press.
Bozarth, Jerold D., and Ralph R. Roberts (1972), “Signifying Sig-
nificant Significance,” American Psychologist, 27 (8), 774–
75.
Bracken, Cheryl Campanella (2006), “Perceived Source Credibility
of Local Television News: The Impact of Television Form
and Presence,” Journal of Broadcasting and Electronic Me-
dia, 50 (4), 723–41.
∗ Braverman, Julia (2008), “Testimonials versus Informational Per-
suasive Messages: The Moderating Effect of Delivery Mode
and Personal Involvement,” Communication Research, 35 (5),
666–94.
Brinberg, David, and Anne Hamby (2012), “Narrative Persuasion:
Applications and Reflections on This Approach from Three
Disciplines,” Advances in Consumer Research, 40 (1), 191–94.
Brown, Stephen (1995), “Postmodern Marketing Research: No
Representation without Taxation,” Journal of the Market Re-
search Society, 37 (3), 287–310.
Bruner, Jerome (1986), Actual Minds, Possible Worlds, Cambridge,
MA: Harvard University Press.
Busselle, Rick W., and Helena Bilandzic (2008), “Fictionality and
Perceived Realism in Experiencing Stories: A Model of Nar-
rative Comprehension and Engagement,” Communication
Theory, 18 (2), 255–80.
∗ Caputo, Nicole Mossing, and Donna Rouner (2011), “Narrative
Processing of Entertainment Media and Mental Illness Stigma,”
Health Communication, 26 (7), 595–604.
Cartier (2012), “L’Odysse´e de Cartier,” http://www.youtube.com
/watch?v p yaBNjTtCxd4&feature p c4-overview&playnext
p 1&list p TLwEjuL8h5I9o.
Chaiken, Shelly (1980), “Heuristic versus Systematic Information
Processing and the Use of Source versus Message Cues in
Persuasion,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
39 (5), 752–66.
——— (1987), “The Heuristic Model of Persuasion,” in Social
Influence: The Ontario Symposium, Vol. 5, ed. Mark P. Zanna,
James M. Olson, and C. Peter Herman, Hillsdale, NJ: Erl-
baum, 3–39.
∗ Chang, Chingching (2009), “‘Being Hooked’ by Editorial Con-
tent: The Implications for Processing Narrative Advertising,”
Journal of Advertising, 38 (1), 21–33.
Chase, Susan E. (1995), “Taking Narrative Seriously: Conse-
quences for Method and Theory in Interview Studies,” in
Interpreting Experience: The Narrative Study of Lives, ed.
Ruthellen Josselson and Amia Lieblich, Thousand Oaks, CA:
Sage, 1–26.
Cheung, Mike W. L., and Wai Chan (2005), “Meta-Analytic Struc-
tural Equation Modeling: A Two-Stage Approach,” Psycho-
logical Methods, 10 (1), 40–64.
Chronis, Anthinodoros (2008), “Co-constructing the Narrative Ex-
perience: Staging and Consuming the American Civil War at
Gettysburg,” Journal of Marketing Management, 24 (1/2),
5–27.
Cohen, Jacob (1992), “A Power Primer,” Psychological Bulletin,
112 (1), 155–59.
Csikszentmihalyi, Mihaly (1992), Flow: The Psychology of Hap-
piness, New York: Harper & Row.
Dal Cin, Sonya, Bryan Gibson, Mark P. Zanna, Roberta Shumate,
and Geoffrey T. Fong (2007), “Smoking in Movies, Implicit
Associations of Smoking with the Self, and Intentions to
Smoke,” Psychological Science, 18 (7), 559–63.
∗ Dal Cin, Sonya, Mark P. Zanna, and Geoffrey T. Fong (2004),
“Narrative Persuasion and Overcoming Resistance,” in Re-sistance and Persuasion, ed. Eric S. Knowles and Jay A. Linn,
Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum, 175–91.
David, Bruno, and Meredith Wilson (2002), “Spaces of Resistance:
Graffiti and Indigenous Place Markings in the Early European
Contact Period of Northern Australia,” in Inscribed Land-
scapes: Marking and Making Place, ed. Bruno David and
Meredith Wilson, Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press.
Davis, Mark H. (1983), “Measuring Individual Differences in Em-
pathy: Evidence for a Multidimensional Approach,” Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 44 (1), 113–26.
De Certeau, Michel Jean Emmanuel de La Barge (1984), The Prac-
tice of Everyday Life, Berkeley: University of California Press.
Deighton, John (1992), “The Consumption of Performance,” Jour-
nal of Consumer Research, 19 (3), 362–72.
Deighton, John, Daniel Romer, and Josh McQueen (1989), “Using
Drama to Persuade,” Journal of Consumer Research, 16 (3),
335–43.
Diamond, Nina, John F. Sherry, Albert M. Mun˜iz, Mary Ann
McGrath, Robert V. Kozinets, and Stefania Borghini (2009),
“American Girl and the Brand Gestalt: Closing the Loop on
Sociocultural Branding Research,” Journal of Marketing, 73
(3), 118–34.
Diekman, Amanda, and Sarah Murnen (2004), “Learning to Be
Little Women and Little Men: The Inequitable Gender Equal-
ity of Nonsexist Children’s Literature,” Sex Roles, 50 (5),
373–85.
Dunlop, Sally M., Melanie Wakefield, and Yoshihisa Kashima
(2008), “The Contribution of Antismoking Advertising to
Quitting: Intra- and Interpersonal Processes,” Journal of
Health Communication, 13 (3), 250–66.
∗ ——— (2010), “Pathways to Persuasion: Cognitive and Expe-
riential Responses to Health-Promoting Mass Media Mes-
sages,” Communication Research, 37 (1), 133–64.
Eagle, Lynne (2007), “Commercial Media Literacy,” Journal of
Advertising, 36 (2), 101–10.
Eagly, Alice H., and Shelly Chaiken (1993), The Psychology of
Attitudes, Fort Worth, TX: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich.
Eco, Umberto (1994), Six Walks in the Fictional Woods, Cam-
bridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Edell, Julie A., and Marian Chapman Burke (1987), “The Power
of Feelings in Understanding Advertising Effects,” Journal
of Consumer Research, 14 (3), 421–33.
Epp, Amber M., and Linda L. Price (2008), “Family Identity: A
Framework of Identity Interplay in Consumption Practices,”
Journal of Consumer Research, 35 (1), 50–70.
Escalas, Jennifer Edson (1998), “Advertising Narratives: What Are
They and How Do They Work?” in Representing Consumers:
Voices, Views, and Visions, ed. Barbara B. Stern, London:
Routledge, 267–89.
∗ ——— (2004a), “Imagine Yourself in the Product: Mental Sim-
ulation, Narrative Transportation, and Persuasion,” Journal of
Advertising, 33 (2), 37–48.
∗ ——— (2004b), “Narrative Processing: Building Consumer Con-
nections to Brands,” Journal of Consumer Psychology, 14 (1/
2), 168–80.
∗ ——— (2007), “Self-Referencing and Persuasion: Narrative
Transportation versus Analytical Elaboration,” Journal of
Consumer Research, 33 (4), 421–29.
Escalas, Jennifer Edson, Marian Chapman Moore, and Julie Edell
Britton (2004), “Fishing for Feelings? Hooking Viewers
Helps!” Journal of Consumer Psychology, 14 (1–2), 105–14.
Escalas, Jennifer Edson, and Barbara B. Stern (2003), “Sympathyand Empathy: Emotional Responses to Advertising Dramas,”
Journal of Consumer Research, 29 (4), 566–78.
Fish, Stanley Eugene (1980), Is There a Text in This Class? The
Authority of Interpretive Communities, Cambridge, MA: Har-
vard University Press.
Fishbein, Martin, and Marco C. Yzer (2003), “Using Theory to
Design Effective Health Behavior Interventions,” Commu-
nication Theory, 13 (2), 164–83.
Frijda, Nico H., Andrew Ortony, Joep Sonnemans, and Gerald L.
Clore (1992), “The Complexity of Intensity: Issues Concern-
ing the Structure of Emotion Intensity,” in Emotion: Review
of Personality and Social Psychology, Vol. 13, ed. Margaret
S. Clark, Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage, 60–89.
Frye, Herman Northrop (1957/1973), Anatomy of Criticism: Four
Essays, Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
Genette, Ge´rard (1979/1992), The Architext: An Introduction,
Berkeley: University of California Press.
Gergen, Kenneth J., and Mary M. Gergen (1988), “Narrative and
the Self as Relationship,” in Advances in Experimental Social
Psychology, Vol. 21, ed. Leonard Berkowitz, New York: Ac-
ademic Press, 17–56.
Gerrig, Richard J. (1993), Experiencing Narrative Worlds: On the
Psychological Activities of Reading, New Haven, CT: Yale
University Press.
Ginns, Paul (2005), “Meta-Analysis of the Modality Effect,”
Learning and Instruction, 15 (4), 313–31.
Grayson, Kent (1997), “Narrative Theory and Consumer Research:
Theoretical and Methodological Perspectives,” Advances in
Consumer Research, 24 (1), 67–70.
∗ Green, Melanie C. (2004), “Transportation into Narrative Worlds:
The Role of Prior Knowledge and Perceived Realism,” Dis-
course Processes, 38 (2), 247–67.
——— (2006), “Narratives and Cancer Communication,” Journal
of Communication, 56 (S1), S163–S183.
——— (2008), “Transportation Theory,” in International Ency-
clopedia of Communication, ed. Wolfgang Donsbach, Oxford:
Wiley-Blackwell, 5170–75.
∗ Green, Melanie C., and Timothy C. Brock (2000), “The Role of
Transportation in the Persuasiveness of Public Narratives,”
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 79 (5), 701–
21.
——— (2002), “In the Mind’s Eye: Transportation-Imagery
Model of Narrative Persuasion,” in Narrative Impact: Social
and Cognitive Foundations., ed. Melanie C. Green, Jeffrey J.
Strange, and Timothy C. Brock, Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum,
315–41.
Green, Melanie C., Timothy C. Brock, and Geoff F. Kaufman
(2004), “Understanding Media Enjoyment: The Role of Trans-
portation into Narrative Worlds,” Communication Theory, 14
(4), 311–27.
∗ Green, Melanie C., and John K. Donahue (2011), “Persistence
of Belief Change in the Face of Deception: The Effect of
Factual Stories Revealed to Be False,” Media Psychology, 14
(3), 312–31.
Green, Melanie C., Jennifer Garst, and Timothy C. Brock (2004),
“The Power of Fiction: Determinants and Boundaries,” in The
Psychology of Entertainment Media: Blurring the Lines be-
tween Entertainment and Persuasion, ed. L. J. Shrum, Mah-
wah, NJ: Erlbaum, 161–76.
∗ Green, Melanie C., Sheryl Kass, Jana Carrey, Benjamin Herzig,
Ryan Feeney, and John Sabini (2008), “Transportation across
Media: Repeated Exposure to Print and Film,” Media Psy-
chology, 11 (4), 512–39.
Greenwood, Dara N. (2007), “Are Female Action Heroes Risky
Role Models? Character Identification, Idealization, and
Viewer Aggression,” Sex Roles, 57 (9–10), 725–32.
Hall, Alice (2009), “Perceptions of the Authenticity of Reality
Programs and Their Relationships to Audience Involvement,
Enjoyment, and Perceived Learning,” Journal of Broadcast-
ing and Electronic Media, 53 (4), 515–31.
Head, Gabriela, Hope Jensen Schau, and Katherine Thompson
(2011), “Facilitating Collective Brand Engagement and Col-
laborative Production through Cultural Marketing,” in Mar-
keting Management: A Cultural Perspective, ed. Lisa Pen˜a-
loza, Nil Toulouse, and Luca M. Visconti, London: Routledge,
194–211.
Hoffner, Cynthia A., Kenneth J. Levine, and Raiza A. Toohey
(2008), “Socialization to Work in Late Adolescence: The Role
of Television and Family,” Journal of Broadcasting and Elec-
tronic Media, 52 (2), 282–302.
Holbrook, Morris B., and Rajeev Batra (1987), “Assessing the Role
of Emotions as Mediators of Consumer Responses to Ad-
vertising,” Journal of Consumer Research, 14 (3), 404–20.
Holt, Douglas B. (1995), “How Consumers Consume: A Typology
of Consumption Practices,” Journal of Consumer Research,
22 (1), 1–16.
——— (1997), “Poststructuralist Lifestyle Analysis: Conceptu-
alizing the Social Patterning of Consumption in Postmoder-
nity,” Journal of Consumer Research, 23 (4), 326–50.
——— (2002), “Why Do Brands Cause Trouble? A Dialectical
Theory of Consumer Culture and Branding,” Journal of Con-
sumer Research, 29 (1), 70–90.
Hood, Ralph W., Jr. (1975), “The Construction and Preliminary
Validation of a Measure of Reported Mystical Experience,”
Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 14 (1), 29–41.
Howard, Daniel J., and Charles Gengler (2001), “Emotional Con-
tagion Effects on Product Attitudes,” Journal of Consumer
Research, 28 (2), 189–201.
Hullett, Craig R., and Timothy R. Levine (2003), “The Overesti-
mation of Effect Sizes from F Values in Meta-Analysis: The
Cause and a Solution,” Communication Monographs, 70 (1),
52–67.
Hunter, John Edward, and Frank L. Schmidt (2004), Methods of
Meta-Analysis: Correcting Error and Bias in Research Find-
ings, Newbury Park, CA: Sage.
Jaguar (2013), “Jaguar F-Type Presents Desire,” http://www.you
tube.com/watch?feature p player_embedded&v p Trlv9Ud
IheM.
∗ Jensen, Jakob D., Jennifer K. Bernat, Kari M. Wilson, and Julie
Goonewardene (2011), “The Delay Hypothesis: The Mani-
festation of Media Effects over Time,” Human Communica-
tion Research, 37 (4), 509–28.
John, Deborah Roedder (1999), “Consumer Socialization of Chil-
dren: A Retrospective Look at Twenty-Five Years of Re-
search,” Journal of Consumer Research, 26 (3), 183–213.
∗ Karapanos, Evangelos, Mary Barreto, Valentina Nisi, and Evan-
gelos Niforatos (2012), “Does Locality Make a Difference?
Assessing the Effectiveness of Location-Aware Narratives,”
Interacting with Computers, 24 (4), 273–79.
∗ Kaufman, Geoff F., and Lisa K. Libby (2012), “Changing Beliefs
and Behavior through Experience-Taking,” Journal of Per-
sonality and Social Psychology, 103 (1), 1–19.
Kozinets, Robert V. (2002), “Can Consumers Escape the Market?
Emancipatory Illuminations from Burning Man,” Journal of
Consumer Research, 29 (1), 20–38.
Kozinets, Robert V., Kristine de Valck, Andrea C. Wojnicki, andSarah J. S. Wilner (2010), “Networked Narratives: Under-
standing Word-of-Mouth Marketing in Online Communities,”
Journal of Marketing, 74 (2), 71–89.
∗ Krakowiak, K. Maja, and Mary Beth Oliver (2012), “When Good
Characters Do Bad Things: Examining the Effect of Moral
Ambiguity on Enjoyment,” Journal of Communication, 62
(1), 117–35.
Ku¨ntay, Aylin (2002), “Development of the Expression of Indef-
initeness: Presenting New Referents in Turkish Picture-Series
Stories,” Discourse Processes, 33 (1), 77–102.
∗ LaMarre, Heather L., and Kristen D. Landreville (2009), “When
Is Fiction as Good as Fact? Comparing the Influence of Doc-
umentary and Historical Reenactment Films on Engagement,
Affect, Issue Interest, and Learning,” Mass Communication
and Society, 12 (4), 537–55.
Lasswell, Harold D. (1948), “The Structure and Function of Com-
munication in Society,” in The Communication of Ideas: A
Series of Addresses, ed. Lyman Bryson, New York: Institute
for Religious and Social Studies, 37–51.
∗ Lochbuehler, Kirsten, Michiel Peters, Ron H. J. Scholte, and
Rutger C. M. E. Engels (2010), “Effects of Smoking Cues in
Movies on Immediate Smoking Behavior,” Nicotine and To-
bacco Research, 12 (9), 913–18.
Luedicke, Marius K., Craig J. Thompson, and Markus Giesler
(2010), “Consumer Identity Work as Moral Protagonism: How
Myth and Ideology Animate a Brand-Mediated Moral Con-
flict,” Journal of Consumer Research, 36 (6), 1016–32.
Magnum Ice Cream US (2013), “Magnum Ice Cream Presents as
Good as Gold Starring Joe Manganiello, Caroline Correa &
Zac Posen,” http://www.youtube.com/watch?v p reTPmnvJ3
Ng&feature p youtu.be.
Mar, Raymond A., Keith Oatley, Jacob Hirsh, Jennifer de la Paz,
and Jordan B. Peterson (2006), “Bookworms versus Nerds:
Exposure to Fiction versus Non-fiction, Divergent Associa-
tions with Social Ability, and the Simulation of Fictional So-
cial Worlds,” Journal of Research in Personality, 40 (5),
694–712.
∗ Marsh, Elizabeth J., and Lisa K. Fazio (2006), “Learning Errors
from Fiction: Difficulties in Reducing Reliance on Fictional
Stories,” Memory and Cognition, 34 (5), 1140–49.
∗ Mazzocco, Philip J., Melanie C. Green, Jo A. Sasota, and Norman
W. Jones (2010), “This Story Is Not for Everyone: Trans-
portability and Narrative Persuasion,” Social Psychological
and Personality Science, 1 (4), 361–68.
McCracken, Grant (1986), “Culture and Consumption: A Theo-
retical Account of the Structure and Movement of the Cultural
Meaning of Consumer Goods,” Journal of Consumer Re-
search, 13 (1), 71–84.
——— (2005), Culture and Consumption II: Markets, Meaning,
and Brand Management, Bloomington: Indiana University
Press.
McGill, Ann, Laura Peracchio, and Mary Frances Luce (2011),
“Solidarity of Purpose: Building an Understanding of Con-
sumers through a Community of Scholars,” Journal of Con-
sumer Research, 38 (1), ii–viii.
Moore, Sarah G. (2012), “Some Things Are Better Left Unsaid:
How Word of Mouth Influences the Storyteller,” Journal of
Consumer Research, 38 (6), 1140–54.
Morgan, Susan E., Lauren Movius, and Michael J. Cody (2009),
“The Power of Narratives: The Effect of Entertainment Tele-
vision Organ Donation Storylines on the Attitudes, Knowl-
edge, and Behaviors of Donors and Nondonors,” Journal of
Communication, 59 (1), 135–51.
Moyer-Guse´, Emily (2008), “Toward a Theory of Entertainment
Persuasion: Explaining the Persuasive Effects of Entertain-
ment-Education Messages,” Communication Theory, 18 (3),
407–25.
∗ Moyer-Guse´, Emily, and Robin L. Nabi (2010), “Explaining the
Effects of Narrative in an Entertainment Television Program:
Overcoming Resistance to Persuasion,” Human Communi-
cation Research, 36 (1), 26–52.
Muniz, Albert M., and Thomas C. O’Guinn (2001), “Brand Com-
munity,” Journal of Consumer Research, 27 (4), 412–32.
Nabi, Robin L., and Marina Krcmar (2004), “Conceptualizing Me-
dia Enjoyment as Attitude: Implications for Mass Media Ef-
fects Research,” Communication Theory, 14 (4), 288–310.
∗ Nabi, Robin L., Carnien R. Stitt, Jeff Halford, and Keli L. Fin-
nerty (2006), “Emotional and Cognitive Predictors of the En-
joyment of Reality-Based and Fictional Television Program-
ming: An Elaboration of the Uses and Gratifications
Perspective,” Media Psychology, 8 (4), 421–47.
Nell, Victor (1988), Lost in a Book: The Psychology of Reading
for Pleasure, New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.
∗ Nielsen, Jesper H., and Jennifer Edson Escalas (2010), “Easier
Is Not Always Better: The Moderating Role of Processing
Type on Preference Fluency,” Journal of Consumer Psy-
chology, 20 (3), 295–305.
Paharia, Neeru, Anat Keinan, Jill Avery, and Juliet B. Schor
(2011), “The Underdog Effect: The Marketing of Disadvan-
tage and Determination through Brand Biography,” Journal
of Consumer Research, 37 (5), 775–90.
Pen˜aloza, Lisa (2001), “Consuming the American West: Animating
Cultural Meaning and Memory at a Stock Show and Rodeo,”
Journal of Consumer Research, 28 (3), 369–98.
Pennington, Nancy, and Reid Hastie (1988), “Explanation-Based
Decision Making: Effects of Memory Structure on Judgment,”
Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and
Cognition, 14 (3), 521–33.
Peracchio, Laura A. (1992), “How Do Young Children Learn to
Be Consumers? A Script-Processing Approach,” Journal of
Consumer Research, 18 (4), 425–40.
——— (1993), “Young Children’s Processing of a Televised Nar-
rative: Is a Picture Really Worth a Thousand Words?” Journal
of Consumer Research, 20 (2), 281–93.
Petty, Richard E., and John T. Cacioppo (1986), Communication
and Persuasion: Central and Peripheral Routes to Attitude
Change, New York: Springer.
Petty, Richard E., and Duane T. Wegener (1998), “Attitude Change:
Multiple Roles for Persuasion Variables,” in The Handbook
of Social Psychology, ed. Daniel Todd Gilbert, Susan T. Fiske,
and Gardner Lindzey, Boston: McGraw-Hill, 323–90.
Phillips, Barbara J., and Edward F. McQuarrie (2010), “Narrative
and Persuasion in Fashion Advertising,” Journal of Consumer
Research, 37 (3), 368–92.
Piaget, Jean (1972), “Intellectual Evolution from Adolescence to
Adulthood,” Human Development, 15 (1), 1–12.
Podsakoff, Philip M., Scott B. MacKenzie, Jeong-Yeon Lee, and
Nathan P. Podsakoff (2003), “Common Method Biases in
Behavioral Research: A Critical Review of the Literature and
Recommended Remedies,” Journal of Applied Psychology,
88 (5), 879–903.
Polichak, James W., and Richard J. Gerrig (2002), “‘Get Up and
Win!’ Participatory Responses to Narrative,” in Narrative Im-
pact: Social and Cognitive Foundations, ed. Timothy C.
Brock, Melanie C. Green, and Jeffrey J. Strange, Mahwah,
NJ: Erlbaum. Radway, Janice A. (1984), Reading the Romance: Women, Patri-
archy and Popular Literature, Chapel Hill: University of
North Carolina Press.
Ritson, Mark, and Richard Elliott (1999), “The Social Uses of
Advertising: An Ethnographic Study of Adolescent Adver-
tising Audiences,” Journal of Consumer Research, 26 (3),
260–77.
Rosenthal, Robert (1991), Meta-Analytic Procedures for Social
Research, Newbury Park, CA: Sage.
Ryokai, Kimiko, Vaucelle Cati, and Cassell Justine (2003), “Virtual
Peers as Partners in Storytelling and Literacy Learning,” Jour-
nal of Computer Assisted Learning, 19 (2), 195–208.
∗ Schlosser, Ann E. (2003), “Experiencing Products in the Virtual
World: The Role of Goal and Imagery in Influencing Attitudes
versus Purchase Intentions,” Journal of Consumer Research,
30 (2), 184–98.
Schrøder, Kim C. (1994), “Audience Semiotics, Interpretive Com-
munities and the Ethnographic Turn in Media Research,” Me-
dia, Culture and Society, 16 (2), 337–47.
Scott, Linda M. (1994), “Images in Advertising: The Need for a
Theory of Visual Rhetoric,” Journal of Consumer Research,
21 (2), 252–73.
∗ Sestir, Marc, and Melanie C. Green (2010), “You Are Who You
Watch: Identification and Transportation Effects on Tempo-
rary Self-Concept,” Social Influence, 5 (4), 272–88.
Shankar, Avi, Richard Elliott, and Christina Goulding (2001), “Un-
derstanding Consumption: Contributions from a Narrative
Perspective,” Journal of Marketing Management, 17 (3/4),
429–53.
Shavitt, Sharon (2011), “What’s New? Novelty in Consumer Re-
search,” presidential address, Assocation for Consumer Re-
search, St. Louis.
Shen, Lijiang (2010), “Mitigating Psychological Reactance: The
Role of Message-Induced Empathy in Persuasion,” Human
Communication Research, 36 (3), 397–422.
Sherry, John F., Jr., Robert V. Kozinets, Diana Storm, Adam Du-
hachek, Krittinee Nuttavuthisit, and Bene´t DeBerry-Spence
(2001), “Being in the Zone,” Journal of Contemporary Eth-
nography, 30 (4), 465–510.
Simon, Bryant (2009), Everything but the Coffee: Learning about
America from Starbucks, Berkeley: University of California
Press.
Singhal, Arvind, and Everett M. Rogers (2002), “A Theoretical
Agenda for Entertainment-Education,” Communication The-
ory, 12 (2), 117–35.
Slater, Michael D. (2002a), “Entertainment Education and the Per-
suasive Impact of Narratives,” in Narrative Impact: Social
and Cognitive Foundations, ed. Timothy C. Brock, Melanie
C. Green, and Jeffrey J. Strange, Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum,
157–81.
——— (2002b), “Involvement as Goal-Directed Strategic Pro-
cessing: Extending the Elaboration Likelihood Model,” in The
Persuasion Handbook: Developments in Theory and Practice,
ed. James Price Dillard and Michael Pfau, Thousand Oaks,
CA: Sage, 175–94.
Slater, Michael D., David B. Buller, Emily Waters, Margarita Ar-
chibeque, and Michelle LeBlanc (2003), “A Test of Conver-
sational and Testimonial Messages versus Didactic Presen-
tations of Nutrition Information,” Journal of Nutrition
Education and Behavior, 35 (5), 255–59.
Slater, Michael D., and Donna Rouner (2002), “Entertainment-
Education and Elaboration Likelihood: Understanding theProcessing of Narrative Persuasion,” Communication Theory,
12 (2), 173–91.
Slater, Michael D., Donna Rouner, and Marilee Long (2006), “Tele-
vision Dramas and Support for Controversial Public Policies:
Effects and Mechanisms,” Journal of Communication, 56 (2),
235–52.
Smith, Keri (2007), The Guerilla Art Kit, New York: Princeton
Architectural.
Stern, Barbara B. (1992), “Feminist Literary Theory and Adver-
tising Research: A New ‘Reading’ of the Text and the Con-
sumer,” Journal of Current Issues and Research in Advertis-
ing, 14 (1), 9–21.
——— (1993), “Feminist Literary Criticism and the Deconstruc-
tion of Ads: A Postmodern View of Advertising and Con-
sumer Responses,” Journal of Consumer Research, 19 (4),
556–66.
——— (1994), “Authenticity and the Textual Persona: Postmodern
Paradoxes in Advertising Narrative,” International Journal of
Research in Marketing, 11 (4), 387–400.
——— (1995), “Consumer Myths: Frye’s Taxonomy and the
Structural Analysis of Consumption Text,” Journal of Con-
sumer Research, 22 (2), 165–85.
——— (1997), “Postmodern Consumer Research Narratives:
Problems in Construct Definition, Structure, and Classifica-
tion,” Advances in Consumer Research, 24 (1), 68–69.
Stern, Barbara B., Craig J. Thompson, and Eric J. Arnould (1998),
“Narrative Analysis of a Marketing Relationship: The Con-
sumer’s Perspective,” Psychology and Marketing, 15 (3),
195–214.
Sun, Shuyan (2011), “Meta-Analysis of Cohen’s Kappa,” Health
Services and Outcomes Research Methodology, 11 (3–4),
145–63.
Tellegen, Auke, and Gilbert Atkinson (1974), “Openness to Ab-
sorbing and Self-Altering Experiences (‘Absorption’), a Trait
Related to Hypnotic Susceptibility,” Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 83 (3), 268–77.
Thompson, Craig J. (1997), “Interpreting Consumers: A Herme-
neutical Framework for Deriving Marketing Insights from the
Texts of Consumers’ Consumption Stories,” Journal of Mar-
keting Research, 34 (4), 438–55.
Thompson, Craig, and Kelly Tian (2008), “Reconstructing the
South: How Commercial Myths Compete for Identity Value
through the Ideological Shaping of Popular Memories and
Countermemories,” Journal of Consumer Research, 34 (5),
595–613.
Valentine, Jeffrey C., Therese D. Pigott, and Hannah R. Rothstein
(2010), “How Many Studies Do You Need?” Journal of Ed-
ucational and Behavioral Statistics, 35 (2), 215–47.
∗ Van den Hende, Ellis A., Jan P. L. Schoormans, Kaj P. N. Morel,
Tatiana Lashina, Evert van Loenen, and Erik I. de Boevere
(2007), “Using Early Concept Narratives to Collect Valid Cus-
tomer Input about Breakthrough Technologies: The Effect of
Application Visualization on Transportation,” Technological
Forecasting and Social Change, 74 (9), 1773–87.
∗ Van Laer, Tom (2013), “The Means to Justify the End: Combating
Cyber Harassment in Social Media,” Journal of Business
Ethics, 115 (3), forthcoming.
∗ Van Laer, Tom, and Ko de Ruyter (2010), “In Stories We Trust:
How Narrative Apologies Provide Cover for Competitive Vul-
nerability after Integrity-Violating Blog Posts,” International
Journal of Research in Marketing, 27 (2), 164–74.
∗ Van Laer, Tom, Ko de Ruyter, and David Cox (2013), “A Walk
in Customers’ Shoes: How Attentional Bias Modification Af-fects Ownership of Integrity-Violating Social Media Posts,”
Journal of Interactive Marketing, 27 (1), 14–27.
Visconti, Luca M., John F. Sherry Jr., Stefania Borghini, and Laurel
Anderson (2010), “Street Art, Sweet Art? Reclaiming the
‘Public’ in Public Place,” Journal of Consumer Research, 37
(3), 511–29.
∗ Volkman, Julie E., and Roxanne L. Parrott (2012), “Expressing
Emotions as Evidence in Osteoporosis Narratives: Effects on
Message Processing and Intentions,” Human Communication
Research, 38 (4), 429–58.
Vygotsky, Lev Semenovicˇ, and Michael Cole (1978), Mind and
Society: The Development of Higher Psychological Processes,
Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
∗ Wang, Jing, and Bobby J. Calder (2006), “Media Transportation
and Advertising,” Journal of Consumer Research, 33 (2),
151–62.
Weick, Karl E. (1995), Sensemaking in Organizations, Thousand
Oaks, CA: Sage.
∗ Williams, Jessica H., Melanie C. Green, Connie Kohler, Jeroan
J. Allison, and Thomas K. Houston (2011), “Stories to Com-
municate Risks about Tobacco: Development of a Brief Scale
to Measure Transportation into a Video Story—the Acce Proj-
ect,” Health Education Journal, 70 (2), 184–91.
Wood, Wendy, Carl A. Kallgren, and Rebecca M. Preisler (1985),
“Access to Attitude-Relevant Information in Memory as a
Determinant of Persuasion: The Role of Message Attrib-
utes,” Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 21 (1),
73–85.
Yannopoulou, Natalia, and Richard Elliott (2008), “Open versus
Closed Advertising Texts and Interpretive Communities,” In-
ternational Journal of Advertising, 27 (1), 9–36.
∗ Zwarun, Lara, and Alice Hall (2012), “Narrative Persuasion,
Transportation, and the Role of Need for Cognition in Online
Viewing of Fantastical Films,” Media Psychology, 15 (3),
327–55.
References
Arnold, M. B. (1960). Emotion and personality: Vol. 1. Psychological aspects. New York: Columbia University
Press.
Bachorowski, J. A. (1999). Vocal expression and perception of emotion. Current Directions in Psychological Sci-
ence, 8, 53–57.
Bargh, J. A., & Ferguson, M. J. (2000). Beyond behaviorism: On the automaticity of higher mental processes. Psy-
chological Bulletin, 126, 925–945.
Bargh, J. A., Chaiken, S., Govender, R., & Pratto, F. (1992). The generality of the automatic attitude activation
e V ect. Journal of Personality Social Psychology, 62, 893–912.
Bargh, J. A., Chaiken, S., Raymond, P., & Hymes, C. (1996). The automatic evaluation e V ect: Unconditional auto-
matic attitude activation with a pronunciation task. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 32, 104–128.
Barrett, L. F. (1996). Hedonic tone, perceived arousal, and item desirability: Three components of a V ective experi-
ence. Cognition and Emotion, 10, 47–68.
Barrett, L. F. (1998). Discrete emotions or dimensions. The role of valence focus and arousal focus. Cognition and
Emotion, 12, 579–599.
Barrett, L. F. (2004). Feelings or words. Understanding the content in self-report ratings of emotional experience.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 87, 266–281.
Barrett, L. F. (in press, a). Are emotions natural kinds? Perspectives on Psychological Science.
Barrett, L. F. (in press, b). Solving the emotion paradox: Categorization and the experience of emotion. Personal-
ity and Social Psychology Review.
Barrett, L. F., Gross, J., Conner, T., & Benvenuto, M. (2001). Emotion di V erentiation and regulation. Cognition
and Emotion, 15, 713–724.
Barrett, L. F., & Niedenthal, P. M. (2004). Valence focus and the perception of facial a V ect. Emotion, 4, 266–274.
Barrett, L. F., Ochsner, K. N., & Gross, J. J. (in press). Automaticity and emotion. In J. Bargh (Ed.), Automatic
processes in social thinking and behavior. New York: Psychology Press.
Barrett, L. F., & Pietromonaco, P. (in preparation). Valence focus and self-esteem lability, Boston College.
Barrett, L. F., Quigley, K., Bliss-Moreau, E., & Aronson, K. R. (2004). Arousal focus and interoceptive sensitivity.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 87, 684–697.
Baxter, M. G., & Murray, E. A. (2002). The amygdala and reward. Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 3, 563–573.
Bolger, N., & Schilling, E. A. (1991). Personality and the problems of everyday life: The role of neuroticism in
exposure and reactivity to daily stressors. Journal of Personality. Special Issue: Personality and daily experi-
ence, 59, 355–386.
Bolger, N., & Zuckerman, A. (1995). A framework for studying personality in the stress process. Journal of Per-
sonality and Social Psychology, 69, 890–902.
Bradley, M. M., & Lang, P. J. (2000). Measuring emotion: behavior, feeling, and physiology. In R. D. Lane & L.
Nadel (Eds.), Cognitive neuroscience of emotion (pp. 242–276). New York: Oxford University Press.
Bremner, J. D. (2003). Long-term e V ects of childhood abuse on brain and neurobiology. Child Adolescence Psychi-
atric Clinics of North America, 12, 271–292.
Brendl, C. M., & Higgins, E. T. (1995). Principles of judging valence: What makes events positive or negative?
Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 28, 95–160.
Bridges, K. (1932). Emotional development in early infancy. Child Development, 3, 324–334.
Burnkrant, R. E., & Page, T. J. (1984). A modi W cation to Fenigstein, Scheier, and Buss self-consciousness scales.
Journal of Personality Assessment, 48, 629–637.
Cacioppo, J. T., & Gardner, W. L. (1999). Emotion. Annual Review of Psychology, 50, 191–214.
Cacioppo, J. T., & Petty, R. E. (1982). The need for cognition. Journal of Personality Social Psychology, 42, 116–131.
Cacioppo, J. T., Berntson, G. G., Klein, D. J., & Poehlmann, K. M. (1997). The psychophysiology of emotion
across the lifespan. Annual Review of Gerontology and Geriatrics, 17, 27–74.
Cacioppo, J. T., Berntson, G. G., Larsen, J. T., Poehlmann, K. M., & Ito, T. A. (2000). The psychophysiology of
emotion. In R. Lewis & J. M. Haviland-Jones (Eds.), The handbook of emotion (2nd ed., pp. 173–191). New
York: Guilford Press.
Cahill, L., Haier, R. J., Fallon, F., Alkire, M. T., Tang, C., Keator, D., Wu, J., & McGaugh, J. L. (1996). Amygdala
activity at encoding correlated with long-term, free recall of emotional information. Proceedings of the
National Academy of Sciences, 93, 8016–8021.
Canli, T., Sivers, H., Gotlib, I. H., & Gabrieli, J. D. E. (2002). Amygdala activation to happy faces as a function of
extraversion. Science, 296, 2191.
Canli, T., Zhao, Z., Desmond, J. E., Kang, E., Gross, J., & Gabrieli, J. D. E. (2001). An fMRI study of personality
in X uences on brain reactivity to emotional stimuli. Behavioral Neuroscience, 115, 33–42.
Cardinal, R. N., Parkinson, J. A., Hall, J., & Everitt, B. J. (2002). Emotion and motivation: The role of the amyg-
dala, ventral striatum, and prefrontal cortex. Neuroscience and Biobehavioural Reviews, 26, 321–352.
Carver, C. S., & White, T. L. (1994). Behavioral inhibition, behavioral activation, and a V ective responses to
impending reward and punishment. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 67, 319–333.
Conner, T., Barrett, L. F., & Bliss-Moreau, E. (2005). Valence focus and automatic evaluation. Manuscript under
review.
Corr, P. J., Pickering, A. D., & Gray, J. A. (1995). Personality and reinforcement in associative and instrumental
learning. Personality Individual Di V erences, 19, 47–71.
Costa, P. T., & McCrae, R. R. (1992). The revised NEO personality inventory (NEO PI-R) professional manual.
Odessa, FL: Psychological Assessment Resources.
Damasio, A. R. (2000). The Feeling of what happens: Body and emotion in the making of consciousness. New York:
Harcourt Trade Publishers.
Davis, M., & Whalen, P. J. (2001). The amygdala: Vigilance and emotion. Molecular Psychiatry, 6, 13–34.
Diener, E., Larsen, R. J., Levine, S., & Emmons, R. A. (1985). Intensity and frequency: Dimensions underlying
positive and negative a V ect. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 48, 1253–1265.
Duckworth, K. L., Bargh, J. A., Garcia, M., & Chaiken, S. (2002). The automatic evaluation of novel stimuli. Psy-
chological Science, 13, 513–519.
Ekman, P. (1972). Universals and cultural di V erences in facial expressions of emotion. In J. Cole (Ed.), Nebraska
symposium on motivation (pp. 207–283). Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press.
Elzinga, B. M., Schmahl, C. G., Vermetten, E., van Dyck, R., & Bremner, J. D. (2003). Higher cortisol levels follow-
ing exposure to traumatic reminders in abuse-related PTSD. Neuropsychopharmacology, 28, 1656–1665.
Emde, R. N., Gaensbauer, T. J., & Harmon, R. J. (1976). Emotional expression in infancy: A biobehavioral study.
Psychological Issues, 10, 1–200.
Fazio, R. H. (2001). On the automatic activation of associated evaluations: An overview. Cognition and Emotion,
15, 115–141.
Fazio, R. H., Sanbonmatsu, D. M., Powell, M. C., & Kardes, F. R. (1986). On the automatic activation of attitudes.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 50, 229–238.
Feldman, L. A. (1995). Valence focus and arousal focus: Individual di V erences in the structure of a V ective experi-
ence. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 69, 153–166.
Fenigstein, A., Scheier, M. F., & Buss, A. H. (1975). Public and private self-consciousness: Assessment and theory.
Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 43, 522–527.
Francis, D. D., Diorio, J., Liu, D., & Meaney, M. J. (1999). Nongenomic transmission across generations in mater-
nal behavior and stress responses in the rat. Science, 286, 1155–1158.
Francis, D. D., Diorio, J., Plotsky, P. M., & Meaney, M. J. (2002). Environmental enrichment reverses the e V ects of
maternal separation on stress reactivity. The Journal of Neuroscience, 22, 7840–7848.
Gitau, R., Fisk, N. M., Teixeira, J., Cameron, A., & Glover, V. (2001). Fetal HPA stress responses to invasive pro-
cedures are independent of maternal responses. Journal of Clinical and Endocrinological Metabolism, 86, 104–
109.
Gottleib, G. (2002). A developmental psychobiological systems view: Early formulation and current status. In S.
Oyama, P. E. Gri Y ths, & R. Gray (Eds.), Cycles of contingency: Developmental systems and evolution (pp. 41–
54). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Gray, J. A. (1987). The psychology of fear and stress. Cambridge, MA: Cambridge University Press.
Hamann, S. B., Ely, T. D., Ho V man, J. M., & Kilts, C. D. (1999). Ecstasy and agony: Activation of the human
amygdala in positive and negative emotion. Psychological Science, 13, 135–141.
Hariri, A. R., Mattay, V. S., Tessitore, A., Kolachana, B., Fera, F., Goldman, D., et al. (2002). Serotonin trans-
porter genetic variation and the response of the human amygdala. Science, 297, 400–403.
Harper, L. V. (2005). Epigenetic inheritance and the intergenerational transfer of experience. Psychological Bulle-
tin, 131, 340–360.
Heinz, A., Braus, D. F., Smolka, M. N., Wrase, J., Puls, I., Hermann, D., et al. (2005). Amygdala-prefrontal cou-
pling depends on a genetic variation of the serotonin transporter. Nature Neuroscience, 8, 20–21.
Izard, C. E., Libero, D. Z., Putnam, P., & Haynes, O. M. (1993). Stability of emotional experiences and their rela-
tions to traits of personality. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 64, 847–860.
Jablonka, E., & Lamb, M. J. (1995). Epigenetic inheritance and evolution. NewYork: Oxford University Press.
Jarvis, B. J., & Petty, R. E. (1996). The need to evaluate. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 70, 172–194.
Jones, E. E., & Nisbett, R. E. (1971). The actor and the observer: Divergent perceptions of the causes of behavior.
New York: General Learning Press.
Joreskog, K., & Sorbom, D. (1993). LISREL 8 user’s reference guide. IL, Chicago: Scienti W c Software Interna-
tional, Inc..
Kringelbach, M. L., & Rolls, E. T. (2004). The functional neuroanatomy of the human orbitofrontal cortex: evi-
dence from neuroimaging and neuropsychology. Progress in Neurobiology, 72, 341–372.
Lane, R. D., Chua, P. M. L., & Dolan, R. J. (1999). Common e V ects of emotional valence, arousal, and attention
on neural activation during visual processing of pictures. Neuropsychologia, 37, 989–997.
Larsen, R. J., & Diener, E. (1987). A V ect intensity as an individual di V erence characteristic: A review. Journal of
Research in Personality, 21, 1–39.
Larsen, R. J., & Ketelaar, T. (1991). Personality and susceptibility to positive and negative emotional states. Jour-
nal of Personality and Social Psychology, 61, 132–141.
Larsen, R. J., Diener, E., & Emmons, R. A. (1986). A V ect intensity and reactions to daily life events. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 51, 803–814.
Larsen, R. J., Diener, E., & Cropanzano, R. S. (1987). Cognitive operations associated with individual di V erences
in a V ect intensity. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 53, 767–774.
Lazarus, R., & Folkman, S. (1984). Stress, appraisal, and coping. New York: Springer.
Lewin, K. (1935). A dynamic theory of personality. New York: McGraw-Hill.
Lewontin, R. (2000). The triple helix: Gene, organism, and environment. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University
Press.
Lickliter, R., & Honeycutt, H. (2003). Developmental dynamics: Toward a biologically plausible evolutionary
psychology. Psychological Bulletin, 129, 819–835.
Lucas, R. E., Diener, E., Grob, A., Suh, E. M., & Shao, L. (2000). Cross-cultural evidence for the fundamental fea-
tures of extraversion. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 79, 452–468.
Maccari, S., Darnaudery, M., Morley-Fletcher, S., Zuena, A. R., Cinque, C., & Van Reeth, O. (2003). Prenatal
stress and long-term consequences: implications of glucocorticoid hormones. Neuroscience and Biobehavioral
Reviews, 27, 119–127.
Mather, M., Canli, T., English, T., Whit W eld, S., Wais, P., Ochsner, K., Gabrieli, J. D. E., & Carstensen, L. L. (2004).
Amygdala responses to emotionally valenced stimuli in older and younger adults. Psychological Science, 15,
259–263.
McCrae, R. R., & Costa, P. T. (1991). Adding Liebe und Arbeit: The full W ve-factor model and well-being. Person-
ality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 17, 227–232.
Meany, M. J., Diorio, J., Francis, D., Widdowson, J., LaPlante, P., Caldji, C., et al. (1996). Early environmental
regulation of forebrain glucocorticoid receptor gene expression: Implications for adrenocortical responses to
stress. Developmental Neuroscience, 18, 49–72.
Messinger, D. S. (2002). Positive and negative: Infant facial expressions and emotions. Current Directions in Psy-
chological Science, 11, 1–6.
Mischel, W. (1968). Personality and assessment. New York: Wiley.
Mischel, W. (2004). Towards an integrative science of the person. Annual Review of Psychology, 55, 1–22.
Nauta, W. J. (1971). The problem of the frontal lobe: A reinterpretation. Journal of Psychiatric Research, 8, 167–187.
Ongur, D., Ferry, A. T., & Price, J. L. (2003). Architectonic subdivision of the human orbital and medial prefron-
tal cortex. Journal of Comparative Neurology, 460, 425–449.
Ortony, A., Clore, G. L., & Collins, A. (1988). The congnitive structure of emotions. New York: Cambridge Univer-
sity.
Ortony, A., & Turner, T. J. (1990). What’s basic about basic emotions. Psychological Review, 97, 315–331.
Panksepp, J. (1998). A V ective neuroscience: The foundations of human and animal emotions. New York: Oxford
University Press.
Pickering, A. D., & Gray, J. A. (1999). The neuroscience of personality. In L. Pervin & O. John (Eds.), Handbook of
personality (2nd ed., pp. 277–299). New York: Guilford Press.
Reisenzein, R. (1992). A structuralist reconstruction of Wundt’s three-dimensional theory of emotion. In H. West-
meyer (Ed.), The structuralist program in psychology: Foundations and applications (pp. 141–189). Toronto:
Hopgrefe Huber.
Reisenzein, R., & Schonp X ug, W. (1992). Stumpf’s cognitive-evaluative theory of emotion. American Psychologist,
47, 34–45.
Rolls, E. T. (1999). The brain and emotion. New York: Oxford University Press.
Rogers, C. R. (1959). A theory of therapy, personality, and interpersonal relationships, as developed from the cli-
ent-centered framework. In S. Koch (Ed.), Psychology: A study of science (Vol. 3). New York: McGraw-Hill.
Russell, J. A. (1991). Culture and the categorization of emotions. Psychological Bulletin, 110, 426–450.
Russell, J. A. (2003). Core a V ect and the psychological construction of emotion. Psychological Review, 110, 145–172.
Russell, J. A., & Barrett, L. F. (1999). Core a V ect, prototypical emotional episodes, and other things called emo-
tion: Dissecting the elephant. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 76, 805–819.
Scheier, M. F., Carver, C. S., & Matthews, K. A. (1983). Attentional factors in the perception of bodily states. In J. T.
Cacioppo & R. E. Petty (Eds.), Social psychophysiology: A sourcebook (pp. 510–542). New York: Guilford Press.
Scherer, K. R. (1984). On the nature and function of emotion: A component process approach. In K. R. Scherer &
P. Ekman (Eds.), Approaches to emotion. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.
Schneider, M. L., Moore, C. F., Kraemer, G. W., Roberts, A. D., & DeJesus, O. T. (2002). The impact of prenatal
stress, fetal alcohol exposure, or both on development: Perspectives from a primate model. Psychoneuroendo-
crinology, 27, 285–298.
Schneider, T. R. (2004). The role of neuroticism on psychological and physiological stress responses. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 40, 795–804.
Schneirla, T. (1959). An evolutionary and developmental theory of biphasic processes underlying approach and
withdrawal. In M. Jones (Ed.), Nebraska symposium on motivation (pp. 27–58). Lincoln: University of
Nebraska Press.
Schwartz, C. E., Wright, C. I., Shin, L. M., Kagan, J., Whalen, P. J., McMullin, K. G., et al. (2003). Di V erential
Amygdala response to novel vs. newly familiar neutral faces: A functional MRI probe developed for studying
inhibited temperament. Biological Psychiatry, 53, 854–862.
Shoda, Y., Mischel, W., & Wright, J. C. (1994). Intra-individual stability in the organization and patterning of
behavior: Incorporating psychological situations into the idiographic analysis of personality. Journal of Per-
sonality and Social Psychology, 65, 674–687.
Smith, C. A., & Ellsworth, P. C. (1985). Patterns of cognitive appraisal in emotion. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 48, 813–838.
Smith, C. A., & Kirby, L. D. (2001). Toward delivering on the promise of appraisal theory. In K. R. Scherer & A.
Schorr (Eds.), Appraisal processes in emotion: Theory, methods, research (pp. 121–138). New York: Oxford
University Press.
Smith, C. A., & Pope, L. K. (1992). Appraisal and emotion: The interactional contributions of dispositional and
situational factors. Review of Personality and Social Psychology, 14, 32–62.
Spelke, E. S. (2000). Core knowledge. American Psychologist, 55, 1233–1243.
Spitz, R. A. (1965). The W rst year of life. New York: International Universities Press.
Sroufe, L. A. (1979). Socioemotional development. In J. D. Osofsky (Ed.), Handbook of infant development (pp.
462–516). New York: Wiely.
Tesser, A., & Martin, L. (1996). The psychology of evaluation. In T. E. Higgins & A. W. Kruglanski (Eds.), Social
psychology: Handbook of basic principles (pp. 400–432). New York: Guilford Press.
Trapnell, P. D., & Campbell, J. P. (1999). Self-consciousness and the W ve factor model of personality: Distinguish-
ing re X ection from rumination. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 76, 284–304.
Wager, T. D., Phan, K. L., Liberzon, I., & Taylor, S. F. (2003). Valence, gender, and lateralization of functional
brain anatomy in emotion: A meta-analysis of W ndings from neuroimaging. Neuroimage, 19, 513–531.
Wallace, J. F., Newman, J. P., & Bachorowski, J. (1991). Failures of response modulation: Impulsive behavior in
anxious and impulsive individuals. Journal of Research in Personality, 25, 23–44.
Wallace, J. F., & Newman, J. P. (1997). Neuroticism and the attentional mediation of dysregulatory psychopathol-
ogy. Cognitive Therapy and Research, 21, 135–156.
Watson, D., & Clark, L. A. (1992). On traits and temperament: General and speci W c factors of emotional experi-
ence and their relation to the W ve factor model. Journal of Personality, 60, 441–476.
Wierzbicka, A. (1992). De W ning emotion concepts. Cognitive Science, 16, 539–581.
Wright, J. C., & Mischel, W. (1988). Conditional hedges and the intuitive psychology of traits. Journal of Personal-
ity and Social Psychology, 55, 454–469.
References
Bandura,A. (1989). Human agency in social cognitive theory.American Psychologist, 44, 1175–1184.
Barkow, J.H. (1992). Beneath new culture is old psychology: Gossip and social stratification. In J.
Barkow, L. Cosmides, & J. Tooby (Eds.), The adapted mind: Evolutionary psychology and the
generation of culture (pp. 627–638). New York: Oxford University Press.
Baumeister, R.F., & Tice, D.M. (1996). Rethinking and reclaiming the interdisciplinary role of
personality psychology: The science of human nature should be the center of the social sci-
ences and humanities. Journal of Research in Personality, 30, 363–373.
Benjamin, L.T., Bryant, W.H.M., Campbell, C., Luttrell, J., & Holtz, C. (1997). Between psoriasis
and ptarmigan: American encyclopedia portrayals of psychology, 1880–1940. Review of Gen-
eral Psychology, 1, 5–18.
Bernstein, N. (1967). The coordination and regulation of movements. London: Pergamon.
Bevan, W. (1991). Contemporary psychology: A tour inside the onion. American Psychologist, 46,
475–483.
Blumberg, M.S., & Wasserman, E.A. (1996). Animals have minds? American Psychologist, 51,
59–60.
Brown, D.E. (1991). Human universals. New York: McGraw-Hill.
Bunge, M. (1990). What kind of discipline is psychology: Autonomous or dependent, humanistic or
scientific, biological or sociological? New Ideas in Psychology, 8, 121–137.
Cook, N.D. (1989). Toward a central dogma for psychology. New Ideas in Psychology, 7, 1–18.
Cronk, L. (1999). That complex whole: Culture and the evolution of human behavior. Boulder, CO:
Westview Press.
Crook, J.H. (1980). The evolution of human consciousness. New York: Oxford University Press.
Daly, M., & Wilson, M.I. (1999). Human evolutionary psychology and animal behavior. Animal
Behavior, 57, 509–519.
Day, W.F., Jr., & Leigland, S. (1992). Radical behaviorism: Willard Day on psychology and phi-
losophy. Reno, NV: Context Press.
Deacon, T. (1997). The symbolic species. New York: Norton.
Dess, N.K., & Chapman, C.D. (1998). “Humans and animals”? On saying what we mean. Psycho-
logical Science, 9, 156–157.
Domjan, M., & Purdy, J.E. (1995). Animal research in psychology: More than meets the eye of the
general psychology student. American Psychologist, 50, 496–503.
Eidelson, R.J., & Eidelson, J.I. (2003). Dangerous ideas: Five beliefs that propel groups toward
conflict. American Psychologist, 58, 182–192.
Epstein, S. (1994). Integration of the cognitive and the psychodynamic unconscious. American
Psychologist, 49, 709–724.
Foa, E.B., & Kozak, M.J. (1997). Beyond the efficacy ceiling? Cognitive behavior therapy in
search of theory. Behavior Therapy, 28, 601–612.
Gallup, G.G., Jr. (1970). Chimpanzees: Self-recognition. Science, 167, 86–87.
Gergen, K. (2001). Psychological science in a postmodern context. American Psychologist, 56,
803–813.
Haggbloom, S.J., Warnick, R., Warnick, J.E., Jones, V.K., Yarbrough, G.L., Russell, T.M., Borecky,
C.M., et al. (2002). The 100 most eminent psychologists of the 20th century. Review of Gen-
eral Psychology, 6, 139–152.
Hawking, S. (1998). A brief history of time (2nd ed.). New York: Bantam Books.
Hebb, D.O. (1955). Drives and the C.N.S. (conceptual nervous system). Psychological Review, 62,
243–254.
Henriques, G.R. (2003). The tree of knowledge system and the theoretical unification of psychol-
ogy. Review of General Psychology, 7, 150–182.
Henriques, G.R., & Sternberg, R.J. (in press.) Unified Professional Psychology. Journal of Clinical
Psychology.
Hishinuma, E.S. (1998). Pre-unified separatism and rapprochement between behaviorism and cog-
nitive psychology: The case of the reinforcer. Theoretical and Philosophical Psychology, 18,
1–15.
Kaufman, A. (1990). Assessing adolescent and adult intelligence. Boston: Allyn & Bacon.
Kaye, J. (1996). Animal minds and evolution. American Psychologist, 51, 56–57.
Kimble, G.A. (1994). A frame of reference for psychology. American Psychologist, 49, 510–519.
Koch, S. (1993). “Psychology” or “the psychological studies?” American Psychologist, 48, 902–904.
Kolb, B., & Whishaw, I.Q. (1990). Fundamentals of human neuropsychology (3rd ed.). San Fran-
cisco: W.H. Freeman.
Leahey, T.H. (1992). A history of psychology: Main currents in psychological thought. Englewood
Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.
Matarazzo, J.D. (1987). There is only one psychology, no specialties, but many applications. Amer-
ican Psychologist, 42, 893–903.
Maynard-Smith, J., & Szathmary, E. (1999). The origins of life: From the birth of life to the origin
of language. Oxford, England: Oxford University Press.
Mayr, E., & Provine, W.B. (1998). The evolutionary synthesis: Perspectives on the unification of
biology. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Nelson, T.O. (1996). Consciousness and metacognition. American Psychologist, 51, 102–116.
Ornstein, R.E. (1972). The psychology of consciousness. San Francisco, CA: W.H. Freeman.
Reber, A.S. (1995). Dictionary of Psychology (2nd ed.). New York: Penguin.
Rilling, M. (1996). The mystery of vanished citations: James McConnell’s forgotten 1960s quest
for planarian learning, a biochemical engram, and celebrity.American Psychologist, 51, 589–598.
Robins, R.W., Norem, J.K., & Cheek, J.M. (1999). Naturalizing the self. In L.A. Pervin & O.P. John
(Eds.), Handbook of personality: Theory and research (2nd ed., pp. 443–477). New York: The
Guilford Press.
Rumbaugh, D.M. (2003). A perspective of human and chimpanzee cognition. Contemporary Psy-
chology, 48, 5–8.
Sarason, S.B. (1989). The lack of an overarching conception in psychology. Journal of Mind &
Behavior, 10, 263–279.
Savage-Rumbaugh, E.S., & Lewin, R. (1994). Kanzi: The ape at the brink of the human mind. New
York: Wiley.
Sedikides, C., & Skowronski, J.J. (1997). The symbolic self in evolutionary context. Personality
and Social Psychology Review, 1, 80–102.
Skinner, B.F. (1990). Can psychology be a science of mind? American Psychologist, 45, 1206–1210.
Smolin, L. (2001). Three roads to quantum gravity. New York: Basic Books.
Staats, A.W. (1999). Uniting psychology requires new infrastructure, theory, method, and a research
agenda. Review of General Psychology, 3, 3–13.
Thelen, E. (1995). Motor development: A new synthesis. American Psychologist, 50, 79–95.
Tolman, E.C. (1978). The determiners of behavior at a choice point. In E.R. Hilgard (Ed.), Amer-
ican psychology in historical perspective (pp. 337–370). Washington, DC: American Psycho-
logical Association. (Original work published 1938).
Tomasello, M. (1999). The cultural origins of human cognition. Cambridge, MA: Harvard Univer-
sity Press.
Uttal, W.R. (2000). The war between mentalism and behaviorism: On the accessibility of mental
processes. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Watson, J.B. (1913). Psychology as the behaviourist views it. Psychological Review, 20, 158–177.
Webster’s Encyclopedic Unabridged Dictionary of the English Language. (1994). New York:
Gramercy Books.
Wolfe, B.E. (2003). Knowing the self: Building a bridge from basic research to clinical practice.
Journal of Psychotherapy Integration, 13, 83–95.
Wrangham, R.W., & McGrew, W.C. (1994). Chimpanzee cultures. Cambridge, MA: Harvard Uni-
versity Press.
Yanchar, S.C., & Slife, B.D. (1997). Pursuing unity in a fragmented psychology: Problems and
prospects. Review of General Psychology, 1, 235–255.
References
Adrian, E. D. (1935). The mechanism of nervous
action. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania
Press.
Aiken, L. R. (1993). Personality: Theories, research
and applications. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice
Hall.
Alexander, R. D. (1979). Darwinism and human af-
fairs. Seattle: University of Washington Press.
Amador, X. F., & David, A. S. (1998). Insight and
psychosis. New York: Oxford University Press.
Anderson, N. (1996). A functional theory of cogni-
tion. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Aronson, E. (1996). Persuasion via self-justification:
Large commitments for small rewards. In E. Aron-
son (Ed.), The social animal (7th ed., pp. 221–
236). New York: Freeman.
Bahn, P. G. (1996). Ancient art. In S. Jones, R.
Martin, & D. Pilbeam (Eds.), The Cambridge en-
cyclopedia of human evolution (pp. 261–277).
London: Oxford University Press.
Bailey, K. G. (1987). Human paleopsychology: Ap-
plications to aggression and pathological pro-
cesses. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Barkow, J. H. (1992). Beneath new culture is old
psychology: Gossip and social stratification. In J.
Barkow, L. Cosmides, & J. Tooby (Eds.), The
adapted mind: Evolutionary psychology and the
generation of culture (pp. 627–638). New York:
Oxford University Press.
Barr, W. B. (1998). Neurobehavioral disorders of
awareness and their relevance to schizophrenia. In
X. F. Amador & A. S. David (Eds.), Insight and
psychosis (pp. 107–141). New York: Oxford Uni-
versity Press.
Beck, A. T. (1976). Cognitive therapy and the emo-
tional disorders. New York: Meridian.
Beck, A. T. (1999). Cognitive aspects of personality
disorders and their relation to syndromal disorders:
A psychoevolutionary approach. In C. R. Clon-
inger (Ed.), Personality and psychopathology (pp.
411–429). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric
Press.
Bickerton, D. (1995). Language and human behav-
ior. Seattle: University of Washington Press. Boakes, R. (1984). From Darwinism to behaviour-
ism: Psychology and the minds of animals. New
York: Cambridge University Press.
Bonner, J. T. (1980). The evolution of culture in
animals. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University
Press.
Broadbent, D. E. (1958). Perception and communi-
cation. New York: Pergamon Press.
Bronowski, J. (1974). Ascent of man. Boston: Little,
Brown.
Byrne, R. (1995). The thinking ape: Evolutionary
origins of intelligence. New York: Oxford Univer-
sity Press.
Carver, C. S., & White, T. L. (1994). Behavioral
inhibition, behavioral activation, and affective re-
sponses to impending reward and punishment: The
BIS/BAS Scales. Journal of Personality and So-
cial Psychology, 67, 319–333.
Catania, A. C., & Harnard, S. (1988). The selection of
behavior: The operant behaviorism of B. F. Skin-
ner: Comments and consequences. New York:
Cambridge University Press.
Chomsky, N. (1972). Language and mind. New
York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich.
Conte, H. R., & Plutchik, R. (1995). Ego defenses:
Theory and measurement. New York: Wiley.
Cotman, C. W., & McGaugh, J. L. (1980). Behav-
ioral neuroscience. New York: Academic Press.
Crick, F. (1994). The astonishing hypothesis: The
scientific search for the soul. New York: Simon &
Schuster.
Cummins, D. D. (1996a). Evidence of deontic rea-
soning in 3- and 4-year-old children. Memory &
Cognition, 24, 823–829.
Cummins, D. D. (1996b). Evidence for innateness of
deontic reasoning. Mind and Language, 11, 160–
190.
Cziko, G. (2000). The things we do: Using the les-
sons of Bernard and Darwin to understand the
what, how, and why of our behavior. Cambridge,
MA: MIT Press.
Damasio, A. (1998). The feeling of what happens:
Body and emotion in the making of consciousness.
New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich.
Davidson, R. J., & Tomarken, A. J. (1989). Laterality
and emotion: An electrophysiological approach.
In F. Boller & J. Grafman (Eds.), Handbook
of neuropsychology (pp. 419–441). Amsterdam:
Elsevier.
Dawkins, R. (1989). The selfish gene (2nd ed.). Ox-
ford, England: Oxford University Press.
Dawkins, R. (1999). The extended phenotype: The
long reach of the gene (2nd ed.). New York: Ox-
ford University Press.
Deacon, T. (1997). The symbolic species. New York:
Norton.
Dennett, D. C. (1995). Darwin’s dangerous idea.
New York: Simon & Schuster.
Dennett, D. C. (1996). Kinds of minds: Toward an
understanding of consciousness. New York: Basic
Books.
de Waal, F. (1982). Chimpanzee politics: Power and
sex among apes. New York: Harper & Row.
Dobzhansky, T. (1964). Heredity and the nature of
man. New York: New American Library.
Dobzhansky, T. (1973). Nothing in biology makes
sense except in the light of evolution. American
Biology Teacher, 35, 125–129.
Donahoe, J. W. (1999). Edward L. Thorndike: The
selectionist connectionist. Journal of the Experi-
mental Analysis of Behavior, 72, 451–454.
Donahoe, J. W., Burgos, J. E., & Palmer, D. C.
(1993). Selectionist approach to reinforcement.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior,
58, 17–40.
Duval, S., & Wicklund, R. (1972). A theory of ob-
jective self-awareness. New York: Academic
Press.
Eagle, M. N. (1998). Freud’s legacy: Defenses, so-
matic symptoms and neurophysiology. In G. Gutt-
mann & I. Scholz-Strasser (Eds.), Freud and the
neurosciences: From brain research to the uncon-
scious (pp. 87–101). Vienna: American Psycho-
logical Association.
Edelman, G. (1989). The remembered present: A
biological theory of consciousness. New York:
Basic Books.
Edelman, G. (1992). Bright air, brilliant fire: On the
matter of the mind. New York: Basic Books.
Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. (1989). Human ethology. New
York: Aldine de Gruyter.
Epstein, S. (1994). Integration of the cognitive and
the psychodynamic unconscious. American Psy-
chologist, 49, 709–724.
Ferris, T. (1997). The whole shebang: A state-of-the-
art universe(s) report. New York: Simon & Schus-
ter.
Fossey, D. (1983). Gorillas in the mist. Boston:
Houghton Mifflin.
Fowles, D. C. (1994). A motivational theory of psy-
chopathology. In W. Spaulding (Ed.), Nebraska
Symposium on Motivation: Integrated views of mo-
tivation, cognition and emotion (Vol. 41, pp. 181–
238). Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press.
Freud, A. (1966). The ego and the mechanisms of
defense. New York: International Universities
Press.
Freud, S. (1949). Outline of psychoanalysis. New
York: Norton. (Original work published 1940)
Freud, S. (1960). The ego and the id. New York:
Norton. (Original work published 1923)
Friedrich, J. (1996). On seeing oneself as less self-
serving than others: The ultimate self-serving bias?
Teaching of Psychology, 23, 107–109.
Gallup, G. G., Jr. (1970). Chimpanzees: Self-recog-
nition. Science, 167, 86–87.
Gazzaniga, M. S. (1992). Nature’s mind: The biolog-
ical roots of thinking, emotion, sexuality, lan-
guage, and intelligence. New York: Basic Books.
Gazzaniga, M. S. (1995). The cognitive neuro-
sciences. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Geary, D. (1998). Male/female: The evolution of hu-
man sex differences. Washington, DC: American
Psychological Association.
Geertz, C. (1973). The interpretation of cultures.
New York: Basic Books.
Gergen, K. (1985). The social constructionist move-
ment in modern psychology. American Psycholo-
gist, 40, 266–275.
Geschwind, N. (1965). Disconnection syndromes in
animals and man. Brain, 88, 237–294.
Gilgen, A. R. (1987). The psychological level of
organization in nature and interdependencies
among major psychological concepts. In A. W.
Staats & L. P. Mos (Eds.), Annals of theoretical
psychology (Vol. 5, pp. 179–209). New York:
Plenum.
Goleman, D. (1985). Vital lies, simple truths: The
psychology of self-deception and shared illusions.
New York: Simon & Schuster.
Goodall, J. (1986). The chimpanzees of Gombe: Pat-
terns of behavior. Cambridge, MA: Belknap.
Gould, S. J. (1987, November). The limits of adap-
tation: Is language a spandrel of the human brain?
Paper presented at the Cognitive Science Seminar,
Cambridge, MA.
Gould, S. J. (1989). Wonderful life: The Burgess
Shale and the nature of history. New York:
Norton.
Gould, S. J. (1993). Eight little piggies. New York:
Norton.
Gould, S. J., & Lewontin, R. C. (1979). The span-
drels of San Marco and the Panglossian program:
A critique of the adaptionist programme. Proceed-
ings of the Royal Society of London, 205, 281–288.
Gray, J. A. (1987). Perspectives on anxiety and im-
pulsivity: A commentary. Journal of Research in
Personality, 21, 493–509.
Greene, B. (1999). The elegant universe: Super-
strings, hidden dimensions, and the quest for the
ultimate theory. New York: Norton.
Greenspan, S. I. (1989). The development of the ego.
Madison, CT: International Universities Press.
Greenwald, A. G. (1980). The totalitarian ego: Fab-
rication and revision of personal history. American
Psychologist, 35, 603–618.
Gribbin, J. (1998). Q is for quantum: An encyclope-
dia of particle physics. New York: Touchstone.
Hamilton, W. D. (1964). The genetical evolution of
social behavior (I and II). Journal of Theoretical
Biology, 7, 1–52.
Hawking, S. (1998). A brief history of time (2nd ed.).
New York: Bantam Books.
Henriques, G. R. (2000). Depression: Disease or be-
havioral shutdown mechanism? Journal of Science
and Health Policy, 1, 152–165.
Henriques, G. R. (2002). The harmful dysfunction
analysis and the differentiation between mental
disorder and disease. Scientific Review of Mental
Health Practice, 1, 157–173.
Hofstadter, D. R., & Dennett, D. C. (1981). The
mind’s I: Fantasies and reflections on self and
soul. New York: Basic Books.
Hoyle, F. (1964). Man in the universe. New York:
Columbia University Press.
Humphrey, N. (1976). The social function of intel-
lect. In P. P. G. Bateson & R. A. Hinde (Eds.),
Growing points in ethology (pp. 303–317). Cam-
bridge, England: Cambridge University Press.
James, W. J. (1950). The principles of psychology.
New York: Dover. (Original work published 1890)
Johnston, V. S. (1999). Why we feel: The science of
human emotions. Reading, MA: Perseus Books.
Jolly, A. (1966). Lemur social intelligence and pri-
mate intelligence. Science, 153, 501–506.
Jones, E. (1955). The life and work of Sigmund Freud
(Vol. 2). New York: Basic Books.
Kant, I. (1996). Critique of pure reason. Indianapo-
lis, IN: Hackett. (Original work published 1781)
Kimble, G. (1996). Psychology: The hope of a sci-
ence. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Koch, S. (1993). “Psychology” or “the psychological
studies”? American Psychologist, 48, 902–904.
Krebs, D. L., & Denton, K. (1997). Social-illusions
and self-deception: The evolution of biases in per-
son perception. In J. A. Simpson & D. T. Kenrick
(Eds.), Evolutionary social psychology (pp. 21–
48). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Krebs, J. R., & Davies, N. B. (1997). Behavioral
ecology: An evolutionary approach (4th ed.).
Cambridge, MA: Blackwell Science.
Leaky, R., & Lewin, R. (1992). Origins reconsid-
ered: In search of what makes us human. New
York: Doubleday.
Lieberman, P. (1998). Eve spoke: Human language
and human evolution. New York: Norton.
Lifson, S. (1997). On the crucial stages in the origin
of animate matter. Journal of Molecular Evolu-
tion, 44, 1–8.
Maden, B. F. (1995). No soup for starters? Autotro-
phy and the origins of metabolism. Trends in Bio-
chemistry, 20, 337–341.
Magnusson, D. (2000). The individual as the orga-
nizing principle in psychological inquiry: A holis-
tic approach. In L. R. Bergman, R. B. Cairns, L. G.
Nilsson, & L. Nystedt (Eds.), Developmental sci-
ence and the holistic approach (pp. 33–47). Mah-
wah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Maj, M., & Sartorius, N. (1999). Depressive disor-
ders. New York: Wiley.
Maynard-Smith, J., & Szathmary, E. (1999). The
origins of life: From the birth of life to the origin
of language. Oxford, England: Oxford University
Press.
Mayr, E. (1983). How to carry out the adaptionist
program. American Naturalist, 121, 324–334.
Mayr, E., & Provine, W. B. (1998). The evolutionary
synthesis: Perspectives on the unification of biol-
ogy. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
McWilliams, N. (1994). Psychoanalytic diagnosis.
New York: Guilford Press.
Meehl, P. (1992). Theoretical risks and tabular aster-
isks: Sir Karl, Sir Ronald, and the soft progress of
slow psychology. In R. B. Miller (Ed.), The resto-
ration of dialogue (pp. 523–555). Washington,
DC: American Psychological Association. (Origi-
nal work published 1978)
Messer, S. B., & Winokur, M. (1980). Some limits to
the integration of psychoanalytic and behavior
therapy. American Psychologist, 35, 818–827.
Miller, G. A., Galanter, E., & Pribram, K. (1960).
Plans and the structure of behavior. New York:
Holt.
Mitchell, R. W. (1994). Multiplicities of self. In S. T.
Parker, R. W. Mitchell, & M. L. Boccia (Eds.),
Self-awareness in animals and humans (pp. 81–
107). New York: Cambridge University Press.
Mithen, S. (1996). The prehistory of the mind: A
search for the origins of art, religion, and science.
London: Thames & Hudson.
Neisser, U. (1967). Cognitive psychology. New York:
Appleton-Century-Crofts.
Nesse, R., & Lloyd, A. T. (1992). The evolution of
psychodynamic defense mechanisms. In J.
Barkow, L. Cosmides, & J. Tooby (Eds.), The
adapted mind: Evolutionary psychology and the
generation of culture (pp. 601–626). New York:
Oxford University Press.
Newell, A. (1990). Unified theories of cognition.
Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Ornstein, R. E. (1972). The psychology of conscious-
ness. San Francisco: Freeman.
Parker, S. T., Mitchell, R. W., & Boccia, M. L.
(1994). Self-awareness in animals and humans.
New York: Cambridge University Press.
Pinker, S. (1994). The language instinct. New York:
HarperCollins.
Pinker, S. (1997). How the mind works. New York:
Norton.
Pinker, S., & Bloom, P. (1992). Natural language and
natural selection. In J. Barkow, L. Cosmides, & J.
Tooby (Eds.), The adapted mind: Evolutionary
psychology and the generation of culture (pp. 451–
494). New York: Oxford University Press.
Ponvinelli, D. J., & Prince, C. G. (1998). When self
met other. In M. Ferrari & R. Sternberg (Eds.),
Self-awareness: Its nature and development (pp.
37–107). New York: Guilford Press.
Powers, W. T. (1973). Behavior: The control of per-
ception. Chicago: Aldine.
Pribram, K. (1986). The cognitive revolution and
mind/brain issues. American Psychologist, 41,
507–520.
Reed, S. K. (1996). Cognition: Theory and applica-
tions (4th ed.). Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole.
Rivto, L. (1990). Darwin’s influence on Freud: A tale
of two sciences. New Haven, CT: Yale University
Press.
Robins, R. W., Norem, J. K., & Cheek, J. M. (1999).
Naturalizing the self. In L. A. Pervin & O. P. John
(Eds.), Handbook of personality: Theory and re-
search (2nd ed., pp. 443–477). New York: Guil-
ford Press.
Roth, G., & Wulliman, M. F. (2001). Brain evolution
and cognition. New York: Wiley.
Sarason, S. B. (1989). The lack of an overarching
conception in psychology. Journal of Mind and
Behavior, 10, 263–279.
Schacter, D. L. (1990). Toward a cognitive neuro-
psychology of awareness: Implicit knowledge and
anosognosia. Journal of Clinical and Experimental
Neuropsychology, 12, 155–178.
Schacter, D. L. (1993). Neuropsychological evidence
for a consciousness system. In A. I. Goldman
(Ed.), Readings in philosophy and cognitive sci-
ence (pp. 415–444). Cambridge, England: Cam-
bridge University Press.
Sedikides, C., & Skowronski, J. J. (1997). The sym-
bolic self in evolutionary context. Personality and
Social Psychology Review, 1, 80–102.
Seligman, M. E. P. (1975). Helplessness: On de-
pression, development and death. San Francisco:
Freeman.
Skinner, B. F. (1950). Are theories of learning nec-
essary? Psychological Review, 57, 193–216.
Skinner, B. F. (1957). Verbal behavior. Englewood
Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.
Skinner, B. F. (1966). The phylogeny and ontogeny
of behavior. Science, 153, 1205–1213.
Skinner, B. F. (1974). About behaviorism. New
York: Alfred A. Knopf.
Skinner, B. F. (1981). Selection by consequences.
Science, 213, 501–504.
Skinner, B. F. (1984). The evolution of behavior.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behav-
ior, 41, 217–221.
Skinner, B. F. (1988a). Reply to Gottlieb. In A. C.
Catania & S. Harnard (Eds.), The selection of
behavior: The operant behaviorism of B. F. Skin-
ner: Comments and consequences (p. 430). New
York: Cambridge University Press.
Skinner, B. F. (1988b). What are the scopes and
limits of radical behaviorist theory: Reply to Har-
nard. In A. C. Catania & S. Harnard (Eds.), The
selection of behavior: The operant behaviorism of
B. F. Skinner: Comments and consequences (pp. 465–473). New York: Cambridge University
Press.
Skinner, B. F. (1990). Can psychology be a science
of mind? American Psychologist, 45, 1206–1210.
Slavin, M. O., & Greif, D. (1995). The evolved
function of repression and the adaptive design of
the human psyche. In H. R. Conte & R. Plutchik
(Eds.), Ego defenses: Theory and measurement
(pp. 139–175). New York: Wiley.
Slavin, M. O., & Kriegman, D. (1992). The adaptive
design of the human psyche: Psychoanalysis, evo-
lutionary biology and the therapeutic process.
New York: Guilford Press.
Solomon, A. (1998, January). Anatomy of melan-
choly. The New Yorker, pp. 47–61.
Staats, A. W. (1963). Complex human behavior. New
York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston.
Staats, A. W. (1983). Psychology’s crisis of disunity:
Philosophy and method for a unified science. New
York: Praeger.
Staats, A. W. (1991). Unified positivism and unifica-
tion psychology: Fad or new field? American Psy-
chologist, 46, 899–912.
Staats, A. W. (1996). Behavior and personality: Psy-
chological behaviorism. New York: Springer.
Staats, A. W. (1999). Uniting psychology requires
new infrastructure, theory, method, and a research
agenda. Review of General Psychology, 3, 3–13.
Staddon, J. E. R. (2001). Adaptive dynamics: The
theoretical analysis of behavior. Cambridge, MA:
MIT Press.
Stanovich, K. (2001). How to think straight about
psychology (6th ed.). Boston: Allyn & Bacon.
Stephens, D. W., & Krebs, J. R. (1986). Foraging
theory. In J. R. Krebs & T. Clutton-Brock (Eds.),
Monographs in behavior and ecology (pp. 354–
375). Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
Sternberg, R. J., & Grigorenko, E. L. (2001). Uni-
fied psychology. American Psychologist, 56,
1069–1079.
Stringer, C., & McKie, R. (1997). African exodus:
The origins of modern humanity. New York: Holt.
Taylor, S. E., & Brown, J. D. (1988). Illusion and
well-being: A social psychological perspective on
mental health. Psychological Bulletin, 103, 193–
210.
Taylor, S. E., & Brown, J. D. (1994). Positive illu-
sions and well-being revisited: Separating fact
from fiction. Psychological Bulletin, 116, 21–27.
Thorndike, E. L. (1905). Elements of psychology.
New York: Seiler.
Tinbergen, N. (1951). The study of instinct. New
York: Oxford University Press.
Tooby, J., & Cosmides, L. (1992). The psychological
foundations of culture. In J. Barkow, L. Cosmides,
& J. Tooby (Eds.), The adapted mind: Evolution-
ary psychology and the generation of culture (pp.
19–136). New York: Oxford University Press.
Trivers, R. (1971). Parental investment and sexual
selection. In B. Campbell (Ed.), Sexual selection
and descent of man (pp. 1871–1971). Chicago:
Aldine.
Trivers, R. (1985). Social evolution. Menlo Park, NJ:
Benjamin Cummings.
Tryon, W. W. (1993). Neural networks: I. Theoretical
unification through connectionism. Clinical Psy-
chology Review, 13, 341–352.
Wakefield, J. C. (1999). Evolutionary versus proto-
type analyses of the concept of disorder. Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 108, 374–399.
Watson, D., Wiese, D., Vaidya, J., & Tellegen, A.
(1999). The two general systems of affect: Struc-
tural findings, evolutionary considerations, and
psychobiological evidence. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 76, 820–838.
Westen, D. (1997). Towards a clinically and empir-
ically sound theory of motivation. International
Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 78, 521–548.
Westen, D. (1998). The scientific legacy of Sigmund
Freud: Toward a psychodynamically informed psychological science. Psychological Bulletin,
124, 333–371.
Westen, D. (1999). The scientific status of uncon-
scious processes: Is Freud really dead? Journal of
the American Psychoanalytic Association, 47,
1061–1106.
Williams, G. C. (1966). Adaptation and natural se-
lection: A critique of some current evolutionary
thought. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
Wilson, E. O. (1975). Sociobiology: The new synthe-
sis. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Wilson, E. O. (1998). Consilience: The unity of
knowledge. New York: Alfred A. Knopf.
Wrangham, R. W., & McGrew, W. C. (1994). Chim-
panzee cultures. Cambridge, MA: Harvard Univer-
sity Press.
REFERENCES
Brooks, Lee R., Geoffrey R. Norman, and Scott W. Allen (1991),
“Role of Specific Similarity in a Medical Diagnostic Task,”
Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 120 (Septem-
ber), 278–87.
Cesario, Joseph, Heidi Grant, and E. Tory Higgins (2004), “Reg-
ulatory Fit and Persuasion: Transfer from ‘Feeling Right,’”
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 86 (3), 388–
404.
Dhar, Ravi, Stephen M. Nowlis, and Steven J. Sherman (1999),
“Comparison Effects on Preference Construction,” Journal of
Consumer Research, 26 (December), 293–306.
Dhar, Ravi, and Itamar Simonson (1999), “Making Complementary
Choices in Consumption Episodes: Highlighting versus Bal-
ancing,” Journal of Marketing Research, 36 (February),
29–44.
Etkin, Jordan, and Rebecca K. Ratner (2012), “The Dynamic Im-
pact of Variety among Means on Motivation,” Journal of
Consumer Research, 38 (April), 1076–92.
Fishbach, Ayelet, and Ravi Dhar (2005), “Goals as Excuses or
Guides: The Liberating Effect of Perceived Goal Progress on
Choice,” Journal of Consumer Research, 32 (December),
370–77.
Fishbach, Ayelet, James Y. Shah, and Arie W. Kruglanski (2004),
“Emotional Transfer in Goal Systems,” Journal of Experi-
mental Social Psychology, 40 (November), 723–38.
Fo¨rster, Jens (2009), “Relations between Perceptual and Concep-
tual Scope: How Global versus Local Processing Fits a Focus
on Similarity versus Dissimilarity,” Journal of Experimental
Psychology: General, 138 (1), 383–99.
Fo¨rster, Jens, E. Tory Higgins, and Lorraine Chen Idson (1998),
“Approach and Avoidance Strength during Goal Attainment:
Regulatory Focus and the ‘Goal Looms Larger’ Effect,” Jour-
nal of Personality and Social Psychology, 75 (November),
1115–31.
Fujita, Kentaro, Marlone D. Henderson, Juliana Eng, Yaacov
Trope, and Nira Liberman (2006), “Spatial Distance and Men-
tal Construal of Social Events,” Psychological Science, 17
(April), 278–82.
Gollwitzer, Peter M. (1990), “Action Phases and Mindsets,” in The
Handbook of Motivation and Cognition: Foundations of So-
cial Behavior, ed. E. Tory Higgins and Richard M. Sorrentino,
New York: Guilford, 53–92.
Goodman, Joseph K., and Selin A. Malkoc (2012), “Choosing for
Here and Now versus There and Later: The Moderating Role
of Psychological Distance on Assortment Size Preferences,”
Journal of Consumer Research, 39 (December), electronically
published March 26.
Higgins, E. Tory (2000), “Making a Good Decision: Value from
Fit,” American Psychologist, 55 (November), 1217–30.
——— (2005), “Value from Regulatory Fit,” Current Directions
in Psychological Science, 14 (August), 209–13.
Higgins, E. Tory, Joseph Cesario, Nao Hagiwara, Scott Spiegel,
and Thane Pittman (2010), “Increasing or Decreasing Interest
in Activities: The Role of Regulatory Fit,” Journal of Per-
sonality and Social Psychology, 98 (4), 559–72.
Higgins, E. Tory, Lorraine Chen Idson, Antonio L. Frietas, Scott
Spiegel, and Daniel C. Molden (2003), “Transfer of Value
from Fit,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 84
(6), 1140–53.
Khan, Uzma, and Ravi Dhar (2006), “Licensing Effect in Con-sumer Choice,” Journal of Marketing Research, 43 (May),
259–66.
Kruglanski, Arie W., Antonio Pierro, and Anna Sheveland (2010),
“How Many Roads Lead to Rome? Equifinality Set-Size and
Commitment to Goals and Means,” European Journal of So-
cial Psychology, 40 (April), 1–9.
Kruglanski, Arie W., James Y. Shah, Ayelet Fishbach, Ron Fried-
man, Woo Young Chun, and David Sleeth-Keppler (2002),
“A Theory of Goal Systems,” in Advances in Experimental
Social Psychology, Vol. 34, ed. Mark P. Zanna, San Diego:
Academic Press, 331–78.
Macrae, C. Neil, and Helen L. Lewis (2002), “Do I Know You?
Processing Orientation and Face Recognition,” Psychological
Science, 13 (March), 194–96.
Merton, Robert K. (1957), Social Theory and Social Structure,
Glencoe, IL: Free Press.
Mogilner, Cassie, Tamar Rudnick, and Sheena Iyengar (2008), “The Mere Categorization Effect: How the Presence of Cat-
egories Increases Consumers’ Perceptions of Assortment Va-
riety and Outcome Satisfaction,” Journal of Consumer Re-
search, 35 (August), 202–15.
Schwarz, Norbert, Herbert Bless, Fritz Strack, Gisela Klumpp,
Helga Rittenauer-Schatka, and Anette Simons (1991), “Ease
of Retrieval as Information: Another Look at the Availability
Heuristic,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 61
(August), 195–202.
Simonson, Itamar (1990), “The Effect of Purchase Quantity and
Timing on Variety-Seeking Behavior,” Journal of Marketing
Research, 27 (May), 150–62.
Trope, Yaacov, and Nira Liberman (2000), “Temporal Construal
and Time-Dependent Changes in Preferences,” Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 79 (6), 876–89.
——— (2003), “Temporal Construal,” Psychological Review, 110
(July), 403–21.
REFERENCES
Aaker, Jennifer L., and Patti Williams (1998), “Empathy versus
Pride: The Influence of Emotional Appeals across Cultures,”
Journal of Consumer Research, 25 (December), 241–61.
Andrade, Eduardo B. (2005), “Behavioral Consequences of Affect:
Combining Evaluative and Regulatory Mechanisms,” Journal
of Consumer Research, 32 (December), 355–62.
Andrade, Eduardo B., and Joel B. Cohen (2007), “On the Con-
sumption of Negative Feelings,” Journal of Consumer Re-
search, 34 (October), 283–300.
Ariely, Dan, Anat Bracha, and Stephan Meier (2009), “Doing Good
or Doing Well? Image Motivation and Monetary Incentives
in Behaving Prosocially,” American Economic Review, 99
(March), 544–55.
Beaupre´, Martin G., and Ursula Hess (2005), “Cross-Cultural Emo-
tion Recognition among Canadian Ethnic Groups,” Journal
of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 36 (May), 355–70.
Berger, Jonah, and Chip Heath (2007), “Where Consumers Diverge from Others: Identity-Signaling and Product Domains,” Jour-
nal of Consumer Research, 34 (August), 121–34.
Bower, Gordon H. (1981), “Mood and Memory,” American Psy-
chologist, 36 (February), 129–48.
Brewer, Marilynn B., and Wendi Gardner (1996), “Who Is This
‘We’? Levels of Collective Identity and Self Representations,”
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 71 (July),
83–93.
Burke, Peter J., and Jan E. Stets (2009), Identity Theory, New
York: Oxford University Press.
Bushman, Brad J., Roy F. Baumeister, and Colleen M. Phillips
(2001), “Do People Aggress to Improve Their Mood? Ca-
tharsis Beliefs, Affect Regulation Opportunity, and Aggres-
sive Responding,” Journal of Personality and Social Psy-
chology, 81 (July), 17–32.
Cialdini, Robert B., and Douglas T. Kenrick (1976), “Altruism as
Hedonism: A Social Development Perspective on the Rela-
tionship of Negative Mood State and Helping,” Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 34 (November), 907–14.
Cohen, Joel B., and Eduardo B. Andrade (2004), “Affective Intuition and Task-Contingent Affect Regulation,” Journal of
Consumer Research, 31 (September), 358–67.
Cooley, Charles Horton (1902), Human Nature and the Social
Order, New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Publishers.
Cuddy, Amy J. C., Susan T. Fiske, and Peter Glick (2004), “When
Professionals Become Mothers, Warmth Doesn’t Cut the Ice,”
Journal of Social Issues, 60 (December), 701–18.
Davis, Paul A., Tim Woodman, and Nichola Callow (2010), “Better
Out than In: The Influence of Anger Regulation on Physical
Performance,” Personality and Individual Differences, 49
(October), 457–60.
Erber, Ralph, Daniel M. Wegner, and Nicole Therriault (1996),
“On Being Cool and Collected: Mood Regulation in Antic-
ipation of Social Interaction,” Journal of Personality and So-
cial Psychology, 70 (April), 757–66.
Escalas, Jennifer Edson, and James R. Bettman (2005), “Self-Con-
strual, Reference Groups, and Brand Meaning,” Journal of
Consumer Research, 32 (December), 378–89.
Forehand, Mark R., and Rohit Deshpande´ (2001), “What We See
Makes Us Who We Are: Priming Ethnic Self-Awareness and
Advertising Response,” Journal of Marketing Research, 38
(August), 336–48.
Frijda, Nico H. (1986), The Emotions, New York: Cambridge Uni-
versity Press.
Frijda, Nico H., Peter Kuipers, and Elizabeth ter Schure (1989),
“Relations among Emotion, Appraisal, and Emotional Action
Readiness,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
57 (August), 212–28.
Gao, Leilei, S. Christian Wheeler, and Baba Shiv (2009), “The
‘Shaken Self’: Product Choices as a Means of Restoring Self-
View Confidence,” Journal of Consumer Research, 36 (June),
29–38.
Greenwald, Anthony G., and Anthony R. Pratkanis (1984), “The
Self,” in Handbook of Social Cognition, ed. Robert S. Wyer
and Thomas K. Srull, Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum, 129–78.
Gross, James J. (1998), “The Emerging Field of Emotion Regu-
lation: An Integrative Review,” Review of General Psychol-
ogy, 2 (September), 271–99.
Gross, James J., and Robert W. Levenson (1993), “Emotional Sup-
pression: Physiology, Self-Report, and Expressive Behavior,”
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 64 (June),
970–86.
Grunberg, Neil E., and Richard O. Straub (1992), “The Role of
Gender and Taste Class in the Effects of Stress on Eating,”
Health Psychology, 11 (March), 97–100.
Haidt, Jonathan, Paul Rozin, Clark McCauley, and Sumio Imada
(1997), “Body, Psyche and Culture: The Relationship between
Disgust and Morality,” Psychology and Developing Societies,
9 (March), 107–31.
Higgins, E. Tory (1987), “Self-Discrepancy: A Theory Relating
Self and Affect,” Psychological Review, 94 (July), 319–40.
Hochschild, Arlie Russell (1983), The Managed Heart: Commer-
cialization of Human Feeling, Los Angeles: University of
California Press.
Horberg, E. J., Christopher Oveis, Dacher Keltner, and Adam B.
Cohen (2009), “Disgust and the Moralization of Purity,” Jour-
nal of Personality and Social Psychology, 97 (December),
963–76.
Hsiao, Evana T., and Robert E. Thayer (1998), “Exercising for
Mood Regulation: The Importance of Experience,” Person-
ality and Individual Differences, 24 (June), 829–36.
Inbar, Y., D. Pizarro, and P. Bloom (2009), “Conservatives AreMore Easily Disgusted Than Liberals,” Cognition and Emo-
tion, 23 (May), 714–25.
Izard, Carroll E. (1977), Human Emotions, New York: Plenum.
Kleine, Susan S., Robert E. Kleine III, and Jerome B. Kernan
(1993), “Mundane Consumption and the Self: A Social Iden-
tity Perspective,” Journal of Consumer Psychology, 2 (June),
209–35.
Markus, Hazel, and Shinobu Kitayama (1991), “Culture and the
Self: Implications for Cognition, Emotion, and Motivation,”
Psychological Review, 98 (April), 224–53.
Markus, Hazel, and Elissa Wurf (1987), “The Dynamic Self-Con-
cept: A Social Psychological Perspective,” Annual Review of
Psychology, 38 (January), 299–337.
Matsumoto, David (1993), “Ethnic Differences in Affect Intensity,
Emotion Judgments, Display Rule Attitudes, and Self-Re-
ported Emotional Expression in an American Sample,” Mo-
tivation and Emotion, 17 (June), 107–23.
Mercurio, Kathryn R., and Mark R. Forehand (2011), “An Inter-
pretive Frame Model of Identity-Dependent Learning: The
Moderating Role of Content-State Association,” Journal of
Consumer Research, 38 (October), 555–57.
Oyserman, Daphna (2009), “Identity-Based Motivation and Con-
sumer Behavior,” Journal of Consumer Psychology, 19 (July),
276–79.
Reed, Americus, II (2004), “Activating the Self-Importance of
Consumer Selves: Exploring Identity Salience Effects on
Judgments,” Journal of Consumer Research, 31 (September),
286–95.
Reed, Americus, II, Mark R. Forehand, Stefano Puntoni, and Luke
Warlop (2012), “Identity-Based Consumer Behavior,” Inter-
national Journal of Research in Marketing, forthcoming.
Rozin, Paul, Laura Lowery, Sumio Imada, and Jonathan Haidt
(1999), “The CAD Triad Hypothesis: A Mapping between
Three Moral Emotions (Contempt, Anger, Disgust) and Three
Moral Codes (Community, Autonomy, Divinity),” Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 76 (April), 574–86.
Scott, Brent A., and Christopher M. Barnes (2011), “A Multilevel
Field Investigation of Emotional Labor, Affect, Work With-
drawal, and Gender,” Academy of Management Journal, 54
(February), 116–36.
Simpson, Patricia A., and Linka K. Stroh (2004), “Gender Dif-
ferences: Emotional Expression and Feelings of Personal In-
authenticity,” Journal of Applied Psychology, 89 (August),
715–21.
Small, Deborah, and Jennifer S. Lerner (2008), “Emotional Policy:
Personal Sadness and Anger Shape Policy Judgment,” Polit-
ical Psychology, 29 (April), 149–68.
Small, Deborah A., and Nicole M. Verrochi (2009), “The Face of
Need: Facial Emotion Expression on Charity Advertise-
ments,” Journal of Marketing Research, 46 (December),
777–87.
Smith, Craig A., and Phoebe C. Ellsworth (1985), “Patterns of
Cognitive Appraisal in Emotion,” Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 48 (April), 813–38.
Smith-Lovin, Lynn (1990), “Emotion as the Confirmation and Dis-
confirmation of Identity: An Affect Control Model,” in Re-
search Agendas in the Sociology of Emotions, ed. Theodore
D. Kemper, Albany: State University of New York Press,
238–70.
Stets, Jan E., and Peter J. Burke (2005), “New Directions in Identity
Control Theory,” in Advances in Group Processes: Social
Identification in Groups, Vol. 22, ed. Shane R. Thye and
Edward J. Lawler, Bingley, UK: Emerald House, 43–64.
Stryker, Sheldon (2004), “Integrating Emotion into Identity The-
ory,” inAdvances in Group Processes: Theory and Research
on Human Emotions, Vol. 21, ed. J. H. Turner, Bingley, UK:
Emerald House, 1–23.
Swann, William B. (1983), “Self-Verification: Bringing Social Re-
ality into Harmony with the Self,” in Social Psycological
Perspectives on the Self, Vol. 2, ed. J. Suis and A. G. Green-
wald, Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum, 33–66.
Tajfel, Henri (1978), “Social Categorization, Social Identity and
Social Comparison,” in Differentiation between Social
Groups, ed. Henri Tajfel, New York: Academic Press, 61–76.
Tamir, Maya (2009), “What Do People Want to Feel and Why?
Pleasure and Utility in Emotion Regulation,” Current Direc-
tions in Psychological Science, 18 (April), 101–5.
Tamir, Maya, Christopher Mitchell, and James J. Gross (2008),
“Hedonic and Instrumental Motives in Anger Regulation,”
Psychological Science, 19 (April), 324–28.
Tice, Dianne M., Ellen Bratslavsky, and Roy F. Baumeister (2001),
“Emotional Distress Regulation Takes Precedence over Im-
pulse Control: If You Feel Bad, Do It!” Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 80 (January), 53–67.
Tsai, Jeanne L., Brian Knutson, and Helene H. Fung (2006), “Cul-
tural Variation in Affect Valuation,” Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 90 (February), 288–307.
Wheatley, Thalia, and Jonathan Haidt (2005), “Hypnotic Disgust
Makes Moral Judgments More Severe,” Psychological Sci-
ence, 16 (October), 780–84.
White, Katherine, and Darren W. Dahl (2007), “Are All Out-
Groups Created Equal? Consumer Identity and Dissociative
Influence,” Journal of Consumer Research, 34 (December),
525–36.
Williams, Patti, and Aimee Drolet (2005), “Age-Related Differ-
ences in Responses to Emotional Advertisements,” Journal
of Consumer Research, 32 (December), 343–54.
REFERENCES
Aiken, Leona S., and Stephen G. West (1991), Multiple Regression:
Testing and Interpreting Interactions, Thousand Oaks, CA:
Sage.
Boroditsky, Lera (2000), “Metaphoric Structuring: Understanding
Time through Spatial Metaphors,” Cognition, 75 (April), 1–
28.
——— (2001), “Does Language Shape Thought? Mandarin and
English Speakers’ Conceptions of Time,” Cognitive Psy-
chology, 43 (August), 1–22.
——— (2011), “How Languages Construct Time,” in Space, Time
and Number in the Brain: Searching for the Foundations of
Mathematical Thought, ed. Stanislas Dehaene and Elizabeth
Brannon, London: Elsevier, 333–41.
Boroditsky, Lera, Orly Fuhrman, and Kelly McCormick (2011), “Do English and Mandarin Speakers Think about Time Dif-
ferently?” Cognition, 118 (January), 123–29.
Campbell, Margaret C., and Ronald C. Goodstein (2001), “The
Moderating Effect of Perceived Risk on Consumers’ Evalu-
ations of Product Incongruity: Preference for the Norm,” Jour-
nal of Consumer Research, 28 (December), 439–49.
Chandon, Pierre, J. Wesley Hutchinson, Eric T. Bradlow, and Scott
Young (2007), “Measuring the Value of Point-of-Purchase
Marketing with Commercial Eye-Tracking-Data,” in Visual
Marketing: From Attention to Action, ed. Michel Wedel and
Rik Pieters, Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Chatterjee, Anjan (2001), “Language and Space: Some Interac-
tions,” Trends in Cognitive Science, 5 (February), 55–61.
Chatterjee, Anjan, M. Helen Southwood, and David Basilico
(1999), “Verbs, Events and Spatial Representations,” Neu-
ropsychologia, 37 (April), 395–402.
Christenfeld, Nicholas (1995), “Choices from Identical Options,”
Psychological Science, 6 (January), 50–55.
Christman, Stephen, and Katherine Pinger (1997), “Lateral Biases
in Aesthetic Preferences: Pictorial Dimensions and Neural
Mechanisms,” Laterality, 2 (2), 155–75.
Dehaene, Stanislas, Serge Bossini, and Pascal Giraux (1993), “The
Mental Representation of Parity and Number Magnitude,”
Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 122 (Septem-
ber), 371–96.
Deng, Xiaoyan, and Barbara E. Kahn (2009), “Is Your Product on
the Right Side? The ‘Location Effect’ on Perceived Product
Heaviness and Package Evaluation,” Journal of Marketing
Research, 46 (December), 725–38.
Dobel, Christian, Gil Diesendruck, and Jens Bo¨lte (2007), “How
Writing System and Age Influence Spatial Representations of
Actions,” Psychological Science, 18 (June), 487–91.
Drake, Roger A. (1987), “Effects of Gaze Manipulation on Aes-
thetic Judgments: Hemisphere Priming of Affect,” Acta Psy-
chologica, 65 (July), 91–99.
Fuhrman, Orly, and Lera Boroditsky (2010), “Cross-Cultural Dif-
ferences in Mental Representations of Time: Evidence from
an Implicit Nonlinguistic Task,” Cognitive Science, 34 (No-
vember), 1430–51.
Gevers, Wim, Bert Reynvoet, and Wim Fias (2004), “The Mental
Representation of Ordinal Sequences Is Spatially Organised:
Evidence from Days of the Week,” Cortex, 40 (February),
171–72.
Janiszewski, Chris (1988), “Preconscious Processing Effects: The
Independence of Attitude Formation and Conscious Thought,”
Journal of Consumer Research, 15 (September), 199–209.
——— (1990), “The Influence of Print Advertisement Organi-
zation on Affect toward a Brand Name,” Journal of Consumer
Research, 17 (June), 53–65.
Kim, Hakkyun, Akshay R. Rao, and Angela Y. Lee (2009), “It’s
Time to Vote: The Effect of Matching Message Orientation
and Temporal Frame on Political Persuasion,” Journal of Con-
sumer Research, 35 (April), 877–89.
Labroo, Aparna A., and Angela Y. Lee (2006), “Between Two
Brands: A Goal Fluency Account of Brand Evaluation,” Jour-
nal of Marketing Research, 43 (August), 374–85.
Lakoff, George, and Mark Johnson (1980), Metaphors We Live
By, Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Lee, Angela Y., and Jennifer L. Aaker (2004), “Bringing the Frame
into Focus: The Influence of Regulatory Fit on Processing
Fluency and Persuasion,” Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 86 (February), 205–18.
Lee, Angela Y., Punam Anand Keller, and Brian Sternthal (2010),
“Value from Regulatory Construal Fit: The Persuasive Impact
of Fit between Consumer Goals and Message Concreteness,”
Journal of Consumer Research, 36 (February), 735–47.
Lee, Angela Y., and Aparna A. Labroo (2004), “The Effect of
Conceptual and Perceptual Fluency on Brand Evaluation,”
Journal of Marketing Research, 41 (May), 151–65.
Maass, Anne, and Aurore Russo (2003), “Directional Bias in the
Mental Representation of Spatial Events: Nature or Culture?”
Psychological Science, 14 (July), 296–301.
Meier, Brian P., and Michael D. Robinson (2006), “Does ‘Feeling
Down’ Mean Seeing Down? Depressive Symptoms and Ver-
tical Selective Attention,” Journal of Research in Personality,
40 (August), 451–61.
Meier, Brian P., Michael D. Robinson, and Gerald L. Clore (2004),
“Why Good Guys Wear White: Automatic Inferences aboutStimulus Valence Based on Brightness,” Psychological Sci-
ence, 15 (February), 82–87.
Meier, Brian P., Martin Sellbom, and Dustin B. Wygant (2007),
“Failing to Take the Moral High Ground: Psychopathy and
the Vertical Representation of Morality,” Personality and In-
dividual Differences, 43 (September), 757–67.
Meyers-Levy, Joan, Therese A. Louie, and Mary T. Curren (1994),
“How Does the Congruity of Brand Names Affect Evaluations
of Brand Name Extensions?,” Journal of Applied Psychology,
79 (February), 56–53.
Meyers-Levy, Joan, and Alice M. Tybout (1989), “Schema Con-
gruity as a Basis for Product Evaluation,” Journal of Con-
sumer Research, 16 (June), 39–54.
Moskowitz, Gordon B. (1993), “Individual Differences in Social
Categorization: The Influence of Personal Need for Structure
on Spontaneous Trait Inferences,” Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 65 (July), 132–42.
Muller, Dominique, Charles Judd, and Vincent Y. Yzerbyt (2005),
“When Moderation Is Mediated and Mediation Is Moderated,”
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 89 (Decem-
ber), 852–63.
Nelson, Leif D., and Joseph P. Simmons (2009), “On Southbound
Ease and Northbound Fees: Literal Consequences of the Met-
aphoric Link between Vertical Position and Cardinal Direc-
tion,” Journal of Marketing Research, 46 (December),
715–24.
Neuberg, Steven L., and Jason T. Newsom (1993), “Personal Need
for Structure: Individual Differences in the Desire for Simpler
Structure,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 65
(July), 113–31.
Nisbett, Richard E., and Timothy D. Wilson (1977), “Telling More
Than We Can Know: Verbal Reports on Mental Processes,”
Psychological Review, 84 (March), 231–59.
Novemsky, Nathan, Ravi Dhar, Norbert Schwarz, and Itamar Si-
monson (2007), “Preference Fluency in Choice,” Journal of
Marketing Research, 44 (August), 347–56.
Ouellet, Marc, Julio Santiago, Maria Jesus Funes, and Juan Lu-
pianez (2010), “Thinking about the Future Moves Attention
to the Right,” Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human
Perception and Performance, 36 (February), 17–24.
Peracchio, Laura A., and Joan Meyers-Levy (1997), “Evaluating
Persuasion-Enhancing Techniques from a Resource-Matching
Perspective,” Journal of Consumer Research, 24 (September),
178–91.
Reber, Rolf, and Norbert Schwarz (1999), “Effects of Perceptual
Fluency on Judgments of Truth,” Consciousness and Cog-
nition, 8 (September), 338–42.
Rietzschel, Eric F., Carsten K. W. De Dreu, and Bernard A. Nijstad
(2007), “Personal Need for Structure and Creative Perfor-
mance: The Moderating Influence of Fear of Invalidity,” Per-
sonality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 33 (June), 855–66.
Santiago, Julio, Juan Lupia´n˜ez, Elvira Pe´rez, and Marı´a Jesu´s
Funes (2007), “Time (Also) Flies from Left to Right,” Psy-
chonomic Bulletin and Review, 14 (June), 512–16.
Santiago, Julio, Antonio Roman, Marc Ouellet, Nieves Rodriguez,
and Pilar Perez-Azor (2008), “In Hindsight, Life Flows from
Left to Right,” Psychological Research, 74 (January), 59–70.
Schaller, Mark, Carrie Boyd, Jonathan Yohannes, and Meredith
O’Brien (1995), “The Prejudiced Personality Revisited: Per-
sonal Need for Structure and Formation of Erroneous Group
Stereotypes,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
68 (March), 544–55.
Schwarz, Norbert (2004), “Meta-Cognitive Experiences in Consumer Judgment and Decision Making,” Journal of Consumer
Psychology, 14 (September), 332–48.
Shaki, Samuel, and Martin H. Fischer (2008), “Reading Space into
Numbers: A Cross-Linguistic Comparison of the SNARC Ef-
fect,” Cognition, 108 (August), 590–99.
Shen, Hao, Yuwei Jiang, and Rashmi Adaval (2010), “Contrast
and Assimilation Effects of Processing Fluency,” Journal of
Consumer Research, 36 (February), 876–89.
Shubert, Thomas W. (2005), “Your Highness: Vertical Position as
Perceptual Symbols of Power,” Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 89 (July), 1–21.
Spalek, Thomas M., and Sherief Hammad (2005), “The Left-to-
Right Bias in Inhibition of Return Is Due to the Direction of
Reading,” Psychological Science, 16 (January), 15–18.
Tversky, Barbara, Sol Kugelmass, and Atalia Winter (1991),
“Cross-Cultural and Developmental Trends in Graphic Pro-
ductions,” Cognitive Psychology, 23 (October), 515–57.
Valenzuela, Ana, and Priya Raghubir (2009), “Position Based Schemas: The Center-Stage Effect,” Journal of Consumer
Psychology, 9 (April), 185–96.
——— (2010), “Are Consumers Aware of Top-Bottom but Not
of Left-Right Inferences?” Unpublished manuscript, Baruch
College, CUNY.
Valenzuela, Ana, Priya Raghubir, and Chrissy Mitakakis (2012),
“Shelf Space Schemas: Myth or Reality?” Journal of Business
Research, doi:10.1016/j.jbusres.2011.12.006.
Vallesi, Antonino, Malcolm A. Binns, and Tim Shallice (2008),
“An Effect of Spatial-Temporal Association of Response
Codes: Understanding the Cognitive Representations of
Time,” Cognition, 107 (May), 501–27.
Zebian, Samar (2005), “Linkages between Number Concepts, Spa-
tial Thinking, and Directionality of Writing: The SNARC Ef-
fect and the REVERSE SNARC Effect in English and Arabic
Monoliterates, Biliterates, and Illiterate Arabic Speakers,”
Journal of Cognition and Culture, 5 (1–2), 165–90.
REFERENCES
Aaker, Jennifer L., and Patti Williams (1998), “Empathy versus
Pride: The Influence of Emotional Appeals across Cultures,”
Journal of Consumer Research, 25 (3), 241–61.
Ahluwalia, Rohini (2008), “How Far Can a Brand Stretch? Un-
derstanding the Role of Self-Construal,” Journal of Marketing
Research, 45 (June), 337–50.
Anderson, Cameron, and Adam D. Galinsky (2006), “Power, Op-
timism, and Risk-Taking,” European Journal of Social Psy-
chology, 36 (4), 511–36.
Bargh, John A., Ronald N. Bond, Wendy J. Lombardi, and Mary
E. Tota (1986), “The Additive Nature of Chronic and Tem-
porary Sources of Construct Accessibility,” Journal of Per-
sonality and Social Psychology, 50 (5), 869–78.
Baron, Reuben M., and David A. Kenny (1986), “The Moderator-
Mediator Variable Distinction in Social Psychological Re-
search: Conceptual, Strategic and Statistical Considerations,”
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 51 (6),
1173–82.
Choi, Incheol, Reeshad Dalal, Chu Kim-Prieto, and Hyekyung Park
(2003), “Culture and Judgment of Causal Relevance,” Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 84 (1), 46–59.
Choi, Incheol, Minkyung Koo, and Jongan Choi (2007), “Individ-ual Differences in Analytic versus Holistic Thinking,” Per-
sonality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 33 (5), 691–705.
Cronley, Maria L., Steven S. Posavac, Tracy Meyer, Frank R.
Kardes, and James J. Kellaris (2005), “A Selective Hypothesis
Testing Perspective on Price-Quality Inference and Inference-
Based Choice,” Journal of Consumer Psychology, 15 (2),
159–69.
Dawar, Niraj, and Philip Parker (1994), “Marketing Universals:
Consumers Use of Brand-Name, Price, Physical Appearance
and Retailer Reputation as Signals of Product Quality,” Jour-
nal of Marketing, 58 (2), 81–95.
Escalas, Jennifer Edson, and James R. Bettman (2005), “Self-Con-
strual, Reference Groups and Brand Meaning,” Journal of
Consumer Research, 32 (3), 378–89.
Faulds, David J., and Subhash C. Lonial (2001), “Price-Quality
Relationships of Nondurable Consumer Products: A European
and United States Perspective,” Journal of Economic and So-
cial Research, 3 (1), 59–77.
Hamilton, Rebecca W., and Gabriel J. Biehal (2005), “Achieving
Your Goals or Protecting Their Future? The Effects of Self-
View on Goals and Choices,” Journal of Consumer Research,
32 (2), 277–83.
Hamilton, Ryan, and Alexander Chernev (2010), “The Impact of
Product Line Extensions and Consumer Goals on the For-
mation of Price Image,” Journal of Marketing Research, 47
(1), 51–62.
Huddleston, Patricia, and Linda K. Good (1998), “The Price-Qual-
ity Relationship: Does It Hold True for Russian and Polish
Consumers?” International Review of Retail, Distribution and
Consumer Research, 8 (1), 33–51.
Jenkins, Margaret, and Richard Griffith (2004), “Using Personality
Constructs to Predict Performance: Narrow or Broad Band-
width,” Journal of Business and Psychology, 19 (2), 255–69.
Ji, Li-Jun, Kaiping Peng, and Richard E. Nisbett (2000), “Culture,
Control and Perception of Relationships in the Environment,”
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 78 (5), 943–
55.
Jo, Myung-Soo, and Emine Sarigollu (2007), “Cross-Cultural Dif-
ferences of Price-Perceived Quality Relationships,” Journal
of International Consumer Marketing, 19 (4), 59–74.
Johnson, Timothy, Sharon Shavitt, and Allyson Holbrook (2011),
“Culture and Response Styles in Survey Research,” in Cross-
Cultural Research Methods in Psychology, ed. David Mat-
sumoto and Fons J. R. van de Vijver, Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press, 130–78.
Kardes, Frank R., Maria L. Cronley, James J. Kellaris, and Steven
S. Posavac (2004), “The Role of Selective Information Pro-
cessing in Price-Quality Inference,” Journal of Consumer Re-
search, 31 (2), 368–74.
Kardes, Frank R., Steven S. Posavac, and Maria L. Cronley (2004),
“Consumer Inference: A Review of Processes, Bases, and
Judgment Contexts,” Journal of Consumer Psychology, 14
(3), 230–56.
Keller, Kevin Lane (1993), “Conceptualizing, Measuring, Man-
aging Customer-Based Brand Equity,” Journal of Marketing,
57 (1), 1–22.
Lalwani, Ashok K. (2009), “The Distinct Influence of Cognitive
Busyness and Need for Closure on Cultural Differences in
Socially Desirable Responding,” Journal of Consumer Re-
search, 36 (2), 305–16.
Lalwani, Ashok K., and Kent B. Monroe (2005), “A Re-Exami-
nation of Frequency-Depth Effects in Consumer Price Judg-
ments,” Journal of Consumer Research, 32 (3), 480–85.
Lalwani, Ashok K., and Sharon Shavitt (2009), “The ‘Me’ I Claim
to Be: Cultural Self-Construal Elicits Self-Presentational Goal
Pursuit,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 97
(1), 88–102.
Lalwani, Ashok K., Sharon Shavitt, and Timothy Johnson (2006),
“What Is the Relation between Cultural Orientation and So-
cially Desirable Responding?” Journal of Personality and So-
cial Psychology, 90 (1), 165–78.
Lalwani, Ashok K., L. J. Shrum, and Chi-Yue Chiu (2009), “Mo-
tivated Response Styles: The Role of Cultural Values, Reg-
ulatory Focus and Self-Consciousness in Socially Desirable
Responding,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
96 (4), 870–82.
Lichtenstein, Donald R., Nancy M. Ridgway, and Richard G. Ne-
temeyer (1993), “Price Perceptions and Consumer Shopping
Behavior: A Field Study,” Journal of Marketing Research,
30 (2), 234–45.
Mandel, Naomi (2003), “Shifting Selves and Decision Making:
The Effects of Self-Construal Priming on Consumer Risk-
Taking,” Journal of Consumer Research, 30 (1), 30–40.
Masuda, Takahiko, and Richard E. Nisbett (2001), “Attending Ho-
listically versus Analytically: Comparing the Context Sensi-
tivity of Japanese and Americans,” Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 81 (5), 922–34.
Monga, Alokparna (Sonia) Basu (2004), “Cultural Differences in
Brand Extension Evaluation: The Role of Holistic versus An-
alytic Thinking,” unpublished dissertation, University of Min-
nesota.
Monga, Alokparna (Sonia) Basu, and Deborah Roedder John
(2007), “Cultural Differences in Brand Extension Evaluation:
The Influence of Analytic versus Holistic Thinking,” Journal
of Consumer Research, 33 (March), 529–36.
——— (2008), “When Does Negative Brand Publicity Hurt? The
Moderating Influence of Analytic versus Holistic Thinking,”
Journal of Consumer Psychology, 18 (4), 320–32.
——— (2010), “What Makes Brands Elastic? The Influence of
Brand Concept and Styles of Thinking on Brand Extension
Evaluation,” Journal of Marketing, 74 (May), 80–92.
Monroe, Kent B. (2003), Pricing: Making Profitable Decisions,
New York: McGraw Hill.
Nisbett, Richard E., Kaiping Peng, Incheol Choi, and Ara Noren-
zayan (2001), “Culture and Systems of Thought: Holistic ver-
sus Analytic Cognition,” Psychological Review, 108 (2),
291–310.
Ones, Deniz S., and Chockalingam Viswesvaran (1996), “Band-
width-Fidelity Dilemma in Personality Measurement for Per-
sonnel Selection,” Journal of Organizational Behavior, 17
(6), 609–26.
Oyserman, Daphna (1993), “The Lens of Personhood: Viewing the Self and Others in a Multicultural Society,” Journal of Per-
sonality and Social Psychology, 65 (5), 993–1009.
Rao, Akshay R., and Kent B. Monroe (1989), “The Effect of Price,
Brand Name, and Store Name on Buyers’ Perceptions of Prod-
uct Quality: An Integrative Review,” Journal of Marketing
Research, 26 (3), 351–57.
Reddy, Srinivas K., Susan L. Holak, and Subodh Bhat (1994), “To
Extend or Not to Extend: Success Determinants of Line Ex-
tensions,” Journal of Marketing Research, 31 (May), 243–
62.
Schlosser, Ann E., and Sharon Shavitt (2002), “Anticipating Dis-
cussion about a Product: Rehearsing What to Say Can Affect
Your Judgments,” Journal of Consumer Research, 29 (1),
101–15.
Shavitt, Sharon (1990), “The Role of Attitude Objects in Attitude
Functions,” Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 26
(2), 124–48.
——— (1992), “Evidence for Predicting the Effectiveness of
Value-Expressive versus Utilitarian Appeals: A Reply to Johar
and Sirgy,” Journal of Advertising, 21 (2), 47–51.
Shavitt, Sharon, Tina M. Lowrey, and Sang-pil Han (1992), “At-
titude Functions in Advertising: The Interactive Role of Prod-
ucts and Self-Monitoring,” Journal of Consumer Psychology,
1 (4), 337–64.
Trafimow, David, Harry C. Triandis, and Sharon G. Goto (1991),
“Some Tests of the Distinction between the Private Self and
the Collective Self,” Journal of Personality and Social Psy-
chology, 60 (5), 649–55.
Triandis, Harry C. (1995), Individualism and Collectivism, Boulder,
CO: Westview Press.
Triandis, Harry C., and Michele J. Gelfand (1998), “Converging
Measurement of Horizontal and Vertical Individualism and
Collectivism,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
74 (1), 118–28.
Troutman, C. Michael, and James Shanteau (1976), “Do Consum-
ers Evaluate Products by Adding or Averaging Attribute In-
formation?” Journal of Consumer Research, 3 (2), 101–6.
White, Katherine, and Darren W. Dahl (2007), “Are All Out-
Groups Created Equal? Consumer Identity and Dissociative
Influence,” Journal of Consumer Research, 34 (4), 525–36.
Zhou, Kevin Z., Centing Su, and Yeqing Bao (2002), “A Paradox
of Price-Quality and Market Efficiency: A Comparative Study
of the U.S. and China Markets,” International Journal of
Research in Marketing, 19 (4), 349–65.
Zhu, Rui, and Joan Meyers-Levy (2009), “The Influence of Self-
View on Context Effects: How Display Fixtures Can Affect
Product Evaluations,” Journal of Marketing Research, 46 (1),
37–45.
REFERENCES
Ackerman, Joshua M., Christopher C. Nocera, and John A. Bargh
(2010), “Incidental Haptic Sensations Influence Social Judg-
ments and Decisions,” Science, 328 (5986), 1712–15.
Bargh, John A. (2006), “What Have We Been Priming All These
Years? On the Development, Mechanisms, and Ecology of
Nonconscious Social Behavior,” European Journal of Social
Psychology, 36 (2), 147–68.
Barsalou, Lawrence W. (2008), “Grounded Cognition,” Annual Re-
view of Psychology, 59 (1), 617–45.
Barsalou, Lawrence W., Kyle W. Simmons, Aron K. Barbey, and
Christine D. Wilson (2003), “Grounding Conceptual Knowl-
edge in Modality-Specific Systems,” Trends in Cognitive Sci-
ences, 7 (2), 84–91.
Beike, Denise R., Laura P. Adams, and Erin T. Wirth-Beaumont
(2007), “Incomplete Inhibition of Emotion in Specific Au-
tobiographical Memories,” Memory, 15 (4), 375–89.
Beike, Denise R., Keith D. Markman, and Figen Karadogan (2009),
“What I Regret Most Are Lost Opportunities: A Theory of
Regret Intensity,” Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin,
35 (3), 385–97.
Beike, Denise R., and Erin Wirth-Beaumont (2005), “Psycholog-
ical Closure as a Memory Phenomenon,” Memory, 13 (6),
574–93.
Bell, David E. (1982), “Regret in Decision Making under Uncer-
tainty,” Operations Research, 30 (5), 961–81.
Bettman, James R., Mary Frances Luce, and John W. Payne (1998),
“Constructive Consumer Choice Processes,” Journal of Con-
sumer Research, 25 (3), 187–217.
Botti, Simona, and Christopher K. Hsee (2010), “Dazed and Con-
fused by Choice: How the Temporal Costs of Choosing Lead
to Undesirable Outcomes,” Organizational Behavior and Hu-
man Decision Processes, 112 (2), 161–71.
Botti, Simona, and Ann L. McGill (2006), “When Choosing Is
Not Deciding: The Effect of Perceived Responsibility on Sat-
isfaction,” Journal of Consumer Research, 33 (2), 211–19.
Brenner, Lyle, Yuval S. Rottenstreich, and Sanjay Sood (1999),
“Comparison, Grouping, and Preference,” Psychological Sci-
ence, 10 (3), 225–29.
Broniarczyk, Susan M. (2008), “Product Assortment,” in Hand-
book of Consumer Psychology, ed. Curtis P. Haugtvedt, Paul
M. Herr, and Frank R. Kardes, New York: Erlbaum, 755–79.
Cacioppo, John T., Joseph R. Priester, and Gary G. Berntson
(1993), “Rudimentary Determinants of Attitude. II: Arm Flex-
ion and Extension Have Differential Effect on Attitudes,”
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 65 (1), 5–17.
Carmon, Ziv, Klaus Wertenbroch, and Marcel Zeelenberg (2003),
“Option Attachment: When Deliberating Makes Choosing
Feel Like Losing,” Journal of Consumer Research, 30 (1),
15–29.
Chernev, Alexander (2003), “When More Is Less and Less Is More:
The Role of Ideal Point Availability and Assortment in Con-
sumer Choice,” Journal of Consumer Research, 30 (2),
170–83.
Frey, Dieter (1981), “Reversible and Irreversible Decisions: Pref-
erence for Consonant Information as a Function of Attrac-
tiveness of Decision Alternatives,” Personality and Social
Psychology Bulletin, 7 (4), 621–26.
Gilbert, Daniel T., and Jane E. J. Ebert (2002), “Decisions and
Revisions: The Affective Forecasting of Changeable Out-
comes,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 82
(4), 503–14.
Hafner, Rebecca J., Matthew P. White, and Simon J. Handley
(2012), “Spoilt of Choice: The Role of Counterfactual Think-
ing in the Excess Choice and Reversibility Paradoxes,” Jour-
nal of Experimental Social Psychology, 48 (1), 28–36.
Hayes, Andrew F. (2013), Introduction to Mediation, Moderation,
and Conditional Process Analysis: A Regression-Based Ap-
proach, New York: Guilford.
Hsee, Christopher K., and France Leclerc (1998), “Will Products
Look More Attractive When Presented Separately or To-
gether?” Journal of Consumer Research, 25 (2), 175–86.
Hsee, Christopher K., George F. Loewenstein, Sally Blount, and Max H. Bazerman (1999), “Preference Reversals between
Joint and Separate Evaluation of Options: A Review and The-
oretical Analysis,” Psychological Bulletin, 125 (5), 576–90.
Hung, Iris W., and Aparna A. Labroo (2011), “From Firm Muscles
to Firm Willpower: Understanding the Role of Embodied
Cognition in Self-Regulation,” Journal of Consumer Re-
search, 37 (6), 1046–64.
Inbar, Yoel, Simona Botti, and Karlene Hanko (2011), “Decision
Speed and Choice Regret: When Haste Feels Like Waste,”
Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 47 (3), 533–40.
Iyengar, Sheena S., and Mark R. Lepper (2000), “When Choice Is
Demotivating: Can One Desire Too Much of a Good Thing?”
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 79 (6), 995–
1006.
Iyengar, Sheena S., Rachael E. Wells, and Barry Schwartz (2006),
“Doing Better but Feeling Worse,” Psychological Science, 17
(2), 143–50.
Johnson, Mark (2007), The Meaning of the Body, Chicago: Uni-
versity of Chicago Press.
Kahneman, Daniel, and Amos Tversky (1979), “Prospect Theory:
An Analysis of Decision under Risk,” Econometrica 47 (2),
263–91.
Kruglanski, Arie W. (1989), Lay Epistemics and Human Knowl-
edge: Cognitive and Motivational Bases, New York: Plenum.
——— (1990), “Lay Epistemic Theory in Social Cognitive Psy-
chology,” Psychological Inquiry, 1 (3), 181–97.
Lakoff, George (1993), “The Contemporary Theory of Metaphor,”
in Metaphor and Thought, ed. Andrew Ortony, Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press, 203–51.
Lakoff, George, and Mark Johnson (1980), Metaphors We Live
By, Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Landau, Mark J., Brian P. Meier, and Lucas A. Keefer (2010) “A
Metaphor-Enriched Social Cognition,” Psychological Bulle-
tin, 136 (6), 1045–67.
Li, Xiuping, Liyuan Wei, and Dilip Soman (2010), “Sealing the
Emotions Genie: The Effects of Physical Enclosure on Psy-
chological Closure,” Psychological Science, 21 (8), 1047–50.
Litt, Ab, and Zakary L. Tormala (2010), “Fragile Enhancement of
Attitudes and Intentions Following Difficult Decisions,” Jour-
nal of Consumer Research, 37 (4), 584–98.
Luce, Mary Frances (1998), “Choosing to Avoid: Coping with
Negatively Emotion-Laden Consumer Decisions,” Journal of
Consumer Research, 24 (4), 409–33.
Malhotra, Naresh K. (1982), “Information Load and Consumer
Decision Making,” Journal of Consumer Research, 8 (4),
419–30.
Mayseless, Ofra, and Arie W. Kruglanski (1987), “What Makes
You So Sure? Effects of Epistemic Motivations on Judgmental
Confidence,” Organizational Behavior and Human Decision
Processes, 39 (2), 162–83.
Mogilner, Cassie, Baba Shiv, and Sheena S. Iyengar (2013), “Eter-
nal Quest for the Best: Sequential (vs. Simultaneous) Option
Presentation Undermines Choice Commitment,” Journal of
Consumer Research, 39 (6), 1300–1312.
Muller, Dominique, Charles M. Judd, and Vincent Y. Yzerbyt
(2005), “When Moderation Is Mediated and Mediation Is
Moderated,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
89 (6), 852–63.
Pham, Michel Tuan (1998), “Representativeness, Relevance, and
the Use of Feelings in Decision Making,” Journal of Con-
sumer Research, 25 (2), 144–59.
Preacher, Kristopher J., Derek D. Rucker, and Andrew F. Hayes
(2007), “Addressing Moderated Mediation Hypotheses: Theory, Methods, and Prescriptions,” Multivariate Behavioral Re-
search, 42 (1), 185–227.
Shafir, Eldar, Itamar Simonson, and Amos Tversky (1993), “Rea-
son-Based Choice,” Cognition, 49 (1–2), 11–36.
Taylor, Cheryl, Charles G. Lord, and Charles F. Bond Jr. (2009),
“Embodiment, Agency, and Attitude Change,” Journal of Per-
sonality and Social Psychology, 97 (6), 946–62.
Tversky, Amos, and Eldar Shafir (1992), “Choice under Conflict: The Dynamics of Deferred Decision,” Psychological Science,
3 (6), 358–61.
Zeelenberg, Marcel (1999), “Anticipated Regret, Expected Feed-
back, and Behavioral Decision Making,” Journal of Behav-
ioral Decision Making, 12 (2), 93–106.
Zhang, Meng, and Xiuping Li (2012), “From Physical Weight to
Psychological Significance: The Contribution of Semantic Ac-
tivations,” Journal of Consumer Research, 38 (6), 1063–75.
REFERENCES
Attneave, F. & Olson, R.K. (1971). Pitch as a medium: A new approach to psychophysical scaling. American
Journal of Psychology, 84, 147-166.
Bachem, A. (1937). Various types of absolute pitch. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 9, 146-151.
Bernstein, L. (1976). The Unanswered Question. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Besson, M. (1997). Electrophysiological studies of music processing. In I. Deliège & J. Sloboda (Eds.), Perception
and Cognition of Music (pp. 217-250). Hove, UK: Psychology Press.
Besson, M. & Faïta, F. (1995). An event-related potential (ERP) study of musical expectancy: Comparison of
musicians and non-musicians. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance,
21, 1278-1296.
Besson, M., Faïta, F., Peretz, I., Bonnel, A.-M., & Requin, J. (1998). Singing in the brain: Independence of lyrics
and tunes. Psychological Science, 9, 494-498.
Besson, M. & Macar, F. (1987). An event-related potential analysis of incongruity in music and other non-linguistic
contexts. Psychophysiology, 24, 14-25.
Bever, T. & Chiarello, R. (1974). Cerebral dominance in musicians and nonmusicians. Science, 185, 537-539.
Bharucha, J.J. (1984a). Anchoring effects in music: The resolution of dissonance. Cognitive Psychology, 16, 485-
518.
Bharucha, J.J. (1984b). Event hierarchies, tonal hierarchies, and assimilation: A reply to Deutsch and Dowling.
Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 113, 421-425.
Bharucha, J.J. (1987). Music cognition and perceptual facilitation: A connectionist framework. Music Perception, 5,
1-30.
Bharucha, J.J. (1996). Melodic anchoring. Music Perception, 13, 383-400.
Bharucha, J.J. & Krumhansl, C.L. (1983). The representation of harmonic structure in music: Hierarchies of
stability as a function of context. Cognition, 13, 63-102.
Bharucha, J.J. & Mencl, W.E. (1996). Two issues in auditory cognition: Self-organization of octave categories and
pitch-invariant pattern recognition. Psychological Science, 7, 142-149.
Bharucha, J.J. & Pryor, J.H. (1986). Disrupting the isochrony underlying rhythm: An asymmetry in discrimination.
Perception & Psychophysics, 40, 137-141.
Bharucha, J.J. & Stoeckig, K. (1986). Response time and musical expectancy: Priming of Chords. Journal of
Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 12, 403-410.
Bharucha, J.J. & Stoeckig, K. (1987). Priming of chords: Spreading activation or overlapping frequency spectra?
Perception & Psychophysics, 41, 519-524.
Bigand, E. (1997). Perceiving musical stability: The effect of tonal structure, rhythm, and musical expertise. Journal
of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 23, 808-822.
Bigand, E., Mandurell, F., Tillmann, B., & Pineau, M. (1999). Effect of global structure and temporal organization
on chord processing. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 25, 184-
197.
Bigand, E. & Pineau, M. (1996). Context effects on melody recognition: A dynamic interpretation. Current
Psychology of Cognition, 15, 121-134.
Bigand, E. & Pineau, M. (1997). Global context effects on musical expectancy. Perception & Psychophysics, 59,
1098-1107.
Bigand, E., Tillmann, B., Poulin, B., & D’Adamo, D.A. (under review). The effect of harmonic context on phoneme
monitoring in vocal music.
Blackmore, S. (2000). The Meme Machine. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Bolton, T.L. (1894). Rhythm. American Journal of Psychology, 6, 145-238.
Boltz, M.G. (1989a). Perceiving the end: Effects of tonal relationships on melodic completion. Journal of
Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 15, 749-761.
Boltz, M.G. (1989b). Rhythm and “good endings”: Effects of temporal structure on tonality judgments. Perception
& Psychophysics, 46, 9-17.
Boltz, M.G. (1989c). Time judgments of musical endings: Effects of expectancies on the “filled interval effect.”
Perception & Psychophysics, 46, 409-418.
Boltz, M.G. (1991a). Some structural determinants of melody recall. Memory & Cognition, 19, 239-251.
Boltz, M.G. (1991b). Time estimation and attentional perspective. Perception & Psychophysics, 49, 422-433.
Boltz, M.G. (1992). The remembering of auditory event durations. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning,
Memory, and Cognition, 18, 938-956.
Boltz, M.G. (1993a). The generation of temporal and melodic expectancies during musical listening. Perception &
Psychophysics, 53, 585-600.
Boltz, M.G. (1993b). Time estimation and expectancies. Memory & Cognition, 21, 853-863.
Boltz, M.G. (1998). The processing of temporal and nontemporal information in the remembering of event
durations and musical structure. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and
Performance, 24, 1087-1104.
Boltz, M.G. & Jones, M.R. (1986). Does rule recursion make melodies easier to reproduce? If not, what does?
Cognitive Psychology, 18, 389-431.
Bregman, A.S. (1990). Auditory Scene Analysis: The Perceptual Organization of Sound. Cambridge, MA: MIT
Press.
Brown, S. (2000). The "musilanguage" model of music evolution. In N.L. Wallin, B. Merker, & S. Brown (Eds.),
The Origins of Music (pp. 271-300). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Bundy, R.S., Colombo, J., & Singer, J. (1982). Pitch perception in young infants. Developmental Psychology, 18,
10-14.
Burns, E.M. (1999). Intervals, scales, and tuning. In D. Deutsch (Ed.), The Psychology of Music (2nd ed., pp. 215-
264). San Diego, CA: Academic Press.
Burns, E.M. & Ward, W.D. (1978). Categorical perception - phenomenon or epiphenomenon: Evidence form
experiments in the perception of melodic musical intervals. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America,
63, 456-468.
Castellano, M.A., Bharucha, J.J., & Krumhansl, C.L. (1984). Tonal hierarchies in the music of North India. Journal
of Experimental Psychology: General, 113, 394-412.
Clarke, E.F. (1993). Imitating and evaluating real and transformed musical performances. Music Perception, 10,
317-343.
Clarke, E.F. (1999). Rhythm and timing in music. In D. Deutsch (Ed.), The Psychology of Music (2nd ed., pp. 473-
500). San Diego, CA: Academic Press.
Clarke, E.F. & Baker-Short, C. (1987). The imitation of perceived rubato: A preliminary study. Psychology of
Music, 15, 58-75.
Clarkson, M.G. & Clifton, R.K (1985). Infant pitch perception: Evidence for responding to pitch categories and the
missing fundamental. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 77, 1521-1528.
Clarkson, M.G. & Clifton, R.K. (1995). Infants’ pitch perception: Inharmonic tonal complexes. Journal of the
Acoustical Society of America, 98, 1372-1379.
Clarkson, M.G., Martin, R.L., & Miciek, S.G. (1996). Infants’ perception of pitch: Number of harmonics. Infant
Behavior and Development, 19, 191-197.
Clarkson, M.G. & Rogers, E.C. (1995). Infants require low-frequency energy to hear the pitch of the missing
fundamental. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 98, 148-154.
Cohen, M.A., Grossberg, S., & Wyse, L.L. (1995). A spectral network model of pitch perception. Journal of the
Acoustical Society of America, 98, 862-879.
Cohen, A.J., Thorpe, L.A., & Trehub, S.E. (1987). Infants’ perception of musical relations in short transposed tone
sequences. Canadian Journal of Psychology, 41, 33-47.
Collier, G.L. & Wright, C.E. (1995). Temporal rescaling of simple and complex ratios in rhythmic tapping. Journal
of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 21, 602-627.
Cuddy, L.L. (1991). Melodic patterns and tonal structure: Converging evidence. Psychomusicology, 10, 107-126.
Cuddy, L.L. & Badertscher, B. (1987). Recovery of the tonal hierarchy: Some comparisons across age and levels of
musical experience. Perception & Psychophysics, 41, 609-620.
Cuddy, L.L. & Cohen, A.J. (1976). Recognition of transposed melodic sequences. Quarterly Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 28, 255-270.
Cuddy, L.L., Cohen, A.J., & Mewhort, D.J. (1981). Perception of structures in short melodic sequences. Journal of
Experimental Psychology: Human Perception & Performance, 7, 869-883.
Cuddy, L.L., Cohen, A.J., & Miller, J. (1979). Melody recognition: The experimental application of musical rules.
Canadian Journal of Psychology, 33, 148-157.
Cuddy, L.L. & Lyons, H.I. (1981). Music pattern recognition: A comparison of listening to and studying tonal
structure and tonal ambiguities. Psychomusicology, 1, 15-33.
Cuddy, L.L. & Lunney, C.A. (1995). Expectancies generated by melodic intervals: Perceptual judgments of melodic
continuity. Perception & Psychophysics, 57, 451-462.
Darwin, C. (1871). The Descent of Man. London: John Murray.
Davidson, J.W., Howe, M.J.A., Moore, D.G., & Sloboda, J.A. (1996). The role of parental influences in the
development of musical ability. British Journal of Developmental Psychology, 14, 399-412.
Davidson, J.W., Howe, M.J.A., & Sloboda, J.A. (1997). Environmental factors in the development of musical
performance skill. In D.J. Hargreaves & A.C. North (Eds.), The Social Psychology of Music (pp. 188-206).
Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Davidson, J.W., Moore, D.G., Sloboda, J.A., & Howe, M.J.A. (1998). Characteristics of music teachers and the
process of young instrumentalists. Journal of Research in Music Education, 46, 141-161.
Dawkins, R. (1976). The Selfish Gene. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
de Boer, E. (1956). On the Residue in Hearing. Doctoral dissertation, University of Amsterdam.
Deliège, I. (1987). Grouping conditions in listening to music: An approach to Lerdahl & Jackendoff’s grouping
preference rules. Music Perception, 4, 325-360.
Deliège, I. & Sloboda, J. (Eds.) (1997). Perception and Cognition of Music. Hove, UK: Psychology Press.
Demany, L. & Armand, F. (1984). The perceptual reality of tone chroma in early infancy. Journal of the Acoustical
Society of America, 76, 57-66.
Deutsch, D. (Ed.) (1982). The Psychology of Music (1st ed.) New York: Academic Press.
Deutsch, D. (1984). Two issues concerning tonal hierarchies: Comment on Castellano, Bharucha, and Krumhansl.
Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 113, 413-416.
Deutsch, D. (1986). A musical paradox. Music Perception, 3, 275-280.
Deutsch, D. (1987). The tritone paradox: Effects of spectral variables. Perception & Psychophysics, 41, 563-575.
Deutsch, D. (1991). The tritone paradox: An influence of language on music perception. Music Perception, 8, 335-
347.
Deutsch, D. (1999a). Grouping mechanisms in music. In D. Deutsch (Ed.), The Psychology of Music (2nd ed., pp.
299-348). San Diego, CA: Academic Press.
Deutsch, D. (Ed.) (1999b). The Psychology of Music (2nd ed.) San Diego, CA: Academic Press.
Dewar, K.M., Cuddy, L.L, & Mewhort, D.J. (1977). Recognition memory for single tones with and without context.
Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory, 3, 60-67.
DeWitt, L.A. & Crowder, R.G. (1987). Tonal fusion of consonant musical intervals. Perception & Psychophysics,
41, 73-84.
Dowling, W.J. (1978). Scale and contour: Two components of a theory of memory for melodies. Psychological
Review, 85, 341-354.
Dowling, W.J. (1984). Assimilation and tonal structure: Comment on Castellano, Bharucha, and Krumhansl.
Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 13, 417-420.
Dowling, W.J. & Fujitani, D.S. (1971). Contour, interval, and pitch recognition in memory for melodies. Journal of
the Acoustical Society of America, 49, 524-531.
Dowling, W.J. & Harwood, D.L. (1986). Music Cognition. San Diego, CA: Academic Press.
Drake, C. (1998). Psychological processes involved in the temporal organization of complex auditory sequences:
Universal and acquired processes. Music Perception, 16, 11-26.
Drake, C. & Palmer, C. (1993). Accent structures in music performance. Music Perception, 10, 343-378.
Drake, C. & Palmer, C. (2000). Skill acquisition in music performance: Relations between planning and temporal
control. Cognition, 74, 1-32
Drake, C., Dowling, W.J., & Palmer, C. (1991). Accent structures in the reproduction of simple tunes by children
and adult pianists. Music Perception, 8, 315-334.
Essens, P.J. & Povel, D.-J. (1985). Metrical and nonmetrical representations of temporal patterns. Perception &
Psychophysics, 37, 1-7.
Ericsson, K.A., Krampe, R.T., & Tesch-Romer, C. (1993). The role of deliberate practice in the acquisition of
expert performance. Psychological Review, 100, 144-125.
Ferland, M.B. & Mendelson, M.J. (1989). Infants’ categorization of melodic contour. Infant Behavior and
Development, 12, 341-355.
Fernald, A. (1992). Human maternal vocalizations to infants as biologically relevant signals: An evolutionary
perspective. In J.H. Barkow, L. Cosmides, & J. Tooby (Eds.), The Adapted Mind: Evolutionary Psychology
and the Generation of Culture (pp. 391-428). Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Fodor, J.A. (1983). The Modularity of Mind: An Essay on Faculty Psychology. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Fodor, J.A. (2000). The Mind Doesn’t Work That Way: The Scope and Limits of Computational Psychology.
Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Fraisse, P. (1956). Les structures rythmiques. Lovain, Belgium: Editions Universitaires.
Fraisse, P. (1966). L’anticipation de stimulus rythmiques. Vitesse d’établissement et précision de la synchronisation.
L’Année Psychologique, 66, 15-36.
Fraisse, P. (1982). Rhythm and tempo. In D. Deutsch (Ed.), The Psychology of Music (1st ed., pp. 149-180). New
York: Academic Press.
Fraisse, P., Pichot, P., & Chairouin, G. (1949). Les aptitudes rythmiques. Etude comparée des oligophrènes et des
enfants normaux. Journal de Psychologie Normale et Pathologique, 42, 309-330.
Friberg, A. & Sundberg, J. (1999). Does music performance allude to locomotion? A model of final ritardandi
derived from measurements of stopping runners. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 105, 1469-
1484.
Gabrielsson, A. (1999). The performance of music. In D. Deutsch (Ed.), The Psychology of Music (2nd ed., pp. 501-
602). San Diego, CA: Academic Press.
Gardener, H., Silverman, J., Denes, G., Semenza, C, & Rosenstiel, A.K. (1977). Sensitivity to musical denotation
and connotation in organic patients. Cortex, 13, 242-256.
Garrett, M., Bever, T., Fodor, J. (1966). The active use of grammar in speech perception. Perception &
Psychophysics, 1, 30-32.
Goebl, W. (in press). Melody lead in piano performance: Expressive device or artifact? Journal of the Acoustical
Society of America.
Goldstein, J.L. (1973). An optimum processor theory for the central formation of the pitch of complex tones.
Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 54, 1496-1516.
Gould, S.J. & Lewontin, R.C. (1979). The spandrels of San Marco and the Panglossian paradigm: A critique of the
adaptationist programme. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London B, 205, 581-598.
Gould, S.J. & Vrba, E.S. (1982). Exaptation - a missing term in the science of form. Paleobiology, 8, 4-15.
Green, D.M. (1976). An Introduction to Hearing. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
Halpern, A.R. & Zatorre, R.J. (1999). When that tune runs through your head: A PET investigation of auditory
imagery for familiar melodies. Cerebral Cortex, 9, 1047-3211.
Handel, S. (1998). The interplay between metric and figural rhythmic organization. Journal of Experimental
Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 24, 1546-1561.
Hébert, S., Peretz, I., & Gagnon, L. (1995). Perceiving the tonal ending of tune excerpts: The roles of pre-existing
representation and musical expertise. Canadian Journal of Experimental Psychology, 49, 193-209.
Heffner, H. & Whitfield, I.C. (1976). Perception of the missing fundamental by cats. Journal of the Acoustical
Society of America, 59, 915-919.
Helmholtz, H. von (1954). On the Sensation of Tone as a Physiological Basis for the Theory of Music. New York:
Dover. (Original German work published 1863)
Hermann, L. (1912). Neue Versuche zur Frage der Unterbrechungstöne. Pflüger’s Archiv für die gesamte
Physiologie des Menschen und der Tiere, 146, 249-294.
Hibi, S. (1983). Rhythm perception in repetitive sound sequence. Journal of the Acoustical Society of Japan, 4, 83-
95.
Houtsma, A.J.M. & Goldstein, J.L. (1972). The central origin of the pitch of complex tones: Evidence from musical
interval recognition. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 54, 520-529.
Howe, M.J.A., Davidson, J.W., & Sloboda, J.A. (1998). Innate talents: Reality or myth? Behavioral and Brain
Sciences, 21, 399-442.
Huron, D. (1991). The avoidance of part-crossing in polyphonic music: Perceptual evidence and musical practice.
Music Perception, 9, 93-104.
Huron, D. (1999). An instinct for music: Is music an evolutionary adaptation? The 1999 Ernest Bloch Lectures,
Department of Music, University of California, Berkeley.
Janata, P. (1995). ERP measures assay the degree of expectancy violation of harmonic contexts in music. Journal of
Cognitive Neuroscience, 7, 153-164.
Janata, P. & Reisberg, D. (1988). Response-time measures as a means of exploring tonal hierarchies. Music
Perception, 6, 161-172.
Johnsrude, I.S., Penhune, V.B., & Zatorre, R.J. (2000). Functional specificity in the right human auditory cortex for
perceiving pitch direction. Brain, 23, 155-163.
Jones, M.R. (1987). Dynamic pattern structure in music: Recent theory and research. Perception & Psychophysics,
41, 621-634.
Jones, M.R. & Boltz, M.G. (1989). Dynamic attending and responses to time. Psychological Review, 96, 459-491.
Jones, M.R., Boltz, M.G., & Klein, J.M. (1993). Expected endings and judged duration. Memory & Cognition, 21,
646-665.
Jones, M.R., Boltz, M.G., & Kidd, G. (1982). Controlled attending as a function of melodic and temporal context.
Perception & Psychophysics, 32, 211-218.
Jones, M.R., Kidd, G., & Wetzel, R. (1981). Evidence for rhythmic attention. Journal of Experimental Psychology:
Human Perception and Performance, 7, 1059-1072.
Jones, M.R. & Ralston, J.T. (1991). Some influence of accent structure on melody recognition. Memory &
Cognition, 19, 8-20.
Jones, M.R., Summerell, L., & Marshburn, E. (1987). Recognizing melodies: A dynamic interpretation. Quarterly
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 39A, 89-121.
Jusczyk, P.W. & Krumhansl, C.L. (1993). Pitch and rhythmic patterns affecting infants’ sensitivity to musical
phrase structure. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 19, 627-640.
Justus, T.C. & Bharucha, J.J. (in press). Modularity in musical processing: The automaticity of harmonic priming.
Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance.
Justus, T.C. & Hutsler, J.J. (2000). Origins of human musicality: Evolution, mind, and culture. In C. Woods, G.
Luck, R. Brochard, F. Seddon, & J.A. Sloboda (Eds.), Proceedings of the Sixth International Conference
on Music Perception and Cognition (pp. 1151-1160). Keele, UK: European Society for the Cognitive
Sciences of Music.
Justus, T.C. & Hutsler, J.J. (under review). Fundamental issues in the evolutionary psychology of music: The
contributions of culture and recruited cognitive domains.
Kemp, A.E. (1997). Individual differences in musical behaviour. In D.J. Hargreaves & A.C. North (Eds.), The
Social Psychology of Music (pp. 25-45). Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Kessler, E.J., Hansen, C., & Shepard, R.N. (1984). Tonal schemata in the perception of music in Bali and the West.
Music Perception, 2, 131-165.
Koelsch, S., Gunter, T., Friederici, A., & Schröger. (2000). Brain indices of music processing: “Nonmusicians” are
musical. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 12, 520-541.
Krumhansl, C.L. (1978). Concerning the applicability of geometric models to similarity data: The interrelationship
between similarity and spatial density. Psychological Review, 85, 445-463.
Krumhansl, C.L. (1979). The psychological representation of musical pitch in a tonal context. Cognitive
Psychology, 11, 346-374.
Krumhansl, C.L. (1990). Cognitive Foundations of Musical Pitch. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Krumhansl, C.L. (1991). Music psychology: Tonal structures in perception and memory. Annual Review of
Psychology, 42, 277-303.
Krumhansl, C.L. (1995). Music psychology and music theory: Problems and prospects. Music Theory Spectrum, 17,
53-80.
Krumhansl, C.L. (1996). A perceptual analysis of Mozart’s piano sonata K. 282: Segmentation, tension, and
musical ideas. Music Perception, 13, 401-432.
Krumhansl, C.L. (2000a). Rhythm and pitch in music cognition. Psychological Bulletin, 126, 159-179.
Krumhansl, C.L. (2000b). Tonality induction: A statistical approach applied cross-culturally. Music Perception, 17,
461-479.
Krumhansl, C.L., Bharucha, J.J., & Castellano, M.A. (1982). Key distance effects on perceived harmonic structure
in music. Perception & Psychophysics, 32, 96-108.
Krumhansl, C.L., Bharucha, J.J., & Kessler, E.J. (1982). Perceived harmonic structure of chords in three related
musical keys. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 8, 24-36.
Krumhansl, C.L. & Castellano, M.A. (1983). Dynamic processes in music perception. Memory & Cognition, 11,
325-334.
Krumhansl, C.L. & Jusczyk, P.W. (1990). Infant’s perception of phrase structure in music. Psychological Science,
1, 1-4.
Krumhansl, C.L. & Keil, F.C. (1982). Acquisition of the hierarchy of tonal functions in music. Memory &
Cognition, 10, 243-251.
Krumhansl, C.L. & Kessler, E.J. (1982). Tracing the dynamic changes in perceived tonal organization in a spatial
representation of musical keys. Psychological Review, 89, 334-368.
Krumhansl, C.L., Louhivuori, J., Toiviainen, P., Järvinen, T., & Eerola, T. (1999). Melodic expectation in Finnish
spiritual folk hymns: Convergence of statistical, behavioral, and computational approaches. Music
Perception, 17, 151-195.
Krumhansl, C.L. & Shepard, R.N. (1979). Quantification of the hierarchy of tonal functions within a diatonic
context. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 5, 579-594.
Krumhansl, C.L., Toivanen, P., Eerola, T., Toiviainen, P., Järvinen, T., & Louhivuori, J. (2000). Cross-cultural
music cognition: Cognitive methodology applied to North Sami yoiks. Cognition, 76, 13-58.
Lehmann, A.C. & Ericsson, K.A. (1993). Sight-reading ability of expert pianists in the context of piano
accompanying. Psychomusicology, 12, 182-195.
Lerdahl, F. & Jackendoff, R. (1983). A Generative Theory of Tonal Music. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Levitin, D.J. (1994). Absolute memory for musical pitch: Evidence from the production of learned melodies.
Perception & Psychophysics, 56, 414-423.
Levitin, D.J. (1996). Do absolute pitch possessors have categorical perception? International Journal of
Psychology, 31, 10.
Levitin, D.J. (1999). Absolute pitch: Self-reference and human memory. International Journal of Computing
Anticipatory Systems, 4, 255-266.
Lewontin, R.C. (1990). The evolution of cognition. In D.N. Osherson and E.E. Smith (Eds.), Thinking: An
Invitation to Cognitive Science, Volume 3 (pp. 229-246). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Liberman, M. & Prince, A. (1977). On stress and linguistic rhythm. Linguistic Inquiry, 8, 249-336.
Licklider, J.C.R. (1954). Periodicity and place pitch. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 26, 945.
Liégeois-Chauvel, C., Peretz, I., Babaï, M., Laguitton, V., & Chauvel, P. (1998). Contribution of different cortical
areas in the temporal lobes to music processing. Brain, 121, 1853-1867.
Lynch, M.P. & Eilers, R.E. (1991). Children’s perception of native and nonnative musical scales. Music Perception,
9, 121-132.
Lynch, M.P., Eilers, R.E., Oller, K.D., & Urbano, R.C. (1990). Innateness, experience, and music perception.
Psychological Science, 1, 272-276.
Lynch, M.P., Eilers, R.E., Oller, K.D., Urbano, R.C., & Wilson, R. (1991). Influences of acculturation and musical
sophistication on perception of musical interval patterns. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human
Perception and Performance, 17, 967-975.
MacDougall, R. (1903). The structure of simple rhythmic forms. Psychological Review, Monograph Supplements,
4, 309-416.
McAdams, S. & Bigand, E. (Eds.) (1993). Thinking in Sound: The Cognitive Psychology of Human Audition.
Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Mead, M. (1964). Continuities in Cultural Evolution. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.
Meyer, L.B. (1956). Emotion and Meaning in Music. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Meyer, L.B. (1967). Music, the Arts, and Ideas: Patterns and Predictions in Twentieth-Century Culture. Chicago:
University of Chicago Press.
Meyer, L.B. (1973). Explaining Music: Essays and Explorations. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Meyer, L.B. (2000). The Spheres of Music: A Gathering of Essays. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Miyazaki, K. (1988). Musical pitch identification by absolute pitch possessors. Perception & Psychophysics, 44,
501-512.
Miyazaki, K. (1989). Absolute pitch identification: Effects of timbre and pitch region. Music Perception, 7, 1-14.
Miller, G. (2000). Evolution of human music through sexual selection. In N.L. Wallin, B. Merker, & S. Brown
(Eds.), The Origins of Music (pp. 329-360). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Miller, G.A. (1956). The magical number seven, plus or minus two: Some limits on our capacity for processing
information. Psychological Review, 63, 81-97.
Monahan, C.B. & Carterette, E.C. (1985). Pitch and duration as determinants of musical space. Music Perception, 3,
1-32.
Monahan, C.B., Kendall, R.A., & Carterette, E.C. (1987). The effect of melodic and temporal contour on
recognition memory for pitch change. Perception & Psychophysics, 41, 576-600.
Montgomery, C.R. & Clarkson, M.G. (1997). Infants’ pitch perception: Masking by low- and high-frequency
noises. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 102, 3665-3672.
Morrongiello, B.A., Trehub, S.E., Thorpe, L.A., & Capodilupo, S. (1995). Children’s perception of melodies: The
role of contour, frequency, and rate of presentation. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 40, 279-
292.
Murphy, L.E. (1966). Absolute judgments of duration. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 71, 260-263.
Nagasaki, H. (1987a). Correlations of stress and timing in periodic tapping. Human Movement Science, 6, 161-180.
Nagasaki, H. (1987b). Frequency dependence of rhythm in periodic tapping. Human Movement Science, 6, 247-256.
Narmour, E. (1990). The Analysis and Cognition of Basic Melodic Structures: The Implication-Realization Model.
Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
O’Neill, S.A. (1997). Gender and music. In D.J. Hargreaves & A.C. North (Eds.), The Social Psychology of Music
(pp. 46-63). Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Palmer, C. (1989). Mapping musical thought to musical performance. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human
Perception & Performance, 15, 331-346.
Palmer, C. (1996). On the assignment of structure in music performance. Music Perception, 14, 23-56.
Palmer, C. (1997). Music performance. Annual Review of Psychology, 48, 115-138.
Palmer, C. & Drake, C. (1997). Monitoring and planning capacities in the acquisition of music performance skills.
Canadian Journal of Experimental Psychology, 51, 369-384.
Palmer, C. & Krumhansl, C.L. (1987a). Independent temporal and pitch structures in perception of musical phrases.
Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 13, 116-126.
Palmer, C. & Krumhansl, C.L. (1987b). Pitch and temporal contributions to musical phrase perception: Effects of
harmony, performance timing, and familiarity. Perception & Psychophysics, 41, 505-518.
Palmer, C. & Krumhansl, C.L. (1990). Mental representation for musical meter. Journal of Experimental
Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 16, 728-741.
Palmer, C. & Meyer, R.K. (2000). Conceptual and motor learning in music performance. Psychological Science, 11,
63-68.
Palmer, C. & van de Sande, C. (1993). Units of knowledge in music performance. Journal of Experimental
Psychology: Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 19, 457-470.
Palmer, C. & van de Sande, C. (1995). Range of planning in music performance. Journal of Experimental
Psychology: Human Perception & Performance, 21, 947-962.
Parncutt, R. (1989). Harmony: A Psychoacoustical Approach. New York: Springer-Verlag.
Patel, A.D. (1998). Syntactic processing in language and music: Different cognitive operations, similar neural
resources? Music Perception, 16, 27-42.
Patel, A.D., Gibson, E., Ratner, J., Besson, M., & Holcomb, P.J. (1998). Processing syntactic relations in language
and music: An event-related potential study. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 10, 717-713.
Patterson, R.D. (1973). The effects of relative phase and the number of components on residue pitch. Journal of the
Acoustical Society of America, 53, 1565-1572.
Penel, A. (2000). Variations temporelles dans l'interpretation musicale: Processus perceptifs et cognitifs. Doctoral
dissertation, University of Paris 6.
Penel, A. & Drake, C. (1998). Sources of timing variations in music performance: A psychological segmentation
model. Psychological Research, 61, 12-32.
Peretz, I. (1990). Processing of local and global musical information by unilateral brain-damaged patients. Brain,
113, 1185-1205.
Peretz, I. (1993). Auditory agnosia: A functional analysis. In S. McAdams and E. Bigand (Eds.), Thinking in Sound:
The Cognitive Psychology of Human Audition. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Peretz, I. (2001). Music perception and recognition. In B. Rapp (Ed.), The Handbook of Cognitive
Neuropsychology: What Deficits Reveal About the Human Mind (pp. 519-540). Philadelphia: Psychology
Press.
Peretz, I. & Morais, J. (1980). Modes of processing melodies and ear asymmetry in non-musicians.
Neuropsychologia, 18, 477-489.
Perlman, M. & Krumhansl, C.L. (1996). An experimental study of internal interval standards in Javanese and
Western musicians. Music Perception, 14, 95-116.
Peters, M. (1989). The relationship between variability of intertap intervals and interval duration. Psychological
Research, 51, 38-42.
Pinker, S. & Bloom, P. (1990). Natural language and natural selection. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 13, 707-754.
Plomp, R. & Levelt, W.J.M. (1965). Tonal consonance and the critical bandwidth. Journal of the Acoustical Society
of America, 38, 548-560.
Povel, D.-J. (1981). Internal representation of simple temporal patterns. Journal of Experimental Psychology:
Human Perception and Performance, 7, 3-18.
Povel, D.-J. (1984). A theoretical framework for rhythm perception. Psychological Research, 45, 315-337.
Raffman, D. (1993). Language, Music, and Mind. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Rasch, R.A. (1988). Timing and synchronization in performed ensemble music. In J.A. Sloboda (Ed.), Generative
Processes in Music: The Psychology of Performance, Improvisation, and Composition (pp. 70-90).
Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Regnault, P., Bigand, E., & Besson, M. (2001). Different brain mechanisms mediate sensitivity to sensory
consonance and harmonic context: Evidence from auditory event-related brain potentials. Journal of
Cognitive Neuroscience, 13, 241-255.
Repp, B.H. (1992a). A constraint on the expressive timing of a melodic gesture: Evidence from performance and
aesthetic judgment. Music Perception, 10, 221-241.
Repp, B.H. (1992b). Diversity and commonality in music performance. An analysis of timing microstructure in
Schumann’s “Träumerei.” Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 92, 2546-2568.
Repp, B.H. (1992c). Probing the cognitive representation of musical time: Structural constraints on the perception
of timing perturbations. Cognition, 44, 241-281.
Repp, B.H. (1993). Music as motion: A synopsis of Alexander Truslit’s (1938) Gestaltung und Bewegung in der
Musik. Psychology of Music, 21, 48-73.
Repp, B.H. (1994). The tritone paradox and the pitch range of the speaking voice: A dubious connection. Music
Perception, 12, 227-255.
Repp, B.H. (1996a). Patterns of note onset asynchronies in expressive piano performance. Journal of the Acoustical
Society of America, 100, 3917-3932.
Repp, B.H. (1996b). The art of inaccuracy: Why pianists’ errors are difficult to hear. Music Perception, 14, 161-
184.
Repp, B. H. (1998a). The detectability of local deviations from a typical expressive timing pattern. Music
Perception, 15, 265-290.
Repp, B. (1998b). Variations on a theme by Chopin: Relations between perception and production of timing in
music. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 24, 791-811.
Repp, B.H. (1999a). Control of expressive and metronomic timing in pianists. Journal of Motor Behavior, 31, 145-
164.
Repp, B.H. (1999b). Detecting deviations from metronomic timing in music: Effects of perceptual structure on the
mental timekeeper. Perception & Psychophysics, 61, 529-548.
Repp, B.H. (1999c). Relationships between performance timing, perception of timing perturbations, and perceptual-
motor synchronization in two Chopin preludes. Australian Journal of Psychology, 51, 188-203.
Repp, B.H. (2000). Pattern typicality and dimensional interactions in pianists' imitation of expressive timing and
dynamics. Music Perception, 18, 173-211.
Rosch, E. (1975a). Cognitive reference points. Cognitive Psychology, 7, 532-547.
Rosch, E. (1975b). Universals and cultural specifics in human categorization. In R. Breslin, S. Bochner, & W.
Lonner (Eds.), Cross-Cultural Perspectives on Learning (pp. 117-206). New York: Halsted Press.
Schellenberg, E.G. (1996). Expectancy in melody: Tests of the implication-realization model. Cognition, 58, 75-
125.
Schellenberg, E.G. (1997). Simplifying the implication-realization model of melodic expectancy. Music Perception,
14, 295-318.
Schellenberg, E.G. & Trehub, S.E. (1996a). Children’s discrimination of melodic intervals. Developmental
Psychology, 32, 1039-1050.
Schellenberg, E.G. & Trehub, S.E. (1996b). Natural musical intervals: Evidence from infant listeners. Psychological
Science, 7, 272-277.
Schenker, H. (1935). Der freie Satz. Vienna: Universal Edition.
Schlaug, G., Jäncke, L., Huang, Y, & Steinmetz, H. (1995). In vivo evidence of structural brain asymmetry in
musicians. Science, 267, 699-701.
Schmuckler, M.A. (1989). Expectation in music: Investigations of melodic and harmonic processes. Music
Perception, 7, 109-150.
Schouten, J.F., Ritsma, R.J., & Cardozo, B.L. (1962). Pitch of the residue. Journal of the Acoustical Society of
America, 34, 1418-1424.
Schulhoff, C. & Goodglass, H. (1969). Dichotic listening, side of brain injury and cerebral dominance.
Neuropsychologia, 7, 149-160.
Selkirk, E. (1980). The role of prosodic categories in English word stress. Linguistic Inquiry, 11, 563-605.
Shankweiler, D. (1966). Effects of temporal-lobe damage on perception of dichotically presented melodies. Journal
of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 62, 115-119.
Shapiro, B.E., Grossman, M., & Gardener, H. Selective processing deficits in brain damage populations.
Neuropsychologia, 19, 161-169.
Shepard, R.N. (1964). Circularity in judgments of relative pitch. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 36,
2346-2353.
Shepard, R.N. (1965). Approximation to uniform gradients of generalization by monotone transformations of scale.
In D.I. Mostofsky (Ed.), Stimulus Generalization. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.
Shepard, R.N. (1982). Geometrical approximations to the structure of musical pitch. Psychological Review, 89, 305-
333.
Siegel, J.A. & Siegel, W. (1977a). Absolute identification of notes and intervals by musicians. Perception &
Psychophysics, 21, 143-152.
Siegel, J.A. & Siegel, W. (1977b). Categorical perception of tonal intervals: Musicians can’t tell sharp from flat.
Perception & Psychophysics, 21, 399-407.
Sloboda, J.A. (1976). The effect of item position on the likelihood of identification by inference in prose reading
and music reading. Canadian Journal of Psychology, 30, 22-237.
Sloboda, J.A. (1977). Phrase units as determinants of visual processing in music reading. British Journal of
Psychology, 68, 117-124.
Sloboda, J.A. (1983). The communication of musical metre in piano performance. Quarterly Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 35, 377-396.
Sloboda, J.A. (1984). Experimental studies of musical reading: A review. Music Perception, 2, 222-236.
Sloboda, J.A. (1985). The Musical Mind: The Cognitive Psychology of Music. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Sloboda, J.A. (Ed.) (1988). Generative Processes in Music: The Psychology of Performance, Improvisation, and
Composition. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Sloboda, J.A., Clarke, E.F., Parncutt, R., & Raekallio, M. (1998). Determinants of finger choice in piano sight-
reading. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 24, 185-203.
Sloboda, J.A., Davidson, J.W., & Howe, M.J.A. (1994). Is everyone musical? The Psychologist, 7, 359-354.
Sloboda, J.A., Davidson, J.W., Howe, M.J.A., & Moore, D.G. (1996). The role of practice in the development of
expert musical performance. British Journal of Psychology, 87, 287-309.
Sloboda, J.A. & Gregory, A.H. (1980). The psychological reality of musical segments. Canadian Journal of
Psychology, 34, 274-280.
Smith, K.C. & Cuddy, L.L (1989). Effects of metric and harmonic rhythm on the detection of pitch alterations in
melodic sequences. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 15, 457-
471.
Speer, J.R. & Meeks, P.U. (1985). School children’s perception of pitch in music. Psychomusicology, 5, 49-56.
Sternberg, S., Knoll, R.L., & Zukofsky, P. (1982). Timing by skilled musicians. In D. Deutsch (Ed.) The
Psychology of Music (1st ed., pp. 181-239) New York: Academic Press.
Studdert-Kennedy, M., Liberman, A.M., Harris, K., & Cooper, F.S. (1970). The motor theory of speech perception:
A reply to Lane's critical review. Psychological Review, 77, 234-249.
Stumpf, C. (1898). Konsonanz und Dissonanz. Beiträge zur Akustik und Musikwissenschaft, 1, 1-108.
Takeuchi, A.H. & Hulse, S.H. (1991). Absolute pitch judgments of black- and white-key pitches. Music Perception,
9, 27-46.
Takeuchi, A.H. & Hulse, S.H. (1993). Absolute pitch. Psychological Bulletin, 113, 345-361.
Tekman, H.G. & Bharucha, J.J. (1992). Time course of chord priming. Perception & Psychophysics, 51, 33-39.
Tekman, H.G. & Bharucha, J.J. (1998). Implicit knowledge versus psychoacoustic similarity in priming of chords.
Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 24, 252-260.
Terhardt, E. (1972). Zur Tonhöhenwahrnehmug von Klängen. Acoustica, 26, 173-199.
Terhardt, E. (1974). Pitch, consonance, and harmony. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 55, 1061-1069.
Terhardt, E. (1979). Calculating virtual pitch. Hearing Research, 1, 155-182.
Tervaniemi, M., Ilvonen, T., Karma, K., Alho, K, & Näätänen, R. (1997). The musical brain: Brain waves reveal the
neurophysiological basis of musicality in human subjects. Neuroscience Letters, 226, 1-4.
Thompson, W.F. & Cuddy, L.L. (1997). Music performance and the perception of key. Journal of Experimental
Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 23, 116-135.
Thompson, W.F., Cuddy, L.L., & Plaus, C. (1997). Expectancies generated by melodic intervals: Evaluation of
principles of melodic implication in a melody-completion task. Perception & Psychophysics, 59, 1069-
1076.
Thurlow, W.R. & Rawlings, I.L. (1959). Discrimination of number of simultaneously sounding tones. Journal of
the Acoustical Society of America, 31, 1332-1336.
Tillmann, B. & Bharucha, J.J. (under review). Effect of harmonic relatedness on the detection of temporal
asynchronies.
Tillmann, B., Bharucha, J.J., & Bigand, E. (2000). Implicit learning of tonality: A self-organizing approach.
Psychological Review, 107, 885-913.
Tillmann, B. & Bigand, E. (in press). Global context effect in normal and scrambled musical sequences. Journal of
Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance.
Tillmann, B., Bigand, E., & Pineau, M. (1998). Effects of global and local contexts on harmonic expectancy. Music
Perception, 16, 99-117.
Tooby, J. & Cosmides, L. (1992). The psychological foundations of culture. In J.H. Barkow, L. Cosmides, & J.
Tooby (Eds.), The Adapted Mind: Evolutionary Psychology and the Generation of Culture (pp. 19-136).
Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Trainor, L.J. (1997). Effect of frequency ratio on infants’ and adults’ discrimination of simultaneous intervals.
Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 23, 1427-1438.
Trainor, L.J. & Heinmiller, B.M. (1998). The development of evaluative responses to music: Infants prefer to listen
to consonance over dissonance. Infant Behavior & Development, 21, 77-88.
Trainor, L.J. & Trehub, S.E. (1992). A comparison of infants’ and adults’ sensitivity to Western musical structure.
Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 18, 394-402.
Trainor, L.J. & Trehub, S.E. (1993a). Musical context effects in infants and adults: Key distance. Journal of
Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 19, 615-626.
Trainor, L.J. & Trehub, S.E. (1993b). What mediates infants’ and adults’ superior processing of the major over the
augmented triad? Music Perception, 11, 185-196.
Trainor, L.J. & Trehub, S.E. (1994). Key membership and implied harmony in Western tonal music: Developmental
perspectives. Perception & Psychophysics, 56, 125-132.
Trehub, S.E., Bull, D., & Thorpe, L.A. (1984). Infants’ perception of melodies: The role of melodic contour. Child
Development, 55, 821-830.
Trehub, S.E., Cohen, A.J., Thorpe, L.A., & Morrongiello, B.A. (1986). Development of the perception of musical
relations: Semitone and diatonic structure. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and
Performance, 12, 295-301.
Trehub, S.E., Thorpe, L.A., & Morrongiello, B.A. (1985). Infants’ perception of melodies: Changes in a single tone.
Infant Behavior & Development, 8, 213-223.
Trehub, S.E., Thorpe, L.A., & Morrongiello, B.A. (1987). Organizational processes in infants’ perception of
auditory patterns. Child Development, 58, 741-749.
Trehub, S.E., Thorpe, L.A., & Trainor, L.J. (1990). Infants’ perception of good and bad melodies.
Psychomusicology, 9, 5-15.
Truslit, A. (1938). Gestaltung und Bewegung in der Musik. Berlin: Friedrich Vieweg.
Tversky, A. (1977). Features of similarity. Psychological Review, 84, 327-352.
Van Nuys, K. & Weaver, H.E. (1943). Memory span and visual pauses in reading rhythms and melodies.
Psychological Monographs, 55, 33-50.
Viviani, P. & Stucchi, N. (1992). Biological movements look uniform: Evidence of motor-perceptual interactions.
Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 18, 603-623.
Vos, J. & van Vianen, B.G. (1984). Thresholds for discrimination between pure and tempered intervals: The
relevance of nearly coinciding harmonics. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 77, 176-187.
Wallin, N.L., Merker, B. & Brown, S. (Eds.) (2000). The Origins of Music. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Weaver, H.E. (1943). A study of visual processes in reading differently constructed musical selections.
Psychological Monographs, 55, 1-30.
Weir, C., Jesteadt, W., & Green, D.M. (1977). Frequency discrimination as a function of frequency and sensation
level. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 61, 178-184.
Westbury, C.F., Zatorre, R.J., & Evans, A.C. (1999). Quantifying variability in the planum temporale: A probability
map. Cerebral Cortex, 9, 392-405.
Whitfield, I.C. (1980). Auditory cortex and the pitch of complex tones. Journal of the Acoustical Society of
America, 67, 644-647.
Wightman, F.L. (1973a). Pitch and stimulus fine structure. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 54, 397-
406.
Wightman, F.L. (1973b). The pattern-transformation model of pitch. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America,
54, 407-416.
Zatorre, R.J. (1984). Musical perception and cerebral function: A critical review. Music Perception, 2, 196-221.
Zatorre, R.J. (1988). Pitch perception of complex tones and human temporal-lobe function. Journal of the
Acoustical Society of America, 82, 566-572.
Zatorre, R.J., Evans, A.C., & Meyer, E. (1994). Neural mechanisms underlying melodic perception and memory for
pitch. Journal of Neuroscience, 14, 1908-1919.
Zatorre, R.J., Halpern, A., Perry, D.W., Meyer, E., & Evans, A.C. (1996). Hearing in the mind’s ear: A PET
investigation of musical imagery and perception. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 8, 29-46.
Zatorre, R.J., Perry, D.W., Beckett, C.A., Westbury, C.F., & Evans, A.C. (1998). Functional anatomy of musical
processing in listeners with absolute pitch and relative pitch. Proceedings of the National Academy of
Sciences of the United States of America, 95, 3172-3177.
Zatorre, R.J. & Samson, S. (1991). Role of the right temporal neocortex in retention of pitch in auditory short-term
memory. Brain, 114, 2403-2417.
REFERENCES
Ainsworth, Mary S. (1989), “Attachments beyond Infancy,” Amer-
ican Psychologist, 44 (4), 709–16.
Andrade, Eduardo B. (2005), “Behavioral Consequences of Affect:
Combining Evaluative and Regulatory Mechanisms,” Journal
of Consumer Research, 32 (December), 355–62.
Baumeister, Roy F., and Mark R. Leary (1995), “The Need to
Belong: Desire for Interpersonal Attachments as a Funda-
mental Human Motivation,” Psychological Bulletin, 117 (3),
497–529.
Biswas, Rahul, Daniel Riffe, and Dolf Zillmann (1994), “Mood
Influence on the Appeal of Bad News,” Journalism and Mass
Communication Quarterly, 71 (3), 689–96.
Bowlby, John (1977), “The Making and Breaking of Affectional
Bonds,” British Journal of Psychiatry, 130 (November),
201–10.
Bryant, Jennings, and Dolf Zillmann (1984), “Using Television to
Alleviate Boredom and Stress: Selective Exposure as a Func-
tion of Induced Excitational States,” Journal of Broadcasting,
28 (1), 1–20.
Cohen, Joel B., Michel T. Pham, and Eduardo B. Andrade (2008),
“The Nature and Role of Affect in Consumer Behavior,” in
Handbook of Consumer Psychology, ed. Curt Haugtvedt,
Frank Kardes, and Paul Herr, Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum, 297–
348.
Cohen, Sheldon, and Thomas A. Wills (1985), “Stress, Social Sup-
port, and the Buffering Hypothesis,” Psychological Bulletin,
98 (2), 310–57.
Derrick, Jaye L., Shira Gabriel, and Kurt Hugenberg (2009), “So-
cial Surrogacy: How Favored Television Programs Provide
the Experience of Belonging,” Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 45 (2), 352–62.
Fournier, Susan (1998), “Consumers and Their Brands: Developing
Relationship Theory in Consumer Research,” Journal of Con-
sumer Research, 24 (4), 343–53.
Gabriel, Shira, and Ariana F. Young (2011), “Becoming a Vampire
without Being Bitten: The Narrative Collective-Assimilation
Hypothesis,” Psychological Science, 22 (8), 990–94.
Gibson, Rhonda, Charles F. Aust, and Dolf Zillmann (2000),
“Loneliness of Adolescents and Their Choice and Enjoyment
of Love-Celebrating versus Love-Lamenting Popular Music,”
Empirical Studies of the Arts, 18 (1), 43–8.
Helregel, Brenda K., and James B. Weaver (1989), “Mood-Man-
agement during Pregnancy through Selective Exposure to
Television,” Journal of Broadcasting and Electronic Media,
33 (1), 15–33.
Hill, Craig A. (1991), “Seeking Emotional Support: The Influence
of Affiliative Need and Partner Warmth,” Journal of Person-
ality and Social Psychology, 60 (1), 112–21.
Holbrook, Morris B., and Elizabeth C. Hirschman (1982), “The
Experiential Aspects of Consumer Consumption: Consumer
Fantasies, Feelings, and Fun,” Journal of Consumer Research,
9 (2), 132–40.
Kamins, Michael A., Lawrence J. Marks, and Deborah Skinner
(1991), “Television Commercial Evaluation in the Context of
Program Induced Mood: Congruency versus Consistency Ef-
fects,” Journal of Advertising, 20 (2), 1–14.
Knobloch, Silvia, and Dolf Zillmann (2002), “Mood Management
via the Digital Jukebox,” Journal of Communication, 52 (2),
351–66.
——— (2003), “Appeal of Love Themes in Popular Music,” Psy-
chological Reports, 93 (3), 653–58.
Knobloch-Westerwick, Silva, Yuan Gong, Holly Hagner, and Laura
Kerbeykian (2012), “Tragedy Viewers Count Their Blessings:
Feeling Low on Fiction Leads to Feeling High on Life,” Com-
munication Research, 20 (5), 1–20.
Lehman, Darrin R., John H. Ellard, and Camille B. Wortman
(1986), “Social Support for the Bereaved: Recipients’ and
Providers’ Perspectives on What Is Helpful,” Journal of Con-
sulting and Clinical Psychology, 54 (4), 438–46.
Mares, Marie-Louise, and Joanne Cantor (1992), “Empathy and Mood Management versus Social Comparison: Elderly
Viewers’ Responses to Televised Portrayals of Old Age,”
Communication Research, 19 (4), 459–78.
Martin, Leonard L., Teresa Abend, Constantine Sedikides, and
Jeffrey D. Green (1997), “How Would I Feel If . . .? Mood
as Input to a Role Fulfillment Evaluation Process,” Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 73 (2), 242–53.
Meadowcroft, Jeanne M., and Dolf Zillmann (1987), “Women’s
Comedy Preferences during the Menstrual Cycle,” Commu-
nication Research, 14 (2), 204–18.
Nabi, Robin L., Keli Finnerty, Tricia Domschke, and Shawnika
Hull (2006), “Does Misery Love Company? Exploring the
Therapeutic Effects of TV Viewing on Regretted Experi-
ences,” Journal of Communication, 56 (4), 689–706.
Oliver, Marry B. (1993), “Exploring the Paradox of the Enjoyment
of Sad Films,” Human Communication Research, 19 (3),
315–42.
——— (2008), “Tender Affective States as Predictors of Enter-
tainment Preference,” Journal of Communication, 58 (1),
40–61.
Raghunathan, Rajagopal, and Kim P. Corfman (2004), “Sadness
as Pleasure-Seeking Prime and Anxiety as Attentiveness
Prime: The ‘Different Affect–Different Effect’ (DADE)
Model,” Motivation and Emotion, 28 (1), 23–41.
Rime´, Bernard (2009), “Emotion Elicits the Social Sharing of Emo-
tion: Theory and Empirical Review,” Emotion Review, 1 (1),
60–85.
Schachter, Stanley (1959), The Psychology of Affiliation, Stanford,
CA: Stanford University Press.
Sheppes, Gal, Susanne Scheibe, Gaurav Suri, and James J. Gross
(2011), “Emotion-Regulation Choice,” Psychological Sci-
ence, 22 (11), 1391–96.
Strizhakova, Yuliya, and Marina Krcmar (2007), “Mood Manage-
ment and Video Rental Choices,” Media Psychology, 10 (1),
91–112.
Tavris, Carol (1989), Anger: The Misunderstood Emotion, New
York: Touchstone Books/Simon & Schuster.
Tice, Dianne M., Ellen Bratslavsky, and Roy F. Baumeister (2001),
“Emotional Distress Regulation Takes Precedence over Im-
pulse Control: If You Feel Bad, Do It,” Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 80 (1), 53–67.
Wegener, Duane T., and Richard E. Petty (1994), “Mood Man-
agement across Affective States: The Hedonic Contingency
Hypothesis,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
66 (6), 1034–48.
Young, William P. (2007), The Shack, Newbury Park, CA: Wind-
blown Media.
Zillmann , Dolf (1988), “Mood Management: Using Entertainment
Media to Full Advantage,” in Communication, Social Cog-
nition and Affect, ed. Lewis Donohew, Howard E. Sypher,
and E. Tory Higgins, Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum, 147–71.
Zillmann, Dolf, Richard T. Hezel, and Norman J. Medoff (1980),
“The Effect of Affective States on Selective Exposure to Tele-
vised Entertainment Fare,” Journal of Applied Social Psy-
chology, 10 (4), 323–39.
REFERENCES
Aarts, Henk, Tanya L. Chartrand (2005), “Social Stereotypes and Automatic Goal Pursuit,”
Social Cognition, 23(6), 465-90.
______, Ruud Custers, and Rob W. Holland (2007), “The Nonconscious Cessation of Goal
Pursuit: When Goals and Negative Affect are Coactivated,” Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 92(2), 165-78.
Bardi, Anat, Julie Anne Lee, Nadi Hofmann-Towfigh, and Geoffrey Soutar (2009), “The
Structure of Intraindividual Value Change,” Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 97(5), 913-29.
Bargh, John A. (2002), “Losing Consciousness: Automatic Influences on Consumer
Judgment, Behavior, and Motivation,” Journal of Consumer Research, 29(2), 280-85.
______, Mark Chen, and Lara Burrows (1996), “Automaticity of Social Behavior: Direct
Effects of Trait Construct and Stereotype Activation on Action,” Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 71(2), 230-44.
Bauer, Raymond A., and Stephen A. Greyser (1968), Advertising in America: The Consumer
View, Boston: Harvard University.
Brumbaugh, Anne M. (2002), “Source and Nonsource Cues in Advertising and Their Effects
on the Activtion of Cultural and Subcultural Knowledge on the Route to Persuasion,”
Journal of Consumer Research, 29(2), 258-69.
Durvasula, Srinivas J., Craig Andrews, Steven Lysonski, and Richard G. Netemeyer (1993),
“Assessing the Cross-National Applicability of Consumer-Behavior Models: A Model
of Attitude Toward Advertising in General,” Journal of Consumer Research, 19(4),
626-36.
Feather, Norman T. (1990), “Bridging the Gap Between Values and Action,” in Handbook of
motivation and cognition, Vol. 2, E. Tory Higgins and Richard Sorrentino, eds., New York: Guilford Press, 151-92
______ (1995), “Values, Valences, and Choice: The Influences of Values on the Perceived
Attractiveness and Choice of Alternatives,” Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 68(6), 1135-51.
Fitzsimons, Gráinne M., Tanya L. Chartrand, and Gavan J. Fitzsimons (2008), “Automatic
Effects of Brand Exposure on Motivated Behavior: How Apple Makes You “Think
Different”,” Journal of Consumer Research, 35(1), 21-35.
Forehand, Mark R., and Rohit Deshpandé (2001), “What We See Makes Us Who We Are:
Priming Ethnic Self-Awareness and Advertising Response,” Journal of Marketing
Research, 38(3), 336-48.
Gardner, Wendi L., Shira Gabriel, and Angela Y. Lee (1999), ““I” Value Freedom, but “We”
Value Relationships: Self-Construal Priming Mirrors Cultural Differences in
Judgment,” Psychological Science, 10(4), 321-26.
Gerbner, George, Larry Gross, Michael Morgan, Nancy Signorielli, and James Shanahan
(2002), “Growing Up with Television: Cultivation Processes,” in Media Effects:
Advances in Theory and Research, Jennings Bryant and Dolf Zillmann, rds., Mahwah,
NJ: Erlbaum, 43-67.
Gutman, Jonathan (1982), “A Means-End Model Based on Consumer Categorization
Processes,” Journal of Marketing, 46(2), 60-72.
Higgins, E. Tory (1996), “Knowledge Activation: Accessibility, Applicability, and Salience,”
in Social Psychology: Handbook of Basic Principles, E. Tory Higgins and Arie W.
Kruglanski, eds., New York: Guilford Press, 133-68.
______ (2007), “Value,” in Social Psychology: Handbook of Basic Principles, Second
Edition, ArieW. Kruglanski and E.Tory Higgins, eds., New York: Guilford Press, 454-
72.
Hitlin, Steven, and Jane A. Piliavin (2004), “Values: Reviving a Dormant Concept,” Annual
Review of Sociology, 30, 359-93.
Holbrook, Morris B. (1987), “Mirror, Mirror, on the Wall, What’s Unfair in the Reflections
on Advertising?” Journal of Marketing, 51(3), 95–103.
Karremans, Johan C., Wolfgang Stroebe, and Jasper Claus (2006), “Beyond Vicary’s
Fantasies: The Impact of Subliminal Priming and Brand Choice,” Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 42(6), 792-8.
Kim, Heejung, and Hazel R. Markus (1999), “Deviance or Uniqueness, Harmony or
Conformity? A Cultural Analysis,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
77(4), 785-800.
Lombardi, Wendy J., E. Tory Higgins, and John A. Bargh (1987), “The Role of
Consciousness in Priming Effects on Categorization,” Personality and Social
Psychology Bulletin, 13(3), 411-29.
Maio, Gregory R., and James M. Olson (1998), “Values as Truisms: Evidence and
Implications,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 74(2), 294-311.
______, Ali Pakizeh, Wing-Yee Cheung, and Kerry J. Rees (2009), “Changing, Priming, and
Acting on Values: Effects via Motivational Relations in a Circular Model,” Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 97(4), 699-715.
Mandel, Naomi (2003), “Shifting Selves and Decision Making: The Effects of Self-Construal
Priming on Consumer Risk-Taking,” Journal of Consumer Research, 30(1), 30-40.
McClelland, David C., Richard Koestner, and Joel Weinberger (1989), “How Do Self-
Attributed and Implicit Motives Differ?,” Psychological Review, 96(4), 690-702.
Mehta, Abhilasha (2000), “Advertising Attitudes and Advertising Effectiveness,” Journal of
Advertising Research, 40(3), 67-72.
Meyers-Levy, Joan, and Prashant Malaviva (1999), “Consumers’ Processing of Persuasive Advertisements: An Integrative Framework of Persuasion Theories,” Journal of
Advertising, 16(1), 32-40.
Muehling, Darrel D. (1987), “An Investigation of Factors Underlying Attitude-Toward-
Advertising-in-General,” Journal of Advertising, 16(1), 32-40.
Nairn, Agnes, and Pierre Berthon (2003), “Creating the Customer: The Influence of
Advertising on Consumer Market Segments - Evidence and Ethics,” Journal of
Business Ethics, 42(1), 83-99.
Nelson, Michelle R., Frédéric F. Brunel, Magne Supphellen, and Rajesh V. Manchanda
(2006), “Effects of Culture, Gender, and Moral Obligations on Responses to Charity
Advertising Across Masculine and Feminine Cultures,” Journal of Consumer
Psychology, 16(1), 45-56.
Newman, Leonard S., and James S. Uleman (1990), “Assimilation and Contrast Effects in
Spontaneous Trait Inferences,” Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 16(2),
224-40.
Obermiller, Carl, Eric Spangenberg, and Douglas L. MacLachlan (2005), “Ad Skepticism:
The Consequences of Disbelief,” Journal of Advertising, 34(3), 7-17.
Pakizeh, Ali, Jochen E. Gebauer, and Gregory R. Maio (2007), “Basic Human Values: Inter-
Value Structure in Memory,” Journal of Experimental Psychology, 43(3), 458-65.
Phillips, Barbara J. (1997), “In Defense of Advertising: A Social Perspective,” Journal of
Business Ethics, 16(2), 109–18.
Pollay, Richard W. (1986), “The Distorted Mirror: Reflections on the Unintended
Consequences of Advertising,” Journal of Marketing, 50(2), 18-36.
______ (1987), “On the Value of Reflections on the Values in The Distorted Mirror,” Journal
of Marketing, 51(3), 104-10.
______, and Banwari Mittal (1993), “Here’s the Beef: Factors, Determinants and Segments in Consumer Criticism of Advertising,” Journal of Marketing, 57(3), 99-114.
______, and Jonathan Gutman (1984), “Advertising is Image Management,” Journal of
Advertising Research, 24(1), 27-37.
Richins, Marsha L. (1991), “Social Comparison and the Idealized Images of Advertising,”
Journal of Consumer Research, 18(1), 71-83.
Rokeach, Milton (1973), The nature of human values, New York: Free Press.
Sandage, Charles H., and John D. Leckenby (1980), “Student Attitudes Toward Advertising:
Institution vs. Instrument,” Journal of Advertising, 9(2), 29-32.
Schwartz, Shalom H. (1992), “Universals in the Content and Structure of Values: Theoretical
Advances and Empirical Tests in 20 Countries,” in Advances in Experimental Social
Psychology, Vol. 25, Mark P. Zanna, ed., San Diego, CA: Academic, 1-65.
______, and Wolfgang Bilsky (1987), “Toward a Psychological Structure of Human Values,”
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 53(3), 550-65.
______ (1990), “Toward a Theory of the Universal Content and Structure of Values:
Extensions and Cross Cultural Replications,” Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 85(5), 878-91.
Seligman, Clive, and Albert N. Katz (1996), “The Dynamics of Value Systems,” in The
Ontario Symposium: The psychology of values, Clive Seligman, James M. Olson and
Mark P. Zanna, eds., Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum, 53-75.
Shrum, L.J. (1999), “Television and persuasion: Effects of the programs between the ads,”
Psychology & Marketing, 16(2), 119-40.
Smeesters, Dirk, Thomas Mussweiler, and Naomi Mandel (2010), “The Effects of Thin and
Heavy Media Images on Overweight and Underweight Consumers: Social
Comparison Processes and Behavioral Implications,” Journal of Consumer Research,
36(6), 930-49.
Strahan, Erin J., Steven J. Spencer, and Mark P. Zanna (2002), “Subliminal Priming and
Persuasion: Striking while the Iron is Hot,” Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 38(6), 556-58.
Triandis, Harry C. (1995), Individualism and Collectivism, Boulder: Westview.
Van Baaren, Rick B., and Martin Ruivenkamp (2007), “Self-Construal and Values Expressed
in Advertising,” Social Influence, 2(2), 136 – 44.
Verplanken, Bas, and Rob W. Holland (2002), “Motivated Decision Making: Effects of
Activation and Self-Centrality of Values on Choices and Behavior,” Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 82(3), 424-47.
Waide, John (1987), “The Making of Self and World in Advertising,” Journal of Business
Ethics, 6(2), 73-9.
Wegener, Duane T., and Richard E. Petty (1995), “Flexible Correction Processes in Social
Judgment: The Role of Naïve Theories in Corrections for Perceived Bias,” Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 68(1), 36-51.
Whittler, Tommy E., and Joan Scattone Spira (2002), “Model’s Race: A Peripheral Cue in
Advertising Messages?” Journal of Consumer Psychology, 12(4), 291-301.
Wilson, Timothy D., and Nancy Brekke (1994), “Mental Contamination and Mental
Correction: Unwanted Influences on Judgments and Evaluations,” Psychological
Bulletin, 116(1), 117-42.
Zhang, Jing (2009), “The Effect of Advertising Appeals in Activating Self-Construals: A
Case of Bicultural Chinese X-Generation Consumers,” Journal of Advertising, 38(1),
63-81.
REFERENCES
Baron, Reuben M., and David A. Kenny (1986), “The Moderator-
Mediator Variable Distinction in Social Psychological Re-
search: Conceptual, Strategic, and Statistical Considerations,”
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 51 (6),
1173–82.
Baumeister, Roy F., C. Nathan Dewall, Natalie J. Ciarocco, and
Jean M. Twenge (2005), “Social Exclusion Impairs Self-Reg-
ulation,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 88
(4), 589–604.
Baumeister, Roy F., and Mark R. Leary (1995), “The Need to
Belong: Desire for Interpersonal Attachments as a Funda-
mental Human Motivation,” Psychological Bulletin, 117 (3),
497–529.
Baumeister, Roy F., and Steven J. Scher (1988), “Self-Defeating
Behavior Patterns among Normal Individuals: Review and
Analysis of Common Self-Destructive Tendencies,” Psycho-
logical Bulletin, 104 (1), 3–22.
Carter-Sowell, Adrienne, Zhansheng Chen, and Kipling D. Wil-
liams (2008), “Ostracism Increases Social Susceptibility,” So-
cial Influence, 3 (3), 143–53.
Chen, Zhansheng, Kipling D. Williams, Julie Fitness, and Nicola
C. Newton (2008), “When Hurt Will Not Heal: Exploring the
Capacity to Relive Social and Physical Pain,” Psychological
Science, 19 (8), 789–95.
Duclos, Rod, James R. Bettman, Paul N. Bloom, and Gal Zaub-
erman (2012), “Charitable Giving: How Ego-Threats Impact
Donations of Time and Money,” Working Paper, Hong Kong
University of Science and Technology.
Furnham, Adrian (1984), “Many Sides of the Coin: The Psychol-
ogy of Money Usage,” Personality and Individual Differ-
ences, 5 (5), 501–9.
He, Xin, J. Jeffrey Inman, and Vikas Mittal (2008), “Gender Jeop-
ardy in Financial Risk Taking,” Journal of Marketing Re-
search, 45 (August), 414–24.
Isen, Alice M., and Robert Patrick (1983), “The Effect of Positive
Feelings on Risk Taking: When the Chips Are Down,” Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 31
(2), 194–202.
Johnson, Wendy, and Robert F. Krueger (2006), “How Money
Buys Happiness: Genetic and Environmental Processes Link-
ing Finances and Life Satisfaction,” Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 90 (4), 680–91.
Lachman, Margie E., and Suzanne L. Weaver (1998), “The Sense
of Control as a Moderator of Social Class Differences in
Health and Well-Being,” Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 74 (March), 763–73.
Leary, Mark R., Ellen S. Tambor, Sonja K. Terdal, and Deborah
L. Downs (1995), “Self-Esteem as an Interpersonal Monitor:
The Sociometer Hypothesis,” Journal of Personality and So-
cial Psychology, 68 (3), 518–30.
Lee, Jaehoon, and L. J. Shrum (2012), “Conspicuous Consumption
versus Charitable Behavior in Response to Social Exclusion:
A Differential Needs Explanation,” Journal of Consumer Re-
search, 39 (October), 530–44.
Leith, Karen Pezza, and Roy F. Baumeister (1996), “Why Do Bad
Moods Increase Self-Defeating Behavior? Emotion, Risk Tak-
ing, and Self-Regulation,” Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 71 (6), 1250–67.
Mead, Nicole L., Roy F. Baumeister, Tyle F. Stillman, Catherine
D. Rawn, and Kathleen D. Vohs (2011), “Social Exclusion
Causes People to Spend and Consume Strategically in the
Service of Affiliation,” Journal of Consumer Research, 37
(5), 902–19.
Mittal, Vikas, and William T. Ross (1998), “The Impact of Positive
and Negative Affect and Issue Framing on Issue Interpretation
and Risk Taking,” Organizational Behavior and Human De-
cision Processes, 76 (3), 298–324.
Muller, Dominique, Charles M. Judd, and Vincent Y. Yzerbyt
(2005), “When Moderation Is Mediated and Mediation Is
Moderated,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
89 (December), 852–63.
Olson, Michael A., Russell H. Fazio, and Anthony D. Hermann
(2007), “Reporting Tendencies Underlie Discrepancies be-
tween Implicit and Explicit Measures of Self-Esteem,” Psy-
chological Science, 18 (4), 287–91.
Pickett, Cynthia L., Wendi L. Gardner, and Megan Knowles (2004),
“Getting a Cue: The Need to Belong and Enhanced Sensitivity
to Social Cues,” Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin,
30 (9), 1095–1107.
Preacher, Kristopher J., Derek D. Rucker, and Andrew F. Hayes
(2007), “Addressing Moderated Mediation Hypotheses: The-
ory, Methods, and Prescriptions,” Multivariate Behavioral Re-
search, 42 (1), 185–227.
Price, Richard H., Jin Nam Choi, and Amiram D. Vinokur (2002),
“Links in the Chain of Adversity Following Job Loss: How
Financial Strain and Loss of Personal Control Lead to De-
pression, Impaired Functioning and Poor Health,” Journal of
Occupational Health Psychology, 7 (4), 302–12.
Putnam, Robert D. (1995), “Bowling Alone: America’s Declining
Social Capital,” Journal of Democracy, 6 (1), 65–78.
——— (2000), Bowling Alone: The Collapse and Revival of Amer-
ican Community, New York: Simon & Schuster.
Raghunathan, Rajagopal, and Michel Tuan Pham (1999), “All Neg-
ative Moods Are Not Equal: Motivational Influences of Anx-
iety and Sadness on Decision Making,” Organizational Be-
havior and Human Decision Processes, 71 (1), 56–77.
Shrout, Patrick E., and Niall Bolger (2002), “Mediation in Ex-
perimental and Nonexperimental Studies: New Procedures and Recommendations,” Psychological Methods, 7 (4),
422–45.
Tang, Thomas L. P. (1995), “The Development of a Short Money
Ethic Scale: Attitudes toward Money and Pay Satisfaction
Revisited,” Personality and Individual Differences, 19 (6),
809–16.
Twenge, Jean M., Kathleen R. Catanese, and Roy F. Baumeister
(2002), “Social Exclusion Causes Self-Defeating Behavior,”
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83 (3), 606–
15.
US Bureau of the Census (1998), Statistical Abstract of the United
States, Washington, DC: US Government Printing Office.
Vohs, Kathleen D., Nicole L. Mead, and Miranda R. Goode (2006),
“The Psychological Consequences of Money,” Science, 314
(5802), 1154–56.
——— (2008), “Merely Activating the Concept of Money
Changes Personal and Interpersonal Behavior,” Current Di-
rections in Psychological Science, 17 (3), 208–12.
Warburton, Wayne A., Kipling D. Williams, and David R. Cairns
(2006), “When Ostracism Leads to Aggression: The Mod-
erating Effects of Control Deprivation,” Journal of Experi-
mental Social Psychology, 42 (March), 213–20.
Watson, David, Lee Anna Clark, and Auke Tellegen (1988), “De-
velopment and Validation of Brief Measures of Positive and
Negative Affect: The PANAS Scales,” Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 54 (6), 1063–70.
Williams, Kipling D. (2007), “Ostracism,” Annual Review of Psy-
chology, 58, 425–52.
Williams, Kipling D., Christopher K. T. Cheung, and Wilma Choi
(2000), “Cyberostracism: Effects of Being Ignored over the
Internet,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 79
(5), 748–62.
Williams, Kipling D., and Blair Jarvis (2006), “Cyberball: A Pro-
gram for Use in Research on Interpersonal Ostracism and
Acceptance,” Behavior Research Methods, 38 (1), 174–80.
Yamauchi, Kent T., and Donald I. Templer (1982), “The Devel-
opment of a Money Attitude Scale,” Journal of Personality
Assessment, 46 (5), 522–28.
Zhou, Rongrong, and Michel Tuan Pham (2004), “Promotion and
Prevention across Mental Accounts: When Financial Products
Dictate Consumers’ Investment Goals,” Journal of Consumer
Research, 31 (June), 125–35.
Zhou, Xinyue, Kathleen D. Vohs, and Roy F. Baumeister (2009),
“The Symbolic Power of Money: Reminders of Money Alter
Social Distress and Physical Pain,” Psychological Science, 20
(6), 700–706.
Zhu, Rui, Utpal M. Dholakia, Xinlei Chen, and Rene´ Algesheimer
(2012), “Does Online Community Participation Foster Risky
Financial Behavior?” Journal of Marketing Research, 49 (3),
394–407.
REFERENCES
Aaker, Jennifer L., and Angela Y. Lee (2001), “I Seek Pleasures
and We Avoid Pains: The Role of Self-Regulatory Goals in
Information Processing and Persuasion,” Journal of Con-
sumer Research, 28 (June), 33–49.
Aaker, Jennifer L., and Patti Williams (1998), “Empathy versus
Pride: The Influence of Emotional Appeals across Cultures,”
Journal of Consumer Research, 25 (December), 241–61.
Aiken, Leona S., and Stephen G. West (1991), Multiple Regression:
Testing and Interpreting Interactions, Newbury Park, CA:
Sage.
Bar-Anan, Yoav, Nira Liberman, and Yaacov Trope (2006), “The
Association between Psychological Distance and Construal
Level: Evidence from an Implicit Association Test,” Journal
of Experimental Psychology: General, 135 (4), 609–22.
Brewer, Marylinn B., and Wendi Gardner (1996), “Who Is This We?
Levels of Collective Identity and Self Representations,” Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 71 (July), 83–93.
Briley, Donnel A. (2009), “Looking Forward, Looking Back: Cul-
tural Differences and Similarities in Time Orientation,” in
Understanding Culture: Theory, Research, and Application,
ed. R. Wyer Jr., C. Y. Chiu, and Y. Y. Hong, New York:
Psychology Press, 311–18.
Briley, Donnel A., and Robert S. Wyer Jr. (2002), “The Effect of
Group Membership Salience on the Avoidance of Negative
Outcomes: Implications for Social and Consumer Decisions,”
Journal of Consumer Research, 29 (December), 400–415.
Carstensen, Laura L., Derek M. Isaacowitz, and Susan T. Charles
(1999), “Taking Time Seriously: A Theory of Socioemotional
Selectivity,” American Psychologist, 54 (March), 165–81.
Chaiken, Shelly, Roger Giner-Sorolla, and Serena Chen (1996),
“Beyond Accuracy: Defence and Impression Motives in Heu-
ristic and Systematic Information Processing,” in The Psy-
chology of Action: Linking Motivation and Cognition to Be-
havior, ed. Peter M. Gollwitzer and John A. Bargh, New York:
Guilford, 212–52.
Cousins, Steven D. (1989), “Culture and Self-Perception in Japan
and the United States,” Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 56 (January), 124–31.
English, Tammy, and Serena Chen (2007), “Culture and Self-Con-
cept Stability: Consistency across and within Contexts among
Asian Americans and European Americans,” Journal of Per-
sonality and Social Psychology, 93 (3), 478–90.
Eyal, Tal, Nira Liberman, Yaacov Trope, and Eva Walther (2004),
“The Pros and Cons of Temporally Near and Distant Action,”
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 86 (6), 781–95.
Fujita, Kentaro, Tal Eyal, Shelly Chaiken, Yaacov Trope, and Nira
Liberman (2008), “Influencing Attitudes toward Near and Dis-
tant Objects,” Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 44
(3), 562–72.
Gardner, Wendy L., Shira Gabriel, and Angela Y. Lee (1999), “‘I’
Value Freedom but ‘We’ Value Relationships: Self-Construal
Priming Mirrors Cultural Differences in Judgment,” Psycho-
logical Science, 10 (July), 321–26.
Han, Sang-pil, and Sharon Shavitt (1994), “Persuasion and Culture:
Advertising Appeals in Individualistic and Collectivistic So-
cieties,” Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 30
(July), 326–50.
Henderson, Marlone D., Yaacov Trope, and Peter J. Carnevale (2006), “Negotiation from a Near and Distant Time Perspec-
tive,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 91 (Oc-
tober), 712–29.
Higgins, E. Tory (1997), “Beyond Pleasure and Pain,” American
Psychologist, 52 (December), 1280–1300.
Hong, Ying-yi, Michael W. Morris, Chi-yue Chiu, and Veronica
Benet-Martinez (2000), “Multicultural Minds: A Dynamic
Constructivist Approach to Culture and Cognition,” American
Psychologist, 55 (July), 709–20.
Kim, Kyeongheui, Meng Zhang, and Xioping Li (2008), “Effects
of Temporal and Social Distance on Consumer Evaluations,”
Journal of Consumer Research, 35 (December), 706–13.
Kinagawa, Chie, Susan E. Cross, and Hazel R. Marcus (2001),
“‘Who Am I?’ The Cultural Psychology of the Conceptual
Self,” Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 27 (Jan-
uary), 90–103.
Kitayama, Shinobu, Hyekyung Park, A. Timur Sevincer, Mayumi
Karasawa, and Ayse K. Uskul (2009), “A Cultural Task Anal-
ysis of Implicit Independence: Comparing North America,
Western Europe, and East Asia,” Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 97 (2), 236–55.
Lee, Angela Y., Jennifer L. Aaker, and Wendi L. Gardner (2000),
“The Pleasures and Pains of Distinct Self-Construals: The
Role of Interdependence in Regulatory Focus,” Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 78 (June), 1122–34.
Lee, Angela Y., and E. Tory Higgins (2009), “The Persuasive
Power of Regulatory Fit,” in The Social Psychology of Con-
sumer Behavior, ed. Michaela Wa¨nke, New York: Psychology
Press, 319–33.
Lee, Angela Y., Punam Keller, and Brian Sternthal (2010), “Value
from Regulatory Construal Fit,” Journal of Consumer Re-
search, 36 (5), 735–47.
Lee, Fiona, Mark Hallahan, and Thaddeus Herzog (1996), “Ex-
plaining Real-Life Events: How Culture and Domain Shape
Attributions,” Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 22
(July), 732–41.
Lee, Sujin, Angela Y. Lee, and Mary C. Kern (2010), “Viewing
Time through the Lens of the Self: The Fit Effect of Self-
Construal and Temporal Distance on Task Perception,” Eu-
ropean Journal of Social Psychology, 41 (March), 191–200.
Liberman, Nira, and Jens Fo¨rster (2009), “Distancing from Ex-
perienced Self: How Global-versus-Local Perception Affects
Estimation of Psychological Distance,” Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 97 (2), 203–16.
Liberman, Nira, Michael Sagristano, and Yaacov Trope (2002),
“The Effect of Temporal Distance on Level of Mental Con-
strual,” Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 38 (No-
vember), 523–34.
Liberman, Nira, and Yaacov Trope (1998), “The Role of Feasibility
and Desirability Considerations in Near and Distant Future
Decisions: A Test of Temporal Construal Theory,” Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 75 (July), 5–18.
Liberman, Nira, Yaacov Trope, Sean M. McCrea, and Steven J.
Sherman (2007), “The Effect of Level of Construal on the
Temporal Distance of Activity Enactment,” Journal of Ex-
perimental Social Psychology, 43 (January), 143–49.
Markus, Hazel R., and Shinobu Kitayama (1991), “Culture and
the Self: Implications for Cognition, Emotion, and Motiva-
tion,” Psychological Review, 98 (April), 224–53.
Morris, Michael W., and Kaiping Peng (1994), “Culture and Cause: American and Chinese Attributions for Social and Physical
Events,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 67
(December), 949–71.
Norenzayan, Ara, Incheol Choi, and Richard E. Nisbett (2002),
“Cultural Similarities and Differences in Social Inference:
Evidence from Behavioral Predictions and Lay Theories of
Behavior,” Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 28
(January), 109–20.
Nussbaum, Shiri, Yaacov Trope, and Nira Liberman (2003),
“Creeping Disponitionism: The Temporal Dynamics of Be-
havioral Prediction,” Journal of Personality and Social Psy-
chology, 84 (3), 485–97.
Pennington, Ginger L., and Neal J. Roese (2003), “Regulatory
Focus and Temporal Distance,” Journal of Experimental So-
cial Psychology, 39 (November), 563–76.
Petty, Richard E., and John T. Cacioppo (1986), “The Elaboration
Likelihood Model of Persuasion,” Advances in Experimental
Social Psychology, Vol. 19, ed. Leonard Berkowitz, New
York: Academic Press, 123–205.
Petty, Richard E., John T. Cacioppo, and David Schumann (1983),
“Central and Peripheral Routes to Advertising Effectiveness:
The Moderating Role of Involvement,” Journal of Consumer
Research, 10 (September), 135–46.
Rhee, Eun, James S. Uleman, Hoon K. Lee, and Robert J. Roman
(1995), “Spontaneous Self-Descriptions and Ethnic Identities
in Individualistic and Collectivistic Cultures,” Journal of Per-
sonality and Social Psychology, 69 (July), 142–52.
Shweder, Richard A., and Edmund J. Bourne (1984), “Does the
Concept of the Person Vary Cross-Culturally?” in Cultural
Conceptions of Mental Health and Therapy, ed. Anthony J.
Marsella and Geoffrey M. White, Dordrecht: Riedel, 97–137.
Singelis, Theodore M. (1994), “The Measurement of Independent
and Interdependent Self-Construals,” Personality and Social
Psychology Bulletin, 20 (October), 580–91.
Smith, Pamela K., and Yaacov Trope (2006), “You Focus on the
Forest When You Are in Charge of the Trees: Power Priming
and Abstract Information Processing,” Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 90 (4), 578–96.
Triandis, Harry C. (1989), “The Self and Social Behavior in Differing
Cultural Contexts,” Psychological Review, 96 (3), 506–20.
Trope, Yaacov, and Nira Liberman (2000), “Temporal Construal
and Time Dependent Changes in Preference,” Journal of Per-
sonality and Social Psychology, 79 (December), 876–89.
——— (2010), “Construal-Level Theory of Psychological Dis-
tance,” Psychological Review, 117 (2), 440–63.
Underwood, Geoffrey, and R. A. Swain (1973), “Selectivity of
Attention and the Perception of Duration,” Perception, 2 (1),
101–5.
Vallacher, Robin R., and Daniel M. Wegner (1989), “Levels of
Personal Agency: Individual Variation in Action Identifica-
tion,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 57 (Oc-
tober), 660–71.
Wakslak, Cheryl J., Yaacov Trope, Nira Liberman, and Rotem
Alony (2006), “Seeing the Forest When Entry Is Unlikely:
Probability and the Mental Representation of Events,” Journal
of Experimental Psychology: General, 135 (November), 641–53.
Weisz, John R., Fred M. Rothbaum, and Thomas C. Blackburn
(1984), “Standing Out and Standing In: The Psychology of
Control in American and Japan,” American Psychologist, 39
(September), 955–69.
REFERENCES
Bartels, Daniel, and Lance J. Rips (2010), “Psychological Con-
nectedness and Intertemporal Choice,” Journal of Experi-
mental Psychology: General, 139 (February), 49–69.
Bartels, Daniel, and Oleg Urminsky (2011), “On Intertemporal
Selfishness: How the Perceived Instability of Identity Un-
derlies Impatient Consumption,” Journal of Consumer Re-
search, 38 (June), 182–98.
Baucells, Manel, and Franz H. Heukamp (2012), “Probability and
Time Trade-Off,” Management Science, 58 (April), 831–42.
Bazerman, Max, Don A. Moore, Ann E. Tenbrunsel, Kimberly A.
Wade-Benzoni, and Sally Blount (1999), “Explaining How
Preferences Change across Joint versus Separate Evaluation,”
Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 39 (May),
41–58.
Bleichrodt, Han, and Jose L. P. Prades (2009), “New Evidence of Preference Reversals in Health Utility Measurement,” Health
Economics, 18 (September), 713–26.
Bommier, Antoine (2006), “Uncertain Lifetime and Intertemporal
Choice: Risk Aversion as a Rationale for Time Discounting,”
International Economic Review, 47 (November), 1223–46.
Burson, Katherine A., Richard P. Larrick, and John G. Lynch Jr.
(2009), “Six of One, Half Dozen of the Other: Expanding and
Contracting Numerical Dimensions Produces Preference Re-
versals,” Psychological Science, 20 (September), 1074–78.
Chatterjee, Subimal, Timothy B. Heath, and Junhond Min (2009),
“The Susceptibility of Mental Accounting Principles to Eval-
uation Mode Effects,” Journal of Behavioral Decision Mak-
ing, 22 (July), 120–37.
Chen, Rong, and Jianmin Jia (2005), “Consumer Choices under
Small Probabilities: Overweighting or Underweighting,”
Marketing Letters, 16 (March), 5–18.
Ebert, Jane E., and Drazen Prelec (2007), “The Fragility of Time:
Time-Insensitivity and Valuation of the Near and Far Future,”
Management Science, 53 (September), 1423–38.
Frederick, Shane, George Loewenstein, and Ted O’Donoghue
(2002), “Time Discounting and Time Preference: A Critical
Review,” Journal of Economic Literature, 40 (June), 351–
401.
Gneezy, Uri, John List, and George Wu (2006), “The Uncertainty
Effect: When a Risky Prospect Is Valued Less than Its Worse
Possible Outcome,” Quarterly Journal of Economics, 121 (4),
1283–1309.
Gneezy, Uri, and Aldo Rustichini (2000), “Pay Enough, or Don’t
Pay at All,” Quarterly Journal of Economics, 115 (August),
791–810.
Gonzalez, Richard, and George Wu (1999), “On the Shape of the
Probability Weighting Function,” Cognitive Psychology, 38
(January), 129–66.
Hershfield, Hal E., Daniel G. Goldstein, William F. Sharpe, Jesse
Fox, Leo Yeykelvis, Laura L. Carstensen, and Jeremy N. Bai-
lenson (2011), “Increasing Saving Behavior through Age-Pro-
gressed Renderings of the Future Self,” Journal of Marketing
Research, 48 (November), S23–S37.
Hsee, Christopher K. (1996), “The Evaluability Hypothesis: An
Explanation of Preference Reversals between Joint and Sep-
arate Evaluations of Alternatives,” Organizational Behavior
and Human Choice Processes, 46 (September), 247–57.
Hsee, Christopher K., and France Leclerc (1998), “Will Products Look
More Attractive When Presented Separately or Together?” Jour-
nal of Consumer Research, 25 (September), 175–86.
Hsee, Christopher K., George Loewenstein, Sally Blount, and Max
H. Bazerman (1999), “Preference Reversals between Joint and
Separate Evaluations of Options: A Review and Theoretical
Analysis,” Psychological Bulletin, 125 (September), 576–91.
Hsee, Christopher K., and Yuval Rottenstreich (2004), “Music,
Pandas and Muggers: On the Affective Psychology of Value,”
Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 133 (March),
23–30.
Hsee, Christopher K., Fang Yu, Jiao Zhang, and Yan Zhang (2003),
“Medium Maximization,” Journal of Consumer Research, 30
(June), 1–14.
Hsee, Christopher K., and Jiao Zhang (2004), “Distinction Bias:
Misprediction and Mischoice due to Joint Evaluation,” Jour-
nal of Personality and Social Psychology, 86 (May), 680–95.
——— (2010), “General Evaluability Theory: An Analysis of
When What We Care about Matters,” Perspectives on Psy-
chological Science, 5 (September), 343–55.
Kable, Joseph K., and Paul W. Glimcher (2010), “An ‘As Soon as Possible’ Effect in Human Intertemporal Decision Making:
Behavioral Evidence and Neural Mechanisms,” Journal of
Neurophysiology, 103 (5), 2513–31.
Kahneman, Daniel, and Amos Tversky (1979), “Prospect Theory:
An Analysis of Decision under Risk,” Econometrica, 47
(March), 263–91.
Kilka, Michael, and Martin Weber (2001), “What Determines the
Shape of the Probability Weighting Function under Uncer-
tainty?” Management Science, 47 (December), 1712–26.
Kluger, Avraham N., Elena Stephan, Yoav Ganzach, and Meirav
Hershkovitz (2004), “The Effect of Regulatory Focus on the
Shape of Probability-Weighting Function: Evidence from a
Cross-Modality Matching Method,” Organizational Behavior
and Human Decision Processes, 95 (1), 20–39.
Kogut, Tehila, and Ilana Ritov (2005), “The Singularity Effect of
Identified Victims in Separate and Joint Evaluations,” Or-
ganizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 97
(April), 106–16.
Kunreuther, Howard, Nathan Novemsky, and Daniel Kahneman
(2001), “Making Low Probabilities Useful,” Journal of Risk
and Uncertainty, 23 (September), 103–20.
Laibson, David (1997), “Golden Eggs and Hyperbolic Discount-
ing,” Quarterly Journal of Economics, 112 (May), 443–77.
Laran, Juliano, and Keith Wilcox (2011), “Choice, Rejection, and
Elaboration on Preference-Inconsistent Alternatives,” Journal
of Consumer Research, 38 (August), 229–41.
Lichtenstein, Sarah, and Paul Slovic (1971), “Reversals of Pref-
erence between Bids and Choices in Gambling Decisions,”
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 89 (1), 46–55.
List, John A. (2002), “Preference Reversals of a Different Kind:
The ‘More Is Less’ Phenomenon,” American Economic Re-
view, 92 (December), 1636–43.
Loewenstein, George (1996), “Out of Control: Visceral Influences
on Behavior,” Organizational Behavior and Human Decision
Processes, 65 (March), 272–92.
Malkoc, Selin A., and Gal Zauberman (2006), “Deferring versus
Expediting Consumption: The Effect of Outcome Concrete-
ness on Sensitivity to Time Horizon,” Journal of Marketing
Research, 43 (November), 618–27.
Mischel, Walter, Yuichi Shoda, and Monica L. Rodriguez (1989),
“Delay of Gratification in Children,” Science, 244 (May),
933–38.
Moore, Don A. (1999), “Order Effects in Preference Judgments:
Evidence for Context Dependence in the Generation of Pref-
erences,” Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Pro-
cesses, 78 (May), 146–65.
Nowlis, Stephen M., and Itamar Simonson (1997), “Attribute-Task
Compatibility as a Determinant of Consumer Preference Re-
versals,” Journal of Marketing Research, 34 (May), 205–18.
Okada, Erica Mina (2005), “Justification Effects on Consumer
Choice of Hedonic and Utilitarian Goods,” Journal of Mar-
keting Research, 42 (February), 43–53.
Paharia, Neeru, Karim S. Kassam, Joshua D. Greene, and Max H.
Bazerman (2009), “Dirty Work, Clean Hands: The Moral Psy-
chology of Indirect Agency,” Organizational Behavior and
Human Decision Processes, 109 (July), 134–41.
Palmeira, Mauricio M. (2011), “The Zero-Comparison Effect,”
Journal of Consumer Research, 38 (June), 16–26.
Prelec, Drazen (1998), “The Probability Weighting Function,”
Econometrica, 66 (May), 497–527.
Prelec, Drazen, and George Loewenstein (1991), “Decision Mak-
ing over Time and under Uncertainty: A Common Approach,”
Management Science, 37 (July), 770–86.
Rachlin, Howard, Jay Brown, and David Cross (2000), “Discount-
ing in Judgments of Delay and Probability,” Journal of Be-
havioral Decision Making, 13 (2), 145–59.
Read, Daniel (2001), “Is Time-Discounting Hyperbolic or Sub-
additive?” Journal of Risk and Uncertainty, 23 (July), 5–32.
Read, Daniel, Shane Frederick, Burcu Orsel, and Juwaria Rahman
(2005), “Four Score and Seven Years from Now: The Data/
Delay Effect in Temporal Discounting,” Management Science,
51 (September), 1326–35.
Read, Daniel, and N. L. Read (2004), “Time Discounting over the
Lifespan,” Organizational Behavior and Human Decision
Processes, 94 (May), 22–32.
Schmeltzer, Christopher, Jean-Paul Caverni, and Massimo War-
glien (2004), “How Does Preference Reversal Appear and
Disappear? Effects of the Evaluation Mode,” Journal of Be-
havioral Decision Making, 17 (December), 395–408.
Scholten, Marc, and Daniel Read (2006), “Discounting by Inter-
vals: A Generalized Model of Intertemporal Choice,” Man-
agement Science, 52 (September), 1424–36.
Shamosh, Noah A., Colin G. DeYoung, Adam E. Green, Deidre
L. Reis, Matthew R. Johnson, Andrew R. A. Conway, Randall
W. Engle, Todd S. Braver, and Jeremy R. Gray (2008), “In-
dividual Differences in Delay Discounting,” Psychological
Science, 19 (September), 904–11.
Shampanier, Kristina, Nina Mazar, and Dan Ariely (2007), “Zero
as a Special Price: The True Value of Free Products,” Mar-
keting Science, 26 (November), 742–57.
Shen, Luxi, Christopher K. Hsee, Qingsheng Wu, and Claire I.
Tsai (2012), “Overpredicting and Underprofiting in Pricing
Decisions,” Journal of Behavioral Decision Making, 25 (De-
cember), 512–21.
Slovic, Paul (1987), “Perception of Risk,” Science, 236 (April),
280–85.
Tversky, Amos, Shmuel Sattath, and Paul Slovic (1988), “Contin-
gent Weighting in Judgment and Choice,” Psychological Re-
view, 95 (July), 371–84.
Van den Bergh, Bram, Siegfried Dewitte, and Luk Warlop (2008),
“Bikinis Instigate Generalized Impatience in Intertemporal
Choice,” Journal of Consumer Research, 35 (June), 85–97.
Weber, Bethany J., and Gretchen B. Chapman (2005), “Playing for
Peanuts: Why Is Risk Seeking More Common for Low-Stakes
Gambles?” Organizational Behavior and Human Decision
Processes, 97 (May), 31–46.
Zauberman, Gal, B. K. Kim, Selin A. Malkoc, and James R. Bett-
man (2009), “Discounting Time and Time Discounting: Sub-
jective Time Perception and Intertemporal Preferences,” Jour-
nal of Marketing Research, 46 (August), 543–56.
Zauberman, Gal, and John G. Lynch Jr. (2005), “Resource Slack
and Propensity to Discount Delayed Investments of Time ver-
sus Money,” Journal of Experimental Psychology: General,
134 (October), 23–37.
REFERENCES
Aaker, Jennifer L. (1997), "Dimensions of Brand Personality," Journal of Marketing Research, 34 (3), 347-
56.
Aron, Arthur, Elaine N. Aron, Michael Tudor, and Greg Nelson (1991), "Close Relationships as Including
Other in the Self," Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 60 (2), 241-53.
Beggan, James K. (1992), "On the Social Nature of Nonsocial Perception - the Mere Ownership Effect,"
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 62 (2), 229-37.
Belk, Russell W. (1988), "Possessions and the Extended Self," Journal of Consumer Research, 15
(September), 139-68.
Bless, Herbert and Norbert Schwarz (2010), "Mental Construal and the Emergence of Assimilation and
Contrast Effects: The Inclusion/Exclusion Model," in Advances in Experimental Social Psychology,
Vol. 42, San Diego: Elsevier Academic Press Inc, 319-73.
Brewer, Marilynn B. (1991), "The Social Self - on Being the Same and Different at the Same Time,"
Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 17 (5), 475-82.
Brewer, Marilynn B. and W. Gardner (1996), "Who Is This ''We''? Levels of Collective Identity and Self
Representations," Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 71 (1), 83-93.
Bruner, Jerome S. (1957), "On Perceptual Readiness," Psychological Review, 64 (2), 123-52.
Cadinu, Maria R. and Myron Rothbart (1996), "Self-Anchoring and Differentiation Processes in the
Minimal Group Setting," Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 70 (4), 661-77.
Cunningham, Shelia J., David J. Turk, Lynda M. Macdonald, and C. Neil Macrae (2008), "Yours or Mine?
Ownership and Memory," Consciousness and Cognition, 17 (1), 312-18.
Dunning, David and Andrew F. Hayes (1996), "Evidence for Egocentric Comparison in Social Judgment,"
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 71 (2), 213-29.
Duval, T. Shelly and Robert A Wicklund (1972), A Theory of Objective Self-Awareness, New York:
Academic Press.
Edney, Julian J. (1974), "Human Territoriality," Psychological Bulletin, 81 (12), 959-75.
Fazio, R. H., C. J. Williams, and M. C. Powell (2000), "Measuring Associative Strength: Category-Item
Associations and Their Activation from Memory," Political Psychology, 21 (1), 7-25.
Fenigstein, Allan, Michael F. Scheier, and Arnold H. Buss (1975), "Public and Private Self-Consciousness -
Assessment and Theory " Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 43 (4), 522-27.
Ferraro, Rosellina., Jennifer E. Escalas, and James R. Bettman (2011), "Our Possessions, Our Selves:
Domains of Self-Worth and the Possession-Self Link," Journal of Consumer Psychology, 21 (2),
169-77.
Fitzsimons, Gavan J. (2008), "Death to Dichotomizing," Journal of Consumer Research, 35 (1), 5-8.
Foroni, Francesco. and Myron Rothbart (2011), "Category Boundaries and Category Labels: When Does a
Category Name Influence the Perceived Similarity of Category Members?," Social Cognition, 29
(5), 547-76.
Franke, Nikolaus, Martin Schreier, and Ulrike Kaiser (2010), "The "I Designed It Myself" Effect in Mass
Customization," Management Science, 56 (1), 125-40.
Furby, Lita (1978), "Possession in Humans - Exploratory-Study of Its Meaning and Motivation," Social
Behavior and Personality, 6 (1), 49-65.
Furby, Lita (1980), "The Origins and Early Development of Possessive Behavior," Political Psychology, 2
(1), 30-42.
Gawronski, bertram, Galen V. Bodenhausen, and Rainer Banse (2005), "We Are, Therefore They Aren't:
Ingroup Construal as a Standard of Comparison for Outgroup Judgments," Journal of Experimental
Social Psychology, 41 (5), 515-26.
Gawronski, bertram, Galen V. Bodenhausen, and Andrew P. Becker (2007), "I Like It, Because I Like
Myself: Associative Self-Anchoring and Post-Decisional Change of Implicit Evaluations," Journal
of Experimental Social Psychology, 43 (2), 221-32.
Gibbons, Frederick X. (1990), "Self-Attention and Behavior: A Review and Theoretical Update," Advances
in Experimental Social Psychology, 23, 249-303.
Goffman, Erving (1972), Rlations in Pubic, New York: Harper and Row.
Goldstone, Robert L., Yvonne. Lippa, and Richard M. Shiffrin (2001), "Altering Object Representations
through Category Learning," Cognition, 78 (1), 27-43.
Grohmann, Bianca (2009), "Gender Dimensions of Brand Personality," Journal of Marketing Research, 46
(1), 105-19.
Herr, Paul M., Steven J. Sherman, and Russell H. Fazio (1983), "On the Consequences of Priming:
Assimilation and Contrast Effects," Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 19 (4), 323-40.
Higgins, E. T. (1987), "Self-Discrepancy - a Theory Relating Self and Affect," Psychological Review, 94
(3), 319-40.
Higgins, E. T., G. A. King, and G. H. Mavin (1982), "Individual Construct Accessibility and Subjective
Impressions and Recall," Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 43 (1), 35-47.
Higgins, E. Tory (1996), "Knowledge Activation: Accessibility, Applicability and Salience," in Social
Psychology: Handbook of Basic Principles, ed. E. Tory Higgins and Arie W. Kruglanski, New York:
Guilford Press.
Higgins, E. Tory, William S. Rholes, and Carl R. Jones (1977), "Category Accessibility and Impression-
Formation," Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 13 (2), 141-54.
Huang, Yunhui H., Lei Wang, and Junqi Shi (2009), "When Do Objects Become More Attractive? The
Individual and Interactive Effects of Choice and Ownership on Object Evaluation," Personality and
Social Psychology Bulletin, 35 (6), 713-22.
James, William (1890), The Principles of Psychology Vol. 1, New York: Henry Holt.
Johar, Gita Venkataramani, Jaideep Sengupta, and Jennifer L. Aaker (2005), "Two Roads to Updating
Brand Personality Impressions: Trait Versus Evaluative Inferencing," Journal of Marketing
Research, XLII (November), 458–69.
Johnson, E. J., G. Haubl, and A. Keinan (2007), "Aspects of Endowment: A Query Theory of Value
Construction," Journal of Experimental Psychology-Learning Memory and Cognition, 33 (3), 461-
74.
Kahneman, Daniel, Jack L. Knetsch, and Richard H. Thaler (1991), "Anomalies - the Endowment Effect,
Loss Aversion, and Status-Quo Bias," Journal of Economic Perspectives, 5 (1), 193-206.
Kardes, Frank R. , Steven S. Posavac, and Maria L. Cronley (2004), "Consumer Inference: A Review of
Processes, Bases, and Judgment Contexts," Journal of Consumer Psychology, 14 (3), 230–56.
Kleine, Suzan S., Robert E. Kleine, and Chris T. Allen (1995), "How Is a Possession ''Me'' or ''Not Me''?
Characterizing Types and an Antecedent of Material Possession Attachment," Journal of Consumer
Research, 22 (3), 327-43.
Lingle, John H., Mark W. Altom, and Douglas L. Medin (1984), "Of Cabbages and Kings: Assessing the
Extendibility of Natural Object Concept. Models to Social Things," in Handbook of Social
Cognition, ed. R.S. Wyer and T.K. Srull Hillsdale, N.J.: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
Muller, Dominique., Charles M. Judd, and Vincent Y. Yzerbyt (2005), "When Moderation Is Mediated and
Mediation Is Moderated," Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 89 (6), 852-63.
Mussweiler, Thomas and Galen V. Bodenhausen (2002), "I Know You Are, but What Am I? Self-
Evaluative Consequences of Judging in-Group and out-Group Members," Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 82 (1), 19-32.
Otten, Sabine and Dirk Wentura (2001), "Self-Anchoring and in-Group Favoritism: An Individual Profiles
Analysis," Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 37 (6), 525-32.
Parker, Jeffery R. and Rom Y. Schrift (2011), "Rejectable Choice Sets: How Seemingly Irrelevant No-
Choice Options Affect Consumer Decision Processes," Journal of Marketing Research, 48 (5), 840-
54.
Peck, Joann and Suzanne B. Shu (2009), "The Effect of Mere Touch on Perceived Ownership," Journal of
Consumer Research, 36 (3), 434-47.
Penton-Voak, I. S. and J. Y. Chen (2004), "High Salivary Testosterone Is Linked to Masculine Male Facial
Appearance in Humans," Evolution and Human Behavior, 25 (4), 229-41.
Pham, Michel Tuan, Caroline Goukens, Donald R. Lehmann, and Jennifer Ames Stuart (2010), "Shaping
Customer Satisfaction through Self-Awareness Cues," Journal of Marketing Research, 47 (5).
Pierce, Jon L., Tatiana Kostova, and Kurt T. Dirks (2003), "The State of Psychological Ownership:
Integrating and Extending a Century of Research," Review of General Psychology, 7 (1), 84-107.
Preacher, Kristopher J. and Andrew F. Hayes (2004), "Spss and Sas Procedures for Estimating Indirect
Effects in Simple Mediation Models," Behavior Research Methods Instruments & Computers, 36
(4), 717-31.
Rogers, Timothy B., Nicholas A. Kuiper, and W. S. Kirker (1977), "Self-Reference and Encoding of
Personal Information," Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 35 (9), 677-88.
Schultheiss, O.C. and S.J. Stanton (2009), "Assessment of Salivary Hormones," in Methods in the
Neurobiology of Social and Personality Psychology, ed. E. Harmon-Jones and J. S. Beer, New York,
NY: Guilford, 17–44.
Schwarz, Norbert, Herbert Bless, Fritz Strack, Gisela Klumpp, Helga Rittenauerschatka, and Annette
Simons (1991), " Ease of Retrieval as Information - Another Look at the Availability Heuristic,"
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 61 (2), 195-202.
Seligman, Martin E. P. (1975), Helplessness, San Francisco: Freeman.
Sellers, Jennifer G., Matthias R. Mehl, and Robert A. Josephs (2007), "Hormones and Personality:
Testosterone as a Marker of Individual Differences," Journal of Research in Personality, 41 (1),
126-38.
Singelis, Theodore M. (1994), "The Measurement of Independent and Interdependent Self-Construals,"
Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 20 (5), 580-91.
Srull, Thomas K. and Robert S. Wyer, Jr. (1979), "Role of Category Accessibility in the Interpretation of
Information About Persons - Some Determinants and Implications," Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 37 (10), 1660-72.
Sujan, Mita and Christine Dekleva (1987), "Product Categorization and Inference Making: Some
Implications for Comparative Advertising," The Journal of Consumer Research, 14 (3), 372-78.
Tajfel, Henri, Michael G. Billig, Roberet P. Bundy, and C. Flament (1971), "Social Categorization and
Intergroup Behavior," European Journal of Social Psychology, 1 (2), 149-77.
Turk, David J., Kim van Bussel, Gordon D. Waiter, and C. Neil Macrae (2011), "Mine and Me: Exploring
the Neural Basis of Object Ownership," Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience (Early Access), 1-12.
Watson, David, Lee Anna Clark, and Auke Tellegen (1988), "Development and Validation of Brief
Measures of Positive and Negative Affect: The Panas Scales," Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 54 (6), 1063-70.
Zhao, Xinshu, John G. Lynch, Jr., and Qimei Chen (2010), "Reconsidering Baron and Kenny: Myths and
Truths About Mediation Analysis," Journal of Consumer Research, 37 (2), 197-206.
References
Adams, J. S. (1965). Inequity in social exchange. In L. Berkowitz (Ed.), Advances in
experimental social psychology (pp. 267–299). New York: Academic Press.
Ariely, D. (2008). Predictably irrational. New York: Harper Collins.
Ariely, D. (2009). The end of rational economics. Harvard Business Review, 87, 78–84.
Baker, W. E., & Jimerson, J. B. (1992). The sociology of money. American Behavioral
Scientist, 35, 678–693.
Banaji, M., Bazerman, M., & Chugh, D. (2003). How (un)ethical are you? Harvard
Business Review, 81(12), 56–64.
Bargh, J. A. (1990). Auto-motives: Preconscious determinants of social interaction. New
York: Guilford Press.
Bargh, J. A. (2006). What have we been priming all these years? On the
development, mechanisms, and ecology of nonconscious social behavior.
European Journal of Social Psychology, 36, 147–168.
Bradley, J. C., Brief, A. P., & Smith-Crowe, K. (2008). The good corporation. In D. B.
Smith (Ed.), The people make the place. Exploring dynamic linkages between
individuals and organizations (pp. 175–223). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.
Butterfield, K. D., Treviño, L. K., & Weaver, G. R. (2000). Moral awareness in business
organizations: Influences of issue-related and social context factors. Human
Relations, 53, 981–1018.
Cohen, P., & Cohen, J. (1996). Life values and adolescent mental health. Mahwah, NJ:
Erlbaum.
Coleman, J. S. (1974). Power and the structure of society. New York: Norton.
Coleman, J. S. (1990). Foundations of social theory. Cambridge, MA: Harvard
University Press.
Dante (1985). Inferno (M. Musa, Trans.). In The divine comedy (Vol. 1). New York:
Penguin (Original work circa the 14th century).
Detert, J. R., Treviño, L. K., & Sweitzer, V. L. (2008). Moral disengagement in ethical
decision making: A study of antecedents and outcomes. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 93, 374–391.
de Waal, F. B. M. (1996). Good natured: The origins of right and wrong in humans and
other animals. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
de Waal, F. (2006). Primates and philosophers: How morality evolved. Princeton, NJ:
Princeton University Press.
Doyle, K. O. (1992). Toward a psychology of money. American Behavioral Scientist,
35, 708–724.
Fazio, R. H., & Olson, M. A. (2003). Implicit measures in social cognition research:
Their meaning and use. Annual Review of Psychology, 54, 297–327.
Fiske, A. P. (1991). Structures of social life: The four elementary forms of human
relations. New York: Free Press.
Fiske, A. P. (1992). Four elementary forms of sociality: Framework for a unified
theory of social relations. Psychological Review, 99, 689–723.
Giddens, A. (1990). The consequences of modernity. Stanford, CA: Stanford University
Press.
Gino, F., Norton, M., & Ariely, D. (2010). The counterfeit self: The deceptive costs of
faking it. Psychological Science, 21(5), 712–720.
Gino, F., & Pierce, L. (2009). The abundance effect: Unethical behavior in the
presence of wealth. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes,
109(2), 142–155.
Gioia, D. A. (1992). Pinto fires and personal ethics: A script analysis of missed
opportunities. Journal of Business Ethics, 11, 379–391.
Gneezy, U. (2005). Deception: The role of consequences. American Economic Review,
95(1), 384–394.
Greene, J., & Haidt, J. (2002). How (and where) does moral judgment work? Trends in
Cognitive Sciences, 6, 517–523.
Gruenfeld, D. H., Inesi, M. E., Magee, J. C., & Galinsky, A. D. (2008). Power and the
objectification of social targets. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 95,
111–127.
Haidt, J. (2007). The new synthesis in moral psychology. Science, 316, 998–1002.
Haidt, J. (2008). Morality. Perspectives on Psychological Science, 3, 65–72.
Haidt, J., & Kesebir, S. (2010). Morality. In S. Fiske, D. Gilbert, & G. Lindzey (Eds.),
Handbook of social psychology (5th ed., pp. 797–832). Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.
Hebb, D. O. (1949). Organization of behavior. New York: Wiley.
Hegarty, W. H., & Sims, H. P. Jr., (1978). Some determinants of unethical decision
behavior: An experiment. Journal of Applied Psychology, 63(4), 451–457.
Heyman, J., & Ariely, D. (2004). Effort for payment: A tale of two markets.
Psychological Science, 15, 787–793.
Higgins, E. T. (1996). Knowledge activation: Accessibility, applicability, and salience.
New York: Guilford.
Janoff-Bulman, R., Sheikh, S., & Hepp, S. (2009). Proscriptive versus prescriptive
morality: Two faces of moral regulation. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 96, 521–537.
Kant, I. (1964). Foundation of the metaphysics of morals (Lewis White Beck, Trans.)
Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill (Original work published 1785).
Kasser, T., Cohn, S., Kanner, A. D., & Ryan, R. M. (2007). Some costs of American
corporate capitalism: A psychological exploration of value and goal conflicts.
Psychological Inquiry, 18, 1–22.
Kasser, T., & Ryan, R. M. (1993). A dark side of the American dream: Correlates of
financial success as a central life aspiration. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 65, 410–422.
Kay, A., & Ross, L. (2003). The perceptual push: The interplay of implicit cues and
explicit situational construals on behavioral intentions in the Prisoner’s
Dilemma. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 39(6), 634–643.
Kay, A. C., Wheeler, S. C., Bargh, J. A., & Ross, L. (2004). Material priming: The
influence of mundane physical objects on situational construal and competitive
behavioral choice. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 95,
83–96.
Lea, S. E. G., & Webley, P. (2006). Money as tool, money as drug: The biological
psychology of a strong incentive. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 29, 161–209.
Levine, D. (1985). The fight from ambiguity: Essays in social and cultural theory.
Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Liu, J., Smeesters, D., & Vohs, K. (2012). Reminders of money elicit feelings of threat
and reactance in response to social influence. Journal of Consumer Research,
38(6), 1030–1046.
Loughnan, S., Haslam, N., Murnane, T., Vaes, J., Reynolds, C., & Suitner, C. (2010).
Objectification leads to depersonalization: The denial of mind and moral
concern to objectified others. European Journal of Social Psychology 709–717.
MacKinnon, D. P., Fairchild, A. J., & Fritz, M. S. (2007). Mediation analysis. Annual
Review of Psychology, 58, 593–614.
Marx, K. (1964). The economic and philosophic manuscripts of 1844 (M. Milligan,
Trans.). New York: International Publishers.
McCabe, D. L., & Treviño, L. K. (1995). Cheating among business students: A
challenge for business leaders and educators. The Journal of Management
Education, 19(2), 205–218.
Maurer, B. (2006). The anthropology of money. Annual Review of Anthropology, 35,
15–36.
Messick, D. M. (1999). Alternative logics for decision making in social settings.
Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 39(1), 11–30.
Mitchell, T. R., & Mickel, A. E. (1999). The meaning of money: An individual
difference perspective. Academy of Management Review, 24(3), 568–578.
Mogilner, C. (2010). The pursuit of happiness: Time, money, and social connection.
Psychological Science, 21, 1348–1354.
Mogilner, C., & Aaker, J. (2009). The time vs. money effect: Shifting product attitudes
and decisions through personal connection. Journal of Consumer Research, 36,
277–291.
Pillutla, M. M., & Chen, X.-P. (1999). Social norms and cooperation in social
dilemmas: The effects of context and feedback. Organizational Behavior and
Human Decision Processes, 78(2), 81–103.
Preacher, K. J., & Hayes, A. F. (2004). SPSS and SAS procedures for estimating indirect
effects in simple mediation models. Behavior Research Methods, Instruments, and
Computers, 36, 717–731.
Preacher, K. J., & Hayes, A. F. (2008). Asymptotic and resampling strategies for
assessing and comparing indirect effects in multiple mediator models. Behavior
Research Methods, 40, 879–891.
Rai, T. S., & Fiske, A. P. (2011). Moral psychology is relationship regulation: Moral
motives for unity, hierarchy, equality, and proportionality. Psychological Review,
118, 57–75.
Reed, A., II, & Aquino, K. (2003). Moral identity and the expanding circle of moral
regard toward out-groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 84,
1270–1286.
Rest, J. R. (1986). Moral development: Advances in research and theory. New York, NY:
Praeger.
Reynolds, S. J., Leavitt, K., & DeCelles, K. A. (2010). Automatic ethics: Implicit
assumptions and ethical managerial conduct. Journal of Applied Psychology, 95,
752–760.
Simmel, G. (1978). The philosophy of money (T. Bottomore & D. Frisby, Trans.).
London: Routledge & Kegan Paul (Original work published 1907).
Singer, P. (1981). The expanding circle: Ethics and sociobiology. New York: Farrar,
Straus, & Giroux.
Solomon, R. C. (1994). Business and the humanities: An Aristotelian approach to
business ethics. In T. Donaldson & R. E. Freeman (Eds.), Business as humanity
(pp. 45–75). New York: Oxford University.
Tang, T. L. P. (1992). The meaning of money revisited. Journal of Organizational
Behavior, 13, 197–202.
Tenbrunsel, A. E., & Messick, D. M. (1999). Sanctioning systems, decision frames,
and cooperation. Administrative Science Quarterly, 44, 684–707.
Tenbrunsel, A. E., & Smith-Crowe, K. (2008). Ethical decision making: Where we’ve
been and where we’re going. Academy of Management Annals, 2, 545–607.
Tenbrunsel, A. E., Smith-Crowe, K., & Umphress, E. E. (2003). Building houses on
rocks: The role of the ethical infrastructure in organizations. Social Justice
Research, 16(3), 285–307.
Tversky, A., & Kahneman, D. (1981). The framing of decisions and the psychology of
choice. Science, 211, 453–458.
Vohs, K. D., Mead, N. L., & Goode, M. R. (2006). The psychological consequences of
money. Science, 314, 1154–1156.
Vohs, K. D., Mead, N. L., & Goode, M. R. (2008). Merely activating the concept of
money changes personal and interpersonal behavior. Current Perspectives in
Psychological Science, 17(3), 208–212.
Wang, L., Malhotra, D., & Murnighan, J. K. (2011). Economics education and greed.
The Academy of Management Learning and Education, 10, 643–660.
Watson, D., Clark, L. A., & Tellegen, A. (1988). Development and validation of brief
measures of positive and negative affect: The PANAS scales. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 54, 1063–1070.
Zhou, X., Vohs, K. D., & Baumeister, R. F. (2009). The symbolic power of money:
Reminders of money alter social distress and physical pain. Psychological
Science, 20(6), 700–706.
References
Amato, P. R., & Rogers, S. J. (1997). A longitudinal study of marital problems and subsequent divorce.
Journal of Marriage and Family, 59(3), 612 – 624.
Baumeister, R. F. (2002). Yielding to temptation: self-control failure, impulsive purchasing, and consumer
behavior. Journal of Consumer Research, 28(4), 670 – 676.
Berry, C. J. (1994). The idea of luxury: a conceptual and historical investigation. New York: Cambridge
University Press.
Briers, B., Pandelaere, M., Dewitte, S., & Warlop, L. (2006). Hungry for money: the desire for caloric
resources increases the desire for financial resources and vice versa. Psychological Science, 17(11),
939 – 943.
Burgoyne, C. B., & Lea, S. E. G. (2006). Money is material. Science, 314(5802), 1091 – 1092.
Chatterjee, P., & Rose, R. L. (2012). Do payment mechanisms change the way consumers perceive
products? Journal of Consumer Research, 38(6), 1129 – 1139.
Chatterjee, P., Rose, R. L., & Sinha, J. (2012). Why money meanings matter in decisions to donate time and
money. Marketing Letters, 21(2), 1 – 10.
Chernev, A. (2004). Goal orientation and consumer preference for status quo. Journal of Consumer
Research, 31(3), 557 – 565.
Dhar, R., & Wertenbroch, K. (2000). Consumer choice between hedonic and utilitarian goods. Journal of
Marketing Research, 37(1), 60 – 71.
Feinberg, R. A. (1986). Credit cards as spending facilitating stimuli: a conditioning interpretation. Journal
of Consumer Research, 13(3), 348 – 356.
Hansen, J., Kutzner, F., & Wänke, M. (2013). Money and thinking: reminders of money trigger abstract
construal and shape consumer judgments. Journal of Consumer Research, 39(6).
Higgins, E. T. (1997). Beyond pleasure and pain. American Psychologist, 52(12), 1280 – 1300.
Higgins, E. T., Roney, C. J. R., Crowe, E., & Hymes, C. (1994). Ideal versus ought predilections for
approach and avoidance: distinct self-regulatory systems. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 66(2), 276 – 286.
Hirschman, E. C., & Holbrook, M. B. (1982). Hedonic consumption: emerging concepts, methods, and
propositions. Journal of Marketing, 46(3), 92 – 101.
Keller, P., Lee, A.Y., & Sternthal.B. (2004). Construing fit to judgment: the effects of regulatory focus and
level of Construal. Working paper, Kellogg School of Management, Northwestern University.
Khan, U., & Dhar, R. (2005) A behavioral decision theoretic perspective on hedonic and utilitarian choice.
In Ratneshwar, S. & Mick, D. G. (Eds.), Inside consumption: consumer motives, goals, and desires (pp.
144 – 165). London: Routledge.
Kivetz, R., & Zheng, Y. (2006). Determinants of justification and self-control. Journal of Experimental
Psychology. General, 135(4), 572 – 587.
Liu, W., & Aaker, J. (2008). The happiness of giving: the time-ask effect. Journal of Consumer Research,
35(3), 543 – 557.
Mandel, N., & Johnson, E. J. (2002). When web pages influence choice: effects of visual primes on experts
and novices. Journal of Consumer Research, 29(2), 235 – 245.
Maslow, A. H. (1970). Motivation and personality (2nd ed.). New York: Harper and Row.
Mogilner, C. (2010). The pursuit of happiness: time, money, and social connections. Psychological Science,
21(9), 1348 – 1354.
Mogilner, C., & Aaker, J. (2009). The time vs. money effect: shifting product attitudes and decisions
through personal connection. Journal of Consumer Research, 36(2), 277 – 291.
Okada, E. M. (2005). Justification effects on consumer choice of hedonic and utilitarian goods. Journal of
Marketing Research, 42(1), 43 – 53.
Pennington, G. L., & Roese, N. J. (2003). Regulatory focus and temporal distance. Journal of Experimental
Social Psychology, 39(6), 563 – 576.
Pham, M. T., & Avnet, T. (2004). Ideals and thoughts and the reliance on affect versus substance in
persuasion. Journal of Consumer Research, 30(4), 503 – 518.
Preacher, K. J., & Hayes, A. F. (2008). Asymptotic and resampling strategies for assessing and comparing
indirect effects in multiple mediator models. Behavior Research Methods, 40, 879 – 891.
Prelec, D., & Loewenstein, G. (1998). The red and the black: mental accounting of savings and debt.
Marketing Science, 17(1), 4 – 28.
Prelec, D., & Simester, D. (2001). Always leave home without it: a further investigation of the credit-card
effect on willingness to pay. Marketing Letters, 12(1), 5 – 12.
Safer, D. (1998). Preference for luxurious or reliable products: promotion and prevention focus as
moderators. Unpublished Dissertation, Columbia University, New York
Sengupta, J., & Zhou, R. (2007). Understanding impulsive eaters ’ choice behaviors: the motivational
influences of regulatory focus. Journal of Marketing Research, 44(2), 297 – 308.
Shiv, B., & Fedorikhin, A. (1999). Heart and mind in conflict: the interplay of affect and cognition in
consumer decision making. Journal of Consumer Research, 26(3), 278 – 292.
Soman, D. (2001). Effects of payment mechanism on spending behavior: the role of rehearsal and
immediacy of payments. Journal of Consumer Research, 27(4), 460 – 474.
Vohs, K. D., Mead, N. L., & Goode, M. R. (2006). The psychological consequences of money. Science, 314
(5802), 1154 – 1156.
Zhao, X., Lynch, J. G., & Chen, Q. (2010). Reconsidering Baron and Kenny: myths and truths about
mediation analysis. Journal of Consumer Research, 37(2), 197 – 206.
Zhou, R., & Pham, M. T. (2004). Promotion and prevention across mental accounts: when financial
products dictate consumers ’ investment goals. Journal of Consumer Research, 31(1), 125 – 135.
Zhou, X., Vohs, K. D., & Baumeister, R. F. (2009). The symbolic power of money: reminders of money
alter social distress and physical pain. Psychological Science, 20(6), 700 – 706.
REFERENCES
Ainslie, G. (1975). Specious reward: A behavioral theory of impulsiveness and impulse control.
Psychological Bulletin, 82(4), 463-509.
Ainslie, G. (1992). Picoeconomics: The interaction of successive motivational states within the
individual. New York, NY: Cambridge University Press.
Ainslie, G., & Haendel, V. (1983). The motives of the will. In E. Gottheil, K. A. Druley,
T. E. Skoloda, & H. M. Waxman (Eds.), Etiologic aspects of alcohol and drug abuse (pp. 119-140). Springfield, IL: Charles C. Thomas.
Angeletos, G., Laibson, D., Repetto, A., Tobacman, J., & Weinberg, S. (2001). The hyperbolic
consumption model: Calibration, simulation, and empirical evaluation. Journal of
Economic Perspectives, 15(3), 48-68.
Ariely, D., & Wertenbroch, K. (2002). Procrastination, deadlines, and performance: Self-control
by precommitment. Psychological Science, 13(3), 219-224.
Ashraf, N., Karlan, D., & Yin, W. (2006). Tying Odysseus to the mast: Evidence from a
commitment savings product in the Philippines. The Quarterly Journal of Economics,
121(2), 635-672.
Bazerman, M. H., Tenbrunsel, A. E., & Wade-Benzoni, K. (1998). Negotiating with yourself and
losing: Making decisions with competing internal preferences. Academy of Management
Review, 23(2), 225-241.
Bartels, D. M., & Rips, L. J. (2010). Psychological connectedness and intertemporal choice.
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 139(1), 49-69.
Baumeister, R. F., Bratslavsky, E., Muraven, M., & Tice, D. M. (1998). Ego depletion: Is the
active self a limited resource? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 74(5),
1252-1265.
Bell, C. (2013, February 11). Inside the Coalition’s controversial ‘nudge unit’. The Telegraph.
Retrieved from http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/politics/9853384/Inside-the-Coalitions-
controversial-Nudge-Unit.html
Beshears, J., Choi, J. J., Laibson, D., Madrian, B., & Sakong, J. (2011). Self control and
liquidity: How to design a commitment contract. RAND Corporation Publications
Department Working Papers.
Carver, C. S., & Scheier, M. F. (1998). On the self-regulation of behavior. New York, NY:
Cambridge University Press.
Dai, H., Milkman, K. L., Beshears, J., Choi, J. J., Laibson, D., & Madrian, B. C. (2013).
Planning prompts as a means of increasing rates of immunization and preventive
screening. Public Policy and Aging Report, 22(4), 16-19.
Dai, H., Milkman, K. L., Hofmann, D. A., & Staats, B. R. (2014). A day in the saddle can take
its toll: The impact of accumulated time, work intensity, and work breaks on hand
hygiene compliance. Working Paper.
Dai, H., Milkman, K. L., & Riis, J. (In press). The fresh start effect: Temporal landmarks
motivate aspirational behavior. Management Science.
Dai, H., Milkman, K. L., & Riis, J. (2014). Put your imperfections behind you: Why and how
meaningful temporal landmarks motivate aspirational behavior. Working Paper.
Danziger, S., Levav, J., & Avnaim-Pesso, L. (2011). Extraneous factors in judicial decisions.
Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 108(17), 6889-6892.
DellaVigna, S., & Malmendier, U. (2006). Paying not to go to the gym. The American Economic
Review, 96(3), 694-719.
Festinger, L. (1962). A theory of cognitive dissonance. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.
Finkelstein, E. A., Trogdon, J. G., Cohen, J. W., & Dietz, W. (2009). Annual medical spending
attributable to obesity: Payer- and service-specific estimates. Health Affairs, 28(5), 822-
831.
Fedorikhin, A., & Patrick, V. M. (2010). Positive mood and resistance to temptation: The
interfering influence of elevated arousal. Journal of Consumer Research, 37(4), 698-711.
Fudenberg, D., & Levine, D. (2006). A dual self model of impulse control. American Economic Review, 96(5), 1449-1476.
Fujita, K., Trope, Y., Liberman, N., & Levin-Sagi, M. (2006). Construal levels and self-control.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 90(3), 351-367.
Giné, X., Karlan, D., & Zinman, J. (2010). Put your money where your butt is: A commitment
contract for smoking cessation. American Economic Journal: Applied Economics, 2, 213-
235.
Giner-Sorolla, R. (2001). Guilty pleasures and grim necessities: Affective attitudes in dilemmas
of self-control. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 80(2), 206-221.
Gollwitzer, P. M. (1999). Implementation intentions: Strong effects of simple plans. American
Psychologist, 54(7), 493-503.
Hershfield, H. E., Goldstein, D. G., Sharpe, W. F., Fox, J., Yeykelis, L., Carstensen, L. L., &
Bailenson, J. N. (2011). Increasing saving behavior through age-progressed renderings of
the future self. Journal of Marketing Research, 48, S23-S37.
Higgins, E. T. (1996). The “self digest”: Self-knowledge serving self-regulatory functions.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 71(6), 1062-1083.
Hofmann, W., Baumeister, R.F., Förster, G., & Vohs, K.D. (2012). Everyday temptations: An
experience sampling study of desire, conflict, and self-control. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 102(6), 1318-1335.
Houser, D., Schunk, D., Winter, J., & Xiao, E. (2010). Temptation and commitment in the
laboratory. Working Paper Series. Institute for Empirical Research in Economics,
University of Zurich.
Kahneman, D., & Ritov, I. (1994). Determinants of stated willingness to pay for public goods: A
study in the headline method. Journal of Risk and Uncertainty, 9(1), 5-37.
Kavanagh, D.J., Andrade, J., & May, J. (2005). Imaginary relish and exquisite torture: The
elaborated intrusion theory of desire. Psychological Review, 112(2), 446-467.
Kaur, S., Kremer, M., & Mullainathan, S. (2010). Self-control and the development of work
arrangements. The American Economic Review, 100(2), 624-628.
Khan, U., & Dhar, R. (2006). Licensing effect in consumer choice. Journal of Marketing
Research, 43(2), 259-266.
Khan, U., & Dhar, R. (2007). Where there is a way, is there a will? The effect of future choices
on current preferences. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 136(2), 277-288.
King, G. R., & Logue, A. W. (1987). Choice in a self-control paradigm with human subjects:
Effects of changeover delay duration. Learning and Motivation, 18(4), 421-438.
Kirby, K. N. (1997). Bidding on the future: Evidence against normative discounting of delayed
rewards. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 126(1), 54-70.
Kirby, K. N., & Herrnstein, R. J. (1995). Preference reversals due to myopic discounting of
delayed rewards. Psychological Science, 6(2), 83-89.
Kivetz, R., & Keinan, A. (2006). Repenting hyperopia: An analysis of self-control regrets.
Journal of Consumer Research, 33(2), 273-282.
Kivetz, R., & Simonson, I. (2002). Earning the right to indulge: Effort as a determinant of
customer preferences toward frequency program rewards. Journal of Marketing
Research, 39(2), 155-170.
Labroo, A., & Patrick, V. M. (2008). Why happiness helps you see the big picture. Journal of
Consumer Research, 35(5), 800-809.
Laibson, D. (1997). Golden eggs and hyperbolic discounting. Quarterly Journal of Economics,
112(2), 444-477.
Leith, K. P., & Baumeister, R. F. (1996). Why do bad moods increase self-defeating behavior?
Emotion, risk tasking, and self-regulation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
71(6), 1250-1267.
Lerner, J. S., Li, Y., & Weber, E. U. (2013). The financial costs of sadness. Psychological
Science, 24(1), 72-79.
Leventhal, H., Singer, R., & Jones, S. (1965). Effects of fear and specificity of recommendation
upon attitudes and behavior. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 2(1), 20-29.
Liberman, N., Sagristano, M., & Trope, Y. (2002). The effect of temporal distance on level of
construal. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 38(6), 523-535.
Loewenstein, L. K. (1996). Streets of San Francisco: The origins of street and place names (3rd
Ed.). Berkeley, CA: Wilderness Press.
Loewenstein, G. F., & Prelec, D. (1992). Anomalies in intertemporal choice: Evidence and an
interpretation. Quarterly Journal of Economics, 107(2), 573-597.
McClure, S. M., Laibson, D., Loewenstein, G., & Cohen, J. D. (2004). Separate neural systems
value immediate and delayed monetary rewards. Science, 306(5695), 503-507.
Milkman, K. L. (2012). Unsure what the future will bring? You may overindulge: Uncertainty
increases the appeal of wants over shoulds. Organizational Behavior and Human
Decision Processes, 119(2), 163-176.
Milkman, K. L., Beshears, J., Choi, J. J., Laibson, D., & Madrian, B. C. (2011). Using
implementation intentions prompts to enhance influenza vaccination rates. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences, 108(26), 10415-10420.
Milkman, K. L., Beshears, J., Choi, J. J., Laibson, D., & Madrian, B. C. (2013). Planning
prompts as a means of increasing preventive screening rates. Preventive Medicine 56(1),
92-93.
Milkman, K. L., Chugh, D., & Bazerman, M. H. (2009). How can decision making be improved?
Perspectives on Psychological Science, 4(4), 379-383.
Milkman, K., Minson, J., & Volpp, K. (2014). Holding the Hunger Games hostage at the gym:
An evaluation of temptation bundling. Management Science, 60(2), 283-299.
Milkman, K. L., Rogers, T., & Bazerman, M. H. (2008). Harnessing our inner angels and
demons: What we have learned about want/should conflicts and how that knowledge can
help us reduce short-sighted decision making. Perspectives on Psychological Science,
3(4), 324-338.
Milkman, K. L., Rogers, T., & Bazerman, M. H. (2009). Highbrow films gather dust: Time-
inconsistent preferences and online DVD rentals. Management Science, 55(6), 1047-
1059.
Milkman, K. L., Rogers, T. & Bazerman, M. H. (2010). I'll have the ice cream soon and the
vegetables later: A study of online grocery purchases and order lead time. Marketing
Letters, 21(1), 17-36.
Muraven, M. (2010). Practicing self-control lowers the risk of smoking lapse. Psychology of
Addictive Behaviors, 24(3), 446-452.
Muraven, M., & Baumeister, R. F. (2000). Self-regulation and depletion of limited resources:
Does self-control resemble a muscle? Psychological Bulletin, 126(2), 247-259.
O'Donoghue, T., & Rabin, M. (1999). Doing it now or later. The American Economic Review,
89(1), 103-124.
Oster, S., & Scott Morton, F. M. (2005). Behavioral biases meet the market: The case of
magazine subscription prices. Berkeley Electronic Journals Economic Analysis and Policy, Advances, 5(1), 1-32.
Prelec, D., & Herrnstein, R. J. (1991). Preferences or principles: Alternative guidelines for
choice, in Zeckhauser, R. J. (Ed.), The strategy and choice (pp. 319-340), Cambridge,
MA: MIT Press.
Pyone, J. S., & Isen, A. M. (2011). Positive affect, intertemporal choice, and levels of thinking:
Increasing consumers' willingness to wait. Journal of Marketing Research, 48(3), 532-
543.
Read, D. (2001). Intrapersonal dilemmas. Human Relations, 54(8), 1093-1117.
Read, D., Loewenstein, G., & Kalyanaraman, S. (1999). Mixing virtue with vice: Combining the
immediacy effect and the diversification heuristic. Journal of Behavioral Decision
Making, 12(4), 257-273.
Robinson, J. A. (1986). Temporal reference systems and autobiographical memory. In D. C.
Rubin (Ed.), Autobiographical memory (pp. 159-188). Cambridge, England: Cambridge
University Press.
Rogers, T., & Bazerman, M. H. (2008). Future lock-in: Future implementation increases
selection of ‘should’ choices. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes,
106(1), 1-20.
Rogers, T., Milkman, K., John, L., & Norton, M. I. (2013). Making the best laid plans better:
How plan-making increases follow-through. Working Paper.
Rogers, T., Milkman, K. L., & Volpp, K. G. M. (2014). Harnessing commitment devices for
health behavior change. Working Paper.
Royer, H., Stehr, M. F., & Sydnor, J. R. (2012). Incentives, commitments and habit formation in
exercise: Evidence from a field experiment with workers at a Fortune-500 company (No.
w18580). National Bureau of Economic Research.
Schelling, T. C. (1984). Choice and consequence: Perspectives of an errant economist.
Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Schroeder, S. A. (2007). Shattuck lecture: We can do better—Improving the health of the
American people. New England Journal of Medicine, 357(12), 1221-1228.
Schwartz, J., Riis, J., Elbel, B., & Ariely, D. (2012). Inviting consumers to downsize fast-food
portions significantly reduces calorie consumption. Health Affairs, 31(2), 399-407.
Sen, A. K. (1977). Rational fools: A critique of the behavioral foundations of economic theory.
Philosophy & Public Affairs, 6(4), 317-344.
Shefrin, H. M., & Thaler, R. H. (1988). The behavioral life-cycle hypothesis. Economic Inquiry,
26(4), 609-643.
Shiv, B. & Fedorikhin, A. (1999). Heart and mind in conflict: The interplay of affect and
cognition in consumer decision making. Journal of Consumer Research, 26(3), 278-292.
Shum, M. S. (1998). The role of temporal landmarks in autobiographical memory processes.
Psychological Bulletin, 124(3), 423-442.
Stanovich, K. E., & West, R. F. (2000). Advancing the rationality debate. Behavioral and Brain
Sciences, 23(5), 701-717.
Strotz, R. H. (1956). Myopia and inconsistency in dynamic utility maximization. Review of
Economic Studies, 23(3), 165-180.
Thaler, R. (1981). Some empirical evidence on dynamic inconsistency. Economics Letters, 8(3),
201-207.
Thaler, R. H., & Benartzi, S. (2004). Save more tomorrow™: Using behavioral economics to
increase employee saving. Journal of Political Economy, 112(S1), S164-S187.
Thaler, R. H., & Shefrin, H. (1981). An economic theory of self control. Journal of Political
Economy, 89(2), 392-406.
Thaler, R. H., & Sunstein, C. R. (2008). Nudge: Improving decisions about health, wealth, and
happiness. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.
Tice, D. M., Baumeister, R. F., Shmueli, D., & Muraven, M. (2007). Restoring the self: Positive
affect helps improve self-regulation following ego depletion. Journal of Experimental
Social Psychology, 43(3), 379-384.
Trope, Y., & Liberman, N. (2003). Temporal construal. Psychological Review, 110(3), 403-
421.
Wertenbroch, K. (1998). Consumption self-control by rationing purchase quantities of virtue and
vice. Marketing Science, 17(4), 317-337.
References
Adkins, Natalie Ross and Julie L. Ozanne (2005), “The Low Liter-
ate Consumer,” Journal of Consumer Research, 32 (June),
93–105.
Ajzen, Icek and Martin Fishbein (1980), Understanding Attitudes
and Predicting Social Behavior. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice
Hall.
Alexander, Gordon J., Jonathan D. Jones, and Peter J. Nigro
(1998), “Mutual Fund Shareholders: Characteristics, Investor
Knowledge and Sources of Information,” Financial Services
Review, 7 (4), 301–316.
American Payroll Association (2006), “APA Pay Media Survey
Shows Direct Deposit Use Is on the Increase: 56% of Employ-
ees Now Receive Pay Electronically,” (accessed February 2,
2006), [available at http://www.americanpayroll.org/new55.
html].
Anderson, Elijah (1999), Code of the Street: Decency, Violence,
and the Moral Life of the Inner City. New York: W.W. Norton.
Asch, Solomon E. (1956), “Studies of Independence and Confor-
mity: A Minority of One Against a Unanimous Majority,” Psy-
chological Monographs, 70 (9), 1–70.
Association of Community Organizations for Reform Now (2006),
“Predatory Lending Practices,” (accessed February 2, 2006),
[available at http://www.acorn.org/index.php?id=754].
Ausubel, Lawrence M. (1991), “The Failure of Competition in the
Credit Card Market,” American Economic Review, 81 (1),
50–81.
Banks, Sara M., Peter Salovey, Susan Greener, Alexander Roth-
man, Anne Moyer, John Beauvais, and Elissa Epel (1995), “The
Effects of Message Framing on Mammography Utilization,”
Health Psychology, 14 (2), 178–84.
Barr, Michael S. (2004a), “Banking the Poor,” Yale Journal on
Regulation, 21, 121–237.
——— (2004b), “Banking the Poor: Policies to Bring Low-
Income Americans into the Financial Mainstream,” The Brook-
ings Institution Research Brief (September).
Benartzi, Shlomo and Richard H. Thaler (2004), “Save More
Tomorrow: Using Behavioral Economics to Increase Employee
Saving,” Journal of Political Economy, 112 (1), 164–87.
Bertrand, Marianne, Dean Karlan, Sendhil Mullainathan, Eldar
Shafir, and Jonathan Zinman (2005), “What’s Psychology
Worth? A Field Experiment in the Consumer Credit Market,”
Working Paper No. 11892, National Bureau of Economic
Research, Cambridge, MA.
———, Sendhil Mullainathan, and Eldar Shafir, (2004), “A
Behavioral-Economics View of Poverty,” American Economic
Review, 94 (2), 419–23.
Beverly, Sondra, Daniel Schneider, and Peter Tufano, (2005),
“Splitting Tax Refunds and Building Savings: An Empirical
Test,” Harvard Business School Finance Working Paper No. 06-
018.
Botti, Simona and Sheena S. Iyengar (2006), “The Dark Side of
Choice: When Choice Impairs Social Welfare,” Journal of Pub-
lic Policy & Marketing, 25 (Spring), 24–38.
Briley, Donnel and Jennifer Aaker (2006), “Bridging the Culture
Chasm: Ensuring That Consumers Are Healthy, Wealthy, and
Wise,” Journal of Public Policy & Marketing, 25 (Spring),
53–66.
Buehler, Roger, Dale Griffin, and Michael Ross (1994), “Explor-
ing the ‘Planning Fallacy’: Why People Under-Estimate Their
Task Completion Times,” Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 67 (September), 366–81.
Caskey, John P. (1996), Fringe Banking: Check-Cashing Outlets,
Pawnshops and the Poor. New York: Russell Sage Foundation.
Cialdini, Robert B. (2001), Influence: Science and Practice, 4th ed.
Needham Heights, MA: Allyn & Bacon.
——— (2003), “Crafting Normative Messages to Protect the Envi-
ronment,” Current Directions in Psychological Science, 12 (4),
105–109.
Cohen, Geoffrey L. and Claude M. Steele (2002), “A Barrier of
Mistrust: How Negative Stereotypes Affect Cross-Race Mentor-
ing,” in Improving Academic Achievement: Impact of Psycho-
logical Factors on Education, Joshua Aronson, ed. San Diego:
Academic Press, 303–327.
Consumer Reports (2004), “Financial Services: Don’t Get Taken
by Hidden Fees,” (May), (accessed February 2, 2006), [avail-
able at http://cdn.consumerreports.org/cro/personal-finance/
financial-services-hidden-fees-504/overview.htm].
Crocker, Jennifer, Brenda Major, and Claude M. Steele (1998),
“Social Stigma,” in The Handbook of Social Psychology, Vol. 2,
Daniel T. Gilbert, Susan T. Fiske, and Gardner Lindzey, eds.
New York: McGraw-Hill, 504–553.
Croizet, Jean-Claude and Theresa Claire (1998), “Extending the
Concept of Stereotype Threat to Social Class: The Intellectual
Underperformance of Students from Low Socioeconomic Back-
grounds,” Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 24 (6),
588–94.
Currie, Janet (2004), “The Take Up of Social Benefits,” Working
Paper No. 10488, National Bureau of Economic Research, Cam-
bridge, MA.
——— and Jeffrey Grogger (2001), “Explaining Recent Declines
in Food Stamp Program Participation,” in Brookings Papers on
Urban Affairs, William G. Gale and Janet Rothenberg Pack, eds.
Washington, DC: Brookings Institution, 203–244.
Darley, John M. and C. Daniel Batson (1973), “From Jerusalem to
Jericho: A Study of Situational and Dispositional Variables in
Helping Behavior,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychol-
ogy, 27 (1), 100–108.
DeParle, Jason (2004), American Dream: Three Women, Ten Kids,
and a Nation’s Drive to End Welfare. New York: Viking.
Duflo, Esther, William G. Gale, Jeffrey B. Liebman, Peter Orszag,
and Emmanuel Saez (2005), “Saving Incentives for Low- and
Middle-Income Families: Evidence from a Field Experimentwith H&R Block,” Working Paper No. 11680, National Bureau
of Economic Research, Cambridge, MA.
Eagly, Alice H. and Shelly Chaiken (1993), The Psychology of
Attitudes. Fort Worth, TX: Harcourt Brace.
Families USA (2005), “Only One Out of Nine Low-Income
Seniors Approved for New Medicare Drug Subsidies,” press
release, (December 5), [available at www.familiesusa.org].
Fazio, Russell H. (1986), “How Do Attitudes Guide Behavior?” in
Handbook of Motivation and Cognition: Foundations of Social
Behavior, Richard M. Sorrentino and E. Tory Higgins, eds. New
York: Guilford Press, 204–243.
Federal Trade Commission (2000), “Funerals: A Consumer
Guide,” (June), (accessed February 2, 2006), [available at
http://www.ftc.gov/bcp/conline/pubs/services/funeral.htm].
Ferraro, Fabrizio, Jeffrey Pfeffer, and Robert I. Sutton (2005),
“Economics Language and Assumptions: How Theories Can
Become Self-Fulfilling,” Academy of Management Review, 30
(1), 8–24.
Gans, Joshua S. (2005), “‘Protecting Consumers by Protecting
Competition’: Does Behavioral Economics Support this Con-
tention?” Competition and Consumer Law Journal, 13 (1),
40–50.
Gollwitzer, Peter M. and Veronika Brandstatter (1997), “Imple-
mentation Intentions and Effective Goal Pursuit,” Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 73 (1), 186–99.
Higgins, E. Tory (2000), “Making a Good Decision: Value from
Fit,” American Psychologist, 55 (11), 1217–30.
———, Lorraine Chen Idson, Antonio L. Freitas, Scott Spiegel,
and Daniel C. Molden (2003), “Transfer of Value from Fit,”
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 84 (6), 1140–53.
Iyengar, Sheena S., Wei Jiang, and Gur Huberman (2004), “How
Much Choice Is Too Much: Determinants of Individual Contri-
butions in 401K Retirement Plans,” in Pension Design and
Structure: New Lessons from Behavioral Finance, Olivia
Mitchell and Stephen Utkus, eds. Oxford: Oxford University
Press, 83–97.
——— and Mark R. Lepper (2000), “When Choice Is Demotivat-
ing: Can One Desire Too Much of a Good Thing?” Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 79 (6), 995–1006.
Johnson, Eric. J. and Daniel Goldstein (2003), “Do Defaults Save
Lives?” Science, (November 21), 1338–39.
———, John Hershey, Jacqueline Meszaros, and Howard Kun-
reuther (1993), “Framing, Probability Distortions, and Insurance
Decisions,” Journal of Risk and Uncertainty, 7 (1), 35–51.
——— and Amos Tversky (1983), “Affect, Generalization, and
the Perception of Risk,” Journal of Personality and Social Psy-
chology, 45 (1), 20–31.
Kahn, Barbara E. and Mary Frances Luce (2006), “Repeated-
Adherence Protection Model: ‘I’m OK, and It’s a Hassle,’”
Journal of Public Policy & Marketing, 25 (Spring), 79–89.
Kahneman, Daniel and Amos Tversky (1979), “Prospect Theory:
An Analysis of Decision Under Risk,” Econometrica, 47 (2),
263–91.
——— and ——— (2000), Choices, Values and Frame. Cam-
bridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.
Keller, Punam Anand, Isaac M. Lipkus, and Barbara K. Rimer
(2003), “Affect, Framing, and Persuasion,” Journal of Market-
ing Research, 40 (February), 54–64.
Knetsch, Jack L. (1989), “The Endowment Effect and Evidence of
Nonreversible Indifference Curves,” American Economic
Review, 79 (5), 1277–84.
Koehler, Derek J. and Connie S.K. Poon (2006), “Self-Predictions
Overweight Strength of Current Intentions,” Journal of Experi-
mental Social Psychology, forthcoming.
Landsberger, Michael (1966), “Windfall Income and Consump-
tion: Comment,” American Economic Review, 56 (3), 534–39.
LeBlanc, Adrian N. (2004), Random Family: Love, Drugs, Trou-
ble, and Coming of Age in the Bronx. New York: Scribner.
LeBoeuf, Robyn A. and Eldar Shafir (2005), “The Conflicting
Choices of Alternating Selves,” working paper, Warrington Col-
lege of Business, University of Florida.
Lepper, Mark R., David Greene, and Richard E. Nisbett (1973),
“Undermining Children’s Intrinsic Interest with Extrinsic
Reward: A Test of the ‘Overjustification’ Hypothesis,” Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 28 (1), 129–37.
Leventhal, Howard, Robert Singer, and Susan Jones (1965),
“Effects of Fear and Specificity of Recommendation upon Atti-
tudes and Behaviour,” Journal of Personality and Social Psy-
chology, 2 (2), 20–29.
Lewin, Kurt (1951), Field Theory in Social Science. New York:
Harper.
——— (1952), Field Theory in Social Science: Selected Theoreti-
cal Papers. London: Tavistock Publications.
Liebman, Jeffrey B. and Richard J. Zeckhauser (2004), “Schmed-
uling,” working paper, John F. Kennedy School of Government,
Harvard University.
Lynch, John G., Jr., and Gal Zauberman (2006), “When Do You
Want It? Time, Decisions, and Public Policy,” Journal of Public
Policy & Marketing, 25 (Spring), 67–78.
Madrian, Brigitte C. and Dennis F. Shea (2001), “The Power of
Suggestion: Inertia in 401(k) Participation and Savings Behav-
ior,” Quarterly Journal of Economics, 116 (4), 1149–87.
Mendel, Dick (2005), Double Jeopardy: Why the Poor Pay More.
Baltimore: The Annie E. Casey Foundation.
Milgram, Stanley (1974), Obedience to Authority. New York:
Harper and Row.
O’Brien, Doug, Kimberly Prendergast, Eleanor Thompson, Mar-
cus Fruchter, and Halley Torres Aldeen (2001), “The Red Tape
Divide: State-by-State Review of Food Stamp Applications,”
report of the Public Policy and Research Department, America’s
Second Harvest.
Redelmeier, Donald A. and Eldar Shafir (1995), “Medical Deci-
sion Making in Situations that Offer Multiple Alternatives,”
Journal of the American Medical Association, 273 (4), 302–305.
Ross, Lee and Richard E. Nisbett (1991), The Person and the Sit-
uation: Perspectives of Social Psychology. New York:
McGraw-Hill.
Samuelson, William and Richard J. Zeckhauser (1988), “Status
Quo Bias in Decision Making,” Journal of Risk and Uncer-
tainty, 1 (1), 7–59.
Schelling, Thomas C. (1984), “Self-Command in Practice, in Pol-
icy, and in Theory of Rational Choice,” American Economic
Review, 74 (2), 1–11.
Schultz, Ellen E. (1995), “Helpful or Confusing? Fund Choices
Multiply for Many Retirement Plans,” The Wall Street Journal,
(December 22), C1, C25.
Schwartz, J., M. Bertrand, S. Mullainathan, and E. Shafir (2006),
“Boosting Program Take-Up: An Experiment with Flexible
Spending Accounts,” working paper, The Center for Health and
Well-Being, Princeton University.
Shafir, Eldar, Itamar Simonson, and Amos Tversky (1993),
“Reason-Based Choice,” Cognition, 49 (1–2), 11–36.
Shih, Margaret, Todd L. Pittinsky, and Nalini Ambady (1999),
“Stereotype Susceptibility: Identity Salience and Shifts in Quan-
titative Performance,” Psychological Science, 10 (1), 80–83.
Steele, Claude M. (1997), “A Threat in the Air: How Stereotypes
Shape the Intellectual Identities and Performance of Women and
African Americans,” American Psychologist, 52 (6), 613–29.
——— and Joshua Aronson (1995), “Stereotype Threat and the
Intellectual Test Performance of African Americans,” Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 69 (5), 797–811.
Stein, Robin (2004), “The Ascendancy of the Credit Card Indus-
try,” from the FRONTLINE/New York Times report Secret His-
tory of the Credit Card, (November 23, 2006), (accessed Febru-
ary 2, 2006), [available at http://www.pbs.org/wgbh/pages/
frontline/shows/credit/more/rise/html].
Sunstein, Cass R. and Richard H. Thaler (2003), “Libertarian
Paternalism Is Not an Oxymoron,” University of Chicago Law
Review, 70 (4), 1159–1202.
Sylvan, Louise (2004), “Activating Competition: The Consumer-
Competition Interface,” Competition and Consumer Law Jour-
nal, 12 (2), 191–206.
Thaler, Richard H. (1985), “Mental Accounting and Consumer
Choice,” Marketing Science, 4 (3), 199–214.
——— (1990), “Savings, Fungibility, and Mental Accounts,”
Journal of Economic Perspectives, 4 (1), 193–205.
——— (1992), The Winner’s Curse: Paradoxes and Anomalies of
Economic Life. New York: The Free Press.
——— (1999), “Mental Accounting Matters,” Journal of Behav-
ioral Decision Making, 12 (3), 183–206.
Turner, John C. (1987), “A Self-Categorization Theory,” in Redis-
covering the Social Group, John C. Turner, Michael A. Hogg,
Penelope J. Oakes, Steven D. Reicher, and Margaret S.
Wetherell, eds. Oxford: Basil Blackwell, 42–67.
Tversky, Amos and Daniel Kahneman (1991), “Loss Aversion in
Riskless Choice: A Reference Dependent Model,” Quarterly
Journal of Economics, 106 (4), 1039–1061.
——— and Eldar Shafir (1992), “Choice Under Conflict: The
Dynamics of Deferred Decision,” Psychological Science, 3 (6),
358–61.
Tyler, Tom R. (2000), “Social Justice: Outcome and Procedure,”
International Journal of Psychology, 35 (2), 117–25.
Van Dort, Bernice E. and Rudolph H. Moos (1976), “Distance and
the Utilization of a Student Health Center,” Journal of American
College Health Association, 24 (3), 159–62.
Verplanken, Bas and Wendy Wood (2006), “Interventions to
Break and Create Consumer Habits,” Journal of Public Policy &
Marketing, 25 (Spring), 90–103.
Zanna, Mark P. and Russell H. Fazio (1982), “The Attitude-
Behavior Relation: Moving Toward a Third Generation of
Research,” in Consistency in Social Behavior: The Ontario Sym-
posium, Vol. 2, Mark P. Zanna, E. Tory Higgins, and C. Peter
Herman, eds. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates,
283–301.
REFERENCES
Ainslie, George and Nick Haslam (1992), “Self-Control,” in
Choice Over Time, G. Loewenstein and J. Elster, eds. New
York: Sage Publications, 177–209.
Amit, Elinor, Daniel Algom, and Yaacov Trope (2009), “Distance-
Dependent Processing of Pictures and Words,” Journal of
Experimental Psychology: General, 138 (August), 400–415.
Bandura, Albert and Karen M. Simon (1977), “The Role of Proxi-
mal Intentions in Self-Regulation of Refractory Behavior,” Cog-
nitive Therapy and Research, 1 (3), 177–93.
Baumeister, Roy F. (2002), “Yielding to Temptation: Self-Control
Failure, Impulsive Purchasing, and Consumer Behavior,” Jour-
nal of Consumer Research, 28 (March), 670–76.
Bem, Daryl J. (1967), “Self-Perception: An Alternative Inter-
pretation of Cognitive Dissonance Phenomena,” Psychological
Review, 74 (May), 183–200.
Benartzi, Shlomo and Richard H. Thaler (2004), “Save More
Tomorrow TM : Using Behavioral Economics to Increase Em-
ployee Saving,” Journal of Political Economy, 112 (February),
164–87.
Bertrand, Marianne, Sendhil Mullainathan, and Eldar Shafir
(2006), “Behavioral Economics and Marketing in Aid of Deci-
sion Making Among the Poor,” Journal of Public Policy &
Marketing, 25 (Spring), 8–23.
Botti, Simona and Sheena S. Iyengar (2006), “The Dark Side
of Choice: When Choice Impairs Social Welfare,” Journal of
Public Policy & Marketing, 25 (Spring), 24–38.
Briley, Donnel A. and Jennifer L. Aaker (2006), “Bridging
the Culture Chasm: Ensuring That Consumers Are Healthy,
Wealthy, and Wise,” Journal of Public Policy & Marketing,
25 (Spring), 53–66.
Canova, Luigina, Anna M. Rattazzi, and Paul Webley (2005),
“The Hierarchical Structure of Saving Motives,” Journal of
Economic Psychology, 26 (February), 21–34.
Carter, D. Bruce, Charlotte J. Patterson, and Susan J. Quasebarth
(1979), “Development of Children’s Use of Plans for Self-
Control,” Cognitive Therapy and Research, 3 (4), 407–413.
Carver, Charles S. and Michael Scheier (1981), Attention and Self-
Regulation: A Control Theory Approach to Human Behavior.
New York: Springer-Verlag.
Cheema, Amar and Vanessa M. Patrick (2008), “Anytime ver-
sus Only: Mind-Sets Moderate the Effect of Expansive versus
Restrictive Frames on Promotion Evaluation,” Journal of Mar-
keting Research, 45 (August), 462–72.
Diener, Ed, Marissa Diener, and Carol Diener (1995), “Factors
Predicting the Subjective Well-Being of Nations,” Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 69 (November), 851–64.
Escalas, Jennifer E. and Mary F. Luce (2003), “Process vs. Out-
come Thought Focus and Advertising,” Journal of Consumer
Psychology, 13 (3), 246–54.
Freitas, Antonio L., Peter M. Gollwitzer, and Yaacov Trope
(2004), “The Influence of Abstract and Concrete Mindsets
on Anticipating and Guiding Others’ Self-Regulatory Efforts,”
Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 40 (November),
739–52.
Fujita, Kentaro, Yaacov Trope, Nira Liberman, and Maya Levin-
Sagi (2006), “Construal Levels and Self-Control,” Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 90 (March), 351–67.
Garland, Howard (1983), “Influence of Ability, Assigned Goals,
and Normative Information on Personal Goals and Perfor-
mance: A Challenge to the Goal Attainability Assumption,”
Journal of Applied Psychology, 68 (February), 20–30.
Hall, Robert E. (1978), “Stochastic Implications of the Life Cycle-
Permanent Income Hypothesis: Theory and Evidence,” Journal
of Political Economy, 86 (December), 971–87.
Harkins, Stephen G. and Malia D. Lowe (2000), “The Effects of
Self-Set Goals on Task Performance,” Journal of Applied Social
Psychology, 30 (January), 1–40.
Hinsz, Verlin B., Lynn R. Kalnbach, and Nichole R. Lorentz
(1997), “Using Judgmental Anchors to Establish Chal-
lenging Self-Set Goals Without Jeopardizing Commitment,”
Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes,
71 (September), 287–308.
Hollenbeck, John R. and Howard J. Klein (1987), “Goal Commit-
ment and the Goal-Setting Process: Problems, Prospects, and
Proposals for Future Research,” Journal of Applied Psychology,
72 (May), 212–20.
Iyengar, Sheena S., Wei Jiang, and Gur Huberman (2004),
“How Much Choice Is Too Much: Determinants of Individual
Contributions in 401K Retirement Plans,” in Pension Design
and Structure: New Lessons from Behavioral Finance, Olivia
S. Mitchell and Steve Utkus, eds. Oxford: Oxford University
Press, 83–97.
Kirschenbaum, Daniel S., Laura L. Humphrey, and Sheldon
D. Malett (1981), “Specificity of Planning in Adult Self-
Control: An Applied Investigation,” Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 40 (May), 941–50.
Kotlikoff, Laurence J., Avia Spivak, and Lawrence H. Summers
(1982), “The Adequacy of Savings,” American Economic
Review, 72 (December), 1056–1069.
Lee, Angela Y., Punam Anand Keller, and Brian Sternthal (2010),
“Value from Regulatory Construal Fit: The Persuasive Impact
of Fit Between Consumer Goals and Message Concreteness,”
Journal of Consumer Research, 36 (February), 735–47.
Liberman, Nira and Yaacov Trope (1998), “The Role of Feasibil-
ity and Desirability Considerations in Near and Distant Future
Decisions: A Test of Temporal Construal Theory,” Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 75 (July), 5–18.
Locke, Edwin A., Dong-Ok Chah, Scott Harrison, and Nancy
Lustgarten (1989), “Separating the Effects of Goal Specificity
from Goal Level,” Organizational Behavior and Human Deci-
sion Processes, 43 (April), 270–87.
and Gary P. Latham (1990), A Theory of Goal Setting and
Task Performance. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.
and (2006), “New Directions in Goal-
Setting Theory,” Current Directions in Psychological Science,
15 (October), 265–68.
Lynch, John G., Jr. and Gal Zauberman (2006), “When Do You
Want It? Time, Decisions, and Public Policy,” Journal of Public
Policy & Marketing, 25 (Spring), 67–78.
Madrian, Brigitte C. and Dennis F. Shea (2001), “The Power
of Suggestion: Inertia in 401(K) Participation and Savings
Behavior,” Quarterly Journal of Economics, 116 (November),
1149–88.
Mischel, Walter and C.J. Patterson (1976), “Substantive and
Structural Elements of Effective Plans for Self-Control,” Jour-
nal of Personality and Social Psychology, 34 (November),
942–50.
Modigliani, Franco (1986), “Life Cycle, Individual Thrift, and
the Wealth of Nations,” American Economic Review, 76 (June),
297–313.
Muller, Dominique, Charles M. Judd, and Vincent Y. Yzerbyt
(2005), “When Moderation Is Mediated and Mediation Is
Moderated,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
89 (December), 852–63.
Naylor, James C. and Daniel R. Ilgen (1984), “Goal Setting:
A Theoretical Analysis of a Motivational Technology,” in
Research in Organizational Behavior, Vol. 6, L. Cummings and
B. Staw, eds. Greenwich, CT: JAI Press, 95–140.
Pham, Lien and Shelley Taylor (1999), “From Thought to Action:
Effects of Process- versus Outcome-Based Mental Simulations
on Performance,” Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin,
25 (February), 250–60.
Preacher, Kristopher J. and Andrew F. Hayes (2008), “Asymptotic
and Resampling Strategies for Assessing and Comparing Indi-
rect Effects in Multiple Mediator Models,” Behavior Research
Methods, 40 (August), 879–91.
, Derek D. Rucker, and Andrew F. Hayes (2007),
“Addressing Moderated Mediation Hypotheses: Theory, Meth-
ods, and Prescriptions,” Multivariate Behavioral Research,
42 (1), 185–227.
Semin, Gün R. and Eliot R. Smith (1999), “Revisiting the Past
and Back to the Future: Memory Systems and the Linguistic
Representation of Social Events,” Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 76 (June), 877–92.
Shefrin, Hersh M. and Richard H. Thaler (1988), “The Behav-
ioral Life-Cycle Hypothesis,” Economic Inquiry, 26 (October),
609–643.
Soman, Dilip and Amar Cheema (2004), “When Goals Are Coun-
terproductive: The Effects of Violation of a Behavioral Goal
on Subsequent Performance,” Journal of Consumer Research,
31 (June), 52–62.
Thaler, Richard H. and Cass R. Sunstein (2008), Nudge:
Improving Decisions About Health, Wealth, and Happiness.
New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.
Thompson, Debora V., Rebecca W. Hamilton, and Petia K. Petrova
(2009), “When Mental Simulation Hinders Behavior: The
Effects of Process-Oriented Thinking on Decision Difficulty and
Performance,” Journal of Consumer Research, 36 (December),
562–74.
Trope, Yaacov and Nira Liberman (2003), “Temporal Construal,”
Psychological Review, 110 (July), 403–421.
Ülkümen, Gülden, Manoj Thomas, and Vicki G. Morwitz (2008),
“Will I Spend More in 12 Months or a Year? The Effect of Ease of Estimation and Confidence on Budget Estimates,” Journal
of Consumer Research, 35 (August), 245–56.
Vallacher, Robin R. and Daniel Wegner (1987), “What Do People
Think They’re Doing? Action Identification and Human Behav-
ior,” Psychological Review, 94 (January), 3–15.
and (1989), “Levels of Personal Agency: Individ-
ual Variation in Action Identification,” Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 57 (October), 660–71.
Wilson, Timothy D., Douglas J. Lisle, Jonathan W. Schooler, Sara
D. Hodges, Kristen J. Klaaren, and Suzanne J. LaFleur (1993),
“Introspecting About Reasons Can Reduce Post-Choice Satis-
faction,” Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 19 (June),
331–39.
Wright, Patrick M. and K. Michele Kacmar (1994), “Goal
Specificity as a Determinant of Goal Commitment and Goal
Change,” Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Pro-
cesses, 59 (August), 242–60.
REFERENCES
Anderson Craig A. (1997), “Effects of Violent Movies and Trait Irritability on Hostile Feelings
and Aggressive Thoughts,” Aggressive Behavior, 23,161–78.
Anderson Craig A., Kathryn Anderson, and William E. Deuser (1996), “Examining an Affective
Aggression Framework: Weapon and Temperature Effects on Aggressive Thoughts,
Affect, and Attitudes,” Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 22 (April), 366-76.
Anderson, Craig A. and Brad J. Bushman (2002), “Human Aggression,” Annual Review of
Psychology, 53 (February), 27-51.
Andersson, Staffan, Sarah R. Pryke, Jonas Ornborg, Michael J. Lawes, and Malte Andersson
(2002), “Multiple Receivers, Multiple Ornaments, and a Trade-Off Between Agonistic
and Epigamic Signaling in a Widowbird,” The American Naturalist, 160, 683–91.
Aslam, Mubeen M. (2006), “Are You Selling The Right Color? A Cross-Cultural Review of
Color as a Marketing Cue,” Journal of Marketing Communications, 12, 1 (March), 15-30.
Babbitt, Edwin D. (1878), The Principles of Light and Color, New York, NY: University Books.
Belk, Russell W. (1975), “Situational Variables and Consumer Behavior,” Journal of Consumer
Research, 2 (December), 157-64.
Bellizzi, Joseph A., Ayn E. Crowley, and Ronald W. Hasty (1983), “The Effects of Color in
Store Design,” Journal of Retailing, 59 (1), 21-45.
Bellizzi, Joseph A. and Robert E. Hite (1992), “Environmental Color, Consumer Feelings, and
Purchase Likelihood,” Psychology and Marketing, 9 (5), 347-63.
Bryant, Fred B. and Bruce D. Smith (2001), “Refining the Architecture of Aggression: A
Measurement Model for the Buss-Perry Aggression Questionnaire,” Journal of Research in Personality, 35 (2), 138-67.
Buss, Arnold H. and Mark Perry (1992), “The Aggression Questionnaire,” Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 63 (3), 452-59.
Chattopadhyay, Amitava, Gerald J. Gorn, and Peter Darke (2010), “Differences and Similarities
in Hue Preference Between Chinese and Caucasians,” in Sensory Marketing: Research
on the Sensuality of Products, Ed. Aradhna Krishna. New York, NY: Routledge
Academic, 219-40.
Chebat, Jean-Charles and Maureen Morrin (2007), “Colors and Cultures: Exploring the Effects
of Mall Décor on Consumer Perceptions,” Journal of Business Research, 60, 189–96.
Crowley, Ann E. (1993), “The Two-Dimensional Impact of Color on Shopping,” Marketing
Letters, 4 (1), 59-69.
Cuthill, Innes C., Sarah Hunt, Colette Cleary, and Corinna Clark (1997), “Colour Bands,
Dominance, and Body Mass Regulation in Male Zebra Finches (Taeniopygia guttata),”
Proceedings of the Royal Society B: Biological Sciences, 264, 1093–99.
Diamond, Pamela M. and Philip R. Magaletta (2006), “The Short-Form Buss-Perry Aggression
Questionnaire: A Validation Study with Federal Offenders,” Assessment, 13 (3), 227-40.
Dijkstra, Karin, Marcel E. Pieterse, and Ad Pruyn (2008), “Individual Differences in Reactions
towards Color in Simulated Healthcare Environments: The Role of Stimulus Screening
Ability,” Journal of Environmental Psychology, 28 (3), 268-77.
Elliot, Andrew J., Daniela N. Kayser , Tobias Greitemeyer, Stephanie Lichtenfeld, Richard H.
Gramzow, Markus A. Maier, and Huijun Liu (2010), “Red, Rank and Romance in
Women Viewing Men,” Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 139, 399-417.
Elliot, Andrew J., Markus A. Maier, Martin J. Binser, Ron Friedman, and Reinhard Pekrun (2009), “The Effect of Red on Avoidance Behavior in Achievement Contexts,”
Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 35, 365-75.
Evans, Mathew R. and Ken Norris (1996), “The Importance of Carotenoids in Signalling During
Aggressive Interactions Between Male Firemouth Cichlids,” Behavioral Ecology, 7, 1e6.
Ganesan, Shankar (1993), “Negotiation Strategies and the Nature of Channel Relationships,”
Journal of Marketing Research, 30 (May), 183-203.
Gerard, Robert M. (1957), “Differential Effects of Colored Lights on Psychophysiological
Functions,” unpublished dissertation, University of California, Los Angeles, CA.
Gorn, Gerald J., Amitava Chattopadhyay, Jaideep Sengupta, and Shashank Tripathi (2004),
“Waiting for the Web: How Screen Color Affects Time Perception,” Journal of
Marketing Research, 41 (May), 215–25.
Gorn, Gerald J., Amitava Chattopadhyay, Tracey Yi, and Darren W. Dahl (1997), “Effects of
Color as an Executional Cue in Advertising: They’re in the Shade,” Management
Science, 43 (10), 1387–419.
Hatta, Takeshi, Hirotaka Yoshida, Ayako Kawakami, and Masahiko Okamoto (2002), “Color Of
Computer Display Frame in Work Performance, Mood, and Physiological Response,”
Perceptual and Motor Skills, 94 (1), 39-46.
Healey, Mo, Tobias Uller, and Mats Olsson (2007), “Seeing Red: Morph-Specific Contest
Success and Survival Rates in a Colour-Polymorphic Agamid Lizard,” Animal Behavior,
74, 337-41.
Hemphill, Michael (1996), “A Note on Adults' Color-emotion Associations,” The Journal of
Genetic Psychology: Research and Theory on Human Development, 157 (3), 275-80.
Hill, Russell A. and Robert A. Barton (2005), “Red Enhances Human Performance in Contests,” Nature, 435, 293.
Jacobs, Keith W. and Frank G. Hustmyer Jr. (1974), “Effects of Four Psychological Primary
Colors on GSR, Heart Rate, and Respiration Rate,” Perceptual and Motor Skills, 38, 3
(June), 763-66.
Kotler Philip (1973–1974), “Atmospherics as a Marketing Tool,” Journal of Retail, 49, 48–61.
Labrecque, Lauren I. and George R. Milne (2011), “Exciting Red and Competent Blue: The
Importance of Color in Marketing,” Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science, in
press.
Little, Anthony C. and Russell A. Hill (2007), "Attribution to Red Suggests Special Role in
Dominance Signaling," Journal of Evolutionary Psychology, 5 (1), 161-68.
Lorber, Michael F. (2004), “Psychophysiology of Aggression, Psychopathy,and Conduct
Problems: A Meta-Analysis,” Psychological Bulletin, 130 (4), 531-52.
Macklin, M. Carole (1996), “Preschoolers’ Learning of Brand Names from Visual Cues,”
Journal of Consumer Research, 23, 251-61.
Madden, Thomas J., Kelly Hewett, and Martin S. Roth (2000), “Managing Images in Different
Cultures: A Cross-National Study of Color Meanings and Preferences,” Journal of
International Marketing, 8 (4), 90-107.
Mandel, Naomi and Eric J. Johnson (2002), “When Web Pages Influence Choice: Effects of
Visual Primes on Experts and Novices,” Journal of Consumer Research, 29 (2), 235-45.
Mathews, Gerald, Dylan M. Jones, and A. Graham Chamberlain (1990), “Refining the
Measurement of Mood: The UWIST Mood Adjective Checklist,” British Journal of
Psychology, 81, 17-42.
Mehta, Ravi and Juliet Zhu (2009), “Blue or Red? Exploring the Effect of Color on Cognitive Task Performances,” Science, 323, 1226-29.
Patrick, Christopher J. (2008), “Psychophysiological Correlates of Aggression and Violence: An
Integrative Review,” Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society B: Biological
Sciences, 363, 2543-55.
Pruitt, Dean G. (1981), Negotiation Behavior, New York, NY: Academic Press, Inc.
Pryke, Sarah R. (2009), “Is Red an Innate or Learned Signal of Aggression and Intimidation?”
Animal Behavior, 78, 393-98.
Pryke, Sarah R. and Staffan Andersson (2003), “Carotenoid-Based Status Signalling in Red-
Shouldered Widowbirds Euplectes Axillaris: Epaulet Size and Redness Affect Captive
and Territorial Competition,” Behavioral Ecology and Sociobiology, 53, 393-401.
Pryke, Sarah R. and Simon C. Griffith (2006), “Red Dominates Black: Agonistic Signalling
Among Head Morphs in the Colour Polymorphic Gouldian Finch,” Proceedings of the
Royal Society of London B: Biological Sciences, 273, 949-57.
Pryke, Sarah R., Michael J. Lawes, and Staffan Andersson (2001), “Agnonistic Carotenoid
Signalling in Male Red-Collared Widowbirds: Aggression Related to the Colour Signal
of Both Territory Owner and Model Intruder,” Animal Behaviour, 62, 695-704.
Sinha, Atanu R. and Eric A. Greenleaf (2000), “The Impact of Discrete Bidding and Bidder
Aggressiveness on Sellers' Strategies in Open English Auctions: Reserves and Covert
Shilling,” Marketing Science, 19 (3), 244-65.
Suls, Jerry and Choi K. Wan (1993), “Relationship between Trait Hostility and Cardiovascular
Reactivity: A Quantitative Review and Analysis,” Psychophysiology, 30, 615–26.
Wilson, Glenn D. (1966), “Arousal Properties of Red versus Green,” Perceptual and Motor
Skills, 23 (August-December), 947-49.
References
Albarracín, D., & Mitchell, A. L. (2004). The role of defensive confidence in
preference for proattitudinal information: How believing that one is strong can
sometimes be a defensive weakness. Personality and Social Psychology
Bulletin, 30(12), 1565 – 1584. http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0146167204271180.
Albarracín, D., Wallace, H. M., & Glasman, L. R. (2004). Survival and change in
judgments: A model of activation and comparison. Advances in Experimental
Social Psychology, Vol. 36. (pp. 251 – 315): Academic Press, 251 – 315. http://
dx.doi.org/10.1016/S0065-2601(04)36005-3.
Alter, A. L., & Oppenheimer, D. M. (2009). Uniting the tribes of fluency to form a
metacognitive nation. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 13(3),
219 – 235. http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/1088868309341564.
Anderson, C., & Berdahl, J. L. (2002). The experience of power: Examining the
effects of power on approach and inhibition tendencies. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 83(6), 1362 – 1377. http://dx.doi.org/10.1037//0022-
3514.83.6.1362.
Barden, J., & Petty, R. E. (2008). The mere perception of elaboration
creates attitude certainty: Exploring the thoughtfulness heuristic. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 95(3), 489 – 509. http://dx.doi.org/
10.1037/a0012559.
Bassili, J. N. (1996). Meta-judgmental versus operative indexes of psychological
attributes: The case of measures of attitude strength. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 71(4), 637 – 653. http://dx.doi.org/10.1037//0022-
3514.71.4.637.
Bizer, G. Y., Larsen, J. T., & Petty, R. E. (2011). Exploring the valence-framing
effect: Negative framing enhances attitude strength. Political Psychology,
32(1), 59 – 80. http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-9221.2010.00795.x.
Bizer, G. Y., & Petty, R. E. (2005). How we conceptualize our attitudes matters:
The effects of valence framing on the resistance of political attitudes.
Political Psychology, 26(4), 553 – 568. http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-
9221.2005.00431.x.
Bizer, G., Tormala, Z. L., Rucker, D. D., & Petty, R. E. (2006). Memory-based
versus on-line processing: Implications for attitude strength. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 42(5), 646 – 653. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/
j.jesp.2005.09.002.
Blankenship, K. L., & Wegener, D. T. (2008). Opening the mind to close it:
Considering a message in light of important values increases message
processing and later resistance to change. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 94(2), 196 – 213. http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/0022-3514.94.2.
94.2.196.
Briñol, P., Petty, R. E., & Barden, J. (2007). Happiness versus sadness as a
determinant of thought confidence in persuasion: A self-validation analysis.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 93(5), 711 – 727. http://
dx.doi.org/10.1037/0022-3514.93.5.711.
Briñol, P., Petty, R. E., Stavraki, M., Wagner, B. C., & Díaz, D. (2013). Anger
and surprise can validate or invalidate thoughts: An appraisal perspective:
Unpublished Manuscript.
Briñol, P., Petty, R. E., & Tormala, Z. L. (2006). The malleable meaning of
subjective ease. Psychological Science, 17(3), 200 – 206. http://dx.doi.org/
10.1111/j.1467-9280.2006.01686.x.
Briñol, P., Petty, R. E., Valle, C., Rucker, D. D., & Becerra, A. (2007). The
effects of message recipients' power before and after persuasion: A
self-validation analysis. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
93(6), 1040 – 1053. http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/0022-3514.93.6.1040.
Cacioppo, J. T., & Berntson, G. G. (1994). Relationship between attitudes and
evaluative space: A critical review, with emphasis on the separability of
positive and negative substrates. Psychological Bulletin, 115(3), 401 – 423.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/0033-2909.115.3.401.
Cacioppo, J. T., & Petty, R. E. (1982). The need for cognition. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 42(1), 116 – 131. http://dx.doi.org/10.
1037//0022-3514.42.1.116.
Campbell, M., & Kirmani, A. (2008). I know what you're doing and why
you're doing it: The use of the persuasion knowledge model in consumer
research. In C. Haugtvedt, P. Herr, & F. Kardes (Eds.), Handbook of
Consumer Psychology (pp. 549 – 574). New York: Psychology Press.
Cesario, J., Grant, H., & Higgins, E. T. (2004). Regulatory fit and persuasion:
Transfer from “ feeling right ” . Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
86(3), 388 – 404. http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/0022-3514.86.3.388.
Chaiken, S. (1979). Communicator physical attractiveness and persuasion.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 37(8), 1387 – 1397. http://
dx.doi.org/10.1037/0022-3514.37.8.1387.
Chaiken, S., Liberman, A., & Eagly, A. H. (1989). Heuristic and systematic
processing within and beyond the persuasion context. In J. S. Uleman, & J.
A. Bargh (Eds.), Unintended thought (pp. 212 – 252). New York: Guilford.
Clarkson, J. J., Tormala, Z. L., & Rucker, D. D. (2008). A new look at the
consequences of attitude certainty: The amplification hypothesis. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 95(4), 810 – 825. http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/
a0013192.
Cohen, J. B., & Reed, A. (2006). A multiple pathway anchoring and adjustment
(MPAA) model of attitude generation and recruitment. [Review]. Journal
of Consumer Research, 33(1), 1 – 15. http://dx.doi.org/10.1086/504121.
Eagly, A. H., & Chaiken, S. (1993). The psychology of attitudes. Orlando, FL,
US: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich College Publishers.
Ellsworth, P. C., & Smith, C. A. (1988). Shades of joy: Patterns of appraisal
differentiating positive emotions. Cognition and Emotion, 2, 301 – 331.
Evans, A. T., & Clark, J. K. (2012). Source characteristics and persuasion:
The role of self-monitoring in self-validation. Journal of Experimental
Social Psychology, 48(1), 383 – 386. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jesp.2011.
07.002.
Fazio, R. H. (1979). Motives for social comparison: The construction –
validation distinction. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
37(10), 1683 – 1698. http://dx.doi.org/10.1037//0022-3514.37.10.1683.
Fazio, R. H., Ledbetter, J. E., & Towles-Schwen, T. (2000). On the costs of
accessible attitudes: Detecting that the attitude object has changed. Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 78(2), 197 – 210. http://dx.doi.org/
10.1037/0022-3514.78.2.197.
Fazio, R. H., & Zanna, M. P. (1978a). Attitudinal qualities relating to the
strength of the attitude – behavior relationship. Journal of Experimental
Social Psychology, 14(4), 398 – 408. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/0022-1031
(78)90035-5.
Fazio, R. H., & Zanna, M. P. (1978b). On the predictive validity of attitudes:
The roles of direct experience and confidence. Journal of Personality,
46(2), 228. http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/1467-6494.ep7376510.
Feldman, J. M., & Lynch, J. G., Jr. (1988). Self-generated validity and other
effects of measurement on belief, attitude, intention, and behavior. Journal
of Applied Psychology, 73(3), 421 – 435. http://dx.doi.org/10.1037//0021-
9010.73.3.421.
Festinger, L. (1954). A theory of social comparison processes. Human
Relations, 7(2), 117 – 140. http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/001872675400700202.
Fishbein, M., & Ajzen, I. (1975). Belief, attitude, intention, and behavior: An
introduction to theory and research. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.
French, J., & Raven, B. (1959). The bases of power. In D. Cartwright (Ed.), Studies
in social power (pp. 150 – 167). Ann Arbor, MI: Institute for Social Research.
Friestad, M., & Wright, P. (1994). The Persuasion Knowledge Model: How people
cope with persuasion attempts. Journal of Consumer Research, 21(1), 1 – 31.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1086/209380.
Friestad, M., & Wright, P. (1995). Persuasion Knowledge: Lay peoples and
researchers beliefs about the psychology of advertising. Journal of Consumer
Research, 22(1), 62 – 74. http://dx.doi.org/10.1086/209435.
Gawronski, B., & Bodenhausen, G. V. (2006). Associative and propositional
processes in evaluation: An integrative review of implicit and explicit attitude
change. Psychological Bulletin, 132(5), 692 – 731. http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/
0033-2909.132.5.692.
Gill, M. J., Swann, W. B., Jr., & Silvera, D. H. (1998). On the genesis of
confidence. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 75(5), 1101 – 1114.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/0022-3514.75.5.1101.
Goethals, G. R., & Darley, J. M. (1977). Social comparison theory: An
attributional approach. In J. M. Suls, & R. L. Miller (Eds.), Social comparison
processes: Theoretical and empirical perspectives (pp. 259 – 278). Washington,
DC: Hemisphere.
Gross, S., Holtz, R., & Miller, N. (1995). Attitude certainty. In R. E. Petty, & J.
A. Krosnick (Eds.), Attitude Strength: Antecedents and Consequences
(pp. 215 – 245). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
Guinote, A., Judd, C. M., & Brauer, M. (2002). Effects of power on perceived
and objective group variability: Evidence that more powerful groups are
more variable. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 82(5),
708 – 721. http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/0022-3514.82.5.708.
Haddock, G., Rothman, A. J., Reber, R., & Schwarz, N. (1999). Forming
judgments of attitude certainty, intensity, and importance: The role of
subjective experiences. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 25(7),
771 – 782.
Hass, R. G. (1981). Effects of source characteristics on cognitive responses and
persuasion. In R. E. Petty, T. M. Ostrom, & T. C. Brock (Eds.), Cognitive
responses in persuasion. Hillsdale, N.J.: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
Holland, R. W., Verplanken, B., & van Knippenberg, A. (2003). From repetition to
conviction: Attitude accessibility as a determinant of attitude certainty. Journal
of Experimental Social Psychology, 39(6), 594 – 601. http://dx.doi.org/
10.1016/s0022-1031(03)00038-6.
Kelley, C. M., & Lindsay, D. S. (1993). Remembering mistaken for knowing:
Ease of retrieval as a basis for confidence in answers to general knowledge
questions. Journal of Memory and Language, 32(1), 1 – 24. http://dx.doi.
org/10.1006/jmla.1993.1001.
Koehler, D. (1994). Hypothesis generation and confidence in judgment. Journal of
Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 20(2),
461 – 469. http://dx.doi.org/10.1037//0278-7393.20.2.461.
Koriat, A. (2012). The self-consistency model of subjective confdience.
Psychological Review, 119(1), 80 – 113. http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/a0025648.
Kruglanski, A. W. (1989). Lay epistemics and human knowledge: Cognitive
and motivational bases. New York: Plenum Press.
Kruglanski, A. W., Raviv, A., Bar-Tal, D., Raviv, A., Sharvit, K., Ellis, S., et al.
(2005). Says who?: Epistemic authority effects in social judgment. Advances
in Experimental Social Psychology, Vol. 37. (pp. 345 – 392): Academic Press,
345 – 392. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/S0065-2601(05)37006-7.
Kruglanski, A. W., Webster, D. M., & Klem, A. (1993). Motivated resistance
and openness to persuasion in the presence or absence of prior information.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 65(5), 861 – 876. http://dx.
doi.org/10.1037//0022-3514.65.5.861.
Lord, C. G., Ross, L., & Lepper, M. R. (1979). Biased assimilation and attitude
polarization: The effects of prior theories on subsequently considered
evidence. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 37(11),
2098 – 2109. http://dx.doi.org/10.1037//0022-3514.37.11.2098.
Lynch, J. G. (2006). Accessibility – diagnosticity and the multiple pathway
anchoring and adjustment model. Journal of Consumer Research, 33(1),
25 – 27. http://dx.doi.org/10.1086/504129.
Lynch, J. G., Jr., Marmorstein, H., & Weigold, M. F. (1988). Choices from Sets
including Remembered Brands: Use of Recalled Attributes and Prior
Overall Evaluations. Journal of Consumer Research, 15(2), 169 – 184.
Maglio, S. J., & Trope, Y. (2011). Scale and construal: How larger
measurement units shrink length estimates and expand mental horizons.
Psychonomic Bulletin Review, 18(1), 165 – 170. http://dx.doi.org/10.3758/
s13423-010-0025-1.
Maheswaran, D., & Chaiken, S. (1991). Promoting systematic processing in
low-motivation settings — Effect of incongruent information on processing
and judgment. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 61(1), 13 – 25.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1037//0022-3514.61.1.13.
Maheswaran, D., & Sternthal, B. (1990). The effects of knowledge, motivation,
and type of message on ad processing and product judgments. Journal of
Consumer Research, 17(1), 66 – 73. http://dx.doi.org/10.1086/208537.
Maio, G. R., & Esses, V. M. (2001). The need for affect: Individual differences
in the motivation to approach or avoid emotions. Journal of Personality,
69(4), 583 – 615. http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/1467-6494.694156.
Marks, G., & Miller, N. (1985). The effect of certainty on consensus judgments.
Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 11(2), 165 – 177. http://
dx.doi.org/10.1177/0146167285112005.
Muthukrishnan, A. V., Pham, M. T., & Mungale, A. (2001). Does greater
amount of information always bolster attitudinal resistance? Marketing
Letters, 12(2), 131 – 144.
Norwick, R., & Epley, N. (2003). Experiential determinants of confidence.
Poster presented at the Society for Personality and Social Psychology, Los
Angeles, CA.
Petrocelli, J. V., Tormala, Z. L., & Rucker, D. D. (2007). Unpacking attitude
certainty: Attitude clarity and attitude correctness. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 92(1), 30 – 41. http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/0022-3514.
92.1.30.
Petty, R. E. (2006). A metacognitive model of attitudes. Journal of Consumer
Research, 33(1), 22 – 24. http://dx.doi.org/10.1086/504128.
Petty, R. E., & Briñol, P. (2006). A metacognitive approach to “ implicit ” and
“ explicit ” evaluations: Comment on Gawronski and Bodenhausen (2006).
Psychological Bulletin, 132(5), 740 – 744. http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/0033-
2909.132.5.740.
Petty, R. E., & Briñol, P. (2008). Persuasion: From single to multiple to
metacognitive processes. Perspectives on Psychological Science, 3(2),
137 – 147. http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1745-6916.2008.00071.x.
Petty, R. E., Briñol, P., Tormala, Z. L., & Wegener, D. T. (2007). The role of
meta-cognition in social judgment. In A. W. Kruganski, & E. T. Higgins
(Eds.), Social psychology: Handbook of basic principles (pp. 254 – 284)
(2nd ed.). New York: Guilford Publishers.
Petty, R. E., & Cacioppo, J. T. (1984). The effects of involvement on responses
to argument quantity and quality: Central and peripheral routes to
persuasion. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 46(1), 69 – 81.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/0022-3514.46.1.69.
Petty, R. E., & Cacioppo, J. T. (1986). The elaboration likelihood model of
persuasion. In L. Berkowitz (Ed.), Advances in experimental social
psychology, Vol. 19. (pp. 123 – 205)New York: Academic Press.
Petty, R. E., & Cacioppo, J. T. (1990). Involvement and persuasion: Tradition
versus integration. Psychological Bulletin, 107(3), 367 – 374. http://
dx.doi.org/10.1037/0033-2909.107.3.367.
Petty, R. E., & Briñol, P. (2009). Implicit ambivalence: A meta-cognitive
approach. In R. E. Petty, R. H. Fazio, & P. Briñol (Eds.), Attitudes: Insights
from the new implicit measures (pp. 119 – 164). New York, NY: Psychology
Press.
Petty, R. E., Cacioppo, J. T., & Goldman, R. (1981). Personal involvement as a
determinant of argument-based persuasion. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 41(5), 847 – 855. http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/0022-3514.41.5.847.
Petty, R. E., Haugtvedt, C. P., & Smith, S. M. (1995). Elaboration as a
determinant of attitude strength: Creating attitudes that are persistent,
resistant, and predictive of behavior. In R. E. Petty, & J. A. Krosnick (Eds.),
Attitude strength: Antecedents and consequences (pp. 93 – 130). Hillsdale,
NJ England: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc.
Petty, R. E., & Krosnick, J. A. (Eds.). (1995). Attitude strength: Antecedents
and consequences. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum Associates.
Petty, R. E., Tormala, Z. L., & Rucker, D. D. (2004). Resistance to persuasion: An
attitude strength perspective. In J. T. Jost, M. R. Banaji, & D. A. Prentice (Eds.),
Perspectivism in social psychology: The yin and yang of scientific progress
(pp. 37 – 51). Washington, D. C.: American Psychological Association.
Petty, R. E., & Wegener, D. T. (1998). Matching versus mismatching attitude
functions: Implications for scrutiny of persuasive messages. Personality and
Social Psychology Bulletin, 24(3), 227 – 240. http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/
0146167298243001.
Petty, R. E., Wheeler, S. C., & Bizer, G. (2000). Matching effects in persuasion:
An elaboration likelihood analysis. In G. Maio, & J. Olson (Eds.), Why we
evaluate: Functions of attitudes (pp. 133 – 162). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Petty, R. E., Briñol, P., & DeMarree, K. G. (2007). The meta-cognitive model
(MCM) of attitudes: Implications for attitude measurement, change, and
strength. Social Cognition, 25, 657 – 686.
Pomerantz, E. M., Chaiken, S., & Tordesillas, R. S. (1995). Attitude strength
and resistance processes. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
69(3), 408 – 419. http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/0022-3514.69.3.408.
Priester, J. R., & Petty, R. E. (1996). The gradual threshold model of
ambivalence: Relating the positive and negative bases of attitudes to
subjective ambivalence. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
71(3), 431 – 449. http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/0022-3514.71.3.431.
Priester, J. R., & Petty, R. E. (2003). The influence of spokesperson
trustworthiness on message elaboration, attitude strength, and advertising
effectiveness. Journal of Consumer Psychology, 13(4), 408 – 421. http://dx.
doi.org/10.1207/S15327663JCP1304_08.
Priester, Joseph R., Petty, Richard E., & Park, K. (2007). Whence univalent
ambivalence? From the anticipation of conflicting reactions. Journal of
Consumer Research, 34(1), 11 – 21. http://dx.doi.org/10.1086/513042.
Rokeach, M. (1968). Beliefs, attitudes, and values: A theory of organization
and change. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
Rucker, D. D., Galinsky, A. D., & Dubois, D. (2012). Power and consumer
behavior: How power shapes who and what consumers value. Journal of
Consumer Psychology, 22(3), 352 – 368. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jcps.
2011.06.001.
Rucker, D. D., & Petty, R. E. (2004). When resistance is futile: Consequences
of failed counterarguing for attitude certainty. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 86(2), 219 – 235. http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/0022-3514.
86.2.219.
Rucker, D. D., Petty, R. E., & Brinol, P. (2008). What's in a frame anyway?: A
meta-cognitive analysis of the impact of one versus two sided message
framing on attitude certainty. Journal of Consumer Psychology, 18(2),
137 – 149. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jcps.2008.01.008.
Rydell, R. J., Hugenberg, K., & McConnell, A. R. (2006). Resistance can be
good or bad: How theories of resistance and dissonance affect attitude
certainty. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 32(6), 740 – 750. http://
dx.doi.org/10.1177/0146167205286110.
Sanbonmatsu, D. M., Kardes, F. R., & Herr, P. M. (1992). The role of
prior knowledge and missing information in multiattribute evaluation.
Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 51(1), 76 – 91.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/0749-5978(92)90005-r.
Sanbonmatsu, D. M., Kardes, F. R., Houghton, D. C., Ho, E. A., & Posavac, S.
S. (2003). Overestimating the importance of the given information in
multiattribute judgment. Journal of Consumer Psychology, 13, 289 – 300.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1207/S15327663JCP130310.
Sanbonmatsu, D. M., Kardes, F. R., Posavac, S. S., & Houghton, D. C. (1997).
Contextual Influences on Judgments Based on Limited Information.
Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 69(3),
251 – 264. http://dx.doi.org/10.1006/obhd.1997.2686.
Sanbonmatsu, D. M., Kardes, F. R., & Sansone, C. (1991). Remembering less
and inferring more: The effects of time of judgment on inferences about
unknown attributes. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 61(4),
546 – 554. http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/0022-3514.61.4.546.
Sheppard, B. H., Jon, H., & Warshaw, P. R. (1988). The theory of reasoned
action: A meta-analysis of past research with recommendations for
modifications and future research. Journal of Consumer Research, 15(3),
325 – 343. http://dx.doi.org/10.1086/209170.
Smith, C. A., & Ellsworth, P. C. (1985). Patterns of cognitive appraisal in
emotion. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 48(4), 813 – 838.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/0022-3514.48.4.813.
Smith, S. M., Fabrigar, L. R., MacDougall, B. L., & Wiesenthal, N. L. (2008).
The role of amount, cognitive elaboration, and structural consistency of
attitude-relevant knowledge in the formation of attitude certainty. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 38(2), 280 – 295. http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/
ejsp.447.
Snyder, M. (1974). The self-monitoring of expressive behavior. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 30(4), 526 – 537. http://dx.doi.org/10.
1037/h0037039.
Snyder, M., & Kendzierski, D. (1982). Acting on one's attitudes: Procedures for
linking attitude and behavior. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology,
18(2), 165 – 183. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/0022-1031(82)90048-8.
Thompson, M. M., Naccarato, M. E., Parker, K. C. H., & Moskowitz, G.
(2001). The Personal Need for Structure (PNS) and Personal Fear of
Invalidity (PFI) scales: Historical perspectives, present applications and
future directions. In G. Moskowitz (Ed.), Cognitive social psychology:
The Princeton symposium on the legacy and future of social cognition
(pp. 19 – 39). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Tiedens, L. Z., & Linton, S. (2001). Judgment under emotional certainty and
uncertainty: The effects of specific emotions on information processing.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 81(6), 973 – 988. http://
dx.doi.org/10.1037/0022-3514.81.6.973.
Tormala, Z. L., Clarkson, J. J., & Henderson, M. D. (2011). Does fast or slow
evaluation foster greater certainty? Personality and Social Psychology
Bulletin, 37(3), 422 – 434. http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0146167210397378.
Tormala, Z. L., Clarkson, J. J., & Petty, R. E. (2006). Resisting persuasion by
the skin of one's teeth: The hidden success of resisted persuasive messages.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 91(3), 423 – 435. http://
dx.doi.org/10.1037/0022-3514.91.3.423.
Tormala, Z. L., & DeSensi, V. L. (2009). The effects of minority/majority
source status on attitude certainty: A matching perspective. Personality and
Social Psychology Bulletin, 35(1), 114 – 125. http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/
0146167208325677.
Tormala, Z. L., DeSensi, V. L., Clarkson, J. J., & Rucker, D. D. (2009). Beyond
attitude consensus: The social context of persuasion and resistance. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 45(1), 149 – 154. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/
j.jesp.2008.07.020.
Tormala, Z. L., DeSensi, V. L., & Petty, R. E. (2007). Resisting persuasion by
illegitimate means: A metacognitive perspective on minority influence.
Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 33(3), 354 – 367. http://
dx.doi.org/10.1177/0146167206295004.
Tormala, Z. L., & Petty, R. E. (2002). What doesn't kill me makes me stronger:
The effects of resisting persuasion on attitude certainty. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 83(6), 1298 – 1313. http://dx.doi.org/
10.1037//0022-3514.83.6.1298.
Tormala, Z. L., & Petty, R. E. (2004a). Resistance to persuasion and attitude
certainty: The moderating role of elaboration. Personality and Social Psychology
Bulletin, 30(11), 1446 – 1457. http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0146167204264251.
Tormala, Z. L., & Petty, R. E. (2004b). Source credibility and attitude certainty:
A metacognitive analysis of resistance to persuasion. Journal of Consumer
Psychology, 14(4), 427 – 442. http://dx.doi.org/10.1207/s15327663jcp140411.
Tormala, Z. L., & Petty, R. E. (2007). Contextual contrast and perceived
knowledge: Exploring the implications for persuasion. Journal of Experimental
Social Psychology, 43(1), 17 – 30. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jesp.2005.11.007.
Tormala, Z. L., Petty, R. E., & Brinol, P. (2002). Ease of retrieval effects in
persuasion: A self-validation analysis. Personality and Social Psychology
Bulletin, 28(12), 1700 – 1712. http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/014616702237651.
Tormala, Z. L., & Rucker, D. D. (2007). Attitude certainty: A review of past
findings and emerging perspectives. Social and Personality Psychology
Compass, 1(1), 469 – 492. http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1751-9004.2007.
00025.x.
Tormala, Z. L., Rucker, D. D., & Seger, C. R. (2008). When increased
confidence yields increased thought: A confidence-matching hypothesis.
Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 44(1), 141 – 147. http://
dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jesp.2006.11.002.
Triandis, H. C. (1995). Individualism and Collectivism. Boulder, CO: Westview
Press.
Tsai, C., Klayman, J., & Hastie, R. (2008). Effects of amount of information on
judgment accuracy and confidence. Organizational Behavior and Human
Decision Processes, 107(2), 97 – 105. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.obhdp.
2008.01.005.
Tsai, C. I., & McGill, A. L. (2011). No pain, no gain? How fluency and
construal level affect consumer confidence. Journal of Consumer Research,
37(5), 807 – 821. http://dx.doi.org/10.1086/655855.
Visser, P. S., & Mirabile, R. R. (2004). Attitudes in the social context: The
impact of social network composition on individual-level attitude strength.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 87(6), 779 – 795. http://
dx.doi.org/10.1037/0022-3514.87.6.779.
Wan, E. W., & Rucker, D. D. (2013). Confidence and construal framing: When
confidence increases versus decreases information processing. Journal
of Consumer Research, 39(1), 977 – 992. http://dx.doi.org/10.1086/
666467.
Wan, E. W., Rucker, D. D., Tormala, Z. L., & Clarkson, J. J. (2010). The effect
of regulatory depletion on attitude certainty. Journal of Marketing
Research, 47(3), 531 – 541. http://dx.doi.org/10.1509/jmkr.47.3.531.
Wegener, D. T., & Petty, R. E. (1995). Flexible correction processes in social
judgment: The role of naive theories in corrections for perceived bias.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 68(1), 36 – 51. http://
dx.doi.org/10.1037/0022-3514.68.1.36.
Wegener, D. T., Downing, J., Krosnick, J. A., & Petty, R. E. (1995).
Strength-related properties of attitudes: Measures, manipulations, and
future directions. In R. E. Petty, & J. A. Krosnick (Eds.), Attitude
strength: Antecedents and consequences (pp. 455 – 487). Mahwah, NJ:
Erlbaum.
Wilson, T. D., Wheatley, T., Meyers, J. M., Gilbert, D. T., & Axsom, D. (2000).
Focalism: A source of durability bias in affective forecasting. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 78(5), 821 – 836. http://dx.doi.org/10.
1037//0022-3514.78.5.821.
Winkielman, P., & Cacioppo, J. T. (2001). Mind at ease puts a smile on the
face: Psychophysiological evidence that processing facilitation elicits
positive affect. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 81(6),
989 – 1000. http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/0022-3514.81.6.989.
Wood, W., Kallgren, C. A., & Preisler, R. M. (1985). Access to
attitude-relevant information in memory as a determinant of persuasion:
The role of message attributes. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology,
21(1), 73 – 85. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/0022-1031(85)90007-1.
Wood, W., Rhodes, N., & Biek, M. (1995). Working knowledge and attitude
strength: An information-processing analysis. Attitude strength: Antecedents
and consequences. Hillsdale, NJ England: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc.
Wu, C., & Shaffer, D. R. (1987). Susceptibility to persuasive appeals as a
function of source credibility and prior experience with the attitude object.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 52(4), 677 – 688. http://
dx.doi.org/10.1037/0022-3514.52.4.677.
Zakay, D. (1985). Post-decisional confidence and conflict experienced in a choice
process. Acta Psychologica, 58(1), 75 – 80. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/0001-
6918(85)90035-6.
References
Anderson, C., & Berdahl, J. L. (2002). The experience of power: Exam-
ining the effects of power on approach and inhibition tendencies. Jour-
nal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83, 1362–1377.
Anderson, C., Keltner, D., & John, O. P. (2003). Emotional convergence
between people over time. Journal of Personality and Social Psychol-
ogy, 84, 1054–1068.
Bargh, J. A. (1994). The four horsemen of automaticity: Awareness,
intention, efficiency, and control in social cognition. In R. S. Wyer, Jr.,
& T. K. Srull (Eds.), Handbook of social cognition, Vol. 1: Basic
processes (2nd ed.; pp. 1–40). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Bargh, J. A. (1997). The automaticity of everyday life. In R. S. Wyer, Jr.,
(Ed.), Advances in social cognition, Vol. 10 (pp. 1–61). Mahwah, NJ:
Erlbaum.
Bargh, J. A., & Chartrand, T. L. (2000). The mind in the middle: A
practical guide to priming and automaticity research. In H. T. Reis &
C. M. Judd (Eds.), Handbook of research methods in social and per-
sonality psychology (pp. 253–285). New York: Cambridge University
Press.
Barsalou, L. W. (1983). Ad hoc categories. Memory & Cognition, 11,
211–227.
Barsalou, L. W., Niedenthal, P., Barbey, A. K., & Ruppert, J. A. (2003).
Social embodiment. In B. H. Ross (Ed.), The psychology of learning and
motivation, Vol. 43 (pp. 43–92). San Diego, CA: Academic Press.
Baumann, N., & Kuhl, J. (2002). Intuition, affect, and personality: Uncon-
scious coherence judgments and self-regulation of negative affect. Jour-
nal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83, 1213–1223.
Baumeister, R. F., & Vohs, K. D. (Eds.). (2004). Handbook of self-
regulation: Research, theory, and applications. New York: Guilford
Press.
Bolte, A., Goschke, T., & Kuhl, J. (2003). Emotion and intuition: Effects
of positive and negative mood on implicit judgments of semantic co-
herence. Psychological Science, 14, 416–421.
Bowden, E. M., & Beeman, M. J. (1998). Getting the right idea: Semantic
activation in the right hemisphere may help solve insight problems.
Psychological Science, 9, 435–440.
Bowers, K. S., Regehr, G., Balthazard, C., & Parker, K. (1990). Intuition
in the context of discovery. Cognitive Psychology, 22, 72–110.
Brainerd, C. J., & Reyna, V. F. (2001). Fuzzy-trace theory: Dual processesin memory, reasoning, and cognitive neuroscience. Advances in child
development and behavior, 28, 41–100.
Brainerd, C. J., & Reyna, V. F. (2002). Fuzzy-trace theory and false
memory. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 11, 164–169.
Brainerd, C. J., Reyna, V. F., & Forrest, T. J. (2002). Are young children
susceptible to the false-memory illusion? Child Development, 73, 1363–
1377.
Bugental, D. B., & Happaney, K. (2000). Parent–child interaction as a
power contest. Journal of Applied Developmental Psychology, 21, 267–
282.
Carver, C. S., & White, T. L. (1994). Behavioral inhibition, behavioral
activation, and affective responses to impending reward and punishment:
The BIS/BAS Scales. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 67,
319–333.
Cast, A. D. (2003). Power and the ability to define the situation. Social
Psychology Quarterly, 66, 185–201.
Chen, S., Lee Chai, A. Y., & Bargh, J. A. (2001). Relationship orientation
as a moderator of the effects of social power. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 80, 173–187.
Deese, J. (1959). On the prediction of occurrence of particular verbal
intrusions in immediate recall. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 58,
17–22.
de Groot, A. M. B. (1980). Mondelinge woordassociatienormen: 100
woordassociaties op 460 Nederlandse zelfstandige naamwoorden. [Oral
word association norms: 100 word associations to 460 Dutch nouns].
Lisse, the Netherlands: Swets & Zeitlinger.
DePaulo, B. M., & Friedman, H. S. (1998). Nonverbal communication. In
D. T. Gilbert, S. T. Fiske, & G. Lindzey (Eds.), The handbook of social
psychology, Vol. 2 (4th ed., pp. 3–40). New York: McGraw-Hill.
Depret, E., & Fiske, S. T. (1993). Social cognition and power: Some
cognitive consequences of social structure as a source of control depri-
vation. In G. Weary, F. Gleicher, & K. L. Marsh (Eds.), Control
motivation and social cognition (pp. 176–202). New York: Springer.
Depret, E., & Fiske, S. T. (1999). Perceiving the powerful: Intriguing
individuals versus threatening groups. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 35, 461–480.
Dijksterhuis, A., Spears, R., Postmes, T., Stapel, D., Koomen, W., van
Knippenberg, A., et al. (1998). Seeing one thing and doing another:
Contrast effects in automatic behavior. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 75, 862–871.
Eckstrom, R. B., French, J. W., Harman, H. H., & Derman, D. (1976). Kit
of factor-referenced cognitive tests. Princeton, NJ: Educational Testing
Service.
Emerson, R. M. (1962). Power-dependence relations. American Sociolog-
ical Review, 27, 31–41.
Fink, G. R., Halligan, P. W., Marshall, J. C., Frith, C. D., Frackowiak,
R. S. J., & Dolan, R. J. (1996). Where in the brain does visual attention
select the forest and the trees? Nature, 382, 626–628.
Fiske, S. T. (1993). Controlling other people: The impact of power on
stereotyping. American Psychologist, 48, 621–628.
Fiske, S. T. (1998). Stereotyping, prejudice, and discrimination. In D. T.
Gilbert, S. T. Fiske, & G. Lindzey (Eds.), The handbook of social
psychology, Vol. 2 (4th ed., pp. 357–411). Boston: McGraw-Hill.
Fo¨rster, J., Friedman, R. S., & Liberman, N. (2004). Temporal construal
effects on abstract and concrete thinking: Consequences for insight and
creative cognition. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 87,
177–189.
Fredrickson, B. L. (2001). The role of positive emotions in positive
psychology: The broaden-and-build theory of positive emotions. Amer-
ican Psychologist, 56, 218–226.
Friedman, R. S., & Fo¨rster, J. (2000). The effects of approach and avoid-
ance motor actions on the elements of creative insight. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 79, 477–492.
Gaertner, S. L., & Dovidio, J. F. (2000). Reducing intergroup bias: The
common ingroup identity model. Philadelphia: Psychology Press.
Galinsky, A. D., Gruenfeld, D. H., & Magee, J. C. (2003). From power to
action. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 85, 453–466.
Gasper, K. (2004). Do you see what I see? Affect and visual information
processing. Cognition and Emotion, 18, 405–421.
Gasper, K., & Clore, G. L. (2002). Attending to the big picture: Mood and
global versus local processing of visual information. Psychological
Science, 13, 34–40.
Gollwitzer, P. M., & Moskowitz, G. B. (1996). Goal effects on action and
cognition. In E. T. Higgins & A. W. Kruglanski (Eds.), Social psychol-
ogy: Handbook of basic principles (pp. 361–399). New York: Guilford
Press.
Goodwin, S. A., Gubin, A., Fiske, S. T., & Yzerbyt, V. Y. (2000). Power
can bias impression processes: Stereotyping subordinates by default and
by design. Group Processes and Intergroup Relations, 3, 227–256.
Guinote, A. (2001). The perception of group variability in a non-minority
and a minority context: When adaptation leads to outgroup differentia-
tion. British Journal of Social Psychology, 40, 117–132.
Guinote, A., Judd, C. M., & Brauer, M. (2002). Effects of power on
perceived and objective group variability: Evidence that more powerful
groups are more variable. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
82, 708–721.
Guinote, A., & Trope, Y. (2004). Power differences in responsiveness to
situational affordances. Manuscript submitted for publication.
Higgins, E. T. (1997). Beyond pleasure and pain. American Psychologist,
52, 1280–1300.
Hogg, M. A., & Reid, S. A. (2001). Social identity, leadership, and power.
In A. Y. Lee-Chai & J. A. Bargh (Eds.), The use and abuse of power:
Multiple perspectives on the causes of corruption (pp. 159–180). Phil-
adelphia: Psychology Press.
Isen, A. M., & Daubman, K. A. (1984). The influence of affect on
categorization. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 47, 1206–
1217.
Keltner, D., Gruenfeld, D. H., & Anderson, C. (2003). Power, approach,
and inhibition. Psychological Review, 110, 265–284.
Keltner, D., Young, R. C., Heerey, E. A., Oemig, C., & Monarch, N. D.
(1998). Teasing in hierarchical and intimate relations. Journal of Per-
sonality and Social Psychology, 75, 1231–1247.
Kimchi, R. (1992). Primacy of wholistic processing and global/local par-
adigm: A critical review. Psychological Bulletin, 112, 24–38.
Kruglanski, A. W. (2004). The quest for the gist: On challenges of going
abstract in social and personality psychology. Personality and Social
Psychology Review, 8, 156–163.
Langer, E. J. (1975). The illusion of control. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 32, 311–328.
Lee, F., & Tiedens, L. Z. (2001). Is it lonely at the top?: The independence
and interdependence of power holders. Research in Organizational
Behavior, 23, 43–91.
Levy, S. R., Freitas, A. L., & Salovey, P. (2002). Construing action
abstractly and blurring social distinctions: Implications for perceiving
homogeneity among, but also empathizing with and helping, others.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83, 1224–1238.
Liberman, N., Sagristano, M. D., & Trope, Y. (2002). The effect of
temporal distance on level of mental construal. Journal of Experimental
Social Psychology, 38, 523–534.
Liberman, N., & Trope, Y. (1998). The role of feasibility and desirability
considerations in near and distant future decisions: A test of temporal
construal theory. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 75,
5–18.
Lin, E. L., Murphy, G. L., & Shoben, E. J. (1997). The effects of prior
processing episodes on basic-level superiority. Quarterly Journal of
Experimental Psychology: Human Experimental Psychology, 50(A), 25–
48.
Markman, A. B., & Wisniewski, E. J. (1997). Similar and different: The
differentiation of basic-level categories. Journal of Experimental Psy-
chology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 23, 54–70.
Martin, M. (1979). Hemispheric specialization for local and global pro-
cessing. Neuropsychologia, 17, 33–40.
Martinez, A., Moses, P., Frank, L., Buxton, R., Wong, E., & Stiles, J.
(1997). Hemispheric asymmetries in global and local processing: Evi-
dence from fMRI. Neuroreport: An International Journal for the Rapid
Communication of Research in Neuroscience, 8, 1685–1689.
Mather, M., Henkel, L. A., & Johnson, M. K. (1997). Evaluating charac-
teristics of false memories: Remember/know judgments and memory
characteristics questionnaire compared. Memory & Cognition, 25, 826–
837.
McDermott, K. B. (1996). The persistence of false memories in list recall.
Journal of Memory and Language, 35, 212–230.
Milner, A. D., Brechmann, M., & Pagliarini, L. (1992). To halve and to
halve not: An analysis of line bisection judgments in normal subjects.
Neuropsychologia, 30, 515–526.
Moskowitz, D. S. (2004). Does elevated power lead to approach and
reduced power to inhibition? Comment on Keltner, Gruenfeld, and
Anderson (2003). Psychological Review, 111, 808–811.
Murphy, G. L., & Medin, D. L. (1985). The role of theories in conceptual
coherence. Psychological Review, 92, 289–316.
Navon, D. (1977). Forest before trees: The precedence of global features in
visual perception. Cognitive Psychology, 9, 353–383.
Norman, K. A., & Schacter, D. L. (1997). False recognition in younger and
older adults: Exploring the characteristics of illusory memories. Memory
& Cognition, 25, 838–848.
Nussbaum, S., Trope, Y., & Liberman, N. (2003). Creeping dispositionism:
The temporal dynamics of behavior prediction. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 84, 485–497.
Overbeck, J. R., & Park, B. (2001). When power does not corrupt: Superior
individuation processes among powerful perceivers. Journal of Person-
ality and Social Psychology, 81, 549–565.
Payne, D. G., Elie, C. J., Blackwell, J. M., & Neuschatz, J. S. (1996).
Memory illusions: Recalling, recognizing, and recollecting events that
never occurred. Journal of Memory and Language, 35, 261–285.
Pollack, I. (1970). A nonparametric procedure for evaluation of true and
false positives. Behavior Research Methods and Instrumentation.
Reber, A. S. (1989). Implicit learning and tacit knowledge. Journal of
Experimental Psychology: General, 118, 219–235.
Reyna, V. F., & Brainerd, C. J. (1995). Fuzzy-trace theory: An interim
synthesis. Learning and Individual Differences, 7, 1–75.
Roediger, H. L., III, & McDermott, K. B. (1995). Creating false memories:
Remembering words not presented in lists. Journal of Experimental
Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 21, 803–814.
Rosch, E. (1975). Cognitive representations of semantic categories. Jour-
nal of Experimental Psychology: General, 104, 192–233.
Rosch, E., Mervis, C. B., Gray, W. D., Johnson, D. M., & Boyes-Braem,
P. (1976). Basic objects in natural categories. Cognitive Psychology, 8,
382–439.
Schmid Mast, M., & Hall, J. A. (2003). Anybody can be a boss but only
certain people make good subordinates: Behavioral impacts of striving
for dominance and dominance aversion. Journal of Personality, 71,
871–891.
Schooler, J. W., & Melcher, J. (1995). The ineffability of insight. In S. M.
Smith, T. B. Ward, & R. A. Finke (Eds.), The creative cognition
approach (pp. 97–134). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Schwarz, N., & Clore, G. L. (1996). Feelings and phenomenal experiences.
In E. T. Higgins & A. W. Kruglanski (Eds.), Social psychology: Hand-
book of basic principles (pp. 433–465). New York: Guilford Press.
Seger, C. A., Desmond, J. E., Glover, G. H., & Gabrieli, J. D. E. (2000).
Functional magnetic resonance imaging evidence for right-hemisphere involvement in processing unusual semantic relationships. Neuropsy-
chology, 14, 361–369.
Snodgrass, J. G., & Corwin, J. (1988). Pragmatics of measuring recognition
memory: Applications to dementia and amnesia. Journal of Experimen-
tal Psychology: General, 117, 34–50.
Snodgrass, J. G., Smith, B., Feenan, K., & Corwin, J. (1987). Fragmenting
pictures on the Apple Macintosh computer for experimental and clinical
applications. Behavior Research Methods, Instruments and Computers,
19, 270–274.
Spears, R., Gordijn, E., Dijksterhuis, A., & Stapel, D. A. (2004). Reaction
in action: Intergroup contrast in automatic behavior. Personality Social
Psychology Bulletin, 30, 605–616.
Stadler, M. A., Roediger, H. L., III, & McDermott, K. B. (1999). Norms for
word lists that create false memories. Memory & Cognition, 27, 494–
500.
Stapel, D. A., & Koomen, W. (2001a). I, we, and the effects of others on
me: How self-construal level moderates social comparison effects. Jour-
nal of Personality and Social Psychology, 80, 766–781.
Stapel, D. A., & Koomen, W. (2001b). Let’s not forget the past when we
go to the future: On our knowledge of knowledge accessibility. In G. B.
Moskowitz (Ed.), Cognitive social psychology: The Princeton Sympo-
sium on the Legacy and Future of Social Cognition (pp. 229–246).
Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Stevens, L. E., & Fiske, S. T. (2000). Motivated impressions of a power-
holder: Accuracy under task dependency and misperception under eval-
uation dependency. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 26,
907–922.
Sutton, S. K., & Davidson, R. J. (2000). Prefrontal brain electrical asym-
metry predicts the evaluation of affective stimuli. Neuropsychologia, 38,
1723–1733.
Thibaut, J. W., & Kelley, H. H. (1959). Power and dependence. In J. W.
Thibaut & H. H. Kelley (Eds.), The social psychology of groups (pp.
100–125). New York: Wiley.
Toglia, M. P., Neuschatz, J. S., & Goodwin, K. A. (1999). Recall accuracy
and illusory memories: When more is less. Memory, 7, 233–256.
Trope, Y., & Fishbach, A. (2000). Counteractive self-control in overcom-
ing temptation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 79, 493–
506.
Trope, Y., & Liberman, N. (2000). Temporal construal and time-dependent
changes in preference. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
79, 876–889.
Trope, Y., & Liberman, N. (2003). Temporal construal. Psychological
Review, 110, 403–421.
Tun, P. A., Wingfield, A., Rosen, M. J., & Blanchard, L. (1998). Response
latencies for false memories: Gist-based processes in normal aging.
Psychology and Aging, 13, 230–241.
Vallacher, R. R., & Wegner, D. M. (1989). Levels of personal agency:
Individual variation in action identification. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 57, 660–671.
Van Kleeck, M. H. (1989). Hemispheric differences in global versus local
processing of hierarchical visual stimuli by normal subjects: New data
and a meta-analysis of previous studies. Neuropsychologia, 27, 1165–
1178.
Vescio, T. K., Snyder, M., & Butz, D. A. (2003). Power in stereotypically
masculine domains: A social influence strategy stereotype match
model. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 85, 1062–1078.
Watson, D., Clark, L. A., & Tellegen, A. (1988). Development and vali-
dation of brief measures of positive and negative affect: The PANAS
scales. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 54, 1063–1070.
Witkin, H. A., Oltman, P. K., Raskin, E., & Karp, S. A. (1971). Group
Embedded Figures Test Manual. Palo Alto, CA: Consulting Psycholo-
gists Press.
References
Ajzen, Icek, and Martin Fishbein (1977), “Attitude-Behavior Re-
lations: Theoretical-Analysis and Review of Empirical Re-
search,” Psychological Bulletin, 84 (5), 888–918.
Andreoni, James, and B. Douglas Bernheim (2009), “Social Image
and the 50–50 Norm: A Theoretical and Experimental Anal-
ysis of Audience Effects,” Econometrica, 77 (5), 1607–36.
Ariely, Dan, Anat Bracha, and Stephan Meier (2009), “Doing Good
or Doing Well? Image Motivation and Monetary Incentives
in Behaving Prosocially,” American Economic Review, 99 (1),
544–55.
Ariely, Dan, and Michael I. Norton (2008), “How Actions Create
—Not Just Reveal—Preferences,” Trends in Cognitive Sci-
ences, 12 (1), 13–16.
Bem, Daryl J. (1972), “Self-Perception Theory,” in Advances in
Experimental Social Psychology, Vol. 6, ed. Leonard Ber-
kowitz, New York: Academic Press, 1–62.
Be´nabou, Roland, and Jean Tirole (2004), “Willpower and Personal
Rules,” Journal of Political Economy, 112 (4), 848–86.
——— (2011), “Identity, Morals, and Taboos: Beliefs as Assets,”
Quarterly Journal of Economics, 126 (2), 805–55.
Bickman, Leonard (1972), “Environmental Attitudes and Actions,”
Journal of Social Psychology, 87 (2), 323–24.
Bodner, Ronit, and Drazen Prelec (2003), “The Diagnostic Value
of Actions in a Self-Signaling Model,” in The Psychology of
Economic Decisions, Vol. 1, ed. Isabelle Brocas and Juan D.
Carillo, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 105–23.
Carlson, Les, Stephen J. Grove, and Norman Kangun (1993), “A
Content Analysis of Environmental Advertising Claims: A
Matrix Method Approach,” Journal of Advertising, 22 (3),
27–39.
Cialdini, Robert B. (2005), “Don’t Throw in the Towel: Use Social
Influence Research,” Observer, http://www.psychologicalscience
.org/observer/getArticle.cfm?id p 1762.
——— (2007), Influence: The Psychology of Persuasion, New
York: HarperCollins.
——— (2009), “We Have to Break Up,” Perspectives on Psy-
chological Science, 4 (1), 5–6.
Cialdini, Robert B., and Noah J. Goldstein (2004), “Social Influ-
ence: Compliance and Conformity,” Annual Review of Psy-
chology, 55 (1), 591–621.
Cialdini, Robert B., and Melanie R. Trost (1998), “Social Influence:
Social Norms, Conformity, and Compliance,” in The Hand-
book of Social Psychology, Vol. 2, ed. Daniel T. Gilbert, Susan
T. Fiske, and Gardner Lindzey, New York: McGraw-Hill,
151–92.
Cioffi, Delia, and Randy Garner (1996), “On Doing the Decision:
Effects of Active versus Passive Choice on Commitment and
Self-Perception,” Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin,
22 (2), 133–47.
Costanzo, Mark, Dane Archer, Elliot Aronson, and Thomas Pet-
tigrew (1986), “Energy Conservation Behavior: The Difficult
Path from Information to Action,” American Psychologist, 41
(5), 521–28.
Danziger, Shai, Jonathan Levav, and Liora Avnaim-Pesso (2011),
“Extraneous Factors in Judicial Decisions,” Proceedings of
the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of
America, 108 (17), 6889–92.
De Young, Raymond (1988), “Exploring the Difference between
Recyclers and Non-recyclers: The Role of Information,” Jour-
nal of Environmental Systems, 18 (4), 341–51.
Energy Star (2010), “Hospitality Benchmarking Fact Sheet,” http://
www.energystar.gov/ia/business/hospitality/Benchmarking_Fact
_Sheet.pdf.
Festinger, Leon (1957), A Theory of Cognitive Dissonance, Ev-
anston, IL: Row, Peterson.
Freedman, Jonathan L., and Scott C. Fraser (1966), “Compliance
without Pressure: The Foot-in-the-Door Technique,” Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 4 (2), 195–202.
Gao, Leilie, S. Christian Wheeler, and Baba Shiv (2009), “The
‘Shaken Self’: Product Choices as a Means of Restoring Self-
View Confidence,” Journal of Consumer Research, 36 (1),
29–38.
Geller, E. Scott (1992), “It Takes More than Information to Save
Energy,” American Psychologist, 47 (6), 814–15.
Gneezy, Ayelet, Alex Imas, Leif D. Nelson, Amber Brown, and
Michael I. Norton (2012), “Paying to Be Nice: Costly Pro-
social Behavior and Consistency,” Management Science, 58
(1), 179–87.
Goldstein, Noah J., Robert B. Cialdini, and Vladas Griskevicius
(2008), “A Room with a Viewpoint: Using Social Norms to
Motivate Environmental Conservation in Hotels,” Journal of
Consumer Research, 35 (3), 472–82.
Goldstein, Noah J., Vladas Griskevicius, and Robert B. Cialdini
(2007), “Invoking Social Norms: A Social Psychology Per-
spective on Improving Hotels’ Linen-Reuse Programs,” Cornell Hotel and Restaurant Administration Quarterly, 48 (2),
145–50.
Greenwald, Anthony G. (1980), “The Totalitarian Ego: Fabrication
and Revision of Personal History,” American Psychologist,
35 (7), 603–18.
Griffin, Patricia (2001), “‘Green’ Hotels Association Says, Hotels
Can Save over $6.50 a Day per Occupied Guestroom and Help
Protect Our Environment,” press release, “Green” Hotels As-
sociation, Houston, http://www.greenhotels.com/pressrel.php#a2.
Griskevicius, Vladas, Joshua M. Tybur, and Bram Van den Bergh
(2010), “Going Green to Be Seen: Status, Reputation, and
Conspicuous Conservation,” Journal of Personality and So-
cial Psychology, 98 (3), 392–404.
Gustin, Mary Elizabeth, and Pamela A. Weaver (1996), “Are Ho-
tels Prepared for the Environmental Consumer?” Journal of
Hospitality and Tourism Research, 20 (2), 1–14.
Han, Heesup, Li-Tzang Jane Hsu, Jin-Soo Lee, and Chwen Sheu
(2011), “Are Lodging Customers Ready to Go Green? An
Examination of Attitudes, Demographics, and Eco-Friendly
Intentions,” International Journal of Hospitality Manage-
ment, 30 (2), 345–55.
Henriques, Irene, and Perry Sadorsky (1996), “The Determinants
of an Environmentally Responsive Firm: An Empirical Ap-
proach,” Journal of Environmental Economics and Manage-
ment, 30 (3), 381–95.
Hollenbeck, John R., and Howard J. Klein (1987), “Goal Com-
mitment and the Goal-Setting Process: Problems, Prospects,
and Proposals for Future Research,” Journal of Applied Psy-
chology, 72 (2), 212–20.
Katzev, Richard D., and Theodore R. Johnson (1984), “Comparing
the Effects of Monetary Incentives and Foot-in-the-Door
Strategies in Promoting Residential Electricity Conservation,”
Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 14 (1), 12–27.
Langer, Ellen J. (1989), Mindfulness, Reading, MA: Addison-Wes-
ley.
Langer, Ellen J., Arthur Blank, and Benzion Chanowitz (1978),
“The Mindlessness of Ostensibly Thoughtful Action: The
Role of ‘Placebic’ Information in Interpersonal Interaction,”
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 36 (6), 635–
42.
Laroche, Michel, Jasmin Bergeron, and Guido Barbaro-Forleo
(2001), “Targeting Consumers Who Are Willing to Pay More
for Environmentally Friendly Products,” Journal of Consumer
Marketing, 18 (6), 503–20.
LeBoeuf, Robyn A., Eldar Shafir, and Julia Belyavsky Bayuk
(2010), “The Conflicting Choices of Alternating Selves,” Or-
ganizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 111
(1), 48–61.
Leventhal, Howard, Robert Singer, and Susan Jones (1965), “Ef-
fects of Fear and Specificity of Recommendation upon At-
titudes and Behavior,” Journal of Personality and Social Psy-
chology, 2 (1), 20–29.
Levitt, Steven D., and John A. List (2007), “What Do Laboratory
Experiments Measuring Social Preferences Reveal about the
Real World?” Journal of Economic Perspectives, 21 (2), 153–
74.
——— (2008), “Homo economicus Evolves,” Science, 319 (5865),
909–10.
Locke, Edwin A., Dong-Ok Chah, Scott Harrison, and Nancy Lust-
garten (1989), “Separating the Effects of Goal Specificity from
Goal Level,” Organizational Behavior and Human Decision
Processes, 43 (2), 270–87.
Locke, Edwin A., and Gary P. Latham (1990), A Theory of Goal Setting and Task Performance, Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Pren-
tice-Hall.
——— (2002), “Building a Practically Useful Theory of Goal
Setting and Task Motivation: A 35-Year Odyssey,” American
Psychologist, 57 (9), 705–17.
Locke, Edwin A., Karyll N. Shaw, Lise M. Saari, and Gary P. Latham
(1981), “Goal Setting and Task Performance, 1969–1980,” Psy-
chological Bulletin, 90 (1), 125–52.
Menon, Ajay, and Anil Menon (1997), “Enviropreneurial Mar-
keting Strategy: The Emergence of Corporate Environmen-
talism as Market Strategy,” Journal of Marketing, 61 (1),
51–67.
Miles, Morgan P., and Jeffrey G. Covin (2000), “Environmental
Marketing: A Source of Reputational, Competitive, and Fi-
nancial Advantage,” Journal of Business Ethics, 23 (3),
299–311.
National Association of Institutional Linen Management (2001),
“Membership Survey, 2000–2001,” Association for Linen
Management, Richmond, KY, http://www.almnet.org/.
Pallak, Michael S., and William Cummings (1976), “Commitment
and Voluntary Energy Conservation,” Personality and Social
Psychology Bulletin, 2 (1), 27–30.
Roberts, James A. (1996), “Green Consumers in the 1990s: Profile
and Implications for Advertising,” Journal of Business Re-
search, 36 (3), 217–31.
Ross, Michael (1989), “Relation of Implicit Theories to the Con-
struction of Personal Histories,” Psychological Review, 96 (2),
341–57.
Russo, Michael V., and Paul A. Fouts (1997), “A Resource-Based
Perspective on Corporate Environmental Performance and Prof-
itability,” Academy of Management Journal, 40 (3), 534–59.
Schultz, Wesley P., Azar M. Khazian, and Adam C. Zaleski (2008),
“Using Normative Social Influence to Promote Conservation
among Hotel Guests,” Social Influence, 3 (1), 4–23.
Simmons, Joseph P., Leif D. Nelson, and Uri Simonsohn (2011),
“False Positive Psychology: Undisclosed Flexibility in Data
Collection and Analysis Allows Presenting Anything as Sig-
nificant,” Psychological Science, 22 (11), 1359–66.
Smith Travel Research (2011), “August US Hotel Performance
Strong,” HotelNewsNow.com, Cleveland, http://www.hotelnews
now.com/Articles.aspx/6501/STR-August-US-hotel-performance-
strong.
Solomons, Leon M., and Gertrude Stein (1896), “Normal Motor
Automatism,” Psychological Review, 3 (5), 492–512.
Thaler, Richard H., and Cass R. Sunstein (2008), Nudge: Improving
Decisions on Health, Wealth, and Happiness, New Haven,
CT: Yale University Press.
Travelzoo (2010), “Travelzoo Publishes Eco-Certified Hotel Deals
for Earth Day’s 40th Anniversary,” press release, Travelzoo,
http://ir.travelzoo.com/releases.cfm?Year p 2010&Releases
Type p .
US Environmental Protection Agency (2011a), “Climate Change:
Basic Information—Greenhouse Gas Emissions,” http://www
.epa.gov/climatechange/basicinfo.html.
——— (2011b), “WaterSense,” http://www.epa.gov/WaterSense
/pubs/questions.html.
Vandermerwe, Sandra, and Michael D. Oliff (1990), “Customers
Drive Corporations Green,” Long Range Planning, 23 (6),
10–16.
Viscusi, Kip, Joel Huber, and Jason Bell (2011), “Promoting Re-
cycling: Private Values, Social Norms, and Economic Incen-
tives,” American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings,
101 (3), 65–70.
Weissenberg, Adam, Neale Redington, and Diane Kutyla (2008),
“The Staying Power of Sustainability: Balancing Opportunity
and Risk in the Hospitality Industry,” Deloitte Development,
http://www.deloitte.com/us/thl.
Werner, Carol M., Jane Turner, Kristen Shipman, F. Shawn Twitch-
ell, Becky R. Dickson, Gary V. Bruschke, and Wolfgang B.
von Bismarck (1995), “Commitment, Behavior, and Attitude
Change: An Analysis of Voluntary Recycling,” Journal of
Environmental Psychology, 15 (3), 197–208.
Wright, Patrick M., and K. Michele Kacmar (1994), “Goal Spec-
ificity as a Determinant of Goal Commitment and Goal
Change,” Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Pro-
cesses, 59 (2), 242–60.
References
Ainslie, George (1975) “Specious Reward: A Behavioral Theory of Impulsiveness and Impulse
Control,” Psychological Bulletin 82 (4), 463-96.
Baumeister, Roy, F., Todd F. Heatherton, and Dianne M. Tice (1994), Losing Control: How and
Why People Fail at Self-Regulation. San Diego, CA: Academic Press.
Cheema, Ameer and Dilip Soman (2008), “The Effect of Partitions on Controlling
Consumption,” Journal of Marketing Research, 45 (6), 665-75.
Coombs, Clyde H. and George S. Avrunin (1977), “Single-Peaked Functions and the Theory of
Preference.” Psychological Review, 84 (2), 216-30.
Epstein, Leonard, H., Anthony R. Caggiula, Joshua S. Rodefer, Lucene Wisniewski, and Shari L.
Mitchell (1993), “The Effects of Calories and Taste on Habituation of the Human Salivary
Response.” Addictive Behaviors, 18 (2), 179-85.
Frederick, Shane and George Loewenstein (1999), “Well-Being: The Foundations of Hedonic
Psychology,” in Well-Being: The Foundations of hedonic psychology, ed. Daniel
Kahneman, Ed Diener, and Norbert Schwarz, New York, NY: Russell Sage Foundation,
302-29.
Galak, Jeff, Justin Kruger, and George Loewenstein (2011), “Is Variety The Spice of Life? It All
Depends On the Rate of Consumption,” Judgment and Decision Making, 6 (3), 230-38.
Galak, Jeff, Joseph Redden, and Justin Kruger (2009), “Variety Amnesia: Recalling Past Variety
Can Accelerate Recovery From Satiation,” Journal of Consumer Research, 36 (December),
575-84.
Gilbert, Daniel T., Elizabeth C. Pinel, Timothy D. Wilson, Stephen J. Blumberg, and Thalia P.
Wheatley (1998), “Immune Neglect: A Source of Durability Bias in Affective Forecasting,”
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 75 (3), 617-38.
Harris, Donald J. (1943), “Habituatory Response Decrement in the Intact Organisms,”
Psychological Bulletin, 40 (6), 385-422.
Helson, Harry (1964), Adaptation-Level Theory. New York: Harper & Row.
Herrnstein, Richard J. and Drazen Prelec (1991), “Melioration: A Theory of Distributed Choice,”
The Journal of Economic Perspectives, 5 (3), 139-56.
Herrnstein, Richard, George Loewenstein, Drazen Prelec, and William Vaughan (1993), “Utility
Maximization and Melioration: Internalitites in Individual Choice, Journal of Behavioral
Decision Making, 6 (3), 149-85.
Herman, C. Peter and Janet Polivy (2004), “The Self-Regulation of Eating: Theoretical and
Practical Problems,” in Handbook of Self-Regulation, ed. Roy F. Baumeister and Kathleen
D. Vohs, New York, Guilford Press, 492-508.
Hoch, Stephen J. and George F. Loewenstein (1991), “Time-Inconsistent Preferences and
Consumer Self-Control,” Journal of Consumer Research, 17 (4), 492-507.
Horovitz, Bruce (2006), “100-Calorie Snack Packs Are a Hit,” USA Today, April 13.
Kahneman, Daniel and Jackie S. Snell (1992), “Predicting a Changing Taste: Do People Know
What They Will Like?” Journal of Behavioral Decision Making, 5 (3), 187-200.
Kahneman, Daniel and Amos Tversky (1979), “Intuitive Prediction: Biases and Corrective
Procedures,” TIMS Studies in Management Science, 12, 313-27.
Langer, Ellen and Judith Rodin (1976), “The Effects of Choice and Enhanced Personal
Responsibility for the Aged: A field Experiment in an Institutional Setting,” Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 34 (2), 191-98.
Lichtenstein, Donald R. and Scot Burton (1989), “The Relationship Between Perceived and
Objective Price-Quality,” Journal of Marketing Research, 26 (November), 429-43.
Loewenstein, George and Erik Angner (2003), “Predicting and Indulging Changing
Preferences,” in Time and Decision: Economic and Psychological Perspectives on
Intertemporal Choice, ed.George Loewenstein, Daniel Read, and Roy Baumeister, New
York, NY: Russell Sage Foundation Press, 351-91..
Loewenstein, George, Daniel Read, and Roy Baumeister (eds.) (2003), Time and Decision:
Economic and Psychological Perspectives on Intertemporal Choice, New York, NY:
Russell Sage Foundation Press.
Loewenstein, George and Jon Elster (1992), Choice Over Time, New York, NY: Russell Sage
Foundation Press.
Loewenstein, George and Richard Thaler (1989), “Anomalies: Intertemporal Choice,” Journal of
Economic Perspectives, 3 (4), 181-193.
Luchs, Michael G., Rebecca Walker Naylor, Julie R. Irwin, and Rajagopal Raghunathan (2010),
“The Sustainability Liability: Potential Negative Effects of Ethicality on Product
Preference” Journal of Marketing, 74 (September), 18-31.
Madden, Gregory J. and Warren K. Bickel (2009), Impulsivity: Theory, Science and
Neuroscience of Discounting. Washington: American Psychological Association Press.
McSweeney, Frances K and Samantha Swindell (1999), “General-Process Theories of
Motivation Revisited: The Role of Habituation,” Psychological Bulletin, 125 (4), 437-57.
Myers, Christi (2006), “100 Calorie Snack Packs: Do They Help with Weight Loss?”,
http://www.ABCNews.com, May 31.
Nelson, Leif D. and Tom Meyvis (2008), “Interrupted Consumption: Adaptation and the
Disruption of Hedonic Experience,” Journal of Marketing Research, 45 (December), 654-
64.
Nelson, Leif D., Tom Meyvis, and Jeff Galak (2009), “Enhancing the Television Viewing
Experience through Commercial Interruptions,” Journal of Consumer Research, 36
(August), 160-72.
Polivy, Janet and C. Peter Herman (2002), “If at First You Don’t Succeed: False Hopes of Self-
Change,” American Psychologist, 57 (9), 677-89.
Raghubir, Priya and Joydeep Srivastava (2009), “The Denomination Effect,” Journal of
Consumer Research, 36 (December), 701-13.
Raghunathan, Rajagopal, Rebecca Walker Naylor, and Wayne D. Hoyer (2006), “The Unhealthy
= Tasty Intuition and Its Effects on Taste Inferences, Enjoyment, and Choice of Food
Products,” Journal of Marketing, 70 (October), 170-84.
Ratner, Rebecca K, Barbara E Kahn, and Daniel Kahneman (1999), “Choosing Less-Preferred
Experiences for the Sake of Variety,” Journal of Consumer Research, 26 (June), 1-15.
Read, Daniel, Gerrit Antonides, Laura van den Ouden, and Harry Trienekens (2001), “Which Is
Better: Simultaneous or Sequential Choice?”, Organizational Behavior and Human
Decision Processes, 84 (1), 54-70.
Read, Daniel and George Loewenstein (1995), “Diversification Bias: Explaining the Discrepancy
in Variety Seeking Between Combined and Separated Choices,” Journal of Experimental
Psychology: Applied, 1 (1), 34-49.
Read, Daniel, George Loewenstein, and Shobana, Kalyanaraman (1999), “Mixiing Virtue and
Vice: Combining the Immediacy Effect and the Diversification Heuristic,” Journal of
Behavioral Decision Making, 12, 257-273.
Rolls, Barbara J., P.M. Van Duijvenvoorde, and Edmund T. Rolls (1984), “Pleasantness Changes
and Food Intake in a Varied Four-Course Meal,” Appetite, 5 (4), 337–48.
Rosnow, Ralph L. and Robert Rosenthal (2007), Beginning Behavioral Research: A Conceptual
Primer (6th Edition), Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall
Scott, Maura L., Stephen M. Nowlis, Naomi Mandel, and Andrea C. Morales (2008), “The
Effects of Reduced Food Size and Package Size on the Consumption Behavior of Restrained
and Unrestrained Eaters,” Journal of Consumer Research, 35, 391–405.
Sieff, Elaine. M., Robyn. M. Dawes, and George Loewenstein (1999), “Anticipated Versus
Actual Reaction to HIV Test Results,” American Journal of Psychology, 112 (2), 297-311.
Simonson, Itamar (1990), “The Effect of Purchase Quantity and Timing on Variety-Seeking
Behavior,” Journal of Marketing Research, 27 (2), 150-62.
Tangney, June P, Roy F Baumeister, and Angie Luzio Boone (2004), “High Self-Control
Predicts Good Adjustment, Less Pathology, Better Grades, and Interpersonal Success,”
Journal of Personality, 72 (2), 271-324.
Thaler, Richard H., and H. M. Shefrin (1981), “An Economic Theory of Self-Control,” Journal
of Political Economy, 89 (2), 392-406.
Thompson, Richard F, and William Alden Spencer (1966), “Habituation: A Model Phenomenon
for the Study of Neuronal substrates of Behavior,” Psychological Review 73 (1), 16-43.
Thompson, Stephanie (2006), “Consumers Pay More for Less with 100-Calorie Packs,”
Advertising Age Online, April 25.
Wang, Jing, Nathan Novemsky, and Ravi Dhar (2009), “Anticipating Adaptation to Products,”
Journal of Consumer Research, 36 (August), 149–59.
Wertenbroch, Klaus (1998), “Consumption Self-Control by Rationing Purchase Quantities of
Virtue and Vice,” Marketing Science, 17 (4), 317-37.
Wilcox, Keith, Lauren G. Block, and Eric M. Eisenstein (2011), “Leave Home Without It? The
Effects of Credit Card Debt and Available Credit on Spending”, Journal of Marketing
Research, 48 (Special issue), S78-S90.
Wilson, Timothy D., Thalia P. Wheatley, Jonathan M. Meyers, Daniel T. Gilbert, and Danny
Axsom (2000), ”Focalism: A Source of Durability Bias in Affective Forecasting,” Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 78 (5), 821-36.
Zajonc, Robert B. (1968), “Attitudinal effects of mere exposure,” Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 9 (2-2), 1-27.
REFERENCES
Aarts, Henk, and Ap Dijksterhuis (2000), “Habits as Knowledge
Structures: Automaticity in Goal-Directed Behavior,” Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 78 (1), 53–63.
Adriaanse, Marieke A., Johanna M. F. van Oosten, Denise T. D.
de Ridder, John B. F. de Wit, and Catherine Evers (2011),
“Planning What Not to Eat: Ironic Effects of Implementation
Intentions Negating Unhealthy Habits,” Personality and So-
cial Psychology Bulletin, 37 (1), 69–81.
Aiken, Leona S., and Stephen G. West (1991), Multiple Regression:
Testing and Interpreting Interactions, Newbury Park, CA:
Sage.
Ajzen, Icek, and Martin Fishbein (1977), “Attitude-Behavior Re-
lations: A Theoretical Analysis and Review of Empirical Re-
search,” Psychological Bulletin, 84 (5), 888–918.
Ajzen, Icek, and Thomas J. Madden (1986), “Prediction of Goal-
Directed Behavior: Attitudes, Intentions, and Perceived Be-
havioral Control,” Journal of Experimental Social Psychol-
ogy, 22 (5), 453–74.
Ajzen, Icek, Christine Timko, and John B. White (1982), “Self-
Monitoring and the Attitude-Behavior Relation,” Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 42 (3), 426–35.
American Council on Exercise (2009), “ACE Lifestyle and Weight
Management Coach Manual,” American Council on Exercise,
San Diego, CA, http://www.acefitness.org/calculators/body-
fat-calculator.aspx.
American Dietetic Association (2009), “Understanding Body Mass
Index,” Academy of Nutrition and Dietetics, Chicago, http://
www.eatright.org/Public/content.aspx?id p 6844.
Bandura, Albert (1977), “Self-Efficacy: Toward a Unifying Theory
of Behavioral Change,” Psychological Review, 84 (2), 191–
215.
——— (1988), “Self-Regulation of Motivation and Action through
Goal Systems,” in Cognitive Perspectives on Emotion and
Motivation, ed. V. Hamilton, G. H. Bower, and N. H. Fryda,
Dordrecht: Nijhoff, 37–61.
——— (1997), Self-Efficacy: The Exercise of Control, New York:
Freeman.
Bandura, Albert, and Karen M. Simon (1977), “The Role of Prox-
imal Intentions in Self Regulation of Refractory Behavior,”
Cognitive Therapy and Research, 1 (3), 177–93.
Baron, R. Marjorie, and David A. Kenny (1986), “The Moderator-
Mediator Variable Distinction in Social Psychological Re-
search: Conceptual, Strategic and Statistical Considerations,”
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 51 (6), 1173–
82.
Baumeister, Roy F., and Kathleen D. Vohs (2004), Handbook of
Self Regulation: Research, Theory, and Applications, New
York: Guilford, 211–28.
Bayuk, Julia Belyavsky, Chris Janiszewski, and Robyn A. LeBoeuf
(2010), “Letting Good Opportunities Pass Us By: Examining
the Role of Mind-Set during Goal Pursuit,” Journal of Con-
sumer Research, 37 (4), 570–83.
Bonezzi, Andrea, C. Miguel Brendl, and Matteo De Angelis (2001),
“Stuck in the Middle: The Psychophysics of Goal Pursuit,”
Psychological Science, 22 (5), 607–12.
Brewer, William F., and David A. Dupree (1983), “Use of Plan
Schemata in the Recall and Recognition of Goal-Direction
Actions,” Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning,
Memory, and Recognition, 9 (1), 117–19.
Cheema, Amar, and Rajesh Bagchi (2011), “Goal Visualization
and Goal Pursuit: Implications for Consumers and Managers,”
Journal of Marketing, 75 (March), 109–23.
Dalton, Amy N., and Stephen A. Spiller (2012), “Too Much of a
Good Thing? The Benefits of Implementation Intentions De-
pend on the Number of Goals,” Journal of Consumer Re-
search, 39 (3), electronically published January 26.
Deurenberg, Paul, Jan A. Weststrate, and Jaap C. Seidell (1991),
“Body Mass Index as a Measure of Body Fatness: Age- and
Sex-Specific Prediction Formulas,” British Journal of Nutri-
tion, 65 (2), 105–14.
DeWall, C. Nathan, and Roy F. Baumeister (2007), “From Terror
to Joy: Automatic Tuning to Positive Affective Information
following Mortality Salience,” Psychological Science, 18
(11), 984–90.
DeWall, C. Nathan, Jean M. Twenge, Sander L. Koole, Roy F.
Baumeister, Alissa Marquez, and Mark W. Reid (2011), “Au-
tomatic Emotion Regulation after Social Exclusion: Tuning
to Positivity,” Emotion, 11 (3), 623–36.
Fishbach, Ayelet, and Ravi Dhar (2005), “Goals as Excuses or
Guides: The Liberating Effect of Perceived Goal Progress on
Choice,” Journal of Consumer Research, 32 (3), 370–77.
Fitzsimons, Gavan J. (2008), “Death to Dichotomizing,” Journal
of Consumer Research, 35 (1), 5–8.
Forster, Jens, E. Tory Higgins, and Lorraine Idson (1998), “Ap-
proach and Avoidance Strength during Goal Attainment: Reg-
ulatory Focus and the ‘Goal Looms Larger’ Effect,” Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 75 (5), 1115–31.
Gellatly, Ian R., and John P. Meyer (1992), “The Effects of Goal
Difficulty on Physiological Arousal, Cognition, and Task Per-
formance,” Journal of Applied Psychology, 77 (5), 694–704.
Gollwitzer, Peter M. (1993), “Goal Achievement: The Role of
Intentions,” in European Review of Social Psychology, Vol.
4, ed. Wolfgang Stroebe and Miles Hewstone, Chichester:
Wiley, 141–85.
——— (1996), “The Volitional Benefits of Planning,” in The Psy-
chology of Action: Linking Cognition and Motivation to Be-
havior, ed. Peter M. Gollwitzer and John A. Bargh, New York:
Guilford, 287–312.
——— (1999), “Implementation Intentions: Strong Effects of Sim-
ple Plans,” American Psychologist, 54 (7), 493–503.
Gollwitzer, Peter M., and Veronika Brandstatter (1997), “Imple-
mentation Intentions and Effective Goal Pursuit,” Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 73 (1), 186–99.
Gollwitzer, Peter M., Heinz Heckhausen, and Birgit Steller (1990),
“Deliberative and Implemental Mind-Sets: Cognitive Tuning
toward Congruous Thoughts and Information,” Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 59 (6), 1119–27.
Gollwitzer, Peter M., and Gabriele Oettingen (2007), “The Role
of Goal Setting and Goal Striving in Medical Adherence,” in
Medical Adherence and Aging, Social and Cognitive Per-
spectives, ed. Denise C. Park and Linda L. Liu, Washington,
DC: American Psychological Association, 23–47.
Greenwald, Anthony G., and Mahzarin R. Banaji (1995), “Implicit
Social Cognition: Attitudes, Self-Esteem, and Stereotypes,”
Psychological Review, 102 (1), 4–27.
Greiner, Jerry M., and Paul Karoly (1976), “Effects of Self Control
Training on Study Activity and Academic Performance: An
Analysis of Self-Monitory, Self-Reward, and Systematic-
Planning Components,” Journal of Counseling Psychology,
23 (6), 495–502.
Hayes-Roth, Barbara, and Frederick Hayes-Roth (1979), “A Cog-
nitive Model of Planning,” Cognitive Science, 3 (4), 275–310.
Huber, Vandra L. (1985), “Effects of Task Difficulty, Goal Setting,
and Strategy on Performance on a Heuristic Task,” Journal
of Applied Psychology, 70 (3), 492–504.
Hull, Clark L. (1932), “The Goal Gradient Hypothesis and Maze
Learning,” Psychological Review, 39 (1), 25–43.
Jones, Fiona, Charles Abraham, Peter Harris, Jorg Schulz, and
Catherine Chrispin (2001), “From Knowledge to Action Reg-
ulation: Modeling the Cognitive Prerequisites of Sun Screen
Use in Australian and UK Samples,” Psychology and Health,
16 (2), 191–206.
Kahneman, Daniel, and Jackie Snell (1992), “Predicting a Chang-
ing Task: Do People Know What They Will Like?” Journal
of Behavioral Decision Making, 5 (3), 187–200.
Khan, Uzma, and Ravi Dhar (2006), “Licensing Effect in Consumer
Choice,” Journal of Marketing Research, 43 (1), 259–66.
Kivetz, Ran, Oleg Urminsky, and Yuhuang Zheng (2006), “The
Goal-Gradient Hypothesis Resurrected: Purchase Accelera-
tion, Illusionary Goal Progress, and Customer Retention,”
Journal of Marketing Research, 43 (1), 39–58.
Kreitler, Shulamith, and Hans Kreitler (1987), “Plans and Planning:
Their Motivational and Cognitive Antecedents,” in Blueprints
for Thinking: The Role of Planning in Cognitive Development, ed. Sarah L. Friedman and Ellin Kofsky Scholnick, Mel-
bourne: Cambridge University Press, 110–78.
Laibson, David (1997), “Golden Eggs and Hyperbolic Discount-
ing,” Quarterly Journal of Economics, 62 (2), 443–47.
Laibson, David, Andrea Repetto, and Jeremy Tobacman (1998),
“Self Control and Savings for Retirement,” Brookings Papers
on Economic Activity, 1998 (1), 91–172.
Levav, Jonathan, and Gavan J. Fitzsimons (2006), “When Ques-
tions Change Behavior: The Role of Ease of Representation,”
Psychological Science, 17 (3), 207–13.
Lusardi, Annamaria (2000), “Explaining Why So Many House-
holds Do Not Save,” photocopy, Harris School of Public Pol-
icy, University of Chicago.
Luszczynska, Aleksandra, and Ralf Schwarzer (2003), “Planning
and Self-Efficacy in the Adoption and Maintenance of Breast
Self-Examinations: A Longitudinal Study on Self-Regulatory
Cognitions,” Psychology and Health, 18 (1), 93–108.
Mullainathan, Sendhil, and Eldar Shafir (2009), “Savings Policy
and Decision-Making in Low-Income Households,” in In-
sufficient Funds: Savings, Assets, Credit and Banking among
Low-Income Households, ed. Michael Barr and Rebecca
Blank, New York: Sage, 121–45.
Pham, Michel Tuan (1998), “Representativeness, Relevance, and
the Use of Feelings in Decision Making,” Journal of Con-
sumer Research, 25 (2), 144–59.
Polivy, Janet, and C. Peter Herman (1985), “Dieting as a Problem
in Behavioral Medicine,” in Advances in Behavioral Medi-
cine, Vol. 1, ed. Edward S. Katkin and Stephanie B. Manuck,
Greenwich, CT: JAI, 1–37.
Richins, Marsha L. (1991), “Social Comparison and the Idealized
Images of Advertising,” Journal of Consumer Research, 18
(1), 71–83.
Rosenberg, Morris (1965), Society and the Adolescent Self-Image,
Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
Schifter, Deborah E., and Icek Ajzen (1985), “Intention, Perceived
Control, and Weight Loss: An Application of the Theory of
Planned Behavior,” Journal of Personality and Social Psy-
chology, 49 (3), 843–51.
Sniehotta, Falko F., Urte Scholz, and Ralf Schwarzer (2005),
“Bridging the Intention-Behavior Gap: Planning, Self-Effi-
cacy, and Action Control in the Adoption and Maintenance
of Physical Exercise,” Psychology and Health, 20 (2), 143–
60.
Soman, Dilip (2012), “Using Psychology to Enhance Household
Savings,” Working Paper, Rotman School of Management,
University of Toronto.
Soman, Dilip, and Amar Cheema (2004), “When Goals Are Coun-
terproductive: The Effects of Violation of a Behavioral Goal
on Subsequent Performance,” Journal of Consumer Research,
31 (1), 52–62.
Thaler, Richard H., and Shlomo Benartzi (2004), “Save More To-
morrow: Using Behavioral Economics to Increase Employee
Saving,” Journal of Political Economy, 112 (1), S164–S187.
U¨ lku¨men, Gu¨lden, and Amar Cheema (2011), “Framing Goals to
Influence Personal Savings: The Role of Specificity and Con-
strual Level,” Journal of Marketing Research, 48 (6), 958–
69.
Webb, Thomas L., and Paschal Sheeran (2004), “Identifying Good
Opportunities to Act: Implementation Intentions and Cue Dis-
crimination,” European Journal of Social Psychology, 34 (4),
407–19.
Zhang, Ying, Ayelet Fishbach, and Arie W. Kruglanski (2007),
“The Dilution Model: How Additional Goals Undermine the
Perceived Instrumentality of a Shared Path,” Journal of Per-
sonality and Social Psychology, 92 (3), 389–401.
REFERENCES
Aaker, Jennifer (2000), “Accessibility or Diagnosticity? Disentangling
the Influence of Culture on Persuasion Processes and Attitudes,”
Journal of Consumer Research, 26 (March), 340–57.
Aaker, Jennifer, and Angela Lee (2001), “‘I’ Seek Pleasures and
‘We’ Avoid Pains: The Role of Self-Regulatory Goals in
Information Processing of Persuasion,” Journal of Con-
sumer Research, 28 (June), 33–49.
Aaker, Jennifer L., and Bernd Schmitt (2001), “Culture-Dependent
Assimilation and Differentiation of the Self: Preferences for
Consumption Symbols in the United States and China,” Jour-
nal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 32 (September), 561–76.
Aaker, Jennifer, and Jaideep Sengupta (2000), “Additivity versus
Attenuation: The Role of Culture in the Resolution of Infor-
mation Incongruity,” Journal of Consumer Psychology, 9 (2),
67–82.
Agrawal, Nidhi, and Durairaj Maheswaran (2005), “The Effects
of Self-Construal and Commitment on Persuasion,” Journal
of Consumer Research, 31 (March), 841–49.
Belk, Russell W. (1988), “Possessions and the Extended Self,”
Journal of Consumer Research, 15 (September), 139–68.
Berger, Jonah, and Chip Heath (2007), “Where Consumers Diverge
from Others: Identity Signaling and Product Categories,”
Journal of Consumer Research, 34 (2), 121–34.
——— (2008), “Who Drives Divergence? Identity Signaling, Out-
Group Dissimilarity, and the Abandonment of Cultural Tastes,”
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 95 (3), 593–
607.
Bond, Michael H., and Tak-Sing Cheung (1983), “College Students’
Spontaneous Self-Concept: The Effect of Culture among Re-
spondents in Hong Kong, Japan, and the United States,” Journal
of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 14 (2), 153–71.
Branscombe, Nyla R., and Daniel L. Wann (1994), “Collective
Self-Esteem Consequences of Outgroup Derogation When a
Valued Social Identity Is on Trial,” European Journal of So-
cial Psychology, 24 (6), 641–65.
Brewer, Marilynn B. (1991), “The Social Self: On Being the Same
and Different at the Same Time,” Personality and Social Psy-
chology Bulletin, 17 (5), 475–82.
Brewer, Marilynn B., and Wendi Gardner (1996), “Who Is This
‘We’? Levels of Collective Identity and Self-Representa-
tions,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 71 (1),
83–93.
Brockner, Joel, and Ya-Ru Chen (1996), “The Moderating Roles
of Self-Esteem and Self-Construal in Reaction to a Threat to
the Self: Evidence from the People’s Republic of China and
the United States,” Journal of Personality and Social Psy-
chology, 71 (3), 603–15.
Cohen, Geoffrey L., and Julio Garcia (2005), “‘I Am Us’: Negative Stereotypes as Collective Threats,” Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 89 (4), 566–82.
Crocker, Jennifer, and Riia Luhtanen (1990), “Collective Self-Es-
teem and In-Group Bias,” Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 58 (1), 60–67.
Crocker, Jennifer, Riia Luhtanen, Bruce Blaine, and Stephanie
Broadnax (1994), “Collective Self-Esteem and Psychological
Well-Being among White, Black, and Asian College Stu-
dents,” Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 20 (5),
503–13.
Dhar, Ravi, and Itamar Simonson (1992), “The Effect of the Focus
on Comparison on Consumer Preferences,” Journal of Mar-
keting Research, 24 (November), 430–40.
Doosje, Betjan, Naomi Ellemers, and Russel Spears (1994), “Per-
ceived Intragroup Variability as a Function of Group Status
and Identification,” Journal of Experimental Social Psychol-
ogy, 31 (5), 410–36.
Ellemers, Naomi, Russell Spears, and Bertjan Doosje (1997),
“Sticking Together or Falling Apart: In-Group Identification
as a Psychological Determinant of Group Commitment versus
Individual Mobility,” Journal of Personality and Social Psy-
chology, 72 (3), 617–26.
Escalas, Jennifer Edison, and James R. Bettman (2005), “Self-
Construal, Reference Groups, and Brand Meaning,” Journal
of Consumer Research, 32 (3), 378–89.
Forehand, Mark R., and Rohit Deshpande´ (2001), “What We See
Makes Us Who We Are: Priming Ethnic Self-Awareness and
Advertising Response,” Journal of Marketing Research, 38
(3), 336–48.
Gao, Leilei, S. Christian Wheeler, and Baba Shiv (2009), “The
‘Shaken Self’: Product Choices as a Means of Restoring Self-
View Confidence,” Journal of Consumer Research, 36 (1),
29–38.
Gardner, Wendi L., Shira Gabriel, and Angela Y. Lee (1999), “‘I’
Value Freedom but ‘We’ Value Relationships: Self-Construal
Priming Mirrors Cultural Differences in Judgment,” Psycho-
logical Science, 10 (4), 321–26.
Heatherton, Todd F., and Janet Polivy (1991), “Development and
Validation of a Scale for Measuring State Self-Esteem,” Jour-
nal of Personality and Social Psychology, 60 (6), 895–910.
Heine, Steven J., Shinobu Kitayama, Darrin R. Lehman, Toshitake
Takata, Eugene Ide, Cecilia Leung, and Hisaya Matsumoto
(2001), “Divergent Consequences of Success and Failure in
Japan and North America: An Investigation of Self-Improving
Motivations and Malleable Selves,” Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 81 (4), 599–615.
Heine, Steven J., and Darrin R. Lehman (1995), “Cultural Variation
in Unrealistic Optimism: Does the West Feel More Invul-
nerable than the East?” Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 68 (4), 595–607.
——— (1997), “The Cultural Construction of Self-Enhancement:
An Investigation of Group-Serving Biases,” Journal of Per-
sonality and Social Psychology, 72 (6), 1268–83.
Heine, Steven J., Darrin R. Lehman, Hazel R. Markus, and Shinobu
Kitayama (1999), “Is There a Universal Need for Positive
Self-Regard?” Psychological Review, 106 (4), 766–94.
Hoshino-Browne, Etsuko, Adam S. Zanna, Steven J. Spencer, Mark
P. Zanna, Shinobu Kitayama, and Sandra Lackenbauer (2005),
“On the Cultural Guises of Cognitive Dissonance: The Case
of Easterners and Westerners,” Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 89 (3), 294–310.
Kitayama, Shinobu, Hazel R. Markus, Hasaya Matsumoto, and
Vinai Norasakkunkit (1997), “Individual and Collective Processes of Self-Esteem Management: Self-Enhancement in the
United States and Self-Depreciation in Japan,” Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 72 (6), 1245–67.
Kleine, Robert E., Susan S. Kleine, and Jerome B. Kernan (1993),
“Mundane Consumption and the Self: A Social-Identity Per-
spective,” Journal of Consumer Psychology, 2 (3), 209–35.
Knowles, Megan L., and Wendi L. Gardner (2008), “Benefits of
Membership: The Activation and Amplification of Group
Identities in Response to Social Rejection,” Personality and
Social Psychology Bulletin, 34 (9), 1200–1213.
Krishna, Aradhna, Rongrong Zhou, and Shi Zhang (2008), “The
Effect of Self-Construal on Spatial Judgments,” Journal of
Consumer Research, 35 (3), 337–48.
Kuhn, Manford H., and Thomas S. McPartland (1954), “An Em-
pirical Investigation of Self-Attitudes,” American Sociologi-
cal Review, 19 (1), 69–76.
Laverie, Debra A., Robert E. Kleine III, and Susan Schultz Kleine
(2002), “Reexamination and Extension of Kleine, Kleine, and
Kernan’s Social Identity Model of Mundane Consumption:
The Mediating Role of the Appraisal Process,” Journal of
Consumer Research, 28 (4), 659–69.
Leary, M. R., K. M. Kelly, C. A. Cottrell, and L. S. Schreindorfer
(2012), ”Individual Differences in the Need to Belong: Map-
ping the Nomological Network,” unpublished manuscript,
Duke University.
LeBoeuf, Robyn A., Eldar Shafir, and Jullia Belyavsky Bayuk (2010),
“The Conflicting Choices of Alternating Selves,” Organizational
Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 111 (1), 48–61.
Luhtanen, Riia, and Jennifer Crocker (1992), “A Collective Self-
Esteem Scale: Self-Evaluation of One’s Social Identity,” Per-
sonality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 18 (3), 302–18.
Mandel, Naomi (2003), “Shifting Selves and Decision Making:
The Effects of Self-Construal Priming on Consumer Risk-
Taking,” Journal of Consumer Research, 30 (1), 30–40.
Markus, Hazel R., and Shinobu Kitayama (1991), “Culture and
the Self: Implications for Cognition, Emotion, and Motiva-
tion,” Psychological Review, 98 (2), 224–53.
Mead, Nicole L., Roy F. Baumeister, Tyler F. Stillman, Catherine
D. Rawn, and Kathleen D. Vohs (2011), “Social Exclusion
Causes People to Spend and Consume Strategically in the
Service of Affiliation,” Journal of Consumer Research, 37
(5), 902–19.
Mussweiler, Thomas, Shira Gabriel, and Galen V. Bodenhausen
(2000), “Shifting Social Identities as a Strategy for Deflecting
Threatening Social Comparisons,” Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 79 (3), 398–409.
Preacher, Kristopher J., and Andrew Hayes (2008), “Asymptotic
and Resampling Strategies for Assessing and Comparing In-
direct Effects in Multiple Mediaton Models,” Behavior Re-
search Methods, 40 (3), 879–91.
Sedikides, Constantine (1993), “Assessment, Enhancement, and
Verification Determinants on the Self-Evaluation Process,”
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 65 (2), 317–
38.
Shrout, Patrick E., and Niall Bolger (2002), “Mediation in
Experimental and Nonexperimental Studies: New Proce-
dures and Recommendations,” Psychological Methods, 7
(4), 422–45.
Singelis, Theodore M. (1994), “The Measurement of Independent
and Interdependent Self-Construals,” Personality and Social
Psychology Bulletin, 20 (5), 580–91.
Spears, Russell, Bertjan Doosje, and Naomi Ellemers (1997), “Self-
Stereotyping in the Face of Threats to Group Status and Distinctiveness: The Role of Group Identification,” Personality
and Social Psychology Bulletin, 23 (5), 538–53.
Steele, Claude M. (1988), “The Psychology of Self-Affirmation:
Sustaining the Integrity of the Self,” in Advances in Exper-
imental Social Psychology, Vol. 21, ed. Leonard Berkowitz,
New York: Academic Press, 261–302.
Steele, Claude M., and Thomas J. Liu (1983), “Dissonance Pro-
cesses as Self-Affirmation,” Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 45 (1), 5–19.
Tajfel, Henri, and John C. Turner (1979), “An Integrative Theory
of Intergroup Conflict,” in The Social Psychology of Inter-
group Relations, ed. William G. Austin and Stephen Worchel,
Monterey, CA: Brooks/Cole, 33–47.
——— (1986), The Social Identity Theory of Intergroup Behavior,
Chicago: Nelson-Hall.
Tesser, Abraham (2000), “On the Confluence of Self-Esteem Main-
tenance Mechanisms,” Personality and Social Psychology Re-
view, 4 (4), 290–99.
Tesser, Abraham, and David P. Cornell (1991), “On the Confluence
of Self Processes,” Journal of Experimental Social Psychol-
ogy, 27 (6), 501–26.
Trafimow, David, Harry C. Triandis, and Sharon G. Goto (1991),
“Some Tests of the Distinction between the Private Self and
the Collective Self,” Journal of Personality and Social Psy-
chology, 60 (5), 649–55.
Triandis, Harry C. (1989), “The Self and Social Behavior in Dif-
fering Cultural Contexts,” Psychological Review, 96 (3),
506–20.
Turner, John C. (1985), Social Categorization and the Self-Con-
cept: A Social Cognitive Theory of Group Behavior, Green-
wich, CT: JAI.
White, Katherine, and Jennifer J. Argo (2009), “Social Identity
Threat and Consumer Preferences,” Journal of Consumer Psy-
chology, 19 (3), 313–25.
——— (2011), “When Imitation Doesn’t Flatter: The Role of
Consumer Distinctiveness in Responses to Mimicry,” Journal
of Consumer Research, 38 (December), 667–80.
White, Katherine, and Darren W. Dahl (2006), “To Be or Not Be: The
Influence of Dissociative Reference Groups on Consumer Pref-
erences,” Journal of Consumer Psychology, 16 (4), 404–13.
——— (2007), “Are All Outgroups Created Equal? Consumer
Identity and Dissociative Influence,” Journal of Consumer
Research, 34 (4), 525–36.
White, Katherine, and Darrin R. Lehman (2005a), “Culture and
Social Comparison Seeking: The Role of Self-Motives,” Per-
sonality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 31 (2), 232–42.
——— (2005b), “Looking on the Bright Side: Downward Coun-
terfactual Thinking in Response to Negative Life Events,”
Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 31 (10), 1413–
24.
White, Katherine, Darrin R. Lehman, and Dov Cohen (2006), “Cul-
ture, Self-Construal, and Affective Reactions to Successful
and Unsuccessful Others,” Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 42 (5), 582–92.
White, Katherine, and Bonnie Simpson (2012), “The ‘Dos and
Don’ts’ of Normative Influence: When Do (and Don’t) Nor-
mative Messages Lead to Prosocial Action?” unpublished
manuscript, Sauder School of Business, University of British
Columbia.
Zhang, Yinlong, and L. J. Shrum (2009), “The Influence of Self-
Construal on Impulsive Consumption,” Journal of Consumer
Research, 35 (February), 838–50.
REFERENCES
Adaval, Rashmi (2001), “Sometimes It Just Feels Right: The Dif-
ferential Weighting of Affect-Consistent and Affect-Inconsis-
tent Information,” Journal of Consumer Research, 28 (June), 1-17.
Albarracin, Dolores, and G. Tarcan Kumkale (2003), “Affect as
Information in Persuasion: A Model of Affect Identification
and Discounting,” Journal of Personality and Social Psy-
chology, 84, 453–69.
Albarracin, Dolores, and Robert S. Wyer (2001), “Elaborative and
Nonelaborative Processing of a Behavior-Related Commu-
nication,” Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 27 (6),
691–705.
Camerer, Colin F. (2003), Behavioral Game Theory, New York:
Russell Sage Foundation; Princeton, NJ: Princeton University
Press.
Cesario, Joseph, H. Grant, and E. Tory Higgins (2004), “Regu-
latory Fit and Persuasion: Transfer from ‘Feeling Right,’”
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 86, 388–404.
Cohen, Joel B., Michel T. Pham, and Eduardo B. Andrade (2008),
“The Nature and Role of Affect in Consumer Behavior,” in
Handbook of Consumer Psychology, ed. Curt Haugtvedt,
Frank Kardes, and Paul Herr, Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum, 297–
348.
Denes-Raj, Veronika, and Seymour Epstein (1994), “Conflict be-
tween Intuitive and Rational Processing: When People Behave
against Their Better Judgment,” Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 66 (5), 819–29.
Feldman, Jack M., and John G. Lynch Jr. (1988), “Self-Generated
Validity and Other Effects of Measurement on Belief, Atti-
tude, Intention, and Behavior,” Journal of Applied Psychol-
ogy, 73 (3), 421–35.
Gasper, Karen, and Gerald Clore (2000), “Do You Have to Pay
Attention to Your Feelings to Be Influenced by Them?” Per-
sonality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 26 (6), 698–711.
Gilbert, Daniel T. (1991), “How Mental Systems Believe,” Amer-
ican Psychologist, 46 (2), 107–19.
Gorn, Gerald J., Marvin E. Goldberg, and Kunal Basu (1993),
“Mood, Awareness and Product Evaluation,” Journal of Con-
sumer Psychology, 2 (3), 237–56.
Greifeneder, R., Herbert Bless, and Michel Tuan Pham (2011),
“When Do People Rely on Affective and Cognitive Feelings
in Judgment? A Review,” Personality and Social Psychology
Review 15 (2), 107–41.
Guth, Werner, Rolf Schmittberger, and Bernd Schwarze (1982),
“An Experimental-Analysis of Ultimatum Bargaining,” Jour-
nal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 3 (4), 367–88.
Isen, Alice M. (2001), “An Influence of Positive Affect on Decision
Making in Complex Situations: Theoretical Issues with Prac-
tical Implications,” Journal of Consumer Psychology, 11 (2),
75–85.
Kenny, David A. (2008), “Mediation with Dichotomous Out-
comes,” Research Note, University of Connecticut.
Kim, Hakkyun, Kiwan Park, and Norbert Schwarz (2010), “Will
This Trip Really Be Exciting? The Role of Incidental Emo-
tions in Product Evaluation,” Journal of Consumer Research,
36, 983–91.
Knoch, Daria, Alvaro Pascual-Leone, Kaspar Meyer, Valerie
Treyer, and Ernst Fehr (2006), “Diminishing Reciprocal Fair-
ness by Disrupting the Right Prefrontal Cortex,” Science, 314
(5800), 829–32.
Lee, Leonard, On Amir, and Dan Ariely (2009), “In Search of
Homo Economicus: Cognitive Noise and the Role of Emotion
in Preference Consistency,” Journal of Consumer Research,
36, 173–87.
Pham, Michel Tuan (1998), “Representativeness, Relevance, and
the Use of Feelings in Decision Making,” Journal of Con-
sumer Research, 25 (2), 144–59.
——— (2004), “The Logic of Feeling,” Journal of Consumer
Psychology, 14 (4), 360 69.
——— (2009), “The Lexicon and Grammar of Affect-as-Infor-
mation in Consumer Decision Making: The GAIM,” in Social
Psychology of Consumer Behavior, ed. Michaela Wa¨nke, Psy-
chology Press, 167–200.
Pham, Michel Tuan, and Tamar Avnet (2009), “Contingent Reli-
ance on the Affect Heuristic as a Function of Regulatory
Focus,” Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Pro-
cesses, 108 (2), 267–78.
Pham, Michel Tuan, Joel B. Cohen, John W. Pracejus, and G. David
Hughes (2001), “Affect Monitoring and the Primacy of Feel-
ings in Judgment,” Journal of Consumer Research, 28 (2),
167–88.
Pham, Michel Tuan, Maggie Geuens, and Patrick DePelsmaker
(2011), “Revisiting the Effects of Ad-Evoked Feelings on
Brand Evaluations after 25 Years: An Analysis of Consumer
Responses to 1,100 TV Commercials,” Working Paper, Co-
lumbia University/University of Ghent.
Pham, Michel Tuan, Leonard Lee, and Andrew T. Stephen (2012),
“Feeling the Future: The Emotional Oracle Effect,” Journal
of Consumer Research, 39 (October), forthcoming.
Pham, Michel Tuan, Tom Meyvis, and Rongrong Zhou (2001),
“Beyond the Obvious: Chronic Vividness of Imagery and the
Use of Information in Decision-Making,” Organizational Be-
havior and Human Decision Processes, 84 (2), 226–53.
Raghunathan, Rajagopal, Michel Tuan Pham, and Kim P. Corfman
(2006), “Informational Properties of Anxiety and Sadness, and
Displaced Coping,” Journal of Consumer Research, 32 (4),
596–601.
Salovey, Peter, Jack D. Mayer, S. L. Goldman, C. Turvey, and T.
P. Palfai (1995), “Emotional Attention, Clarity, and Repair:
Exploring Emotional Intelligence Using the Trait Meta-Mood
Scale,” in Emotion, Disclosure, and Health, ed. J. W. Pen-
nebaker, Washington, DC: American Psychological Associ-
ation, 125–51.
Sanfey, Alan G., James K. Rilling, Jessica A. Aronson, Leigh E.
Nystrom, and Jonathan D. Cohen (2003), “The Neural Basis
of Economic Decision-Making in the Ultimatum Game,” Sci-
ence, 300 (5626), 1755–58.
Schwarz, Norbert, and Gerald L. Clore (1983), “Mood, Misattri-
bution, and Judgments of Well-Being: Informative and Di-
rective Functions of Affective States,” Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 45 (3), 513–23.
——— (1988), “How Do I Feel about It? The Information Func-
tion of Affective States,” in Affect, Cognition and Social Be-
havior: New Evidence and Integrative Attempts, ed. Klaus
Fiedler and Joseph Forgas, Toronto: C. J. Hogrefe.
——— (2007), “Feelings and Phenomenal Experiences,” in Social
Psychology: Handbook of Basic Principles, ed. Arie W. Krug-
lanski and E. T. Higgins, 2nd ed., Guilford, 385–407.
Schwarz, Norbert, Fritz Strack, Detlev Kommer, and Dirk Wagner
(1987), “Soccer, Rooms, and the Quality of Your Life: Mood
Effects on Judgments of Satisfaction with Life in General and
with Specific Domains,” European Journal of Social Psy-
chology, 17 (1), 69–79.
Shiv, Baba, and Alexander Fedorikhin (1999), “Heart and Mind
in Conflict: The Interplay of Affect and Cognition in Con-
sumer Decision Making,” Journal of Consumer Research, 26
(December), 278–92.
Siemer, Matthias, and Ranier Reisenzein (1998), “Effects of Mood
on Evaluative Judgments: Influence of Reduced Processing
Capacity and Mood Salience,” Cognition and Emotion, 12
(6), 783–805.
Stephen, Andrew T., and Michel Tuan Pham (2008), “On Feelings
as a Heuristic for Making Offers in Ultimatum Negotiations,”
Psychological Science, 19 (10), 1051–58.
Strack, Fritz (1992), “The Different Routes to Social Judgment:
Experiential versus Informational Strategies,” in The Con-
struction of Social Judgement, ed. Leonard L. Martin and
Abraham Tesser, Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
White, Katherine, and Cathy McFarland (2009), “When Do Moods
Influence Consumers’ Product Evaluations? The Role of
Mood-Acknowledgment and Perceived Appropriateness of
Using Moods,” Journal of Consumer Psychology, 19 (3),
526–36.
Winkielman, Piotr, Robert B. Zajonc, and Norbert Schwarz (1997),
“Subliminal Affective Priming Resists Attributional Inter-
ventions,” Cognition and Emotion, 11, 433–65.
Wilson, Timothy D., and Nancy Brekke (1994), “Mental Contam-
ination and Mental Correction: Unwanted Influences on Judg-
ments and Evaluations,” Psychological Bulletin, 116, 117–
42.
Yeung, Catherine W. M., and Robert S. Wyer (2004), “Affect,
Appraisal, and Consumer Judgment,” Journal of Consumer
Research, 31 (2), 412–24.
REFERENCES
Arnold, Stephen J., Tae H. Oum, and Douglas J. Tigert (1983),
“Determining Attributes in Retail Patronage: Seasonal, Tem-
poral, Regional, and International Comparisons,” Journal of
Marketing Research, 20 (May), 149–57.
Baumol, William J., and Edward A. Ide (1956), “Variety in Re-
tailing,” Management Science, 3 (1), 93–101.
Berger, Jonah, Michaela Draganska, and Itamar Simonson (2007),
“The Influence of Product Variety on Brand Perception and
Choice,” Marketing Science, 26 (July–August), 460–72.
Botti, Simona, and Sheena S. Iyengar (2006), “The Dark Side of
Choice: When Choice Impairs Social Welfare,” Journal of
Public Policy and Marketing, 25 (1), 24–38.
Boyd, D. Eric, and Kenneth D. Bahn (2009), “When Do Large
Product Assortments Benefit Customers? An Information-
Processing Perspective,” Journal of Retailing, 85 (Septem-
ber), 288–97.
Broniarczyk, Susan M. (2008), “Product Assortment,” in Handbook
of Consumer Psychology, New York: CRC Press, 755–77.
Broniarczyk, Susan M., Wayne D. Hoyer, and Leigh McAlister
(1998), “Consumers’ Perceptions of the Assortment Offered
in a Grocery Category: The Impact of Item Reduction,” Jour-
nal of Marketing Research, 35 (May), 166–76.
Chernev, Alexander (2003), “When More Is Less and Less Is More:
The Role of Ideal Point Availability and Assortment in Con-
sumer Choice,” Journal of Consumer Research, 30 (Septem-
ber), 170–83.
——— (2006), “Decision Focus and Consumer Choice among As-
sortments,” Journal of Consumer Research, 33 (June), 50–59.
Chernev, Alexander, Ulf Bo¨ckenholt, and Joseph Goodman (2010),
“Choice Overload: Is There Anything to It?” Journal of Con-
sumer Research, 37 (October), 426–28.
Chernev, Alexander, and Ryan Hamilton (2009), “Assortment Size
and Option Attractiveness in Consumer Choice among Re-
tailers,” Journal of Marketing Research, 46 (June), 410–20.
Day, George S., Allan D. Shocker, and Rajendra K. Srivastava
(1979), “Customer-Oriented Approaches to Identifying Prod-
uct-Markets,” Journal of Marketing, 43 (Fall), 8–19.
Day, Samuel B., and Daniel M. Bartels (2008), “Representation
Over Time: The Effects of Temporal Distance on Similarity,”
Cognition, 106 (3), 1504–13.
Dhar, Ravi, Stephen M. Nowlis, and Steven J. Sherman (1999),
“Comparison Effects on Preference Construction,” Journal of
Consumer Research, 26 (December), 293–306.
Diehl, Kristin, and Cait Poynor (2010), “Great Expectations?! As-
sortment Size, Expectations and Satisfaction,” Journal of
Marketing Research, 47 (April), 312–22.
Eyal, Tal, Nira Liberman, Yaacov Trope, and Eva Walther (2004),
“The Pros and Cons of Temporally Near and Distant Action,”
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 86 (6), 781–
95.
Fo¨rster, Jens, Nira Liberman, and Stephanie Kuschel (2008), “The
Effect of Global versus Local Processing on Assimilation
versus Contrast in Social Judgment,” Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 94 (4), 579–99.
Fujita, Kent, Tal Eyal, Shelly Chaiken, Yaakov Trope, and Nira
Liberman (2008), “Influencing Attitudes toward Near and Dis-
tant Objects,” Journal of Experimental Social Psychology,
227 (21), 9044–62.
Fujita, Kent, Yaakov Trope, Nira Liberman, and Maya Levin-Sagi
(2006), “Construal Levels and Self-Control,” Journal of Per-Goodman, Joseph K., Susan M. Broniarczyk, Jill G. Griffin, and
Leigh McAlister (2012), “Help or Hinder? Recommendation
Signage and Choice Expansion from Large Assortments,” un-
published manuscript, Washington University in St. Louis,
Olin Business School, St. Louis, Missouri.
Goodman, Joseph K., Cynthia E. Cryder, and Amar A. Cheema
(2012), “Data Collection in a Flat World: Accelerating Be-
havioral Research by Using Mechanical Turk,” Journal of
Behavioral Decision Making, forthcoming.
Gourville, John T., and Dilip Soman (2005), “Overchoice and As-
sortment Type: When and Why Variety Backfires,” Marketing
Science, 24 (3), 382 95.
Hoch, Stephen J., Eric T. Bradlow, and Brian Wansink (1999), “The
Variety of an Assortment,” Marketing Science, 18 (4), 527–46.
Huffman, Cynthia, and Barbara E. Kahn (1998), “Variety for Sale:
Mass Customization or Mass Confusion,” Journal of Retail-
ing, 74 (Winter), 491–513.
Inbar, Yoel, Simona Botti, and Karlene Hanko (2010) “Decision
Speed and Choice Regret: When Haste Feels Like Waste,”
Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 47 (3), 533–40.
Iyengar, Sheena S. (2010), The Art of Choosing, New York: Twelve.
Iyengar, Sheena S., and Mark Lepper (2000), “When Choice Is De-
motivating: Can One Desire Too Much of a Good Thing?” Jour-
nal of Personality and Social Psychology, 79 (6), 995–1006.
Kahn, Barbara E., and Donald R. Lehmann (1991), “Modeling
Choice among Assortments,” Journal of Retailing, 67 (Fall),
274–99.
Kahn, Barbara E., William L. Moore, and Rashi Glazer (1987),
“Experiments in Constrained Choice,” Journal of Consumer
Research, 14 (June), 96–113.
Khan, Uzma, Meng Zhu, and Ajay Kalra (2011), “When Trade-
Offs Matter: The Effect of Choice Construal on Context Ef-
fects,” Journal of Marketing Research, 48 (February), 62–71.
Kuksov, Dmitri, and J. Miguel Villas-Boas (2010), “When More
Alternatives Lead to Less Choice,” Marketing Science, 29 (3),
507–24.
Levy, M., and Weitz, B. A. (2001), Retailing Management, 4th
ed., Boston: McGraw-Hill.
Liberman, Nira, Michael D. Sagristano, and Yaakov Trope (2002),
“The Effect of Temporal Distance on Level of Construal,”
Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 38 (6), 523–35.
Liberman, Nira, and Yaakov Trope (1998), “The Role of Feasibility
and Desirability Considerations in Near and Distant Future
Decisions: A Test of Temporal Construal Theory,” Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 75 (1), 5–18.
Liviatan, Ido, Yaacov Trope, and Nira Liberman (2008), “Inter-
personal Similarity as a Social Distance Dimension: Impli-
cations for Perception of Others’ Actions,” Journal of Ex-
perimental Social Psychology, 44 (5), 1256–69.
Malkoc, Selin A., and Gal Zauberman (2006), “Deferring versus
Expediting Consumption: The Effect of Outcome Concrete-
ness on Sensitivity to Time Horizon,” Journal of Marketing
Research, 43 (November), 618–27.
Malkoc, Selin, Gal Zauberman, and Jim R. Bettman (2010), “Un-
stuck from the Concrete: Carryover Effects of Abstract Mind-
sets in Intertemporal Preferences,” Organizational Behavior
and Human Decision Processes, 113 (2), 112–26.
Malkoc, Selin A., Gal Zauberman, and Canan Ulu (2005) “Con-
suming Now or Later? The Interactive Effect of Timing and
Attribute Alignability,” Psychological Science, 16 (5), 411–17.
McAlister, Leigh, and Edgar Pessemier (1982), “Variety Seeking
Behavior: An Interdisciplinary Review,” Journal of Consumer
Research, 9 (December), 311–22.
Mogilner, Cassie, Tamar Rudnick, and Sheena S. Iyengar (2005),
“The Mere Categorization Effect: How the Presence of Cat-
egories Increases Choosers’ Perceptions of Assortment Va-
riety and Outcome Satisfaction,” Journal of Consumer Re-
search, 35 (August), 202–15.
Morales, Andrea, Barbara E. Kahn, Leigh McAlister, and Susan Bron-
iarczyk (2005), “Perceptions of Assortment Variety: The Effects
of Congruency between Consumer’s Internal and Retailer’s Ex-
ternal Organization,” Journal of Retailing, 81 (2), 159–69.
Nowlis, Stephen, Ravi Dhar, and Itamar Simonson (2010), “The
Effect of Decision Order on Purchase Quantity Decisions,”
Journal of Marketing Research, 47 (August), 725–37.
Preacher, Kristopher J., and Andrew F. Hayes (2008), “Asymptotic
and Resampling Strategies for Assessing and Comparing In-
direct Effects in Multiple Mediator Models,” Behavior Re-
search Methods, 40 (3), 879–91.
Ratner, Rebecca K., Barbara E. Kahn, and Daniel Kahneman
(1999), “Choosing Less-Preferred Experiences for the Sake
of Variety,” Journal of Consumer Research, 26 (June), 1–15.
Ratneshwar, S., and Allan D. Shocker (1991), “Substitution in Use
and the Role of Usage Context in Product Category Struc-
tures,” Journal of Marketing Research, 28 (August), 281–95.
Redden, Joseph P. (2008), “Reducing Satiation: The Role of Cat-
egorization Level,” Journal of Consumer Research, 34 (Feb-
ruary), 624–34.
Redden, Joseph P., and Stephen J. Hoch (2009), “The Presence of
Variety Reduces Perceived Quantity,” Journal of Consumer
Research, 36 (October), 406–17.
Rosch, Eleanor, and Carolyn Mervis (1975), “Family Resem-
blances: Studies in the Internal Structure of Categories,” Cog-
nitive Psychology, 7, 573–605.
Scheibehenne, Benjamin, Rainer Greifeneder, and Peter M. Todd
(2010), “Can There Ever Be Too Many Options? A Meta-
Analytic Review of Choice Overload,” Journal of Consumer
Research, 37 (October), 409–25.
Schwartz, Barry (2004), The Paradox of Choice, New York: Harper
Collins.
Schwartz, Barry, Andrew Ward, John Monterosso, Sonja Lyubom-
irsky, Katherine White, and Darrin Lehman (2002), “Maxi-
mizing versus Satisficing: Happiness Is a Matter of Choice,”
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83 (Novem-
ber), 1178–97.
Sood, Sanjay, Yuval Rottenstreich, and Lyle Brenner (2004), “On
Decisions That Lead to Decisions: Direct and Derived Eval-
uations of Preference,” Journal of Consumer Research, 31
(June), 17–25.
Srivastava, Rajendra K., Mark I. Alpert, and Allan D. Shocker
(1984), “A Customer-Oriented Approach for Determining Mar-
ket Structures,” Journal of Marketing, 48 (Spring), 32–45.
Todorov, Alexander, Amir Goren, and Yaacov Trope (2007), “Prob-
ability as a Psychological Distance: Construal and Preferences,”
Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 43 (3), 473–82.
Trope, Yaakov, and Nira Liberman (2000), “Temporal Construal
and Time-Dependent Changes in Preference,” Journal of Per-
sonality and Social Psychology, 79 (6), 876–89.
——— (2003), “Temporal Construal,” Psychological Review, 110
(3), 403–21.
——— (2010), “Construal Level Theory and Psychological Dis-
tance,” Psychological Review, 117 (2), 440–63.
Zauberman, Gal, and John G. Lynch (2005), “Resource Slack and
Propensity to Discount Delayed Investments of Time versus
Money,” Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 134 (1),
23–37.
Zhu, Meng, and Ajay Kalra (2012), ”Limiting Supply of One Re-
course Decreases Overacquisition of Unrelated Resources,”
working paper, Johns Hopkins University, Carey Business
School, Baltimore, Maryland.
sonality and Social Psychology, 90 (3), 351–67.
REFERENCES
Ariely, Dan (2000), “Controlling the Information Flow: Effects on
Consumers’ Decision Making and Preferences,” Journal of
Consumer Research, 27 (September), 233–48.
Bettman, James, Eric J. Johnson, and John W. Payne (1991), “Con-
sumer Decision Making,” in Handbook of Consumer Behav-
ior, ed. Thomas S. Robertson and Harold H. Kassarjian, En-
glewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall, 50–84.
Bolton, Lisa E., and Joseph W. Alba (2006), “Price Fairness: Good
and Service Differences and the Role of Vendor Costs,” Jour-
nal of Consumer Research, 33 (September), 258–65.
Chaiken, Shelly, Akiva Liberman, and Alice H. Eagly (1989),
“Heuristic and Systematic Information Processing within and
beyond the Persuasion Context,” in Unintended Thought, ed.
James S. Uleman and John A. Bargh, New York: Guilford,
212–52.
Chaiken, Shelly, and Durairaj Maheswaran (1994), “Heuristic Pro-
cessing Can Bias Systematic Processing: Effects of Source
Credibility, Argument Ambiguity, and Task Importance on
Attitude Judgment,” Journal of Personality and Social Psy-
chology, 66 (3), 460–73.
Chapman, Randall G., and Richard Staelin (1982), “Exploiting
Rank Ordered Choice Set Data within the Stochastic Utility
Model,” Journal of Marketing Research, 19 (August), 288–
301.
Chen, Haipeng, Sharon Ng, and Akshay R. Rao (2005), “Cultural
Differences in Consumer Impatience,” Journal of Marketing
Research, 42 (August), 291–301.
Clarkson, Joshua, Zakary L. Tormala, and Derek Rucker (2008),
“A New Look at the Consequences of Attitude Certainty: The Amplification Hypothesis,” Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 95 (4), 810–25.
Darby, Michael R., and Edi Karni (1973), “Free Competition and
the Optimal Amount of Fraud,” Journal of Law and Eco-
nomics, 16 (1), 67–88.
Gentner, Dedre, and Arthur B. Markman (1997), “Structural Align-
ment in Analogy and Similarity,” American Psychologist, 52
(1), 45–56.
Grant, Susan Jung, and Alice M. Tybout (2008), “The Effect of
Temporal Frame on Information Considered in New Product
Evaluation: The Role of Uncertainty,” Journal of Consumer
Research, 34 (April), 897–913.
Hsee, Christopher, and Jiao Zhang (2004), “Distinction Bias: Mis-
prediction and Mischoice Due to Joint Evaluation,” Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 86 (5), 680–95.
Kahn, Barbara E. (1995), “Consumer Variety-Seeking among
Goods and Services: An Integrative Review,” Journal of Re-
tailing and Consumer Services, 2 (3), 139–48.
Kahn, Barbara E., and Robert J. Meyer (1991), “Consumer Multi-
attribute Judgments under Attribute-Weight Uncertainty,”
Journal of Consumer Research, 17 (March), 508–22.
Keh, Hean Tat, and Jun Pang (2010), “Customer Reactions to
Service Separation,” Journal of Marketing, 74 (2), 55–70.
Keh, Hean Tat, and Jin Sun (2008), “The Complexities of Perceived
Risk in Cross-Cultural Services Marketing,” Journal of In-
ternational Marketing, 16 (1), 120–46.
Kivetz, Ran, and Itamar Simonson (2000), “The Effects of Incom-
plete Information on Consumer Choice,” Journal of Market-
ing Research, 37 (November), 427–48.
Laroche, Michel, Zhiyong Yang, Gordon H. G. McDougall, and
Jasmin Bergeron (2005), “Internet versus Bricks-and-Mortar Retailers: An Investigation into Intangibility and Its Conse-
quences,” Journal of Retailing, 81 (4), 251–67.
Lovelock, Christopher H. (1983), “Classifying Services to Gain
Strategic Marketing Insights,” Journal of Marketing, 47 (3),
9–20.
Malkoc, Selin A., Gal Zauberman, and Canan Ulu (2005), “Con-
suming Now or Later? The Interactive Effect of Timing and
Attribute Alignability,” Psychological Science, 16 (5), 411–
17.
Markman, Arthur B., and Douglas L. Medin (1995), “Similarity
and Alignment in Choice,” Organizational Behavior and Hu-
man Decision Processes, 63 (2), 117–30.
Medin, Douglas L., Robert L. Goldstone, and Arthur B. Markman
(1995), “Comparison and Choice: Relations between Simi-
larity Processes and Decision Processes,” Psychonomic Bul-
letin and Review, 2 (March), 1–19.
Mitra, Kaushik, Michelle C. Reiss, and Louis M. Capella (1999),
“An Examination of Perceived Risk, Information Search and
Behavioral Intentions in Search, Experience and Credence
Services,” Journal of Services Marketing, 13 (3), 208–32.
Mittal, Banwari (1999), “The Advertising of Services: Meeting the
Challenge of Intangibility,” Journal of Service Research, 2
(1), 98–116.
Murray, Keith B., and John L. Schlacter (1990), “The Impact of
Services versus Goods on Consumers’ Assessment of Per-
ceived Risk and Variability,” Journal of the Academy of Mar-
keting Science, 18 (1), 51–65.
Nam, Myungwoo, Jing Wang, and Angela Y. Lee (2012), “The
Difference between Differences: How Expertise Affects Di-
agnosticity of Attribute Alignability,” Journal of Consumer
Research, 39 (December), 736–50.
Nowlis, Stephen M., and Itamar Simonson (1997), “Attribute-Task
Compatibility as a Determinant of Consumer Preference Re-
versals,” Journal of Marketing Research, 34 (May), 205–18.
Ostrom, Amy, and Dawn Iacobucci (1995), “Consumer Trade-offs
and the Evaluation of Services,” Journal of Marketing, 59
(January), 17–28.
Preacher, Kristopher J., and Andrew F. Hayes (2004), “SPSS and
SAS Procedures for Estimating Indirect Effects in Simple
Mediation Models,” in “Web-Based Archive of Norms, Stim-
uli, and Data: Part 2,” special issue, Behavior Research Meth-
ods, Instruments and Computers, 36 (4), 717–31.
Putrevu, Sanjay, Joni Tan, and Kenneth R. Lord (2004), “Consumer
Responses to Complex Advertisements: The Moderating Role of Need for Cognition, Knowledge, and Gender,” Journal of
Current Issues and Research in Advertising, 26 (1), 9–24.
Reeves, Carol A., and David A. Bednar (1994), “Defining Quality:
Alternatives and Implications,” Academy of Management Re-
view, 19 (3), 419–45.
Rosenthal, Robert, and Ralph L. Rosnow (1985), Contrast Anal-
ysis: Focused Comparisons in the Analysis of Variance, Cam-
bridge: Cambridge University Press.
Tiedens, Larissa Z., and Susan Linton (2001), “Judgment under
Emotional Certainty and Uncertainty: The Effects of Specific
Emotion on Information Processing,” Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 81 (December), 973–88.
Trope, Yaacov, and Shelly Chaiken (1999), Dual-Process Theories
in Social Psychology, New York: Guilford.
Urbany, Joel E., Peter R. Dickson, and William L. Wilkie (1989),
“Buyer Uncertainty and Information Search,” Journal of Con-
sumer Research, 16 (September), 208–15.
Zeithaml, Valarie A. (1981), “How Consumer Evaluation Processes
Differ between Goods and Services,” in Marketing of Ser-
vices, ed. James H. Donnelly and William R. George, Chi-
cago: American Marketing Association, 186–90.
Zeithaml, Valarie A., A. Parasuraman, and Leonard L. Berry
(1985), “Problems and Strategies in Services Marketing,”
Journal of Marketing, 49 (Spring), 33–46.
Zhang, Shi, and Gavan J. Fitzsimons (1999), “Choice-Process Sat-
isfaction: The Influence of Attribute Alignability and Option
Limitation,” Organizational Behavior and Human Decision
Processes, 77 (3), 192–214.
Zhang, Shi, Frank R. Kardes, and Maria L. Cronley (2002), “Com-
parative Advertising: Effects of Structural Alignability on Tar-
get Brand Evaluations,” Journal of Consumer Psychology, 12
(4), 303–11.
Zhang, Shi, and Arthur B. Markman (1998), “Overcoming the
Early Entrant Advantage: The Role of Alignable and Non-
alignable Differences,” Journal of Marketing Research, 35
(November), 413–26.
——— (2001), “Processing Product Unique Features: Alignability
and Involvement in Preference Construction,” Journal of Con-
sumer Psychology, 11 (1), 13–27.
Zhao, Xinshu, John G. Lynch Jr., and Qimei Chen (2010), “Re-
considering Baron and Kenny: Myths and Truths about Me-
diation Analysis,” Journal of Consumer Research, 37 (Au-
gust), 197–206.
References
Blei, D., and Lafferty, J. 2009. Topic models. In Srivastava, A., and
Sahami, M., eds., Text Mining: Theory and Applications. Taylor
and Francis.
Blei, D.; Ng, A.; and Jordan, M. 2003. Latent Dirichlet allocation.
Journal of Machine Learning Research 3:993–1022.
Cao, N.; Sun, J.; Lin, Y.-R.; Gotz, D.; Liu, S.; and Qu, H.
2010. FacetAtlas: Multifaceted Visualization for Rich Text Cor-
pora. IEEE Transactions on Visualization and Computer Graphics
16(6):1172 – 1181.
Chang, J.; Boyd-Graber, J.; Wang, C.; Gerrish, S.; and Blei, D.
2009. Reading tea leaves: How humans interpret topic models.
In Neural Information Processing Systems.
Chen, Y.; Wang, L.; Dong, M.; and Hua, J. 2009. Exemplar-based
visualization of large document corpus. IEEE Transactions on Vi-
sualization and Computer Graphics 15(6):1161–1168.
Gardener, M. J.; Lutes, J.; Lund, J.; Hansen, J.; Walker, D.; Ring-
ger, E.; and Seppi, K. 2010. The topic browser: An interactive
tool for browsing topic models. In Proceedings of the Workshop on
Challenges of Data Visualization (in conjunction with NIPS).
Gretarsson, B.; O’Donovan, J.; Bostandjiev, S.; Asuncion, A.;
Newman, D.; Smyth, P.; and Hllerer, T. 2011. Topicnets: Visual
analysis of large text corpora with topic modeling. In ACM Trans-
actions on Intelligent Systems and Technology, 1–26.
Havre, S.; Hetzler, B.; and Nowell, L. 2000. Themeriver(tm): In
search of trends, patterns, and relationships. In Proc. IEEE Sympo-
sium on Information Visualization (InfoVis), 115–123.
Newman, D.; Asuncion, A.; Chemudugunta, C.; Kumar, V.; Smyth,
P.; and Steyvers, M. 2006. Exploring large document collections
using statistical topic models. In KDD-2006 Demo Session.
Steyvers, M., and Griffiths, T. 2006. Probabilistic topic models.
In Landauer, T.; McNamara, D.; Dennis, S.; and Kintsch, W., eds.,
Latent Semantic Analysis: A Road to Meaning. Laurence Erlbaum.
Follow this and additional works at: http://digitalcommons.wku.edu/stu_hon_theses
Recommended Citation
Heinstein, Raven, "Visual Tension in Graphic Design" (2014). Honors College Capstone Experience/Th esis Projects. Paper 469.
http://digitalcommons.wku.edu/stu_hon_theses/469
WORKS CITED
Samara, Timothy. Design Elements: A Graphic Style Manual. Beverly, MA: Rockport
Publishers, Inc., 2007. 11-249. Print.
Gatta, Kevin, Gusty Lange, and Marilyn Lyons. Foundations of Graphic Design.
Worcester, MA: Davis Publications, Inc., 1991. Print.
Berryman, Gregg. Notes On Graphic Design And Visual Communication. Revised. Los
Altos, CA: William Kaufmann, Inc., 1984. Print.
Rand, Paul. A Designer's Art. New Haven and London: Yale University Press, 1985.
Print.
Mullet, Kevin, and Darrell Sano. Designing visual interfaces: communication oriented
techniques. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: SunSoft Press, 1995. Print.
Meggs, Philip. Type & Image: The Language of Graphic Design. New York, NY: Van
Nostrand Reinhold, 1989. Print.
Lauer, David A., and Stephen Pentak. Design basics. Fifth ed. Orlando, FL: Harcourt
College Publishers, 2000. Print.
REFERENCES
[1] Löfgren M, Witell L, Gustafsson A.
“Customer satisfaction in the first and
second moments of truth,” Journal
of Product and Brand Management,
vol. 17, (7) pp. 463-474, 2008. Link
[2] Young S. “New and improved indeed:
documenting the business value
of packaging innovation,” Quirk’s
Marketing Research Review, vol. 22,
(1) pp. 46-50, 2008.
[3] Azzi A, Battini D, Persona A, Sgarbossa F.
“Packaging design: general framework
and research agenda,” Packaging
Technology and Science, vol. 25, (8)
pp. 435-456, 2012. Link
[4] Ampuero O, Vila N. “Consumer perceptions
of product packaging,” Journal of
Consumer Marketing, vol. 23, (2) pp.
102-114, 2006. Link
[5] Underwood R, Klein N. “Packaging as
brand communication: Effects of
product pictures on consumer responses
to the package and brand,” Journal of
Marketing Theory and Practice, vol.10,
(4) pp. 58-68, 2002. Link
[6] Hess J, Story J, Danes J. “A three-stage
model of consumer relationship
investment,” Journal of Product &
Brand Management, vol. 20, (1) pp. 14
– 26, 2011. Link
[7] Story J, Hess J. “Ethical brand management:
customer relationships and ethical
duties,” Journal of Product & Brand
Management, vol. 19, (4) pp. 240-249,
2010. Link
[8] Underwood R. “The communicative
power of product packaging: Creating
brand identify via lived and mediated
experience,” Journal of Marketing
Theory and Practice, vol. 11, (1) pp. 62-
76, 2003. Link
[9] Abbott D. A. Packaging Perspectives, Dubuque,
Kendall/Hunt Publishing Co., 1989.
[10] Singh S P, Singh J, Grewal G, Chonhenchob
V. “Analyzing color on printed
packaging to evaluate brand logo
integrity and impact on marketing,”
Universal Journal of Marketing and
Business Research, vol. 1, (3) pp. 79-88,
2012. Link
[11] Singh S P, and Singh J. “Pictorial markings
and labels for safe transport and
handling of packaged goods,” Journal
of Packaging Technology and Science,
vol. 18, (3) pp. 133–140, 2005. Link
[12] Esch F, Moll T, Schmitt B, Elger C,
Neuhaus C, Weber B. “Brands on the
brain: Do consumers use declarative
information or experienced emotions to
evaluate brands?” Journal of Consumer
Psychology, vol. 22, (1) pp. 75-85,
2012. Link
[13] Connolly A, and Davison L. “How does
design affect decisions at point of sale?”
Journal of Brand Management, vol. 4,
(4) pp. 100-107, 1996. Link
[14] Gofman A, Moskowitz H, Mets T.
“Accelerating structured consumer-
driven package design,” Journal of
Consumer Marketing, vol. 27, (2) pp.
157-168, 2012. Link
[15] Silayoi P, Speece M. “The importance
of packaging attributes: a conjoint
analysis approach,” European Journal
of Marketing, vol. 41, (11-12) pp. 1495
– 1517, 2007. Link
[16] Wells L, Farley H, Armstrong G. “The
importance of packaging design for own-
label food brands,” International Journal
of Retail & Distribution Management,
vol. 35, (9) pp. 677-690, 2007. Link
[17] Bloch P, Brunel F, Arnold T. “Individual
differences in the centrality of visual
product aesthetics: concept and
measurement,” Journal of Consumer
Research, vol. 29, (4) pp. 551-565,
2003. Link
[18] Karjalainen T, Snelders D. “Designing visual
recognition for the brand,” Journal of
Product Innovation Management, vol.
27, (1) pp. 6-22, 2009. Link
[19] Moskowitz H, Rabino S, Beckley J.
“Concept articulation and web
research: a case study using quali-quant
methods,” Qualitative Market Research:
An International Journal, vol. 10, (3) pp.
282-299, 2007. Link
[20] Metcalf L, Hess J, Danes J, Singh J. “A
mixed-methods approach for designing
market-driven packaging,” Qualitative
Market Research: An International
Journal, vol. 15, (3) pp. 268-289, 2012.
Link
[21] Story J, Hess J. “Segmenting consumer-
brand relations: beyond the personal
relationship metaphor,” Journal of
Consumer Marketing, vol. 23, (7) pp.
406-413, 2006. Link
[22] Aaker D, Keller K. “Consumer evaluations
of brand extensions,” Journal of
Marketing, vol. 54, (1) pp. 27-41, 1990.
Link
[23] Morgan R, Hunt S. “The commitment-
trust theory of relationship marketing,”
Journal of Marketing, vol. 58, (3) pp.
20-38, 1994. Link
[24] Aaker D. Managing Brand Equity, New
York: The Free Press, 1990.
[25] Thye S, Yoon J, Lawler E. “The theory
of relational cohesion: review of a
research,” Advances in Group Processes,
vol. 19, pp. 139-166, 2002. Link
[26] Rusbult C. “Commitment and satisfaction
in romantic associations: a test of
the investment model,” Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology,
vol.16, pp. 172-186, 1980. Link
[27] Rusbult, C. “A Longitudinal test of the
investment model: the development
(and deterioration) of satisfaction
and commitment in heterosexual
involvements,” Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, vol. 45, (1) pp.
101-117, 1983. Link
[28] Delgado-Ballester E, Munuera-Aleman
L. “Brand trust in the context of
consumer loyalty,” European Journal of
Marketing, vol. 35, (11-12) pp.1238-
1258, 2001. Link
[29] Garbarino E, Johnson S. “The different
roles of satisfaction, trust, and commitment
in customer relationships,” Journal of
Marketing, vol. 63, (2) pp. 70-87, 1999. Link
[30] Sirdeshmukh D, Singh J, Sabol B. “Consumer
trust, value, and loyalty in relational
exchanges,” Journal of Marketing, vol.
66, (1) pp. 15-37, 2002. Link
[31] Hess J, Story J. “Trust-based commitment:
multidimensional consumer-brand
relationships,” Journal of Consumer
Marketing, vol. 22, (6) pp. 313-22,
2005. Link
[32] Fournier S. “Consumers and their brands:
developing relationship theory in
consumer research,” Journal of
Consumer Research, vol. 24, (2) pp.
343-373, 1998. Link
[33] Zeithaml V. “Consumer perceptions
of price, quality, and value: a
means-end model of synthesis and
evidence,” Journal of Marketing,
vol. 52, (2) pp. 2-22, 1988. Link
[34] Stizhakova Y, Coulter R, Price L. “Branding
in a global marketplace: The mediating
effects of quality and self-identity
brand signals,” International Journal of
Research in Marketing, vol. 28, (4) pp.
342-351, 2011. Link
[35] Hess J and Story J. “Trust-based commitment:
multidimensional consumer-brand
relationships,” Journal of Consumer
Marketing, vol. 22, (6) pp. 313-22. Link
[36] Sheth J, Parvatiyar A. “Relationship
marketing in consumer markets:
antecedents and consequences,” Journal
of the Academy of Marketing Science,
vol. 23, (4) pp. 255-271, 1995. Link
[37] GfK Mediamark Research & Intelligence.
Fall 2011 Product beverage report. GfK
MRI Reporter.
[38] Jöreskog K, Sörbom D. LISREL 7: A Guide
to the Programs and Application, 2d. ed.
Chicago: SPSS Inc., 1989.
[39] Savalei V, Bentler P M. “Structural equation
modeling,” in The Handbook of
Marketing Research: Uses, Misuses,
and Future Advances, Grover, R. and
Vriens, M., Eds. Thousand Oaks: Sage
Publications, 2006, pp. 330-364. Link
[40] James L, Mulaik S, Brett J. Causal Analysis:
Models, Assumptions and Data,
BeverlyHills: Sage Publications, 1982.
[41] Hair J, Black W, Babin B, Anderson R,
Tatham R. Multivariate Data Analysis,
6d. ed. Upper Saddle River: Pearson
Prentice Hall, 2006.
[42] Bredahl L. “Cue utilization and quality
perception with regard to branded
beef,” Food Quality and Science,
vol. 15, (1) pp. 65-75, 2004. Link
[43] Woodside A. “Consumer evaluations of
competing brands: Perceptual versus
predictive validity,” Psychology and
Marketing, vol. 29, (6) pp. 458-466, 2012.
Link
Suggested Citation
Mueller, J. S., Melwani, S., & Goncalo, J. A. (2011). Th e bias against creativity: Why people desire but reject
creative ideas [Electronic version]. Retrieved [insert date], from Cornell University, ILR School site:
http://digitalcommons.ilr.cornell.edu/articles/450/
REFERNCES
Amabile, T. M. (1996). Creativity in context: Update to "The Social Psychology of Creativity."
(Vol. 317). Boulder, CO, US: Westview Press.
Amabile, T. M., Barsade, S. G., Mueller, J. S., & Staw, B. M. (2005). Affect and creativity at
work. Administrative Science Quarterly, 50, 367-403.
Audia, P., & Goncalo, J. (2007). Past success and creativity over time: A study of inventors in
the hard disk drive industry. Management Science, 53(1), 1.
Bower, G. H. (1981). Mood and memory. American Psychologist, 36(2), 129-148.
Cai, H., Sriram, N., Greenwald, A. G., & McFarland, S. G. (2004). The Implicit Association
Test's "D" Measure can Minimize a Cognitive Skill Confound: Comment on McFarland
and Crouch (2002). Social Cognition, 22(6), 673-684.
Costa, P., & McCrae, R. (1992). Normal personality assessment in clinical practice: The NEO
Personality Inventory. Psychological Assessment, 4(1), 5-13.
Cropley, A. (2006). In praise of convergent thinking. Creativity Research Journal, 18(3), 391-
404.
Dawson, V. L., D'Andrea, T., Affinito, R., & Westby, E. L. (1999). Predicting creative behavior:
A reexamination of the divergence between traditional and teacher-defined concepts of
creativity. Creativity Research Journal, 12(1), 57-66.
Eidelman, S., Crandall, C. S., & Pattershall, J. (2009). The existence bias. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 97(5), 765-775.
Feist, G. J. (1998). A meta-analysis of personality in scientific and artistic creativity. Personality
and Social Psychology Review, 2(4), 290-309.
Fiske, S., & Taylor, S. (1991). Social cognition. New York: McGraw-Hill
Flynn, F. J., & Chatman, J. A. (2001). Strong cultures and innovation: Oxymoron or
opportunity? . In T. Holden, N. Sparrow & W. Starbuck (Eds.), International Handbook
of Organizational Culture and Climate (pp. 263-287). Sussex: John Wiley & Sons.
Ford, C. M., & Gioia, D. A. (2000). Factors Influencing Creativity in the Domain of Managerial
Decision Making. Journal of Management, 26(4), 705-732.
Gaertner, S., & Dovidio, J. (Eds.). (1986). The aversive form of racism. New York: Academic
Press.
George, J. M. (2007). Chapter 9: Creativity in Organizations. The Academy of Management
Annals, 1(1), 439 - 477.
Greenwald, A., McGhee, D., & Schwartz, J. (1998). Measuring individual differences in implicit
cognition: The implicit association test. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
74, 1464-1480.
Greenwald, A. G., & Banaji, M. R. (1995). Implicit social cognition: Attitudes, self-esteem, and
stereotypes. Psychological Review, 102(1), 4-27.
Greenwald, A. G., Nosek, B. A., & Banaji, M. R. (2003). Understanding and using the Implicit
Association Test: I. An improved scoring algorithm. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 85(2), 197-216.
Greenwald, A. G., Poehlman, T. A., Uhlmann, E. L., & Banaji, M. R. (2009). Understanding and
using the Implicit Association Test: III. Meta-analysis of predictive validity. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 97(1), 17-41.
Heider, F. (1958). The psychology of interpersonal relations. New York: John Wiley and Sons.
Hennessey, B. A., & Amabile, T. M. (2010). Creativity. Annual Review of Psychology, 61, 569-
598.
Hennessey, B. A., Amabile, T. M., & Mueller, J. S. (2010). Chapter 46: Consensual Assessment.
. In Encyclopedia of Creativity, 4th edition.
Metcalfe, J. (1986). Premonitions of insight predict impending error. Journal of Experimental
Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 12(4), 623-634.
Moscovici, S. (1976). Social influence and social change. London: UK: Academic Press.
Nemeth, C. (1986). Differential contributions of majority and minority influence. Psychological
Review, 93(1), 23-32.
Niu, W., & Sternberg, R. (2006). The philosophical roots of Western and Eastern conceptions of
creativity. Journal of Theoretical and Philosophical Psychology. Vol, 26(1-2), 18-38.
Preacher, K. J., & Hayes, A. F. (2004). SPSS and SAS procedures for estimating indirect effects
in simple mediation models. Behavior Research Methods, Instruments & Computers.
Special Issue: Web-based archive of norms, stimuli, and data: Part 2, 36(4), 717-731.
Rietzschel, E., Nijstad, B., & Stroebe, W. (2009). The selection of creative ideas after individual
idea generation: Choosing between creativity and impact. British Journal of Psychology,
0(1-23).
Rubenson, D. L., & Runco, M. A. (1995). The psychoeconomic view of creative work in groups
and organizations. Creativity and Innovation Management, 4(4), 232-241.
Runco, M. A. (1989). Parents' and teachers' ratings of the creativity of children. Journal of Social
Behavior & Personality, 4(1), 73-83.
Runco, M. A. (2010). Creativity has no dark side. In D. H. Cropley, A. J. Cropley, J. C. Kaufman
& M. A. Runco (Eds.), The Dark Side of Creativity. New York, NY: Cambridge
University Press.
Runco, M. A., & Smith, W. R. (1992). Interpersonal and intrapersonal evaluations of creative
ideas. Personality and Individual Differences, 13(3), 295-302.
Sanchez-Burks, J. (2005). Protestant relational ideology: The cognitive underpinnings and
organizational implications of an American anomaly. Research in organizational
behavior, 26, 265-305.
Simonton, D. K. (1984). Genius, Creativity, and Leadership: Histriometric Inquiries. Boston,
MA: Harvard University Press
Staw, B. M. (1995). Why no one really wants creativity. In C. Ford & D. A. Gioia (Eds.),
Creative Action in Organizations: Ivory Tower Visions and Real World Voices. Thousand
Oaks, CA: Sage Publications, Inc.
Sternberg, R. J. (1985). Implicit theories of intelligence, creativity, and wisdom. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 49(3), 607-627.
Tiedens, L. Z., & Linton, S. (2001). Judgment under emotional certainty and uncertainty: The
effects of specific emotions on information processing. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 81(6), 973-988.
West, M. A. (2002). Ideas are ten a penny: It's team implementation not idea generation that
counts. Applied Psychology: An International Review, 51(3), 411-424.
Westby, E. L., & Dawson, V. L. (1995). Creativity: Asset or burden in the classroom? Creativity
Research Journal, 8(1), 1-10.
Whitson, J., & Galinsky, A. (2008). Lacking control increases illusory pattern perception.
Science, 322(5898), 115.
Zajonc, R. B. (2001). Mere exposure: A gateway to the subliminal. Current Directions in
Psychological Science, 10(6), 224-228.
References
Bostrom, N. (2003). Are You Living in a Computer Simulation? Philosophical Quarterly, 53(211),
243-255.
Bostrom. N. (2006). What is a Singleton? Linguistic and Philosophical Investigations, 5(2), 48-54.
Bostrom, N. (2012). Information Hazards: A Typology of Potential Harms from Knowledge.
Review of Contemporary Philosophy, 10, 44-79. [www.nickbostrom.com/information-hazards.pdf]
Chalmers, D. (2010): The Singularity: A Philosophical Analysis. Journal of Consciousness Studies,
17, 7-65.
Chislenko, A. (1997). Technology as Extension of Human Functional Architecture. Extropy
Online. [project.cyberpunk.ru/idb/technology_as_extension.html]
de Blanc, P. (2011). Ontological Crises in Artificial Agent’s Value Systems. Manuscript. The
Singularity Institute for Artificial Intelligence. [arxiv.org/pdf/1105.3821v1.pdf]
Dewey, D. (2011). Learning What to Value. In Schmidhuber, J., Thorisson, K. R., Looks, M. (eds.).
Proceedings of the 4th Conference on Artificial General Intelligence, AGI 2011 (pp. 309-314),
Heidelberg: Springer.
Forgas, J. et al. (eds.) (2009). The Psychology of Attitudes and Attitude Change. London: Psychology
Press.
Lewis, D. (1988). Desire as belief. Mind, 97(387), 323-332.
Omohundro, S. (2008a). The Basic AI Drives. In P. Wang, B. Goertzel, and S. Franklin (eds.).
Proceedings of the First AGI Conference, 171, Frontiers in Artificial Intelligence and Applications.
Amsterdam: IOS Press.
Omohundro, S. (2008b). The Nature of Self-Improving Artificial Intelligence. Manuscript.
[selfawaresystems.files.wordpress.com/2008/01/nature_of_self_improving_ai.pdf]
Omohundro, S. (forthcoming 2012). Rationally-Shaped Artificial Intelligence. In Eden, A. et al.
(eds.). The Singularity Hypothesis: A Scientific and Philosophical Assessment (Springer, forthcoming).
Parfit, D. (1984). Reasons and Persons. (pp. 123-4). Reprinted and corrected edition, 1987. Oxford:
Oxford University Press.
Parfit, D. (2011). On What Matters. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Russell, S. and Norvig, P. (2010). Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach. (3rd ed.). New Jersey:
Prentice Hall.
Sandberg, A. and Bostrom, N. (2008). Whole Brain Emulation: A Roadmap. Technical Report 2008–
3. Oxford: Future of Humanity Institute, Oxford University.
[www.fhi.ox.ac.uk/Reports/2008-3.pdf]
Shulman, C. (2010). Omohundro’s “Basic AI Drives” and Catastrophic Risks. Manuscript.
[singinst.org/upload/ai-resource-drives.pdf]
Sinhababu, N. (2009). The Humean Theory of Motivation Reformulated and Defended.
Philosophical Review, 118(4), 465-500.
Smith, M. (1987). The Humean Theory of Motivation. Mind, 46 (381): 36-61.
Weizenbaum, J. (1976). Computer Power and Human Reason: From Judgment to Calculation. San
Francisco: W. H. Freeman.
Yudkowsky, E. (2008). Artificial Intelligence as a Positive and Negative Factor in Global Risk. In
Bostrom, N. and Cirkovic, M. (eds.). Global Catastrophic Risks. (pp. 308-345; quote from p. 310).
Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Yudkowsky, E. (2011). Complex Value Systems Are Required to Realize Valuable Futures. In
Schmidhuber, J., Thorisson, K. R., Looks, M. (eds.). Proceedings of the 4th Conference on Artificial
General Intelligence, AGI 2011 (pp. 388-393). Heidelberg: Springer.
REFERENCES
Bahrick, H. P., & Phelps, E. (1987). Retention of Spanish vocabulary over 8
years. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and
Cognition, 13, 344–349.
Bloom, K. C., & Shuell, T. J. (1981). Effects of massed and distributed
practice on the learning and retention of second-language vocabulary.
Journal of Educational Research, 74, 245–248.
Carpenter, S. K., Pashler, H., & Cepeda, N. J. (2009). Using tests to enhance
8th grade students’ retention of U.S. history facts. Applied Cognitive
Psychology, 23, 760–771.
Cepeda, N. J., Coburn, N., Rohrer, D., Wixted, J. T., Mozer, M. C., & Pashler,
H. (2009). Optimizing distributed practice: Theoretical analysis and
practical implications. Experimental Psychology, 54, 236–246.
Cepeda, N. J., Pashler, H., Vul, E., Wixted, J. T., & Rohrer, D. (2006).
Distributed practice in verbal recall tasks: A review and quantitative
synthesis. Psychological Bulletin, 132, 354–380.
Cepeda, N. J., Vul, E., Rohrer, D., Wixted, J. T., & Pashler, H. (2008).
Spacing effects in learning: A temporal ridgeline of optimal retention.
Psychological Science, 19, 1095–1102.
Childers, J. B., & Tomasello, M. (2002). Two-year-olds learn novel nouns,
verbs, and conventional actions from massed or distributed exposures.
Developmental Psychology, 38, 967–978.
Cuvo, A. J. (1975). Developmental differences in rehearsal and free recall.
Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 19, 265–278.
Dempster, F. N. (1987). Effects of variable encoding and spaced presenta-
tions on vocabulary learning. Journal of Educational Psychology, 79,
162–170.
Dempster, F. N. (1988). The spacing effect: A case study in the failure to
apply the results of psychological research. American Psychologist, 43,
627–634.
Dempster, F. N. (1990). The spacing effect: Research and practice. Journal
of Research and Development in Education, 23, 97–101.
DeRemer, P., & D’Agostino, P. R. (1974). Locus of distributes lag effect in
free recall. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 13, 167–171.
Fishman, J., Keller, L., & Atkinson, R. (1968). Massed versus distributed
practice in computerized spelling drills. Journal of Educational Psychol-
ogy, 59, 290–296.
Glenberg, A. M. (1979). Component-levels theory of the effects of spacing
of repetition on recall and recognition. Memory & Cognition, 7, 95–112.
Harris, J. (2003). WordCount. Available: http://wordcount.org/ [2 May 2010]
Moss, V. D. (1995). The efficacy of massed versus distributed practice as a
function of desired learning outcomes and grade level of the student
(Doctoral dissertation, Utah State University, 1995). Dissertation
Abstracts International, 56, 5204.
Pashler, H., Rohrer, D., Cepeda, N. J., & Carpenter, S. K. (2007). Enhancing
learning and retarding forgetting: Choices and consequences. Psycho-
nomic Bulletin and Review, 14, 187–1193.
Rohrer, D., & Taylor, K. (2006). The effects of overlearning and distributed
practice on the retention of mathematics knowledge. Applied Cognitive
Psychology, 20, 1209–1224.
Seabrook, R., Brown, G. D., & Solity, J. E. (2005). Distributed and massed
practice: From laboratory to classroom. Applied Cognitive Psychology,
19, 107–122.
Toppino, T. C., & DeMesquita, M. (1984). Effects of spacing repetitions on
children’s memory. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 37, 637–
648.
Verkoeijen, P. P. (2005). Explaining the spacing effect: Study-phase retrie-
val, contextual-variability and priming accounts. Unpublished doctoral
dissertation, Erasmus University Rotterdam.
Vlach, H. A., Sandhofer, C. M., & Kornell, N. (2008). The spacing effect in
children’s memory and category induction. Cognition, 109, 163–167.
Wilson, W. P. (1976). Developmental changes in the lag effect: An encoding
hypothesis for repeated word recall. Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 22, 113–122.
Zechmeister, E. B., & Shaughnessy, J. J. (1980). When you know that you
know and when you think that you know but you don’t. Bulletin of the
Psychonomic Society, 15, 41–44.
References
Balota, D. A., Duchek, J. M., & Logan, J. M. (2007). Is expanded retrieval
practice a superior form of spaced retrieval? A critical review of the
extant literature. In J. S. Nairne (Ed.), The foundations of remembering:
Essays in honor of Henry L. Roediger, III (pp. 83–106). New York, NY:
Psychology Press.
Benjamin, A. S., Bjork, R. A., & Schwartz, B. L. (1998). The mismeasure
of memory: When retrieval fluency is misleading as a metamnemonic
index. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 127, 55–68. doi:
10.1037/0096-3445.127.1.55
Carpenter, S. K., & DeLosh, E. L. (2005). Application of the testing and
spacing effects to name learning. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 19,
619–636. doi:10.1002/acp.1101
Cull, W. L. (2000). Untangling the benefits of multiple study opportunities
and repeated testing for cued recall. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 14,
215–235. doi:10.1002/(SICI)1099-0720(200005/06)14:3 215::AID-
ACP640 3.0.CO;2-1
Cull, W. L., Shaughnessy, J. L., & Zechmeister, E. B. (1996). Expanding
understanding of the expanding-pattern-of-retrieval mnemonic: Toward
confidence in applicability. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Ap-
plied, 2, 365–378. doi:10.1037/1076-898X.2.4.365
Gardiner, J. M., Craik, F. I. M., & Bleasdale, F. A. (1973). Retrieval
difficulty and subsequent recall. Memory & Cognition, 1, 213–216.
doi:10.3758/BF03198098
Greene, R. L. (2008). Repetition and spacing effects. In H. L. Roediger
(Ed.), Learning and memory: A comprehensive reference. Vol. 2: Cog-
nitive psychology of memory (pp. 65–78). Oxford, England: Elsevier.
Jacoby, L. L., Shimizu, Y., Daniels, K. A., & Rhodes, M. G. (2005). Modes
of cognitive control in recognition and source memory: Depth of re-
trieval. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 12, 852–857. doi:10.3758/
BF03196776
Karpicke, J. D. (2009). Metacognitive control and strategy selection:
Deciding to practice retrieval during learning. Journal of Experimental
Psychology: General, 138, 469–486. doi:10.1037/a0017341
Karpicke, J. D., & Roediger, H. L. (2007a). Expanding retrieval practice
promotes short-term retention, but equally spaced retrieval enhances
long-term retention. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning,
Memory, and Cognition, 33, 704–719. doi:10.1037/0278-7393.33.4.704
Karpicke, J. D., & Roediger, H. L. (2007b). Repeated retrieval during
learning is the key to long-term retention. Journal of Memory and
Language, 57, 151–162. doi:10.1016/j.jml.2006.09.004
Karpicke, J. D., & Roediger, H. L. (2008, February 15). The critical
importance of retrieval for learning. Science, 319, 966–968. doi:
10.1126/science.1152408
Karpicke, J. D., & Roediger, H. L. (2010). Is expanding retrieval a superior
method for learning text materials? Memory & Cognition, 38, 116–124.
doi:10.3758/MC.38.1.116
Koriat, A., & Ma’ayan, H. (2005). The effects of encoding fluency and
retrieval fluency on judgments of learning. Journal of Memory and
Language, 52, 478–492. doi:10.1016/j.jml.2005.01.001
Landauer, T. K., & Bjork, R. A. (1978). Optimum rehearsal patterns and name learning. In M. Gruneberg, P. E. Morris, & R. N. Sykes (Eds.),
Practical aspects of memory (pp. 625–632). London, England: Aca-
demic Press.
Logan, J. M., & Balota, D. A. (2008). Expanded vs. equal interval spaced
retrieval practice: Exploring different schedules of spacing and retention
interval in younger and older adults. Aging, Neuropsychology, and
Cognition, 15, 257–280. doi:10.1080/13825580701322171
Madigan, S., Neuse, J., & Roeber, U. (2000). Retrieval latency and “at-risk”
memories. Memory & Cognition, 28, 523–528. doi:10.3758/BF03201242
Nelson, T. O., & Dunlosky, J. (1994). Norms of paired-associate recall
during multitrial learning learning of Swahili–English translation equiv-
alents. Memory, 2, 325–335. doi:10.1080/09658219408258951
Pashler, H., Zarow, G., & Triplett, B. (2003). Is temporal spacing of tests
helpful even when it inflates error rates? Journal of Experimental
Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 29, 1051–1057. doi:
10.1037/0278-7393.29.6.1051
Pyc, M. A., & Rawson, K. A. (2007). Examining the efficiency of sched-
ules of distributed retrieval practice. Memory & Cognition, 35, 1917–
1927. doi:10.3758/BF03192925
Pyc, M. A., & Rawson, K. A. (2009). Testing the retrieval effort hypoth-
esis: Does greater difficulty correctly recalling information lead to
higher levels of memory? Journal of Memory and Language, 60, 437–
447. doi:10.1016/j.jml.2009.01.004
Roediger, H. L., & Karpicke, J. D. (2006a). The power of testing
memory: Basic research and implications for educational practice.
Perspectives on Psychological Science, 1, 181–210. doi:10.1111/
j.1745-6916.2006.00012.x
Roediger, H. L., & Karpicke, J. D. (2006b). Test-enhanced learning:
Taking memory tests improves long-term retention. Psychological Sci-
ence, 17, 249–255. doi:10.1111/j.1467-9280.2006.01693.x
Roediger, H. L., & Karpicke, J. D. (2010). Intricacies of spaced retrieval:
A resolution. In A. S. Benjamin (Ed.), Successful remembering and
successful forgetting: Essays in honor of Robert A. Bjork (pp. 23–47).
New York, NY: Psychology Press.
Storm, B. C., Bjork, R. A., & Storm, J. C. (2010). Optimizing retrieval as
a learning event: When and why expanding retrieval practice enhances
long-term retention. Memory & Cognition, 38, 244–253. doi:10.3758/
MC.38.2.244
References
Balota, D. A., Watson, J. M., Duchek, J. M., &
Ferraro, F. R. ( 1999 ). Cross-modal semantic and
homograph priming in healthy young, healthy
old, and Alzheimer’s disease individuals. Jour-
nal of International Neuropsychological Society,
5, 626 – 640 .
Bar, M., & Aminoff, E. ( 2003 ). Cortical analysis
of visual context. Neuron, 38, 347 – 358 .
Block, N. ( 1995 ). On a confusion about a function
of consciousness. Behavioral and Brain Sciences,
18, 227 – 287 .
Buckner, R. L., Koutstaal, W., Schacter, D. L.,
Dale, A. M., Rotte, M., & Rosen, B. R.
( 1998 ). Functional-anatomic study of episodic
retrieval: Selective averaging of event-related
fMRI trials to test the retrieval success hypoth-
esis. NeuroImage, 7, 163 – 175 .
Buckner, R. L., & Schacter, D. L. ( 2004 ). Neural
correlates of memory’s successes and sins. In M.
S. Gazzaniga (Ed.), The cognitive neurosciences
( 3 rd ed., pp. 739 – 752 ). Cambridge, MA: MIT
Press.
Buckner, R. L., & Wheeler, M. E. ( 2001 ).
The cognitive neuroscience of remember-
ing. Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 2 , 624 –
634 .
Budson, A. E., Daffner, K. R., Desikan, R., &
Schacter, D. L. ( 2000 ). When false recogni-
tion is unopposed by true recognition: Gist-
based memory distortion in Alzheimer’s dis-
ease. Neuropsychology, 14, 277 – 287 .
Budson, A. E., Desikan, R., Daffner, K. R., &
Schacter, D. L. ( 2001 ). Perceptual false recog-
nition in Alzheimer’s disease. Neuropsychology,
15, 230 – 243 .
Budson, A. E., Sullivan, A. L., Daffner, K. R.,
& Schacter, D. L. ( 2003 ). Semantic versus
phonological false recognition in aging and
Alzheimer’s disease. Brain and Cognition, 51,
251 – 261 .
Cabeza, R., Rao, S. M., Wagner, A. D., Mayer,
A. R., & Schacter, D. L. ( 2001 ). Can medial
temporal lobe regions distinguish true from
false? An event-related functional MRI study
of veridical and illusory recognition memory.
Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences
USA, 98, 4805 – 4810 .
Cermak, L. S. ( 1982 ). Human memory and amne-
sia. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Corbetta, M., & Shulman, G. L. ( 2002 ). Control
of goal-directed and stimulus-driven attention in the brain. Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 3,
201 – 215 .
Curran, T. ( 2004 ). Effects of attention and con-
fidence on the hypothesized ERP correlates of
recollection and familiarity. Neuropsychologia,
42 , 1088 – 1106 .
Dale, A. M., & Buckner, R. L. ( 1997 ). Selective
averaging of rapidly presented individual trials
using fMRI. Human Brain Mapping, 5, 329 –
340 .
Deese, J. ( 1959 ). On the prediction of occurrence
of particular verbal intrusions in immediate
recall. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 58,
17 – 22 .
Dobbins, Foley, Schacter, & Wagner, ( 2002 ).
Dobbins, I. G., Rice, H. J., Wagner, A. D., &
Schacter, D. L. ( 2003 ). Memory orientation
and success: Separable neurocognitive com-
ponents underlying episodic recognition. Neu-
ropsychologia, 41, 318 – 333 .
Dobbins, I. G., Schnyer, D. M., Verfaellie, M., &
Schacter, D. L. ( 2004 ). Cortical activity reduc-
tions during repetition priming can result from
rapid response learning. Nature, 42 8, 316 – 319 .
Duarte, A., Ranganath, C., Winward, L., Hay-
ward, D., & Knight, R. T. ( 2004 ). Dissociable
neural correlates for familiarity and recollec-
tion during the encoding and retrieval of pic-
tures. Cognitive Brain Research, 18, 255 – 272 .
Dunn, J. C. ( 2004 ). Remember-know: A matter
of confidence. Psychological Review, 111, 524 –
542 .
D ¨uzel, E., Yonelinas, A. P., Mangun, G. R.,
Heinze, H., & Tulving, E. ( 1997 ). Event-related
brain potential correlates of two states of con-
scious awareness in memory. Proceedings of the
National Academy of Sciences USA, 94, 5973 –
5978 .
Eldridge, L. L., Knowlton, B. J., Furmanski, C. S.,
Bookheimer, S. Y., & Engel, S. A. ( 2000 ).
Remembering episodes: A selective role for the
hippocampus during retrieval. Nature Reviews
Neuroscience, 3, 1149 – 1152 .
Epstein, R., & Kanwisher, N. ( 1998 ). A cortical
representation of the local visual environment.
Nature, 392 , 598 – 601 .
Fabiani, M., Stadler, M. A., & Wessels, P. M.
( 2000 ). True but not false memories produce
a sensory signature in human lateralized brain
potentials. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 12 ,
941 – 949 .
Gardiner, J. M., Ramponi, C., & Richardson-
Klavehn, A. ( 2002 ). Recognition memory and decision processes: A meta-analysis of remem-
ber, know, and guess responses. Memory, 10,
83 – 98 .
Goodale, M. A., & Westwood, D. A. ( 2004 ).
An evolving view of duplex vision: Separate
but interacting cortical pathways for percep-
tion and action. Current Opinion in Neurobiol-
ogy, 14, 203 – 211 .
Gooding, P. A., Mayes, A. R., & van Eijk, R.
( 2000 ). A meta-analysis of indirect memory
tests for novel material in organic amnesics.
Neuropsychologia, 38, 666 – 676 .
Gottfried, J. A., Smith, A. P. R., Rugg, M. D.,
& Dolan, R. J. ( 2004 ). Remembrance of odors
past: Human olfactory cortex in cross-modal
recognition memory. Neuron, 42 , 687 – 695 .
Graf, P., & Schacter, D. L. ( 1985 ). Implicit and
explicit memory for new associations in normal
subjects and amnesic patients. Journal of Exper-
imental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cog-
nition, 11, 501 – 518 .
Gratton, G., Corballis, P. M., & Jain, S. ( 1997 ).
Hemispheric organization of visual memories.
Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 9, 92 – 104 .
Guzeldere, G., Flanagan, O., & Hardcastle,
V. G. ( 2000 ). The nature and function of
consciousness: Lessons from blindsight. In M.
S. Gazzaniga (Ed.), The cognitive neurosciences
( 2 nd ed., pp. 1277 – 1284 ). Cambridge, MA:
MIT Press.
Henson, R. N. ( 2003 ). Neuroimaging studies of
priming. Progress in Neurobiology, 70, 53 – 81 .
Henson, R. N. A., Rugg, M. D., Shallice, T.,
Josephs, O., & Dolan, R. J. ( 1999 ). Recollec-
tion and familiarity in recognition memory:
An event-related functional magnetic reso-
nance imaging study. Journal of Neuroscience,
19, 3962 – 3972 .
Henson, R., Shallice, T., & Dolan, R. ( 2000 ).
Neuroimaging evidence for dissociable forms
of repetition priming. Science, 2 87, 1269 –
1272 .
Holdstock, J. S., Mayes, A. R., Gong, Q. Y.,
Roberts, N., & Kapur, N. ( 2005 ). Item recog-
nition is less impaired than recall and asso-
ciative recognition in a patient with selective
hippocampal damage. Hippocampus, 15, 203 –
215 .
Holdstock, J. S., Mayes, A. R., Roberts, N., Ceza-
yirli, E., Isaac, C. L., O’Reilly, R. C., & Norman,
K. A. ( 2002 ). Under what conditions is recog-
nition spared relative to recall after selective
hippocampal damage in humans? Hippocam-
pus, 12 , 341 – 351 .
Hopfinger, J. B., Buonocore, M. H., & Mangun,
G. R. ( 2000 ). The neural mechanisms of top-
down attentional control. Nature Neuroscience,
3, 284 – 291 .
James, T. W., Humphrey, G. K., Gati, J. S.,
Menon, R. S., & Goodale, M. A. ( 2000 ). The
effects of visual object priming on brain activa-
tion before and after recognition. Current Biol-
ogy, 10, 1017 – 1024 .
Johnson, M. K., Nolde, S. F., Mather, M.,
Kounios, J., Schacter, D. L., & Curran, T.
( 1997 ). The similarity of brain activity associ-
ated with true and false recognition memory
depends on test format. Psychological Science,
8, 250 – 257 .
Kahn, I., Davachi, L., & Wagner, A. D.
( 2004 ). Functional-neuroanatomic correlates
of recollection: Implications for models of
recognition memory. Journal of Neuroscience,
2 4, 4172 – 4180 .
Kapur, S., Craik, F. I., Jones, C., Brown, G. M.,
Houle, S., & Tulving, E. ( 1995 ). Functional
role of the prefrontal cortex in retrieval of
memories: A PET study. NeuroReport, 6, 1880 –
1884 .
Knowlton, B. J., & Squire, L. R. ( 1995 ). Remem-
bering and knowing: Two different expressions
of declarative memory. Journal of Experimental
Psychology: Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 2 1,
699 – 710 .
K¨ohler, S., & Moscovitch, M. ( 1997 ). Uncon-
scious visual processing in neuropsychological
syndromes: A survey of the literature and eval-
uation of models of consciousness. In M. D.
Rugg (Ed.), Cognitive neuroscience (pp. 305 –
373 ). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Konishi, S., Wheeler, M. E., Donaldson, D. I.,
& Buckner, R. L. ( 2000 ). Neural correlates of
episodic retrieval success. NeuroImage, 12 , 276 –
286 .
Koutstaal, W., Schacter, D. L., Verfaellie, M.,
Brenner, C., & Jackson, E. M. ( 1999 ). Perceptu-
ally based false recognition of novel objects in
amnesia: Effects of category size and similarity
to category prototypes. Cognitive Neuropsychol-
ogy, 16, 317 – 341 .
Manns, J. R., Hopkins, R. O., Reed, J. M., Kitch-
ener, E. G., & Squire, L. R. ( 2003 ). Recognition
memory and the human hippocampus. Neu-
ron, 37, 171 – 180 .
Maril, A., Simons, J. S., Mitchell, J. P., Schwartz,
B. L., & Schacter, D. L. ( 2003 ). Feeling-of-
knowing in episodic memory: An event-related
fMRI study. NeuroImage, 18, 827 – 836 .
Mather, M., Henkel, L. A., & Johnson, M. K.
( 1997 ). Evaluating characteristics of false
memories: Remember/know judgments and
memory characteristics questionnaire com-
pared. Memory & Cognition, 2 5, 826 – 837 .
McDermott, K. B., Jones, T. C., Petersen, S. E.,
Lageman, S. K., & Roediger, H. L. III. ( 2000 ).
Retrieval success is accompanied by enhanced
activation in anterior prefrontal cortex during
recognition memory: An event-related fMRI
study. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 12 ,
965 – 976 .
Melo, B., Winocur, G., & Moscovitch, M.
( 1999 ). False recall and false recognition:
An examination of the effects of selective
and combined lesions to the medial tempo-
ral lobe/diencephalon and frontal lobe struc-
tures. Cognitive Neuropsychology, 16, 343 –
359 .
Moscovitch, M. ( 1984 ). The sufficient conditions
for demonstrating preserved amnesia: A task
analysis. In L. R. Squire & N. Butters (Eds.),
Neuropsychology of memory (pp. 104 – 114 ). New
York: Guilford Press.
Moscovitch, M. ( 1994 ). Memory and working
with memory: Evaluation of a component pro-
cess model and comparisons with other models.
In D. L. Schacter & E. Tulving (Eds.) Memory
systems 1994 (pp. 269 – 331 ). Cambridge, MA:
MIT Press.
Moscovitch, M. ( 1995 ). Recovered con-scious-
ness: A hypothesis concerning modularity and
episodic memory. Journal of Clinical and Exper-
imental Neuropsychology, 17, 276 – 290 .
Moscovitch, M. ( 2000 ). Theories of memory and
consciousness. In E. Tulving & F. I. M. Craik
(Eds.), Oxford handbook of memory (pp. 609 –
625 ). London: Oxford University Press.
Moscovitch, M., Kapur, S., K¨ohler, S., & Houle,
S. ( 1995 ). Distinct neural correlates of visual
long-term memory for spatial location and
object identity: A positron emission tomog-
raphy study in humans. Proceedings of the
National Academy of Sciences USA, 92 , 3721 –
3725 .
Moscovitch, M., & McAndrews, M. P. ( 2002 ).
Material-specific deficits in “remembering” in
patients with unilateral temporal lobe epilepsy
and excisions. Neuropsychologia, 40, 1335 –
1342 .
Moscovitch, M., Vriezen, E., & Goshen-
Gottstein, Y. ( 1993 ). Implicit tests of memory
in patients with focal lesions or degenerative
brain disorders. In F. Boller & J. Grafman (Eds.), Handbook of neuropsychology (Vol. 8 , pp. 133 –
173 ). Amsterdam: Elsevier.
Nadel, L., & Moscovitch, M. ( 1997 ). Memory
consolidation, retrograde amnesia and the hip-
pocampal complex. Current Opinion in Neuro-
biology, 7, 217 – 227 .
Nolde, S. F., Johnson, M. K., & D’Esposito,
M. ( 1998 ). Left prefrontal activation during
episodic remembering: An event-related fMRI
study. NeuroReport, 9, 3509 – 3514 .
Norman, K. A., & Schacter, D. L. ( 1997 ).
False recognition in younger and older adults:
Exploring the characteristics of illusory mem-
ories. Memory & Cognition, 2 5, 838 – 848 .
Nyberg, L., Habib, R., McIntosh, A. R., & Tul-
ving, E. ( 2000 ). Reactivation of encoding-
related brain activity during memory retrieval.
Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences
USA, 97, 11120 – 11124 .
Nyberg, L., McIntosh, A. R., Houle, S., Nils-
son, L. G., & Tulving, E. ( 1996 ). Activation
of medial temporal structures during episodic
memory retrieval. Nature, 380, 715 – 717 .
Nyberg, L., Petersson, K. M., Nilsson, L., Sand-
blom, J.,
´
Åberg, C., & Ingvar, M. ( 2001 ). Reac-
tivation of motor brain areas during explicit
memory for actions. NeuroImage, 14, 521 –
528 .
Nyberg, L., Tulving, E., Habib, R., Nilsson, L. G.,
Kapur, S., Houle, S., Cabeza, R., & McIntosh,
A. R. ( 1995 ). Functional brain maps of retrieval
mode and recovery of episodic information.
NeuroReport, 7, 249 – 252 .
Okado, Y., & Stark, C. ( 2003 ). Neural process-
ing associated with true and false memory
retrieval. Cognitive, Affective, & Behavioral Neu-
roscience, 3, 323 – 334 .
Roediger, H. L. III, & McDermott, K. B. ( 1993 ).
Implicit memory in normal human subjects. In
H. Spinnler & F. Boller (Eds.), Handbook of neu-
ropsychology (Vol. 8 , pp. 63 – 131 ). Amsterdam:
Elsevier.
Roediger, H. L.III, & McDermott, K. B. ( 1995 ).
Creating false memories: Remembering words
not presented in lists. Journal of Experimental
Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition,
2 1, 803 – 814 .
Rotello, C. M., Macmillan N. A., & Reeder, J. A.
( 2004 ). Sum-difference theory of remember-
ing and knowing: A two-dimensional signal-
detection model. Psychological Review, 111, 588 –
616 .
Rugg, M. D., Fletcher, P. C., Frith, C. D., Frack-
owiak, R. S., & Dolan, R. J. ( 1996 ). Differential activation of the prefrontal cortex in successful
and unsuccessful memory retrieval. Brain, 119,
2073 – 2083 .
Rugg, M. D., Fletcher, P. C., Frith, C. D., Frack-
owiak, R. S., & Dolan, R. J. ( 1997 ). Brain
regions supporting intentional and incidental
memory: A PET study. NeuroReport, 2 4, 1283 –
1287 .
Rugg, M. D., Henson, R. N. A., & Robb, W. G. K.
( 2003 ). Neural correlates of retrieval process-
ing in the prefrontal cortex during recognition
and exclusion tasks. Neuropsychologia, 41, 40 –
52 .
Rugg, M. D., Mark, R. E., Walla, P., Schloer-
scheidt, A. M., Birch, C. S., & Allan, K. ( 1998 ).
Dissociation of the neural correlates of implicit
and explicit memory. Nature, 392 , 595 –
598 .
Schacter, D. L. ( 1987 ). Implicit memory: His-
tory and current status. Journal of Experimental
Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition,
13, 501 – 518 .
Schacter, D. L., Alpert, N. M., Savage, C. R.,
Rauch, S. L., & Albert, M. S. ( 1996 a). Con-
scious recollection and the human hippocam-
pal formation: Evidence from positron emis-
sion tomography. Proceedings of the National
Academy of Sciences USA, 93, 321 – 325 .
Schacter, D. L., & Buckner, R. L. ( 1998 ). Priming
and the brain. Neuron, 2 0, 185 – 195 .
Schacter, D. L., Buckner, R. L., Koutstaal, W.,
Dale, A. M., & Rosen, B. R. ( 1997 a). Late onset
of anterior prefrontal activity during true and
false recognition: An event-related fMRI study.
NeuroImage, 6, 259 – 269 .
Schacter, D. L., & Curran, T. ( 2000 ). Memory
without remembering and remembering with-
out memory: Implicit and false memories. In
M. S. Gazzaniga (Ed.), The cognitive neuro-
sciences ( 2 nd ed., pp. 829 – 840 ). Cambridge,
MA: MIT Press.
Schacter, D. L., Dobbins, I. G., & Schnyer,
D. M. ( 2004 ). Specificity of priming: A cogni-
tive neuroscience perspective. Nature Reviews
Neuroscience, 5, 853 – 862 .
Schacter, D. L., McAndrews, M. P., & Moscov-
itch, M. ( 1988 ). Access to consciousness: Dis-
sociations between implicit and explicit knowl-
edge. In L. Weiskrantz (Ed.), Thought with-
out language (pp. 242 – 278 ). New York: Oxford
University Press.
Schacter, D. L., Norman, K. A., & Koutstaal, W.
( 1998 a). The cognitive neuroscience of constructive memory. Annual Review of Psychology,
49, 289 – 318 .
Schacter, D. L., Reiman, E., Curran, T., Yun,
L. S., Bandy, D., McDermott, K. B., & Roediger,
H. L. III. ( 1996 b). Neuroanatomical correlates
of veridical and illusory recognition memory:
Evidence from positron emission tomography.
Neuron, 17, 267 – 274 .
Schacter, D. L., Reiman, E., Uecker, A., Polster,
M. R., Yun, L. S., & Cooper, L. A. ( 1995 ). Brain
regions associated with retrieval of structurally
coherent visual information. Nature, 376, 587 –
590 .
Schacter, D. L., & Slotnick, S. D. ( 2004 ). The
cognitive neuroscience of memory distortion.
Neuron, 44, 149 – 160 .
Schacter, D. L., Verfaellie, M., & Anes, M. D.
( 1997 b). Illusory memories in amnesic patients:
Conceptual and perceptual false recognition.
Neuropsychology, 11, 331 – 342 .
Schacter, D. L., Verfaellie, M., Anes, M. D.,
& Racine, C. ( 1998 b). When true recognition
suppresses false recognition: Evidence from
amnesic patients. Journal of Cognitive Neuro-
science, 10, 668 – 679 .
Schacter, D. L., Verfaellie, M., & Pradere,
D. ( 1996 c). The neuropsychology of mem-
ory illusions: False recall and recognition in
amnesic patients. Journal of Memory and Lan-
guage, 35, 319 – 334 .
Schooler, J. W., Gerhard, D., & Loftus, E. F.
( 1986 ). Qualities of the unreal. Journal of Exper-
imental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cog-
nition, 12 , 171 – 181 .
Slotnick, S. D., & Dodson, C. S. ( 2005 ). Sup-
port for a continuous (single-process) model of
recognition memory and source memory. Mem-
ory & Cognition, 33, 151 – 170 .
Slotnick, S. D., Moo, L. R., Segal, J. B., & Hart,
J. Jr. ( 2003 ). Distinct prefrontal cortex activity
associated with item memory and source mem-
ory for visual shapes. Cognitive Brain Research,
17, 75 – 82 .
Slotnick, S. D., & Schacter, D. L. ( 2004 ). A
sensory signature that distinguishes true from
false memories. Nature Neuroscience, 7, 664 –
672 .
Smith, M. E. ( 1993 ). Neurophysiological man-
ifestations of recollective experience during
recognition memory judgments. Journal of Cog-
nitive Neuroscience, 5, 1 – 13 .
Squire, L. R. ( 1992 ). Memory and the hippo-
campus: A synthesis from findings with rats, monkeys, and humans. Psychological Review,
99, 195 – 231 .
Squire, L. R., Ojemann, J. G., Miezin, F. M.,
Petersen, S. E., Videen, T. O., & Raichle, M. E.
( 1992 ). Activation of the hippocampus in nor-
mal humans: A functional anatomical study of
memory. Proceedings of the National Academy
of Sciences USA, 89, 1837 – 1841 .
Squire, L. R., Stark, C. E. L., & Clark, R. E.
( 2004 ). The medial temporal lobe. Annual
Review of Neuroscience, 2 7, 279 – 306 .
Trott, C. T., Friedman, D., Ritter, W., Fabiani,
M., & Snodgrass, J. G. ( 1999 ). Episodic prim-
ing and memory for temporal source: Event-
related potentials reveal age-related differences
in prefrontal functioning. Psychology and Aging,
14, 390 – 413 .
Tulving, E. ( 1985 a). How many memory systems
are there? American Psychologist, 40, 385 – 398 .
Tulving, E. ( 1985 b). Memory and consciousness.
Canadian Psychology, 2 6, 1 – 12 .
Tulving, E., Kapur, S., Craik, F. I. M., Moscovitch,
M., & Houle, S. ( 1994 ). Hemispheric encod-
ing/retrieval asymmetry in episodic memory:
Positron emission tomography findings. Pro-
ceedings of the National Academy of Sciences
USA, 91, 2016 – 2020 .
Uecker, A., Reiman, E. M., Schacter, D. L., Pol-
ster, M. R., Cooper, L. A., Yun, L. S., &
Chen, K. ( 1997 ). Neuroanatomical correlates
of implicit and explicit memory for structurally
possible and impossible visual objects. Learning
& Memory, 4, 337 – 355 .
Vaidya, C. J., Zhao, M., Desmond, J. E., &
Gabrieli, J. D. E. ( 2002 ). Evidence for corti-
cal encoding specificity in episodic memory:
Memory-induced re-activation of picture pro-
cessing areas. Neuropsychologia, 40, 2136 –
2143 .
Velanova, K., Jacoby, L. L., Wheeler, M. E.,
McAvoy, M. P., Petersen, S. E., & Buckner,
R. L. ( 2003 ). Functional-anatomic correlates of
sustained and transient processing components
engaged during controlled retrieval. Journal of
Neuroscience, 2 3, 8460 – 8470 .
Wagner, A. D., Desmond, J. E., Glover, G. H.,
& Gabrieli, J. D. E. ( 1998 ). Prefrontal cor-
tex and recognition memory: Functional-MRI evidence for context-dependent retrieval pro-
cesses. Brain, 12 1, 1985 – 2002 .
Warrington, E. K., & Weiskrantz, L. ( 1974 ). The
effect of prior learning on subsequent retention
in amnesic patients. Neuropsychologia, 12 , 419 –
428 .
Wheeler, M. E., & Buckner, R. L. ( 2003 ).
Functional dissociation among components of
remembering: Control, perceived oldness, and
content. Journal of Neuroscience, 2 3, 3869 –
3880 .
Wheeler, M. E., & Buckner, R. L. ( 2004 ).
Functional-anatomic correlates of remember-
ing and knowing. NeuroImage, 2 1, 1337 – 1349 .
Wheeler, M. E., Petersen, S. E., & Buckner, R. L.
( 2000 ). Memory’s echo: Vivid remembering
reactivates sensory-specific cortex. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences USA, 97,
11125 – 11129 .
Wiggs, C. L., & Martin, A. ( 1998 ). Properties
and mechanisms of perceptual priming. Cur-
rent Opinion in Neurobiology, 8, 227 – 233 .
Wilding, E. L., & Rugg, M. D. ( 1996 ). An event-
related potential study of recognition memory
with and without retrieval of source. Brain, 119,
889 – 905 .
Wixted, J. T., & Stretch, V. ( 2004 ). In defense of
the signal detection interpretation of remem-
ber/know judgments. Psychonomic Bulletin &
Review, 11, 616 – 641 .
Yonelinas, A. P., Kroll, N. E. A., Dobbins, I.,
Lazzara, M., & Knight, R. T. ( 1998 ). Recollec-
tion and familiarity deficits in amnesia: Con-
vergence of remember-know, process dissocia-
tion, and receiver operating characteristic data.
Neuropsychology 12 , 323 – 339 .
Yonelinas, A. P., Kroll, N. E., Quamme, J. R., Laz-
zara, M. M., Sauve, M. J., Widarman, K. F., &
Knight, R. T. ( 2002 ). Effects of extensive tem-
poral lobe damage or mild hypoxia on recol-
lection and familiarity. Nature Neuroscience, 5,
1236 – 1241 .
Young, A. W. ( 1994 ). Conscious and nonconsious
recognition of familiar faces. In C. Umilt`a & M.
Moscovitch (Eds.), Attention and performance
15: Conscious and nonconscious information pro-
cessing (pp. 153 – 178 ). Cambridge, MA: MIT
Press.
Further Reading
Farah, M. J. (1990). Visual Agnosia: Disorders of Object
Recognition and What They Tell Us about Normal Vision.
MIT Press/Bradford Books, Cambridge, MA.
Grill-Spector, K., Kourtzi, Z., and Kanwisher, N. (2001). The
lateral occipital complex and its role in object recognition.
Vision Res. 41, 1409–1422.
Kanwisher, N., Downing, P., Epstein, R., and Kourtzi, Z. (2000).
In The Handbook on Functional Neuroimaging (R. Cabeza and
A. Kingstone, Eds.). Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge, UK.
Mishkin, M., Ungerleider, L. G., and Macko, K. A. (1983). Object
vision and spatial vision: Two cortical pathways. Trends
Neurosci. 6, 414–417.
Wandell, B. (1999). In Cognitive Neuroscience (M. Gazzaniga, Ed.,).
Zeki, S. (1995), A Vision of the Brain, Blackwell, Oxford, UK.
References
Aaker, J. L. (1997). Dimensions of brand personality. Journal of Marketing
Research, 34(3), 347–356.
Aharon, I., Etcoff, N., Ariely, D., Chabris, C. F., O'Connor, E., & Breiter, H. C.
(2001). Beautiful faces have variable reward value: fMRI and behavioral
evidence. Neuron, 32(3), 537–551.
Ariely, D., & Berns, G. S. (2010). Neuromarketing: The hope and hype of
neuroimaging in business. Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 11(4), 284–292.
Ariely, D., & Norton, M. I. (2008). How actions create—not just reveal - preferences.
Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 12(1), 13–16.
Baumeister, R. F. (2002). Yielding to temptation: Self-control failure, impulsive
purchasing, and consumer behavior. Journal of Consumer Research, 28(4),
670–676.
Benhabib, J., & Bisin, A. (2008). Choice and process: theory ahead of
measurement. In A. Caplin, & A. Schotter (Eds.), Foundations of positive
and normative economics, methodologies of modern economics, Vol. 1, : Oxford
University Press.
Bernheim, B. D. (2009). On the potential of neuroeconomics: A critical (but
hopeful) appraisal. American Economic Journal: Microeconomics, 1(2),
1–41.
Bettman, J. R. (1979). Memory factors in consumer choice—Review. Journal
of Marketing, 43(2), 37–53.
Bettman, J. R., Luce, M. F., & Payne, J. W. (1998). Constructive consumer
choice processes. Journal of Consumer Research, 25(3), 187–217.
Bhatt, M. A., Lohrenz, T., Camerer, C. F., & Montague, P. R. (2010). Neural
signatures of strategic types in a two-person bargaining game. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America,
107(46), 19720–19725.
Brasel, S. A., & Gips, J. (2011). Red Bull “Gives You Wings” for better or worse:
A double-edged impact of brand exposure on consumer performance. Journal
of Consumer Psychology, 21(1), 57–64.
Bucklin, R. E., & Gupta, S. (1992). Brand choice, purchase incidence, and
segmentation—An Integrated Modeling Approach. Journal of Marketing
Research, 29(2), 201–215.
Bullmore, E., & Sporns, O. (2009). Complex brain networks: graph theoretical
analysis of structural and functional systems. Nature Reviews Neuroscience,
10(3), 186–198.
Bushong, B., King, L. M., Camerer, C. F., & Rangel, A. (2010). Pavlovian
processes in consumer choice: The physical presence of a good increases
willingness-to-pay. American Economic Review, 100(4), 1556–1571.
Cabeza, R., Anderson, N. D., Locantore, J. K., & McIntosh, A. R. (2002).
Aging gracefully: Compensatory brain activity in high-performing older
adults. NeuroImage, 17(3), 1394–1402.
Campbell-Meiklejohn, D. K., Bach, D. R., Roepstorff, A., Dolan, R. J., & Frith,
C. D. (2010). How the opinion of others affects our valuation of objects.
Current Biology, 20(13), 1165–1170.
Caplin, A., & Dean, M. (2008). Dopamine, reward prediction error, and economics.
Quarterly Journal of Economics, 123(2), 663–701.
Chang, L. J., Smith, A., Dufwenberg, M., & Sanfey, A. G. (2011). Triangulating
the neural, psychological, and economic bases of guilt aversion. Neuron,
70(3), 560–572.
Chartrand, T. L. (2005). The role of conscious awareness in consumer behavior.
Journal of Consumer Psychology, 15(3), 203–210.
Chib, V. S., Rangel, A., Shimojo, S., & O'Doherty, J. P. (2009). Evidence
for a common representation of decision values for dissimilar goods in
human ventromedial prefrontal cortex. Journal of Neuroscience,
29(39), 12315–12320.
Churchill, G. A., & Iacobucci, D. (2005). Marketing research: Methodological
foundations (9th ed.). Mason, Ohio: Thomson/South-Western.
Clithero, J. A., Tankersley, D., & Huettel, S. A. (2008). Foundations of
neuroeconomics: From philosophy to practice. PLoS Biology, 6(11),
e298.
De Martino, B., Kumaran, D., Seymour, B., & Dolan, R. J. (2006). Frames,
biases, and rational decision-making in the human brain. Science,
313(5787), 684–687.
Delgado, M. R., Gillis, M. M., & Phelps, E. A. (2008). Regulating the expectation
of reward via cognitive strategies. Nature Neuroscience, 11(8), 880–881.
Dijksterhuis, A., Smith, P. K., van Baaren, R. B., & Wigboldus, D. H. J. (2005).
The unconscious consumer: Effects of environment on consumer behavior.
Journal of Consumer Psychology, 15(3), 193–202.
Ferraro, R., Bettman, J. R., & Chartrand, T. L. (2009). The power of strangers: The
effect of incidental consumer brand encounters on brand choice. Journal of
Consumer Research, 35(5), 729–741.
Fishbach, A., Ratner, R. K., & Zhang, Y. (2011). Inherently loyal or easily bored?:
Nonconscious activation of consistency versus variety-seeking behavior. Journal
of Consumer Psychology, 21(1), 38–48.
FitzGerald, T. H., Seymour, B., & Dolan, R. J. (2009). The role of human
orbitofrontal cortex in value comparison for incommensurable objects. Journal
of Neuroscience, 29(26), 8388–8395.
Fitzsimons, G. M., Chartrand, T. L., & Fitzsimons, G. J. (2008). Automatic effects
of brand exposure on motivated behavior: How Apple makes you "Think
Different". Journal of Consumer Research, 35(1), 21–35.
Forehand, M. R., Perkins, A., & Reed, A. (2011). When are automatic social
comparisons not automatic? The effect of cognitive systems on user
imagery-based self-concept activation. Journal of Consumer Psychology,
21(1), 88–100.
Friestad, M., & Wright, P. (1994). The persuasion knowledge model—How
people cope with persuasion attempts. Journal of Consumer Research,
21(1), 1–31.
Gabaix, X., Laibson, D., Moloche, G., & Weinberg, S. (2006). Costly information
acquisition: Experimental analysis of a boundedly rational model. American
Economic Review, 96(4), 1043–1068.
Geschwind, D. H., & Konopka, G. (2009). Neuroscience in the era of functional
genomics and systems biology. Nature, 461(7266), 908–915.
Greenberg, M., & McDonald, S. S. (1989). Successful needs/benefits segmentation:
A user's guide. Journal of Consumer Marketing, 6(3), 29–36.
Gul, F., & Pesendorfer, W. (2008). The case for mindless economics. In A.
Caplin, & A. Schotter (Eds.), The foundations of positive and normative
economics. : Oxford University Press.
Hackman, D. A., Farah, M. J., & Meaney, M. J. (2010). Socioeconomic status and
the brain: Mechanistic insights from human and animal research. Nature
Reviews Neuroscience, 11(9), 651–659.
Hamburg, M. A., & Collins, F. S. (2010). The path to personalized medicine.
The New England Journal of Medicine, 363(4), 301–304.
Hang, H. M., & Auty, S. (2011). Children playing branded video games: The
impact of interactivity on product placement effectiveness. Journal of
Consumer Psychology, 21(1), 65–72.
Hare, T. A., Camerer, C. F., & Rangel, A. (2009). Self-control in decision-
making involves modulation of the vmPFC valuation system. Science,
324(5927), 646–648.
Hare, T. A., Malmaud, J., & Rangel, A. (2011). Focusing attention on the health
aspects of foods changes value signals in vmPFC and improves dietary
choice. Journal of Neuroscience, 31(30), 11077–11087.
Hariri, A. R. (2009). The neurobiology of individual differences in complex
behavioral traits. Annual Review of Neuroscience, 32, 225–247.
Harrison, G. W. (2008). Neuroeconomics: A critical reconsideration. Economics
and Philosophy, 24(3), 303–344.
Haynes, J. D., & Rees, G. (2006). Decoding mental states from brain activity in
humans. Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 7(7), 523–534.
Hertwig, R., & Erev, I. (2009). The description-experience gap in risky choice.
Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 13(12), 517–523.
Hubert, M., & Kenning, P. (2008). A current overivew of consumer neuroscience.
Journal of Consumer Behaviour, 7, 272–292.
Izuma, K., Matsumoto, M., Murayama, K., Samejima, K., Sadato, N., & Matsumoto,
K. (2010). Neural correlates of cognitive dissonance and choice-induced prefer-
ence change. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United
States of America, 107(51), 22014–22019.
Kable, J. W. (2011). The cognitive neuroscience toolkit for the neuroeconomist: A
functional overview. Journal of Neuroscience, Psychology, and Economics,
4(2), 63–84.
Kahneman, D., Wakker, P. P., & Sarin, R. (1997). Back to Bentham?—Explorations
of experienced utility. Quarterly Journal of Economics, 112(2), 375–405.
Kahnt, T., Heinzle, J., Park, S. Q., & Haynes, J. D. (2010). The neural code of
reward anticipation in human orbitofrontal cortex. Proceedings of the
National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 107(13),
6010–6015.
Kang, M. J., Rangel, A., Camus, M., & Camerer, C. F. (2011). Hypothetical and real
choice differentially activate common valuation areas. Journal of Neuroscience,
31(2), 461–468.
Kay, K. N., Naselaris, T., Prenger, R. J., & Gallant, J. L. (2008). Identifying nat-
ural images from human brain activity. Nature, 452(7185), 352–356.
Keller, K. L. (2008). Strategic brand management: building, measuring, and man-
aging brand equity (3 rd ed.). Upper Saddle River, NJ: Pearson/Prentice Hall.
Kenning, P. H., & Plassmann, H. (2008). How neuroscience can inform con-
sumer research. IEEE Transactions on Neural Systems and Rehabilitation
Engineering, 16(6), 532–538.
Knutson, B., Rick, S., Wimmer, G. E., Prelec, D., & Loewenstein, G. (2007).
Neural predictors of purchases. Neuron, 53(1), 147–156.
Krajbich, I., Camerer, C., Ledyard, J., & Rangel, A. (2009). Using neural measures
of economic value to solve the public goods free-rider problem. Science,
326(5952), 596–599.
Kringelbach, M. L., & Berridge, K. C. (2009). Towards a functional neuroanatomy
of pleasure and happiness. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 13(11), 479–487.
Lebreton, M., Jorge, S., Michel, V., Thirion, B., & Pessiglione, M. (2009). An
automatic valuation system in the human brain: Evidence from functional
neuroimaging. Neuron, 64(3), 431–439.
Leith, K. P., & Baumeister, R. F. (1996). Why do bad moods increase self-
defeating behavior? Emotion, risk taking, and self-regulation. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 71(6), 1250–1267.
Levy, I., Lazzaro, S. C., Rutledge, R. B., & Glimcher, P. W. (2011). Choice from
non-choice: Predicting consumer preferences from blood oxygenation level-
dependent signals obtained during passive viewing. Journal of Neuroscience,
31(1), 118–125.
Loewenstein, G. F., & Lerner, J. S. (2003). The role of affect in decision making.
In R. J. Davidson, K. R. Scherer, & G. H. Hill (Eds.), Handbook of affective
sciences (pp. 619–642). Oxford: Oxford University Press.
McClure, S. M., Li, J., Tomlin, D., Cypert, K. S., Montague, L. M., & Montague,
P. R. (2004). Neural correlates of behavioral preference for culturally familiar
drinks. Neuron, 44(2), 379–387.
Milosavlijevic, M., Navalpakkam, V., Koch, C., & Rangel, A. (in press). Relative
visual saliency differences induce sizeable bias in consumer choice. Journal of
Consumer Psychology.
Montague, P. R., King-Casas, B., & Cohen, J. D. (2006). Imaging valuation
models in human choice. Annual Review of Neuroscience, 29, 417–448.
Mur, M., Bandettini, P. A., & Kriegeskorte, N. (2009). Revealing representational
content with pattern-information fMRI—an introductory guide. Social Cognitive
and Affective Neuroscience, 4(1), 101–109.
Murphy, E. R., Illes, J., & Reiner, P. B. (2008). Neuroethics of neuromarketing.
Journal of Consumer Behaviour, 7(4–5), 293–302.
Ochsner, K. N., Ray, R. D., Cooper, J. C., Robertson, E. R., Chopra, S., Gabrieli,
J.D., et al. (2004). For better or for worse: Neural systems supporting the cogni-
tive down- and up-regulation of negative emotion. NeuroImage, 23(2), 483–499.
O'Doherty, J. P., Buchanan, T. W., Seymour, B., & Dolan, R. J. (2006). Predictive
neural coding of reward preference involves dissociable responses in human
ventral midbrain and ventral striatum. Neuron, 49(1), 157–166.
Pessiglione, M., Petrovic, P., Daunizeau, J., Palminteri, S., Dolan, R. J., & Frith,
C. D. (2008). Subliminal instrumental conditioning demonstrated in the
human brain. Neuron, 59(4), 561–567.
Pessoa, L. (2008). On the relationship between emotion and cognition. Nature
Reviews Neuroscience, 9(2), 148–158.
Peters, J., & Buchel, C. (2010). Episodic future thinking reduces reward delay
discounting through an enhancement of prefrontal–mediotemporal interactions.
Neuron, 66(1), 138–148.
Phelps, E. A. (2006). Emotion and cognition: insights from studies of the
human amygdala. Annual Review of Psychology, 57, 27–53.
Plassmann, H., O'Doherty, J., & Rangel, A. (2007). Orbitofrontal cortex encodes
willingness to pay in everyday economic transactions. Journal of Neuroscience,
27(37), 9984–9988.
Plassmann, H., O'Doherty, J., Shiv, B., & Rangel, A. (2008). Marketing actions
can modulate neural representations of experienced pleasantness. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 105(3),
1050–1054.
Plassmann, H., Yoon, C., Feinberg, F., & Shiv, B. (2011). Consumer Neuroscience.
In R. P. Bagozzi, & A. Ruvio (Eds.), Wiley international encyclopedia of
marketing, 3, Chichester, United Kingdom: Wiley.
Plassmann, H., Ramsøy, T. Z., & Milosavlijevic, M. (in press). Branding the
brain: A critical review and outlook. Journal of Consumer Psychology.
Poldrack, R. A. (2010). Mapping mental function to brain structure: how can
cognitive neuroimaging succeed? Perspectives on Psychological Science,
5(6), 753–761.
Poldrack, R. A., Halchenko, Y. O., & Hanson, S. J. (2009). Decoding the large-
scale structure of brain function by classifying mental states across individuals.
Psychological Science, 20(11), 1364–1372.
Pradeep, A. K. (2010). The buying brain: Secrets for selling to the subconscious
mind. Hoboken, N.J.: Wiley.
Renvoisé, P., & Morin, C. (2007). Neuromarketing : understanding the “buy button”
in your customer's brain (Rev. and updated. ed.). Nashville, Tenn.: T. Nelson.
Reutskaja, E., Nagel, R., Camerer, C. F., & Rangel, A. (2011). Search dynamics
in consumer choice under time pressure: An eye-tracking study. American
Economic Review, 101(2), 900–926.
Richins, M. L. (1997). Measuring emotions in the consumption experience.
Journal of Consumer Research, 24(2), 127–146.
Rolls, E. T., & Grabenhorst, F. (2008). The orbitofrontal cortex and beyond:
from affect to decision-making. Progress in Neurobiology, 86(3), 216–244.
Rushworth, M. F., Mars, R. B., & Summerfield, C. (2009). General mechanisms
for making decisions? Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 19(1), 75–83.
Rustichini, A. (2009). Is there a method of neuroeconomics? American Economic
Journal: Microeconomics, 1(2), 48–49.
Sanfey, A. G., Loewenstein, G., McClure, S. M., & Cohen, J. D. (2006).
Neuroeconomics: Cross-currents in research on decision-making. Trends in
Cognitive Sciences, 10(3), 108–116.
Schindler, R. M. (1992). The real lesson of new coke: The value of of focus
groups for predicting the effects of social influence. Marketing Research,
4(4), 22–27.
Schwarz, N., Bless, H., & Bohner, G. (1991). Mood and persuasion—Affective
states influence the processing of persuasive communications. Advances in
Experimental Social Psychology, 24, 161–199.
Seymour, B., & Dolan, R. (2008). Emotion, decision making, and the amygdala.
Neuron, 58(5), 662–671.
Sharot, T., De Martino, B., & Dolan, R. J. (2009). How choice reveals and shapes
expected hedonic outcome. Journal of Neuroscience, 29(12), 3760–3765.
Shiv, B. (2007). Emotions, decisions, and the brain. Journal of Consumer
Psychology, 17(3), 174–178.
Shiv, B., & Fedorikhin, A. (1999). Heart and mind in conflict: The interplay of
affect and cognition in consumer decision making. Journal of Consumer
Research, 26(3), 278–292.
Simonson, I., Carmon, Z., Dhar, R., Drolet, A., & Nowlis, S. M. (2001).
Consumer research: In search of identity. Annual Review of Psychology,
52, 249–275.
Soon, C. S., Brass, M., Heinze, H. J., & Haynes, J. D. (2008). Unconscious
determinants of free decisions in the human brain. Nature Neuroscience,
11(5), 543–545.
Story, L. (2007, January 15). Anywhere the Eye Can See, it's Likely to See an
Ad, The New York Times. Retrieved from. http://www.nytimes.com/2007/
01/15/business/media/15everywhere.html
Tse, D. K., & Wilton, P. C. (1988). Models of consumer satisfaction formation—
An extension. Journal of Marketing Research, 25(2), 204–212.
Tusche, A., Bode, S., & Haynes, J. D. (2010). Neural responses to unattended
products predict later consumer choices. Journal of Neuroscience, 30(23),
8024–8031.
Venkatraman, V., Chuah, Y. M. L., Huettel, S. A., & Chee, M. W. L. (2007).
Sleep deprivation elevates expectation of gains and attenuates response to
losses following risky decisions. Sleep, 30(5), 603–609.
Venkatraman, V., Huettel, S. A., Chuah, L. Y., Payne, J. W., & Chee, M. W.
(2011). Sleep deprivation biases the neural mechanisms underlying economic
preferences. Journal of Neuroscience, 31(10), 3712–3718.
Venkatraman, V., Payne, J. W., Bettman, J. R., Luce, M. F., & Huettel, S. A.
(2009). Separate neural mechanisms underlie choices and strategic preferences
in risky decision making. Neuron, 62(4), 593–602.
Wager, T. D., Davidson, M. L., Hughes, B. L., Lindquist, M. A., & Ochsner,
K.N. (2008). Prefrontal–subcortical pathways mediating successful emotion
regulation. Neuron, 59(6), 1037–1050.
Weber, E. U., & Johnson, E. J. (2009). Mindful judgment and decision making.
Annual Review of Psychology, 60, 53–85.
Wheeler, S. C., & Berger, J. (2007). When the same prime leads to different effects.
Journal of Consumer Research, 34(3), 357–368.
Yankelovich, D., & Meer, D. (2006). Rediscovering market segmentation. Harvard
Business Review, 84(2), 122–131.
Yoon, C., Gutchess, A. H., Feinberg, F., & Polk, T. A. (2006). A functional
magnetic resonance imaging study of neural dissociations between brand
and person judgments. Journal of Consumer Research, 33(1), 31–40.
References
Amidzic, O., Riehle, H. J., Fehr, T., Wienbruch, C., & Elbert, T. (2001, August
9). Pattern of focal γ-bursts in chess players. Nature, 412, 603.
Atherton, M., Zhuang, X., Bart, W., Hu, X., & He, S. (2000, April). A functional
magnetic resonance imaging study of chess expertise. Paper presented at the 2000
Cognitive Neuroscience Society Meeting, San Francisco.
Atherton, M., Zhuang, J., Bart, W., Hu, X. & He, S. (2003). Functional MRI
study of high-level cognition. I. The game of chess. Cognitive Brain Research, 16, 26-
31.
Christiaen, J., & Verholfstadt, D.C. (1978). Chess and cognitive development.
Nederlandse Tydschrift voor de Psychologie en haar Grensegebieten, 36, 561-582.
Cranberg, L. D., & Albert, M. L. (1988). The chess mind. In L. Kober, & D.
Fein (Eds.), The exceptional brain: Neuropsychology of talent and special abilities (pp.
156-190). New York: The Guilford Press.
DeFirmian, N., & Korn, W. (1990). Modern chess openings (13th ed.). New
York: David McKay.
Gershunsky, B., & Gufeld, E. (September, 2000). Can chess aid American
schools? Chess Life, 55 (9), 41-43.
Gobet, F., & Simon, H. A. (1996). The roles of recognition processes and look-
ahead search in time-constrained expert problem solving: Evidence from Grand-Master-
Level Chess. Psychological Science, 7, 52-55.
Nichelli, P., Grafman, J., Pietrini, P., Alway, D., Carton, J., & Miletich, R. (1994,
May 19). Brain activity in chess playing. Nature, 369, 191.
Onofrj, M., Curatola, L., Valentini, G., Antonelli, M., Thomas, A., & Fulgente, T.
(1995). Non-dominant dorsal-prefrontal activation during chess problem solution evidenced by single photon emission computerized tomography (SPECT). Neuroscience
Letters, 198, 169-172.
Saariluoma, P. (1995). Chess players’ thinking: A cognitive psychological
approach. London: Routledge.
Smith, J. P., & Cage, B. N. (2000). The effects of chess instruction on the
mathematics achievement of southern, rural, black secondary students. Research in the
Schools, 7, 19-26.
Soltis, A. (1994). The inner game of chess: How to calculate and win. New
York: David McKay.
References
[1] Amalric, M. and Koob, G.F., Depletion of dopamine in the caudate
nucleus but not in nucleus accumbens impairs reaction-time perfor-
mance in rats, J. Neurosci., 7 (1987) 2129-2134.
[2] Baddeley, A.D., Time estimation at reduced body temperature,
Am. J. Psychol., 79 (1966) 475-479.
[3] Bartus, R.T., Dean, III, R.L., Beer, B. and Lippa, A.S., The
cholinergic hypothesis of geriatric memory dysfunction. Science,
217 (1982) 408-417.
[4] Bartus, R.T., Dean, R.L., Pontecorvo, M.J. and Flicker, C., The
cholinergic hypothesis: a historical overview, current perspective,
and future directions. In D.S. Olton et al. (Eds.), Memory Dysfunc-
tions: An Integration of Animal and Human Research From Pre-
clinical and Clinical Perspectives, Ann. N.E Acad. Sci., 444
(1985) 332-358.
[5] Berz, S., B~ittig, K. and Welzl, H., The effects of anticholinergic
drugs on delayed time discrimination performance in rats, Physiol.
Behav., 51 (1992)493-499.
[6] Blusztajn, J.K. and Wurtman, R.J., Choline and cholinergic neu-
rons, Science, 221 (1983) 614-620.
[7] Branch, M.N., Behavioral pharmacology. In I.H. Iversen and K.A.
Lattal (Eds.), Experimental Analysis of Behavior, Part 2, Elsevier,
New York, 1991, pp. 21-77.
[8] Branch, M.N. and GoUub, L.R., A detailed analysis of the effects
of d-amphetamine on behavior under fixed interval schedules, J.
Exp. Anal Behav., 21 (1974) 519-539.
[9] Bruhwyler, J., Chleide, E. and Mercier, M., Effects of low doses of
neuroleptics on temporal regulation in a differential reinforcement
of response duration (DRRD) schedule in the dog, Pharm. Biochem.
Behav., 37 (1990) 607-611.
[10] Carlsson, M. and Carlsson, A., The NMDA antagonist MK-801
causesmarked locomotor stimulation in monoamine-depleted mice,
Z Neural Trans., 75 (1989) 221-226.
[11] Carlsson, M. and Carlsson, A., Interactions between glutamatergic
and monoaminergic systems within the basal ganglia - implica-
tions for schizophrenia and Parkinson's disease, TINS, 13 (1990)
272-276.
[12] Cheramy, A., Leviel, V. and Glowinski, S., Dendritic release of
dopamine in the substantia nigra, Nature, 289 (1981) 537-542.
[13] Chevalier, G., Vacher, S., Deniau, J.M., and Desban, M., Disinhibi-
tion as a basic process in the expression of striatal function. I. The
striato-nigral influence on tecto-spinal/tecto-diencephalic neurons,
Brain Res., 334 (1985) 215-226.
[14] Church, R.M., Properties of the internal clock. In J. Gibbon and L.
Allan (Eds.), Timing and Time Perception, Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci.,
423 (1984) 566-582.
[15] Church, R.M., Meck, W.H. and Gibbon, J., Application of scalar
timing theory to individual trials, J. Exp. Psychol. Anim. Behav.,
20 (1994) 135-155.
[16] Corkin, S., Lasting consequences of bilateral medial temporal
lobectomy: clinical course in experimental findings in H.M., Neu-
rology, 4 (1984) 249-259.
[17] Daniel, S.A. and Thompson, T., Methadone-induced attenuation of
the effects of D9-tetrahydrocannabinol on temporal discrimination
in pigeons, J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther., 213 (1980) 247-253.
[18] Dawson T.M., Gehlert, D.R., Yamamura, H.I., Barnett, A. and
Wamsley, J.K., D1 dopamine receptors in the rat brain: autoradio-
graphic localization using [3H]SCH 23390, Eur. J. Pharmacol.,
108 (1985) 323-325.
[19] Edmonds, D.E., Stellar, J.R. and Gallistel, C.R., Parametric analy-
sis of brain stimulation reward in the rat. II. Temporal summation
in the reward system, J. Comp. Physiol. Psychol., 87 (1974)
860-869.
[20] Edmonds, D.E. and Gallistel, C.R., Parametric analysis of brain
stimulation reward in the rat. III. Effect of performance variables
on the reward summation function, J. Comp. Physiol. Psychol., 87
(1974) 876-883.
[21] Ellenbroek, B., Schwarz, M. and Sontag, K-H., Muscular rigidity
and delineation of a dopamine specific neostriatal subregion: tonic
EMG activity in rats, Brain Res., 345 (1985) 732-740.
[22] Engber, T.M., Susel, Z., Kuo, S., Chase, T.N., Chronic levodopa
treatment alters basal and dopamine agonist-stimulated cerebral
glucose utilization, J. Neurosci., 10, (1990) 3889-3895.
[23] Fraisse, P., Perception and estimation of time, Annu. Rev. Psychol.,
35 (1984) 1-36.
[24] Fuster, J.M., The Prefrontal Cortex: Anatomy, Physiology and
Neuropsychology of the Frontal Lobe, Raven Press, New York,
1980.
[25] Gallistel, C.R., Self-stimulation. In J.A. Deutsch (Ed.), The Physio-
logical Basis of Memory, Academic Press, New York, 1983, pp.
269-349.
[26] Gale, K. and Casu, M., Dynamic utilization of GABA in substantia
nigra: regulation by dopamine and GABA in the striatum, and its
clinical and behavioral implications, Mol. Cell Biochem., 39 (1981)
369-405.
[27] Gerfen, C.R., Engber, T.M. and Mahan, L.C., D1 and D2 dopamine receptor-regulated gene expression of striatonigral and striatopalli-
dal neurons, Science, 250 (1990) 1429-1432.
[28] Gibbon, J., Scalar expectancy theory and Weber's law in animal
timing, Psychol. Rev., 84 (1977), 279-325.
[29] Gibbon, J., Origins of scalar timing, Learn. Motiv., 22 (1991)
3-38.
[30] Gibbon, J. and Church, R.M., Sources of variance in an informa-
tion processing theory of timing. In H.L. Roitblat, T.G. Bever, and
H.S. Terrace (Eds.), Animal Cognition, Erlbaum, HiUsdale, NJ,
1984, pp. 465-488.
[31] Gibbon, J. and Church, R.M., Representation of time, Cognition,
37 (1990) 23-54.
[32] Gibbon, J. and Church, R.M., Comparison of variance and covari-
ance patterns in parallel and serial theories of timing, J. Expt. Anal.
Behav., 57 (1992) 393-406.
[33] Gibbon, J., Church, R.M. and Meck, W.H., Scalar timing in
memory. In J. Gibbon and L. Allan (Eds.), Timing and Time
Perception, Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci., 423 (1984) 52-77.
[34] Goody, W., Disorders of the time sense. In P.J. Vinken and G.W.
Bruyn (Eds.), Handbook of Clinical Neurology, Vol. 3, John Wiley
and Sons, Inc., New York, 1969, pp. 229-250.
[35] Graybiel, A.M., Neurotransmitters and neuromodulators in the
basal ganglia, Trends Neurosci., 13 (1990) 244-254.
[36] Hashimoto, C.P., Effects of repeated administration of pyrithiamine
and oxythiamine on timing behavior in rats, Fol. Pharmacol. Jpn.,
78 (1981) 521-528.
[37] Hasselmo, M.E., Anderson, B.P. and Bower, J.M., Cholinergic
modulation may enhance cortical associative memory function. In
R.P. Lippman, J. Moody, and D.S. Touretzky (Eds.), Advances in
Neural Information Processing Systems, Vol. 3, Morgan Kaufman,
San Mateo, CA, 1991, pp. 50-57.
[38] Hattori, T. and Fibiger, H.C., Brain Res., 238 (1982) 245-250.
[39] Hicks, R.E, Gualtieri, C.T., Mayo, J.P. and Perez-Reyes, M.,
Cannabis, atropine, and temporal information processing, Neu-
ropsychobiology, 12 (1984) 229-237.
[40] Hoagland, H., The physiological control of judgements of duration:
evidence for a chemical clock, J. Gen. Psychol., 9 (1933) 267-287.
[41] Hoebel, B.G., Monaco, A.P., Hernandez, L., Aulissi, E., Stanley,
B.G. and Lenard, L., Self-injection of amphetamine directly into
the brain, Psychopharmacology, 81 (1983) 158-163.
[42] Jenkins, J.C., Krogsgaard-Larsen, P. and Honore, T., Structure-ac-
tivity relationships in the development of excitatory amino acid
receptor agonists and competitive antagonists, TIPS, 11 (1990)
25-33.
[43] John, E.R. and Killam, T., Electrophysiological correlates of avoid-
ance and conditioning in the cat, J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther., 125
(1959) 252-275.
[44] Johnson, S.W., Mercuri, N.B. and North, R.A., 5-Hydroxytryp-
taminelB receptors block the GABAB synaptic potential in rat
dopamine neurons, J. Neurosci., 12 (1992) 2000-2006.
[45] Kebabian, J.W. and Calne, D.B., Multiple receptors for dopamine,
Nature, 277 (1979) 197-199.
[46] Kelley, A.E. and Delfs, J.M., Dopamine and conditioned reinforce-
ment I. Differential effects of amphetamine microinjections into
striatal subregions, Psychopharmacology, 103 (1991) 187-196.
[47] Kelley, A.E, Stinus, L. and Iversen, S.D., Interactions between
D-Ala-Met enkephalin, A10 dopaminergic neurones, and sponta-
neous behaviour in the rat, Behav. Brain Res., 1 (1980) 3-24.
[48] Kelly, P.H., Iversen, S.D., Selective 6-OHDA induced destruction
of medolimbic dopamine neurons: abolition of psychostimulant-in-
duced locomotor activity in rats, Eur. J. Pharmacol., 40 (1976)
45-56.
[49] Kemel, M-L., Desban, M., Glowinsk, J., Gauchy, C., Distinct
presynaptic control of dopamine release in striosomal and matrix
areas of the cat caudate nucleus, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA, 86
9006-9010.
[50] Kitai, S.T., Koscis, J.D., Preston, R.J. and Sugimori, M., Monosy-
naptic inputs to caudate neurons identified by intracellular injection
of horseadish peroxidase, Brain Res., 109 (1976) 601-606.
[51] Klockgether, T. and Turski, L., Toward an understanding of the
role of glutamate in experimental Parkinsonism: Agonist-sensitive
sites in the basal ganglia, Ann. Neurol., 34 (1993) 585-593.
[52] Kolb, B., Functions of the frontal cortex of the rat: a comparative
review, Brain Res. Rev., 8 (1984) 65-98.
[53] Koob, G.F., Simon, H., Herman, J.P. and Le Moal, M., Neurolep-
tic-like disruption of the conditioned avoidance response requires
destruction of both the mesolimbic and nigrostriatal dopamine
systems, Brain Res., 303 (1984) 319-329.
[54] LaHoste, G.J. and Marshall, J.F., Nigral D1 and striatal D2 recep-
tors mediate the behavioral effects of dopamine agonists, Behav.
Brain Res., 38 (1990) 233-242.
[55] Landfield, P.W., Baskin, R.K. and Pitier, T.A., Brain aging corre-
lates: retardation by hormonal treatments, Science, 214 (1981)
581-584.
[56] Lin, R.L., Makowiec, R.L., Hollingsworth, Z.R., Excitatory amino
acid binding sites in the basal ganglia of the rat: a quantitative
autoradiographic study, Neuroscience, 46 (1992) 35-48.
[57] LiSschmann, P.-A., Eblen, F., Wtillner, U., Klockgether, T. and
Turski, L., Behavioural role of glutamate in the basal ganglia,
Behav. Pharmacol.,5 (1994) 12.
[58] Luria, A.R., Frontal lobe syndromes. In P.J. Vinken and G.W.
Bruyn (Eds.), Handbook of Clinical Neurology, Vol. 2, John Wiley
and Sons, New York, NY, 1969, pp. 725-757.
[59] Lyness, W.H., Friedle, N.M. and Moore, K.E., Destruction of
dopaminergic nerve terminals in nucleus accumbens: effects of
d-amphetamine self-stimulation, Pharmacol. Biochem. Behav., 11
(1979) 553-556.
[60] Malapani, C., Pillon, B., Lo Russo, G., Dubois, B., Munari, C. and
Agid, Y., Damage to striatofrontal loops impairs simultaneous
temporal processing (STP) ability, Neurology, 42 (1992) 183.
[61] Malapani, C., Deweer, B., Pillon, B., Bubois, B., Agid, Y., Rakitin,
B.C., Penney, T.B., Hinton, S.C., Gibbon, J. and Meck, W.H.,
Impaired time perception in Parkinson's disease is reversed with
apomorphine, Soc. Neurosci. Abstr., 19 (1993) 631.
[62] Maricq, A.V., Roberts, S. and Church, R.M., Methamphetamine
and time estimation, J. Exp. Psychol. Anim. Behav., 7 (1981)
18-30.
[63] Maricq, A.V. and Church, R.M., The differential effects of
haloperidol and methamphetamine on time estimation in the rat,
Psychopharmacology, 79 (1983) 10-15.
[64] McAuley, F. and Leslie, J.C., Molecular analyses of the effects of
d-amphetamine on fixed-interval schedule performance of rats, J.
Exp. Anal. Behav., 45 (1986) 207-219.
[65] Meck, W.H., Selective adjustment of the speed of internal clock
and memory processes, J. Exp. Psychol. Anim. Behav., 9 (1983)
171-201.
[66] Meck, W.H., Attentional bias between modalities: effect on the
internal clock, memory, and decision stages used in animal time
discrimination. In J. Gibbon and L. Allan (Eds.), Timing and Time
Perception, Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci., 423 (1984) 528-541.
[67] Meck, W.H., Affinity for the dopamine D 2 receptor predicts
neuroleptic potency in decreasing the speed of an internal clock,
Pharmacol. Biochem. Behav., 25 (1986) 1185-1189.
[68] Meck, W.H., Vasopressin metabolite neuropeptide facilitates simul-
taneous temporal processing, Behav. Brain Res., 23 (1987) 147-
157.
[69] Meck, W.H., Internal clock and reward pathways share physio-
logically similar information-processing stages. In M.L. Commons,
R.M. Church, J.R. Stellar and A.R. Wagner (Eds.), Quantitative
Analyses of Behavior: Biological Determinants of Reinforcement,
Vol. 7, Erlbaum, Hillsdale, NJ, 1988, pp. 121-138.
[70] Meck, W.H., Hippocampal function is required for feed-back con-
trol of an internal clock's criterion, Behav. Neurosci., 102 (1988)
54-60.
[71] Meck, W.H., Modality-specific circadian rhythmicities influence
mechanisms of attention and memory for interval timing, Learn.
Motiv., 22 (1991) 153-179.
[72] Meck, W.H., Cholinergic function and the internal clock, Behav.
Pharm., 5 (1994) 27.
[73] Meck, W.H., [3H]-Choline uptake in the frontal cortex of mature
and aged rats is proportional to the absolute error of a temporal
memory translation constant, submitted.
[74] Meck, W.H., Frontal cortex or nucleus basalis magnocellularis
lesions, but not hippocampal or medial septal area lesions, occasion
the loss of control of the speed of an internal clock, submitted.
[75] Meck, W.H., Neuroanatomical localization of an internal clock: a
functional link between mesolimbic-mesocortical and nigrostriatal
dopaminergic systems, submitted.
[76] Meck, W.H. and Angell, K.E., Repeated administration of pyrithi-
amine leads to a proportional increase in the remembered duration
of events, Psychobiology, 20 (1992) 39-46.
[77] Meck, W.H. and Church, R.M., Opioid effects on timing behavior
in the rat: possible actions on dopaminergic and GABAergic
neurons, Soc. Neurosci. Abstr., 10 (1984) 1103.
[78] Meck, W.H. and Church, R.M., Simultaneous temporal processing,
J. Exp. Psychol. Anita. Behav., 10 (1984) 1-29.
[79] Meck, W.H. and Church, R.M., Cholinergic modulation of the
content of temporal memory, Behav. Neurosci., 101 (1987) 457-
464.
[80] Meck, W.H. and Church, R.M., Nutrients that modify the speed of
the internal clock and memory storage processes, Behav. Neurosci.,
101 (1987) 465-475
[81] Meck, W.H., Church, R.M. and Olton, D.S., Hippocampus, time,
and memory, Behav. Neurosci., 98 (1984) 3-22.
[82] Meck, W.H., Church, R.M. and Wenk, G.L., Arginine vasopressin
inoculates against age-related discrepancies in the content of tem-
poral memory and increases in sodium-dependent high affinity
choline uptake, Eur. J. Pharmacol., 130 (1986) 327-331.
[83] Meck, W.H., Church, R.M. and Wenk, G.L., Temporal memory in
mature and aged rats is sensitive to choline acetyltransferase inhibi-
tion, Behav. Brain Res., in press.
[84] Meck, W.H., Church, R.M., Wenk, G.L. and Olton, D.S., Nucleus
basalis magnocellularis and medial septal area lesions differentially
impair temporal memory, J. Neurosci., 7 (1987) 3505-3511.
[85] Meck, W.H., Shapiro, A.G. and Williams, C.L., Prenatal choline
exposure produces long-term improvement in temporal processing,
Soc. Neurosci. Abstr., 14 (1988) 58.
[86] Miller, W., DeLong, M.L., Altered tonic activity of neurons in the
globus pallidus and subtthalamic nucleus in the primate MPTP
model of parkinsonism. In M.B. Carpenter and E. Jayaraman
(Eds.), The Basal Ganglia, Part II, Plenum, New York, 1987, pp.
414-427.
[87] Milner, B., Some cognitive effects of frontal-lobe lesions in man,
Phil. Trans. R. Soc. Lond., 298 (1982) 211-226.
[88] Milner, B. and Petrides, M., Behavioural effects of frontal-lobe
lesions in man, TINS, 7, (1984) 403-407.
[89] Milner, B., Petrides, M. and Smith, M.L., Frontal lobes and the
temporal organization of memory, Human Neurobiol., 4 (1985)
137-142.
[90] Nichelli, P., Venneri, A., Molinari, M., Tavani, F. and Grafman, J.,
Precision and accuracy of subjective time estimation in different
memory disorders, Cogn. Brain Res., 1 (1993) 87-93.
[91] O'Keefe, J. and Nadel, L., The Hippocampus as a Cognitive Map,
Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1978.
[92] Olton, D.S., Frontal cortex, timing and memory, Neuropsycholo-
gia, 27 (1989) 121-130.
[93] Olton, D.S., Meck, W.H. and Church, R.M., Separation of hip-
pocampal and amygdaloid involvement in temporal memory dys-
function, Brain Res., 404 (1987) 180-188.
[94] Olton, D.S., Wenk, G.L., Church, R.M. and Meck, W.H., Attention
and the frontal cortex as examined by simultaneous temporal
processing, Neuropsychologia, 26 (1988) 307-318.
[95] Ornstein, R.E., On the Experience of Time, Penguin, Har-
mondsworth, UK, 1969.
[96] Pennartz, C.M.A. and Kitai, S.T., Hippocampal inputs to identified
neurons in an in vitro slice preparation of the rat nucleus accum-
bens: evidence for feed-forward inhibition, J. Neurosci., 11 (1991)
2838-2847.
[97] Penney, T.B., Holder, M.D. and Meck, W.H., Clonidine-induced
antagonism of norepinephrine modulates the attentional processes
involved in peak-interval timing, Exp. Clin. Psychopharm., 4 (1996)
82-92.
[98] Robertson, G.S., Robertson, H.A., D1 and D2 dopamine agonist
synergism: separate sites of action? Trends. Pharmacol. Sci.,8
(1987) 295-299.
[99] Robertson, G.S. and Robertson, H.A., Evidence that the substantia
nigra is a site of action for L-DOPA, Neurosci. Lett., 89 (1988)
204-208
[100] Robbins, T.W., Giardini, V., Jones, G.H., Reading, P. and Sa-
hakian, B.J., Effects of dopamine depletion from the caudate-puta-
men and nucleus accumbens septi on the acquisition and perfor-
mance of a conditional discrimination task, Behav. Brain Res., 38
(1990) 243-261.
[101] Richards, W., Time reproductions by H.M., Acta Psychol., 37
(1973) 279-282.
[102] Rummsayer, T., Is there a common dopaminergic basis of time
perception and reaction time?, Neuropsychobiology, 21 (1989)
37-42.
[103] Salmon, P. and Gray, J.A., Comparison between the effects of
propranolol and chlordiazepoxide on timing behavior in the rat,
Psychopharmacology, 87 (1985) 219-224.
[104] Saanishi, S., Molecular diversity of glutamate receptors and ima-
tions for brain function, Science, 258, (1992) 597-603.
[105] Schultz, W. and Ungerstedt, U., Short-term increase and long-term
reversion of striatal cell activity after degeneration of the nigrostrri-
atal dopamine system, Exp. Brain Res., 33 (1978) 159-165.
[106] Shurtleff, D., Raslear, T.G., Genovese, R.F. and Simmons, L.,
Perceptual bisection in rats: the effects of physostigmine, scopo-
lamine and pirenzepine, Physiol. Behav., 51 (1992) 381-390.
[107] Silver, R. and Bittman, E.L., Reproductive mechanisms: interaction
of circadian and interval timing. In J. Gibbon and L. Allan (Eds.),
Timing and Time Perception, Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci., 423 (1984) pp.
488-514.
[108] Smith, M.L. and Milner, B., Differential effects of frontal-lobe
lesions on cognitive estimation and spatial memory, Neuropsy-
chologia, 22 (1985) 697-705.
[109] Spetch, M.L. and Treit, D., The effect of d-amphetamine on
short-term memory for time in pigeons, Pharmacol. Biochem.
Behav., 21 (1984) 663-666.
[110] Stubbs, D.A. and Thomas, J.R., Discrimination of stimulus dura-
tion and d-amphetamine in pigeons: a psychophysical analysis,
Psychopharmalogia, 36 (1974) 313-322.
[ 111] Taylor, J.R. and Robbins, T.W., 6-Hydroxydopamine lesions of the
nucleus accumbens, but not of the caudate nucleus, attenuate
enhanced responding with reward-related stimuli produced by in-
tra-accumbens d-amphetamine, Psychopharmacology, 90 (1986)
390-397.
[112] Terman, M., Gibbon, J., Fairhurst, S. and Waring, A., Daily meal
anticipation: Interaction of circadian and interval timing, In J.
Gibbon and L. Allan (Eds.), Timing and Time Perception, Ann.
N.Y. Acad. Sci., 423 (1984) 470-487.
[113] Turski, L., Havemann, U., and Kuschinsky, K., GABAergic mech-
anisms in mediating mescular rigidity, catalepsy and postural asym-
metry in rats: differences between dorsal and ventral striatum,
Brain Res., 322 (1984) 49-57.
[114] Turski, L., Klockgether, T., Turski, W.A., Schwarz, M. and Son-
tag, K.-H., Blockade of excitatory neurotransmission in the globus
pallidus induces rigidity and akinesia in the rat: implications for
excitatory neurotransmission in pathogenesis of Parkinson's dis-
eases, Brain Res., 512 (1990) 125-131.
[115] Ungerstedt, U., Stereotaxic mapping of the monoamine pathways in
the rat brain, Acta Physiol. Scand. Suppl., 367 (1971) 1-48.
[116] Ungerstedt U., Butcher, L.L., Butcher, S.G., Anden, N.-E. and
Fuxe, K., Direct chemical stimulation of dopaminergic mechanisms
in the neostriatum of the rat, Brain Res., 14 (1969) 461-467.
[117] Wachtel, H., Kunow, M. and Loschmann, P-A., NBQX and CPP
potentiate dopamine induced rotations in substantia nigra lesioned
rats, Neurosci. Lett., 142 (1992) 179-182.
[118] Waiters J.R., Bergstrom, D.A., Carlson, J.H., Chase, T.N., Braun,
A.D., D1 dopamine receptor activation required for postsynaptic
expression of D2 agonist effects, Science, 236 (1987) 719-722.
[119] Warenycia, M.W., McKenzie, G.M., Murphy, M. and Szerb, J.C.,
Neuropharmacology, 26 (1987) 1107-1114.
[120] Wearden, J.H., Prescriptions for models of biopsychological time.
In M. Oaksford and G. Brown (Eds.), Neurodynamics and Psychol-
ogy, Adademic Press, New York, 1994, pp. 215-236.
[121] Wearden, J.H. and Penton-Voak, I.S., Feeling the heat: body
temperature and the rate of subjective time, revisited, Q.J. Exp.
Psychol., in press.
[122] Welzl, H., Berz, S. and B~ittig, K., The effects of the noncompeti-
tive NMDA receptor antagonist MK 801 on DRL performance in
rats, Psychobiology, 19 (1991) 211-216.
[123] White, F.J., D1 dopamine receptor stimulation enables the inhibi-
tion of nucleus accumbens neurons by a D2 receptor agonist, Eur.
J. Pharmacol., 135 (1987) 101-105.
[124] White, N.M., A functional hypothesis concerning the striatal matrix
and patches: mediation of S-R memory and reward, Life. Sci., 45
(1989) 1943-1957.
[125] White, N.M., Reward or reinforcement: what's the difference?,
Neurosci. Biobehav. Rev., 13 (1989) 181-186.
[126] White, N.M. and Viaud, M., Localized intracaudate dopamine D2
receptor activation during the post-training period improves mem-
ory for visual or olfactory conditioned emotional responses in rats,
Behav. Neural Biol., 55 (1991) 255-269.
[127] Williams, D., Temporal lobe syndromes. In P.J. Vinken and G.W.
Bruyn (Eds.), Handbook of Clinical Neurology, Vol. 2, John Wiley
and Sons, New York, 1969, pp. 700-724.
[128] Williams, J.M., Medwedeeff, C.H. and Haban, G., Memory disor-
ders and subjective time estimation, J. Clin. Exp. Neuropsychol.,
11 (1989) 713-723.
[129] Zigmond, M.J., Berger, T.W., Grace, A.A. and Stricker, E.M.,
Compensatory responses to nigrastriatal bundle injury: studies with
6-hydroxydopamine in an animal model of Parkinsonism, Mol.
Chem. Neuropathol., 10 (1989) 185-200.
[130] Zis, A.P, Fibiger, H.C and Phillips, A.G., Reversal by L-dopa of
impaired learning due to destruction of the dopaminergic nigro-
neostriatal projection, Science, 185 (1974) 960-962.
References
1. Beckwith NE, Lehmann DR. The importance of halo effects in multi-attribute attitude models. J. Mark.
Res 1975;12:265–275.
2. Day GS. The threats to marketing research. J. Mark. Res 1975;12:462–467.
3. Griffin A, Hauser JR. The voice of the customer. Mark. Sci 1993;12:1–27.
4. Green PE, Srinivasan V. Conjoint analysis in marketing: new developments with implications for
research and practice. J. Mark 1990;54:3–19.
5. Lindstrom, M. Buyology. Truth and Lies About Why We Buy. New York: Doubleday; 2008.
6. Hauser JR, Shugan SM. Intensity measures of consumer preference. Oper. Res 1980;28:278–320.
7. Buchanan B, Henderson PW. Assessing the bias of preference, detection, and identification measures
of discrimination ability in product design. Mark. Sci 1992;11:64–75.
8. Kahneman D, Wakker PP, Sarin R. Back to Bentham? Explorations of experienced utility. Q. J. Econ
1997;112:375–405.
9. Plassmann H. O’Doherty, J. & Rangel, A. Orbitofrontal cortex encodes willingness to pay in everyday
economic transactions. J. Neurosci 2007;27:9984–9988. [PubMed: 17855612]
10. Hare TA, Camerer CF, Rangel A. Self-control in decision-making involves modulation of the vmPFC
valuation system. Science 2009;324:646–648. [PubMed: 19407204]
11. O’Doherty JP, Deichmann R. Critchley, H. D. & Dolan, R. J. Neural responses during anticipation
of a primary taste reward. Neuron 2002;33:815–826. [PubMed: 11879657]
12. Aharon I, et al. Beautiful faces have variable reward value: fMRI and behavioral evidence. Neuron
2001;32:537–551. [PubMed: 11709163]
13. Zatorre RJ, Chen JL, Penhume VB. When the brain plays music: auditory-motor interactions in music
perception and production. Nature Rev. Neurosci 2007;8:547–558. [PubMed: 17585307]
14. Knutson B, Adams CM, Fong GW, Hommer D. Anticipation of increasing monetary reward
selectively recruits nucleus accumbens. J. Neurosci 2001;21:RC159. [PubMed: 11459880]
15. O’Doherty J, Kringelbach ML, Rolls ET, Hornak J, Andrews C. Abstract reward and punishment
representations in the human orbitofrontal cortex. Nature Neurosci 2001;4:95–102. [PubMed:
11135651]
16. Izuma K, Saito DN, Sadato N. Processing of social and monetary rewards in the human striatum.
Neuron 2008;58:284–294. [PubMed: 18439412]
17. Rilling JK, et al. A neural basis for social cooperation. Neuron 2002;35:1–20. [PubMed: 12123599]
18. Ploghaus A, Becerra L, Borras C, Borsook D. Neural circuitry underlying pain modulation:
expectation, hypnosis, placebo. Trends Cogn. Sci 2003;7:197–200. [PubMed: 12757820]
19. Ploghaus A, et al. Dissociating pain from its anticipation in the human brain. Science 1999;284:1979–
1981. [PubMed: 10373114]
20. Koyama T, McHaffie JG, Laurienti PJ, Coghill RC. The subjective experience of pain: where
expectations become reality. Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 2005;102:12950–12955. [PubMed:
16150703]
21. Craig AD. How do you feel? Interoception: the sense of the physiological condition of the body.
Nature Rev. Neurosci 2002;3:655–666. [PubMed: 12154366]
22. Hare TA, O’Doherty J, Camerer CF, Schultz W, Rangel A. Dissociating the role of the orbitofrontal
cortex and the striatum in the computation of goal values and prediction errors. J. Neurosci
2008;28:5623–5630. [PubMed: 18509023]
23. Plassmann H, O’Doherty J, Shiv B, Rangel A. Marketing actions can modulate neural representations
of experienced pleasantness. Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 2008;105:1050–1054. [PubMed: 18195362]
24. Poldrack RA. Can. cognitive processes be inferred from neuroimaging data? Trends Cogn. Sci
2006;10:59–63. [PubMed: 16406760]
25. Poldrack RA. The role of fMRI in cognitive neuroscience: where do we stand? Curr. Opin. Neurobiol
2008;18:223–227. [PubMed: 18678252]
26. Delgado MR. Reward-related responses in the human striatum. Ann. NY Acad. Sci 2007;1104:70–
88. [PubMed: 17344522]
27. Fox PT, Lancaster JL. Mapping context and content: the BrainMap model. Nature Rev. Neurosci
2002;3:319–321. [PubMed: 11967563]
28. Knutson B, Rick S, Wimmer GE, Prelec D, Loewenstein G. Neural predictors of purchases. Neuron
2007;53:147–156. [PubMed: 17196537]
29. Grosenick L, Greer S, Knutson B. Interpretable classifiers for FMRI improve prediction of purchases.
IEEE Trans. Neural Syst. Rehabil. Eng 2008;16:539–548.
30. Rangel A, Camerer C, Montague PR. A framework for studying the neurobiology of value-based
decision making. Nature Rev. Neurosci 2008;9:545–556. [PubMed: 18545266]
31. Camerer C, Loewenstein G, Prelec D. Neuroeconomics: how neuroscience can inform economics. J.
Econ. Lit 2005;43:9–64.
32. Glimcher PW. Decisions, decisions, decisions: choosing a biological science of choice. Neuron
2002;36:323–332. [PubMed: 12383785]
33. Yin HH, Ostlund SB, Balleine BW. Rewardguided learning beyond dopamine in the nucleus
accumbens: the integrative functions of cortico-basal ganglia networks. Eur. J. Neurosci
2008;28:1437–1448. [PubMed: 18793321]
34. Padoa-Schioppa C, Assad JA. Neurons in the orbitofrontal cortex encode economic value. Nature
2006;441:223–226. [PubMed: 16633341]
35. Schoenbaum G, Roesch M. Orbitofrontal cortex, associative learning, and expectancies. Neuron
2005;47:633–636. [PubMed: 16129393]
36. Norman KA, Polyn SM, Detre GJ, Haxby JV. Beyond mind-reading: multi-voxel pattern analysis of
fMRI data. Trends Cogn. Sci 2006;10:424–430. [PubMed: 16899397]
37. Haynes JD, Rees G. Decoding mental states from activity in humans. Nature Rev. Neurosci
2006;7:523–534. [PubMed: 16791142]
38. Kamitani Y, Tong F. Decoding the visual and subjective contents of the human brain. Nature Neurosci
2005;8:679–685. [PubMed: 15852014]
39. Kay KN, Naselaris T, Prenger RJ, Gallant JL. Identifying natural images from human brain activity.
Nature 2008;452:352–356. [PubMed: 18322462]
40. Hasson U, Nir Y, Levy I, Fuhrmann G, Malach R. Intersubject synchronization of cortical activity
during natural vision. Science 2004;303:1634–1640. [PubMed: 15016991]
41. Mitchell TM, et al. Predicting human brain activity associated with the meanings of nouns. Science
2008;320:1191–1195. [PubMed: 18511683]
42. Speer NK, Zacks JM, Reynolds JR. Human brain activity time-locked to narrative even boundaries.
Psychol. Sci 2007;18:449–455. [PubMed: 17576286]
43. Spiers HJ, Maguire EA. Spontaneous mentalizing during an interactive real world task: an fMRI
study. Neuropsychologia 2006;44:1674–1682. [PubMed: 16687157]
44. Spiers HJ, Maguire EA. Decoding human brain activity during real-world experiences. Trends Cogn.
Sci 2007;11:356–365. [PubMed: 17618161]
45. McClure SM, et al. Neural correlates of behavioral preference for culturally familiar drinks. Neuron
2004;44:379–387. [PubMed: 15473974]
46. Ambler T, Ioannides A, Rose S. Brands on the brain: neuro-images of advertising. Bus. Strategy Rev
2000;11:17–30.
47. Rossiter JR, Silberstein RB, Harris PG, Nield G. Brain-imaging detection of visual scene encoding
in long-term memory for TV commercials. J. Advert. Res 2001;41:13–22.
48. Astolfi L, et al. Neural basis for brain responses to TV commercials: a high-resolution EEG study.
IEEE Trans. Neural Syst. Rehabil. Eng 2008;16:522–531.
49. Tverksy A, Kahneman D. The framing of decisions and the psychology of choice. Science
1981;211:453–458. [PubMed: 7455683]
50. De Martino B, Kumaran D, Seymour B, Dolan RJ. Frames, biases, and rational decision-making in
the human brain. Science 2006;313:684–687. [PubMed: 16888142]
51. Waber RL, Shiv B, Carmon Z, Ariely D. Commercial features of placebo and therapeutic efficacy.
JAMA 2008;299:1016–1017. [PubMed: 18319411]
52. Montague PR, Berns GS. Neural economics and the biological substrates of valuation. Neuron
2002;36:265–284. [PubMed: 12383781]
53. Schultz W, Dayan P, Montague PR. A neural substrate of prediction and reward. Science
1997;275:1593–1599. [PubMed: 9054347]
54. Colloca L, Benedetti F. Placebos and painkillers: is mind as real as matter? Nature Rev. Neurosci
2005;6:545–552. [PubMed: 15995725]
55. Wager TD, et al. Placebo-induced changes in fMRI in the anticipation and experience of pain. Science
2004;303:1162–1167. [PubMed: 14976306]
56. Benedetti F, Mayberg HS, Wager TD, Stohler CS, Zubieta JK. Neurobiological mechanisms of the
placebo effect. J. Neurosci 2005;25:10390–10402. [PubMed: 16280578]
57. Kenning PH, Plassmann H. How neuroscience can inform consumer research. IEEE Trans. Neural
Syst. Rehabil. Eng 2008;16:532–538.
58. Lee N, Broderick AJ, Chamberlain L. What is neuromarketing? A discussion and agenda for future
research. Int. J. Psychophysiol 2007;63:199–204. [PubMed: 16769143]
59. Yoon C, Gutchess AH, Feinberg F, Polk TA. A functional magnetic resonance imaging study of
neural dissociations between brand and person judgments. J. Consum. Res 2006;33:31–40.
60. Small DM, Prescott J. Odor/taste integration and the perception of flavor. Exp. Brain Res
2005;166:345–357. [PubMed: 16028032]
61. Rolls ET. Brain mechanisms underlying flavour and appetite. Philos. Trans. R. Soc. Lond. B Biol.
Sci 2006;361:1123–1136. [PubMed: 16815796]
62. De Araujo IET, Rolls ET. The representation in the human brain of food texture and oral fat. J.
Neurosci 2004;24:3086–3093. [PubMed: 15044548]
63. Hasson U, Furman O, Clark D, Dudai Y, Davachi L. Enhanced intersubject correlations during movie
viewing correlate with successful episodic encoding. Neuron 2008;57:452–462. [PubMed:
18255037]
64. Eberhard JP. Applying neuroscience to architecture. Neuron 2009;62:753–756. [PubMed: 19555644]
65. Spiers HJ, Maguire EA. Neural substrates of driving behaviour. NeuroImage 2007;36:245–255.
[PubMed: 17412611]
66. Calhoun VD, et al. Different activation dynamics in multiple neural systems during simulated driving.
Hum. Brain Map 2002;16:158–167.
67. Freedman J. This is your brain on politics. New York Times. 2005 Jan 18;
68. Westen D, Blagov PS, Harenski K, Kilts C, Hamann S. Neural bases of motivated reasoning: an FMRI
study of emotional constraints on partisan political judgment in the 2004 US Presidential election. J.
Cogn. Neurosci 2006;18:1947–1958. [PubMed: 17069484]
69. Kato J, et al. Neural correlates of attitude change following positive and negative advertisements.
Front. Behav. Neurosci 2009;3:6. [PubMed: 19503749]
70. Tsao DY, Livingstone MS. Mechanisms of face perception. Ann. Rev. Neurosci 2008;31:411–437.
[PubMed: 18558862]
71. Kanwisher N, Yovel G. The fusiform face area: a cortical region specialized for the perception of
faces. Philos. Transact. Roy. Soc. B Biol. Sci 2006;361:2109–2128.
72. Spezio ML, et al. A neural basis for the effect of candidate appearance on election outcomes. Soc.
Cogn. Affect. Neurosci 2008;3:344–352. [PubMed: 19015087]
73. Kaplan JT, Freedman J, Iacoboni M. Us versus them: political attitudes and party affiliation influence
neural response to faces of presidential candidates. Neuropsychologia 2007;45:55–64. [PubMed:
16764897]
74. Fehr E, Camerer C. Social neuroeconomics: the neural circuitry of social preferences. Trends Cogn.
Sci 2007;11:419–427. [PubMed: 17913566]
75. Kosfeld M, Heinrichs M, Zak PJ, Fischbacher U, Fehr E. Oxytocin increases trust in humans. Nature
2005;435:673–676. [PubMed: 15931222]
76. King-Casas B, et al. Getting to know you: reputation and trust in a two-person economic exchange.
Science 2005;308:78–83. [PubMed: 15802598]
77. Baumgartner T, Heinrichs M, Vonlanthen A, Fischbacher U, Fehr E. Oxytocin shapes the neural
circuitry of trust and trust adaptation in humans. Neuron 2008;58:639–650. [PubMed: 18498743]
78. Davidson RJ, Ekman P, Saron CD, Senulis JA, Friesen WV. Approach-withdrawal and cerebral
asymmetry: emotional expression and brain physiology I. J. Pers. Soc. Psychol 1990;58:330–341.
[PubMed: 2319445]
79. Harmon-Jones E. Clarifying the emotive functions of asymmetrical frontal cortical activity.
Psychophysiology 2003;40:838–848. [PubMed: 14986837]
80. Huster RJ, Stevens S, Gerlach AL, Rist F. A spectroanalytic approach to emotional responses evoked
through picture presentation. Psychophysiol 2008;72:212–216.
81. Ohme R, Reykowska D, Wiener D, Choromanska A. Analysis of neurophysiological reactions to
advertising stimuli by means of EEG and galvanic skin response measures. J. Neurosci. Psychol.
Econ 2009;2:21–31.
82. Kobayashi M, Pascual-Leone A. Transcranial magnetic stimulation in neurology. Lancet Neurol
2003;2:145–156. [PubMed: 12849236]
83. Illes J, et al. Incidental findings in brain imaging research. Science 2006;311:783–784. [PubMed:
16469905]
84. Thirion B, et al. Analysis of a large fMRI cohort: statistical and methodological issues for group
analyses. NeuroImage 2007;35:105–120. [PubMed: 17239619]
References
[1] Wikipedia list of lists of lists. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List of lists of lists.
3
[2] B. Alexe, T. Deselares, and V. Ferrari. Measuring the objectness of image
windows. In PAMI, 2013. 3, 6
[3] D. Batra, P. Yadollahpour, A. Guzman-Rivera, and G. Shakhnarovich. Diverse
M-best solutions in markov random fields. In ECCV, 2012. 4
[4] A. Bergamo and L. Torresani. Exploiting weakly-labeled web images to im-
prove object classification: a domain adaptation approach. In NIPS, 2010. 3
[5] L. Bourdev and J. Malik. Poselets: Body part detectors trained using 3d human
pose annotations. In ICCV, 2009. 1
[6] C.-C. Chang and C.-J. Lin. LIBSVM: a library for support vector machines.
2001. 4
[7] X. Chen, A. Shrivastava, and A. Gupta. NEIL: Extracting visual knowledge
from web data. In ICCV, 2013. 3
[8] X. Chen, A. Shrivastava, and A. Gupta. Enriching Visual Knowledge Bases via
Object Discovery and Segmentation. In CVPR, 2014. 8
[9] O. Chum and A. Zisserman. An exemplar model for learning object classes. In
CVPR, 2007. 1, 3
[10] T. Dean et al. Fast, accurate detection of 100,000 object classes on a single
machine. In CVPR, 2013. 7
[11] J. Deng et al. Imagenet: A large-scale hierarchical image database. In CVPR,
2009. 1, 2
[12] C. Desai and D. Ramanan. Detecting actions, poses, and objects with relational
phraselets. In ECCV, 2012. 2, 3, 6, 7
[13] S. K. Divvala, A. A. Efros, and M. Hebert. How important are ‘deformable
parts’ in the deformable parts model? In ECCV Workshop on Parts and At-
tributes, 2012. arXiv:1206.3714. 1, 3, 5
[14] C. Dubout and F. Fleuret. Exact acceleration of linear object detectors. In
ECCV, 2012. 7
[15] M. Everingham, L. V. Gool, C. Williams, J. Winn, and A. Zisserman. The
pascal visual object classes (voc) challenge. In IJCV, 2010. 2, 4, 6
[16] A. Farhadi, I. Endres, D. Hoiem, and D. Forsyth. Describing objects by their
attributes. In CVPR, 2009. 1, 2, 3
[17] A. Farhadi et al. Every picture tells a story: Generating sentences for images.
In ECCV, 2010. 8
[18] P. Felzenszwalb, R. Girshick, D. McAllester, and D. Ramanan. Object
detection with discriminatively trained part based models. PAMI, 2010.
http://www.cs.berkeley.edu/ rbg/latent. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
[19] R. Fergus, F.-F. L., P. Perona, and A. Zisserman. Learning object categories
from internet image searches. In Proc. of IEEE, 2010. 3
[20] A. Khosla, T. Zhou, T. Malisiewicz, A. A. Efros, and A. Torralba. Undoing the
damage of dataset bias. In ECCV, 2012. 7
[21] G. Kim and E. P. Xing. On multiple foreground cosegmentation. In CVPR,
2012. 3, 8
[22] A. Kulesza and B. Taskar. k-DPPs: Fixed-size determinantal point processes.
In ICML, 2011. 4
[23] C. H. Lampert, H. Nickisch, and S. Harmeling. Learning to detect unseen object
classes by between-class attribute transfer. In CVPR, 2009. 1, 2, 3
[24] T. Lan, M. Raptis, L. Sigal, and G. Mori. From subcategories to visual com-
posites: A multi-level framework for object detection. In ICCV, 2013. 3
[25] H. Lee et al. Deterministic coreference resolution based on entity-centric,
precision-ranked rules. In Computational Linguistics, 2013. 7
[26] Y. J. Lee, A. A. Efros, and M. Hebert. Style-aware mid-level representation for
discovering visual connections in space and time. In ICCV, 2013. 7
[27] C. Li, D. Parikh, and T. Chen. Automatic discovery of groups of objects for
scene understanding. In CVPR, 2012. 3
[28] L.-J. Li and L. Fei-Fei. Optimol: Automatic online picture collection via incre-
mental model learning. In IJCV, 2010. 3
[29] S. Li, G. Kulkarni, T. L. Berg, A. C. Berg, and Y. Choi. Composing simple im-
age descriptions using web-scale n-grams. In Computational Natural Language
Learning, 2011. 8
[30] Y. Lin et al. Syntactic annotations for the google books ngram corpus. In ACL,
2012. http://books.google.com/ngrams/datasets. 3
[31] T. Malisiewicz and A. A. Efros. Recognition by association via learning per-
exemplar distances. In CVPR, 2008. 4
[32] E. Mezuman and Y. Weiss. Learning about canonical views from internet image
collections. In NIPS, 2012. 2
[33] J.-B. Michel et al. Quantitative analysis of culture using millions of digitized
books. In Science, 2010. 2, 3
[34] V. Ordonez, J. Deng, Y. Choi, A. C. Berg, and T. L. Berg. From large scale
image categorization to entry-level categories. In ICCV, 2013. 8
[35] F. Palermo, J. Hays, and A. Efros. Dating historical color images. In ECCV,
2012. 7
[36] M. Pandey and S. Lazebnik. Scene recognition and weakly supervised object
localization with deformable part-based models. In ICCV, 2011. 2, 3, 5
[37] D. Parikh, A. Farhadi, K. Grauman, T. Berg, and A. Gupta. Attributes. In CVPR
Tutorial, 2013. https://filebox.ece.vt.edu/ parikh/attributes/. 3
[38] O. Parkhi, A. Vedaldi, and A. Zisserman. On-the-fly specific person retrieval.
In Image Analysis for Multimedia Interactive Services, 2012. 3
[39] A. Prest, C. Leistner, J. Civera, C. Schmid, and V. Ferrari. Learning object class
detectors from weakly annotated video. In CVPR, 2012. 2, 3, 6, 7
[40] M. Rohrbach, M. Stark, G. Szarvas, I. Gurevych, and B. Schiele. What helps
where and why semantic relatedness for knowledge transfer. In CVPR, 2010. 8
[41] M. Rubinstein, A. Joulin, J. Kopf, and C. Liu. Unsupervised joint object dis-
covery and segmentation in internet images. In CVPR, 2013. 3, 8
[42] B. C. Russell et al. 3d wikipedia: Using online text to automatically label and
navigate reconstructed geometry. In Siggraph Asia, 2013. 8
[43] M. Sadeghi and A. Farhadi. Recognition using visual phrases. In CVPR, 2011.
1, 2, 3, 8
[44] F. Schroff, A. Criminisi, and A. Zisserman. Harvesting image databases from
the web. In PAMI, 2011. 3
[45] P. Siva and T. Xiang. Weakly supervised object detector learning with model
drift detection. In ICV, 2011. 3, 6, 7
[46] H. O. Song, R. Girshick, and T. Darrell. Discriminatively activated sparselets.
In ICML, 2013. 7
[47] A. Torralba and A. Efros. Unbiased look at dataset bias. In CVPR, 2011. 1, 2,
7
[48] D. Tsai et al. Large-scale image annotation using visual synset. In ICCV, 2011.
3
[49] S. Vijayanarasimhan and K. Grauman. Large-scale live active learning: Train-
ing object detectors with crawled data and crowds. In CVPR, 2011. 3
[50] L. Wu, R. Jin, and A. K. Jain. Tag completion for image retrieval. In PAMI,
2013. 8
[51] X. Zhu, C. Vondrick, D. Ramanan, and C. Fowlkes. Do we need more training
data or better models for object detection? In BMVC, 2012. 3, 5
References and Notes
1. W. A. Press, A. A. Brewer, R. F. Dougherty, A. R. Wade,
B. A. Wandell, Vision Res. 41, 1321 (2001).
2. R. B. H. Tootell et al., J. Neurosci. 17, 7060 (1997).
3. K. Grill-Spector, Curr. Opin. Neurobiol. 13, 159
(2003).
4. U. Hasson, M. Harel, I. Levy, R. Malach, Neuron 37,
1027 (2003).
5. A. Ishai, L. G. Ungerleider, A. Martin, H. L. Schouten,
J. V. Haxby, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 96, 9379
(1999).
6. D. L. Ringach, M. J. Hawken, R. Shapley, J. Vis. 2, 12 (2002).
7. E. T. Rolls, N. C. Aggelopoulos, F. S. Zheng, J. Neurosci.
23, 339 (2003).
8. D. L. Sheinberg, N. K. Logothetis, J. Neurosci. 21, 1340
(2001).
9. T. Hartley, E. A. Maguire, H. J. Spiers, N. Burgess,
Neuron 37, 877 (2003).
10. E. A. Maguire et al., Science 280, 921 (1998).
11. J. M. Zacks et al., Nat. Neurosci. 4, 651 (2001).
12. A. Bartels, S. Zeki, Hum. Brain Mapp. 21, 75 (2004).
13. L. Vincenzoni, S. Leone, The Good, the Bad, and the
Ugly, S. Leone, Director, 161 min, Metro-Goldwyn
Mayer (MGM), 1966.
14. Materials and methods are available on Science On-
line. BrainShow.exe is available at www.weizmann.
ac.il/neurobiology/labs/malach/ReverseCorrelation.
15. In order to search for correlation between two cor-
responding regions across subjects (intersubject cor-
relation), we first aligned all brains into Talairach
coordinate system and used a Gaussian filter of 12
mm full width at half maximum value (FWHM) to the
data [similar results were obtained with the use of 8
mm FWHM (17)]. To remove preprocessing artifacts,
we excluded the first and last 10 time points of the
experiment from the analysis. We then used the time
course of each voxel of the source subject as a GLM
predictor for modeling the activity in the correspond-
ing voxel of the target subject. Only voxels whose P
value was no more than 0.05 (corrected) were con-
sidered significant.
16. P. Janata et al., Science 298, 2167 (2002).
17. U. Hasson, Y. Nir, I. Levy, G. Fuhrmann, R. Malach,
unpublished data.
18. J. P. Jones, L. A. Palmer, J. Neurophysiol. 58, 1187
(1987).
19. For the reverse correlation, each given time course was
z-normalized and smoothed with a moving average of
three time points. A t test was applied to each time point
along the averaged time course, and only time points that
were significantly different (P 0.05) from the average
mean value (i.e., 0) were included in the analysis (colored
in Figs. 3 and 4). With the use of the inhouse “Brain Show”
software, we then reconstructed a short “movie” com-
posed of the frames that led to the highest BOLD signal in
each specific region, assuming our standard hemodynamic
lag of 3 s. We then examined those movies in an attempt
to evaluate each region’s functional specialization under
natural viewing conditions.
20. To remove the nonselective component from the
movie data set for the region-specific time course,
we z-normalized the common “time course” of
each subject (Fig. 2B), smoothed it with a moving
average of three time points, and then used it as a
GLM predictor, which was fitted to the entire data
set of the subject. The residual time course (which
was not explained by the predictor) was saved as a
new time course.
21. N. Kanwisher, J. McDermott, M. M. Chun, J. Neurosci.
17, 4302 (1997).
22. J. V. Haxby, E. A. Hoffman, M. I. Gobbini, Trends
Cognit. Sci. 4, 223 (2000).
23. G. K. Aguirre, E. Zarahn, M. D’Esposito, Neuron 21,
373 (1998).
24. R. Epstein, N. Kanwisher, Nature 392, 598 (1998).
25. To view all frames associated with the peaks of activa-
tion in the fusiform face-related, building-related, and
PCS regions, use the DVD of (13) and BrainShow.exe
(14).
26. P. E. Downing, Y. Jiang, M. Shuman, N. Kanwisher,
Science 293, 2470 (2001).
27. M. S. Beauchamp, K. E. Lee, J. V. Haxby, A. Martin,
Neuron 34, 149 (2002).
28. A. Puce, T. Allison, S. Bentin, J. C. Gore, G. McCarthy,
J. Neurosci. 18, 2188 (1998).
29. E. A. Hoffman, J. V. Haxby, Nat. Neurosci. 3, 80
(2000).
30. A. R. Damasio, The Feeling of What Happens: Body
and Emotion in the Making of Consciousness (Har-
court Brace, New York, ed. 1, 1999).
31. J. V. Haxby et al., Science 293, 2425 (2001).
32. H. D. Critchley et al., Brain 126, 2139 (2003).
33. J. J. DiCarlo, J. H. Maunsell, Nat. Neurosci. 3, 814
(2000).
34. K. Grill-Spector et al., Neuron 24, 187 (1999).
35. M. Ito, H. Tamura, I. Fujita, K. Tanaka, J. Neurophysiol.
73, 218 (1995).
36. J. A. Brefczynski, E. A. DeYoe, Nat. Neurosci. 2, 370
(1999).
37. K. M. O’Craven, P. E. Downing, N. Kanwisher, Nature
401, 584 (1999).
38. R. B. Tootell et al., Neuron 21, 1409 (1998).
39. G. Rizzolatti, L. Fogassi, V. Gallese, Curr. Opin. Neu-
robiol. 7, 562 (1997).
40. G. Rizzolatti, L. Fadiga, V. Gallese, L. Fogassi, Brain
Res. Cognit. Brain Res. 3, 131 (1996).
41. S. Cochin, C. Barthelemy, S. Roux, J. Martineau, Eur.
J. Neurosci. 11, 1839 (1999).
42. A. Dijksterhuis, J. A. Bargh, in Advances in Experimen-
tal Social Psychology, M. P. Zanna, Ed. (Academic
Press, San Diego, CA, 2001), vol. 33, pp. 1–40.
43. J. M. Kilner, Y. Paulignan, S. J. Blakemore, Curr. Biol.
13, 522 (2003).
44. This study was funded by the Benoziyo Center. We
thank the Wohl Institute for Advanced Imaging in
the Tel-Aviv Sourasky Medical Center; M. Behr-
mann, K. Grill-Spector, G. Avidan, M. Peleg, and S.
Gilaie-Dotan for fruitful discussions and com-
ments; R. Goebel and D. Paserman for helping with
the intersubject analysis; M. Harel for three-
dimensional brain reconstructions; E. Okon for
technical assistance; E. Malach for programming
the “brain-show” reverse-correlation analysis tool;
and R. Mukamel for software development. We
thank C. Eastwood and H. Grimaldi for kindly pro-
viding us with permission to use the frames.
Supporting Online Material
www.sciencemag.org/cgi/content/full/303/5664/1634
References
Adkins, N. R., Ozanne, J. L. (2005), "The low literate consumer," Journal of Consumer
Research, 32 (1), 93-105.
Alfano, K. M., Cimino, C. R. (2008), "Alteration of expected hemispheric asymmetries:
Valence and arousal effects in neuropsychological models of emotion," Brain and Cognition,
66 (3), 213-220.
Anderson, A. K., Phelps, E. A. (2001), “Lesions of the human amygdala impair enhanced
perception of emotionally salient events,” Nature, 411(6835), 305-309.
Aquino, K., Reed II, A. (2002), "The self-importance of moral identity," Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 83 (6), 1423-1440.
Aron, Elaine N. (1998) The highly sensitive person: How to thrive when the world
overwhelms you. New York, NY: Three Rivers Press.
Arshamian, A., Willander, J., Larsson, M. (2011), "Olfactory awareness is positively
associated to odour memory," Journal of Cognitive Psychology, 23 (2), 220-226.
Babin, Laurie A. and Alvin C. Burns (1997), "Effects of Print Ad Pictures and Copy
Containing Instructions to Imagine on Mental Imagery That Mediates Attitudes," Journal of
Advertising, 26 (3), 33-44.
Bagozzi, R. P., Baumgartner, H., Pieters, R., Zeelenberg, M. (2000), “The role of emotions in
goal-directed behavior,” The why of consumption: Contemporary perspectives on consumer
motives, goals, and desires, 36-58.
Baker, S. M. (2006), "Consumer normalcy: Understanding the value of shopping through
narratives of consumers with visual impairments," Journal of Retailing, 1, 37-50.
Barrett, L. F., Tugade, M. M., Engle, R. W. (2004), "Individual differences in working
memory capacity and dual-process theories of the mind," Psychological Bulletin, 130 (4),
553-573.
Barsalou, L. W. (2008), “Grounded cognition,” Annual Review of Psychology, 59, 617-645.
Bechara, Antoine (2004), "The role of emotion in decision-making: Evidence from
neurological patients with orbitofrontal damage," Brain and Cognition, 55 (1), 30-40.
Bechara, A. (2005), “Decision making, impulse control and loss of willpower to resist drugs:
a neurocognitive perspective,” Nature Neuroscience, 8(11), 1458-1463.
Bensafi, M., Pouliot, S., Sobel, N. (2005), "Odorant-specific patters of sniffing during
imagery distinguish 'bad' and 'good' olfactory imagers," Chemical Senses, 30 (6), 521-529.
Bensafi, M., Rouby, C. (2007), “Individual differences in odor imaging ability reflect
differences in olfactory and emotional perception,” Chemical Senses, 32(3), 237-244.
Bensafi, M., Sobel, N., Khan, R. M. (2007), "Hedonic-specific activity in piriform cortex
during odor imagery mimics that during odor perception," Journal of Neurophysiology, 98
(6), 3254-3262.
Bernhardson, B. M., Tishelman, C., Rutqvist, L. E. (2008), “Self-reported taste and smell
changes during cancer chemotherapy,” Supportive Care in Cancer, 16(3), 275-283.
Bernhardson, B. M., Tishelman, C., Rutqvist, L. E. (2009), “Taste and smell changes in
patients receiving cancer chemotherapy: Distress, impact on daily life, and self-care
strategies,” Cancer Nursing, 32(1), 45-54.
Bosmans, A. (2006), “Scents and sensibility: when do (in) congruent ambient scents
influence product evaluations?” Journal of Marketing, 32-43.
Bradley, M. M., Codispoti, M., Cuthbert, B. N., Lang, P. J. (2001), “Emotion and motivation
I: defensive and appetitive reactions in picture processing,” Emotion, 1(3), 276-298.
Bradley, M. M., Lang, P. J. (2000), “Measuring emotion: Behavior, feeling, and
physiology,” Cognitive Neuroscience of Emotion, 25, 49-59.
Bromley, S. M. (2000), "Smell and taste disorders: A primary care approach," American
Family Physican, 61 (2), 427-436.
Bulsing, P. J., Smeets, M. A., Gemeinhardt, C., Laverman, M., Schuster, B., Van den Hout,
M. A., Hummel, T. (2010), “Irritancy expectancy alters odor perception: evidence from
olfactory event-related potential research,” Journal of Neurophysiology, 104(5), 2749-2756.
Bulsing, P. J., Smeets, M. A. M., Van den Hout, M. A. (2009), "The implicit association
between odors and illness," Chemical Senses, 34 (2), 111-119.
Burns, Alvin C., Abhijit Biswas, and Laurie A. Babin (1993), "The Operation of Visual
Imagery as a Mediator of Advertising Effects," Journal of Advertising, 22 (2), 71-85.
Bushdid C., Magnasco M. O., Vosshall L. B., and Keller A. (2014), “Humans can
discriminate more than 1 trillion olfactory stimuli,” Science, 343 (6177), 1370-1372.
Cahill, L., Babinsky, R., Markowitsch, H. J., McGaugh, J. L. (1995). “The amygdala and
emotional memory,” Nature, 337, 295-296.
Cain, W. S., Gent, J. F. (1991), "Olfactory sensitivity: Reliability, generality, and association
with aging," Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 17
(2), 382-391.
Cameron, E. L. (2007) “Measures of human olfactory perception during
pregnancy,” Chemical Senses, 32(8), 775-782.
Cardinal, Rudolf N., John A. Parkinson, Jeremy Hall, and Barry J. Everitt (2002), "Emotion
and motivation: the role of the amygdala, ventral striatum, and prefrontal cortex,"
Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, 26 (3), 321-352.
Carrasco, M., Ridout, J. B. (1993), "Olfactory perception and olfactory imagery: A
multidimensional analysis," Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and
Performance, 19 (2), 287-301.
Chebat, Jean-Charles and Richard Michon (2003), "Impact of ambient odors on mall
shoppers' emotions, cognition, and spending: A test of competitive causal theories," Journal
of Business Research, 56 (7), 529-539.
Childers, Terry L. and Carol Kaufman-Scarborough (2009), "Expanding opportunities for
online shoppers with disabilities," Journal of Business Research, 62 (5), 572-578.
Chrea, C., Grandjean, D., Delplanque, S., Cayeux, I., Le Calve, B., Aymard, L., Velazco, M.
I., Sander, D., Scherer, K. R. (2009), "Mapping the semantic space for the subjective
experience of emotional responses to odors," Chemical Senses, 34 (1), 49-62.
Clark, James M., and Paivio, Allan (2004), “Extensions of the Paivio, Yuille, and Madigan
(1968) norms,” Behavior Research Methods, Instruments & Computers, 36 (3), 371-383.
Comeau, T. B., Epstein, J. B., Migas, C. (2001), “Taste and smell dysfunction in patients
receiving chemotherapy: a review of current knowledge,” Supportive Care in Cancer, 9(8),
575-580.
Conway, M. A., Pleydell-Pearce, C. W. (2000), "The Construction of Autobiographical
Memories in the Self-Memory System," Psychological Review, 107 (2), 261-288.
Cross, Samantha N.N., Meng-Hsien Lin, Terry Childers, “Stumbling blocks: Individual
differences in olfaction and its impact on consumer well-being,” working paper.
Crowder, R. G., Schab, F. R. (1995), “Imagery for odors,” Memory for Odors, 93-107.
Croy, I., Olgun, S., Joraschky, P. (2011), "Basic emotions elicited by odors and pictures,"
Emotion, 11 (6), 1331-1335.
Dalton, P. (1999), “Cognitive influences on health symptoms from acute chemical
exposure,” Health Psychology, 18(6), 579-590.
Dalton, P., Hummel, T. (2000), “Chemosensory function and response in idiopathic
environmental intolerance,” Occupational Medicine-Philadelphia, 15(3), 539-556.
Dalton, P., Wysocki, C. J., Brody, M. J., Lawley, H. J. (1997), “The influence of cognitive
bias on the perceived odor, irritation and health symptoms from chemical
exposure,” International Archives of Occupational and Environmental Health, 69(6), 407-417.
D'Argembeau, A., Van der Linden, M. (2006), "Individual differences in the phenomenology
of mental time travel: The effect of vivid visual imagery and emotion regulation strategies,"
Consciousness and Cognition, 15 (2), 342-350.
Dahl, D. W., Chattopadhyay, A., Gorn, G. J. (1999), "The use of visual mental imagery in
new product design," Journal of Marketing Research, 36 (1), 18-28.
Dalton, P. (1996a), "Odor Perception and Beliefs about Risk," Chemical Senses, 21 (4), 447-
458.
---- (1996b), "Odor perception and beliefs about risk," Chemical Senses, 21 (4), 447-458.
---- (2002), "Odor, irritation and perception of health risk," International Archives of
Occumpational and Environmental Health, 75 (5), 283-390.
De Volder, A. G., Toyama, H., Kimura, Y., Kiyosawa, M., Nakano, H., Vanlierde, A., &
Senda, M. (2001), “Auditory triggered mental imagery of shape involves visual association
areas in early blind humans,” Neuroimage, 14(1), 129-139.
Djordjevic, J., R. J. Zatorre, M. Petrides, J. A. Boyle, and M. Jones-Gotman (2005),
"Functional neuroimaging of odor imagery," Neuroimage, 24 (3), 791-801.
Djordjevic, J., Zatorre, R. J., Petrides, M., Jones-Gotman, M. (2004), "The mind's nose:
Effects of odor and visual imagery on odor detection," Psychological Science, 15 (3), 143-
148.
Doty, Richard L., Paul Shaman, and Michael Dann (1984), "Development of the university
of pennsylvania smell identification test: A standardized microencapsulated test of olfactory
function," Physiology & Behavior, 32 (3), 489-502.
Ehrlichman, H., Halpern, J. N. (1988), "Affect and memory: Effects of pleasant and
unpleasant odors on retrieval of happy and unhappy memories," Journal of Personality and
Social Psycholgy, 55 (5), 769-779.
Ekman, P. (1992) “An argument for basic emotions,” Cognition & Emotion, 6(3-4), 169-200.
Elder, Ryan S., and Aradhna Krishna (2012), “The “Visual depiction effect” in advertising:
Facilitating embodied mental simulation through product orientation,” Journal of Consumer
Research, 38 (6), 988-1003.
Engen, T. (1972), “The effect of expectation on judgments of odor,” Acta Psychologica,
36(6), 450-458.
Ferdenzi C., Schirmer A., Roberts S. C., Delplanque S., Porcherot C., Cayeux I., Velazco M.
I., Sander D., Scherer K. R., Grandjean D. (2011), "Affective dimensions of odor perception:
A comparison between Swiss, British, and Singaporean populations," Emotion, 11 (5), 1168-
1181.
Festjens, Anouk, Sabrina Bruyneel and Siegfried Dewitte (2014), “What a feeling! Touching
sexually laden stimuli makes women seek rewards,” Journal of Consumer Psychology, 24 (2),
Floch, J. L., M. Paul, G. L. Lievre, R. Peynegre, M. Labroue, and L. Perlemuter (1993),
"Smell dysfunction and related factors in diabetic patients," Diabetes Care, 16 (6), 934-937.
Frye, R. E., Schwartz, B. S., Doty, R. L. (1990), “Dose-related effects of cigarette smoking
on olfactory function,” JAMA: the journal of the American Medical Association, 263(9),
1233-1236.
Geisler, M. W., Murphy, C. (2000), “Event-related brain potentials to attended and ignored
olfactory and trigeminal stimuli,” International Journal of Psychophysiology, 37(3), 309-315.
Gilbert, A. N., Crouch, M., Kemp, S. E. (1998), "Olfactory and visual mental imagery,"
Journal of Mental Imagery, 22 (3-4), 137-146.
Goldin, Philippe R., Kateri McRae, Wiveka Ramel, and James J. Gross (2008), "The neural
bases of emotion regulation: reappraisal and suppression of negative emotion," Biological
Psychiatry, 63 (6), 577-586.
Gollwitzer, P. M., Sheeran, P. (2009), "Self-regulation of consumer decision making and
behavior: The role of implementation intentions," Journal of Consumer Psychology, 19 (4),
593-607.
González, J., Barros-Loscertales, A., Pulvermüller, F., Meseguer, V., Sanjuán, A., Belloch,
V., Ávila, C. (2006), “Reading “cinnamon” activates olfactory brain
regions,” Neuroimage, 32(2), 906-912.
Gottfried, J. A., Dolan, R. J. (2003), "The nose smells what the eye sees: Crossmodal visual
facilitation of human olfactory perception," Neuron, 39 (2), 375-386.
Goukens, C., Dewitte, S., Pandelaere, M., Warlop, L. (2007), "Wanting a bit(e) of everything:
Extending the valuation effect to variety seeking," Journal of Consumer Research, 34 (3), 386-394.
Gross, J. J. (1998), "The emerging field of emotion regulation: An integrative review,"
Review of General Psychology, 2 (3), 271-299.
Gross, James J. (2002), "Emotion regulation: Affective, cognitive, and social consequences,"
Psychophysiology, 39 (3), 281-291.
Gyurak, A., Gross, J. J., Etkin, A. (2011), "Explicit and implicit emotion regulation: A dual-
process framework," Cognition and Emotion, 25 (3), 400-412.
Haidt, J., McCauley, C., Rozin, P. (1994), "Individual differences in sensitivity to disgust: A
scale sampling seven domains of disgust elicitors," Personality and Individual Differences,
16 (5), 701-713.
Hajcak, G., MacNamara, A., Olvet, D. M. (2010), "Event-related potentials, emotion, and
emotion regulation: An integrative review," Developmental Neuropsychology, 35 (2), 129-
155.
Hajcak, G., Nieuwenhuis, S. (2006), “Reappraisal modulates the electrocortical response to
unpleasant pictures,” Cognitive, Affective, & Behavioral Neuroscience, 6(4), 291-297.
Hajcak, G., Weinberg, A., MacNamara, A., Foti, D. (2012), “ERPs and the study of
emotion,” Oxford Handbook of ERP Components, 441-474.
Hamann, S. (2003), "Nosing in on the emotional brain," Nature Neuroscience, 6 (2), 106-108.
Hart, D., Atkins, R., Ford, D. (1999), "Family influences on the formation of moral identity
in adolescence: longitudinal analysis," Journal of Moral Education, 28 (3), 375-386.
Heller, Sharon (2002) Too loud, too bright, too fast, too tight. New York, NY: Harper.
Henkin, R. I., Levy, L. M. (2002), “Functional MRI of congenital hyposmia: brain activation
to odors and imagination of odors and tastes,” Journal of computer assisted
tomography, 26(1), 39-61.
Herman, C.P., Polivy, J. (1980), “Restrained Eating,” In A.J. Stunkard (Ed.), Obesity (pp.
208-225). Philadelphia: Sauders.
Herz, R. S., Engen, T. (1996), "Odor memory: Review and analysis," Psychonomic Bulletin
& Review, 3 (3), 300-313.
Herz, R. S., McCall, C., Cahill, L. (1999), "Hemispheric lateralization in the processing of
odor pleasantness versus odor names," Chemical Senses, 24 (6), 691-695.
Herz, R. S., Schankler, C., Beland, S. (2004), "Olfaction, emotion and associative learning:
Effects on motivated behavior," Motivation and Emotion, 28 (4), 363-383.
Holland, R. W., Hendriks, M., Aarts, H. (2005), "Smells like clean spirit: Nonconscious
effects of scent on cognition and behavior," Psychological Science, 16 (9), 689-693.
Holmes, E. A., Mathews, A., Mackintosh, B., Dalgleish, T. (2008), "The causal effect of
mental imagery on emotion assessed using picture-word cues," Emotion, 3, 395-409.
Horberg, E. J., Oveis, C., Keltner, D., Cohen, A. B. (2009), "Disgust and the moralization of
purity," Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 97 (6), 963-976.
Hummel, T., Nordin, S. (2005), "Olfactory disorders and their consequences for quality of
life," Acta Oto-Laryngologica, 125 (2), 116-121.
Hung, Iris W., and Aparna A. Labroo, (2011), “From firm muscles to firm willpower:
Understanding the role of embodied cognition in self-regulation,” Journal of Consumer
Research 37 (6), 1046-1064.
Inbar, Y., Pizarro, D. A., Bloom, P. (2012), "Disgusting smells cause decreased liking of gay
men," Emotion, 12 (1), 23-27.
Inbar, Y., Pizarro, D. A., Knobe, J., Bloom, P. (2009), “Disgust sensitivity predicts intuitive
disapproval of gays,” Emotion, 9(3), 435-439.
Inman, Jeffrey J. (2001), “The role of sensory specific satiety in attribute-level variety
seeking,” Journal of Consumer Research 28 (1), 105-120.
Ito, T. A., Larsen, J. T., Smith, N. K., Cacioppo, J. T. (1998), “Negative information weighs
more heavily on the brain: the negativity bias in evaluative categorizations,” Journal of
personality and social psychology, 75(4), 887-900.
Izard, C. E. (1972), “Patterns of emotions: A new analysis of anxiety and depression,” San
Diego, CA: Academic Press.
John, O. P., Gross, J. J. (2004), "Healthy and unhealthy emotion regulation: Personality
processes, individual differences, and life span development," Journal of Personality, 72 (6),
1301-1334.
Katotomichelakis, M., Balatsouras, D., Tripsianis, G., Davris, S., Maroudias, N., Danielides,
V., Simopoulos, C. (2007), “The effect of smoking on the olfactory
function,” Rhinology, 45(4), 273-280.
Keil, A., Bradley, M. M., Hauk, O., Rockstroh, B., Elbert, T., Lang, P. J. (2002), “Large ‐ scale neural correlates of affective picture processing,” Psychophysiology, 39(5), 641-649.
Kosslyn, S. M., Ganis, G., Thompson, W. L. (2001), “Neural foundations of
imagery,” Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 2(9), 635-642.
Kosslyn, S. M., Thompson, W. L. (2003), “When is early visual cortex activated during
visual mental imagery?” Psychological Bulletin, 129(5), 723-746.
Krishna, A. (2011), “An integrative review of sensory marketing: Engaging the senses to
affect perception, judgment and behavior,” Journal of Consumer Psychology, 22, 332-351.
Krishna, A., Morrin, M. (2008), “Does touch affect taste? The perceptual transfer of product
container haptic cues,” Journal of Consumer Research, 34(6), 807-818.
Krishna, A., Lwin, M. O., Morrin, M. (2010), “Product scent and memory,” Journal of
Consumer Research, 37(1), 57-67.
Krompinger, J. W., Moser, J. S., Simons, R. F. (2008), “Modulations of the
electrophysiological response to pleasant stimuli by cognitive reappraisal,” Emotion, 8(1),
132-137.
Laeng, B., Teodorescu, D. S. (2002), “Eye scanpaths during visual imagery reenact those of
perception of the same visual scene,” Cognitive Science, 26(2), 207-231.
Lang, P., Bradley, M. M. (2007), “The International Affective Picture System (IAPS) in the
study of emotion and attention,” Handbook of emotion elicitation and assessment, 29-46.
Lang, P. J., Bradley, M. M., Cuthbert, B. N. (1998), “Emotion, motivation, and anxiety:
Brain mechanisms and psychophysiology,” Biological Psychiatry, 44(12), 1248-1263.
Lang, P. J., Bradley, M. M., Cuthbert, B. N. (1998), “Emotion and motivation: measuring
affective perception,” Journal of Clinical Neurophysiology, 15(5), 397-408.
Larsson, M., Finkel, D., Pedersen, N. L. (2000), "Odor identification influences of age,
gender, cognition, and personality," The Journals of Gerontology: Series B, 55 (5), 304-310.
Lazarus, R. S. (1991), “Progress on a cognitive-motivational-relational theory of
emotion,” American Psychologist, 46(8), 819-834.
Lee, S. W. S., Schwarz, N. (2010a), "Dirty hands and dirty mouths: Embodiment of the
moral-purity metaphor is specific to the motor modality involved in moral transgression,"
Psychological Science, 21 (10), 1423-1425.
---- (2010b), "Washing away postdecisional dissonance," Science, 328 (5979), 709.
Le Floch, J. P., Le Lièvre, G., Labroue, M., Paul, M., Peynegre, R., Perlemuter, L. (1993),
“Smell dysfunction and related factors in diabetic patients,” Diabetes Care, 16(6), 934-937.
Lerner, J. S., Keltner, D. (2000), “Beyond valence: Toward a model of emotion-specific
influences on judgment and choice,” Cognition & Emotion, 14(4), 473-493.
Lerner, J. S., Keltner, D. (2001), “Fear, anger, and risk,” Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 81(1), 146-159.
Lerner, J. S., Tiedens, L. Z. (2006), “Portrait of the angry decision maker: How appraisal
tendencies shape anger's influence on cognition,” Journal of Behavioral Decision
Making, 19(2), 115-137.
Levy, L. M., Henkin, R. I., Lin, C. S., Hutter, A., Schellinger, D. (1999), “Odor memory
induces brain activation as measured by functional MRI,” Journal of Computer Assisted
Tomography, 23(4), 487-498.
Lewis, P. A., Critchley, H. D., Rotshtein, P., Dolan, R. J. (2007), "Neural correlates of
processing valence and arousal in affective words," Cerebral Cortex, 17 (3), 742-748.
Lim, J., Urban, L., Green, B. G. (2008), “Measures of individual differences in taste and
creaminess perception,” Chemical Senses, 33(6), 493-501.
Lundström, J. N., Seven, S., Olsson, M. J., Schaal, B., Hummel, T. (2006), “Olfactory event-
related potentials reflect individual differences in odor valence perception,” Chemical
Senses, 31(8), 705-711.
Lyman, B. J., McDaniel, M. A. (1990), "Memory for odors and odor names: Modalities of
elaboration and imagery," Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and
Cognition, 16 (4), 656-664.
MacInnis, Deborah J. and Linda L. Price (1987), "The Role of Imagery in Information
Processing: Review and Extensions," Journal of Consumer Research, 13 (4), 473-491.
Marzillier, S., Davey, G. (2005), "Anxiety and disgust: Evidence for an undirectional
relationship," Cognition and Emotion, 19 (5), 729-750.
Metcalfe, Janet and Walter Mischel (1999), “A hot/cool-system analyses of delay of
gratification: Dynamics of willpower,” Psychological Review, 106 (1), 3-19.
Menon Satya and Barbara E. Kahn (1995), “The impact of context on variety seeking in
product choices,” Journal of Consumer Behavior, 22 (3), 285-295.
Michon, R., Chebat, J. C., & Turley, L. W. (2005), “Mall atmospherics: the interaction
effects of the mall environment on shopping behavior,” Journal of Business Research, 58(5),
576-583.
Mischel, Walter, Ozlem Ayduk, and Rodolfo Mendoza ‐ Denton (2003), “Sustaining Delay of
Gratification over Time: A Hot ‐ Cool Systems Perspective,” in Time and Decision, ed.
George Lowenstein, Daniel Read, and Roy Baumeister, New York: Russell Sage Foundation,
175–200.
Mitchell, Deborah J., Barbara E. Kahn, and Susan C. Knasko (1995), “There’s something in
the air: Effects of congruent or incongruent ambient odor on consumer decision making,”
Journal Consumer Research, 22 (2), 229-238.
Morales, A. C., Fitzsimons, G. J. (2007), "Product contagion: Changing consumer
evaluations with physical contact through "disgusting" products," Journal of Marketing
Research, 44 (2), 272-283.
Morrin, M., Krishna, A., Lwin, M. O. (2011), “Is scent-enhanced memory immune to
retroactive interference?” Journal of Consumer Psychology, 21(3), 354-361.
Morrin, M., & Chebat, J. C. (2005), “Person-place congruency the interactive effects of
shopper style and atmospherics on consumer expenditures,” Journal of Service
Research, 8(2), 181-191.
Morrot, G., Brochet, F., & Dubourdieu, D. (2001)l “The color of odors,” Brain and
language, 79(2), 309-320.
Murphy, C., C. R. Schubert, K. J. Cruickshanks, B. E. K. Klein, Ronald Klein, and D. M.
Nondahl (2002), "Prevalence of olfactory impairment in older adults," The Journal of the
American Medical Association, 288 (18), 2307-2312.
Murphy, Claire, Charlie D. Morgan, Mark W. Geisler, Spencer Wetter, James W. Covington,
Michael D. Madowitz, Steven Nordin, and John M. Polich (2000), "Olfactory event-related
potentials and aging: normative data," International Journal of Psychophysiology, 36 (2),
133-145.
Nordin, S., Broman, D. A., Olofsson, J. K., Wulff, M. (2004), "A longitudinal descriptive
study of self-reported abnormal smell and taste perception in pregnant women," Chemical
Senses, 29 (5), 391-402.
Nordin, S., Millqvist, E., Lowhagen, O., Bende, M. (2003), "The chemical sensitivity scale:
Psychometric properties and comparison with the noise sensitivity scale," Journal of
Environmental Psychology, 23 (4), 359-367.
Oaten, M., Stevenson, R. J., Case, T. I. (2009), "Disgust as a disease-avoidance mechanism,"
Psychological Bulletin, 135 (2), 303-321.
Ochsner, K. N., Bunge, S. A., Gross, J. J., Gabrieli, J. D. (2002), “Rethinking feelings: An
fMRI study of the cognitive regulation of emotion,” Journal of cognitive neuroscience, 14(8),
1215-1229.
Ochsner, K. N., Ray, R. D., Cooper, J. C., Robertson, E. R., Chopra, S., Gabrieli, J. D., Gross,
J. J. (2004), “For better or for worse: neural systems supporting the cognitive down-and up-
regulation of negative emotion,” Neuroimage, 23(2), 483-499.
Olatunji, B. O., Williams, N. L., Tolin, D. F., Abramowitz, J. S., Sawchuk, C. N., Lohr, J. M.,
Elwood, L. S. (2007), "The disgust scale: Item analysis, factor structure, and suggestions for
refinement," Psychological Assessment, 19 (3), 281-297.
Pause, B. M., Krauel, K. (2000), "Chemosensory event-related potentials (CSERP) as a key
to the psychology of odors," International Journal of Psychophysiology, 36 (2), 105-122.
Peck, J., Childers, T. L. (2003), “Individual differences in haptic information processing: The
“need for touch” scale,” Journal of Consumer Research, 30(3), 430-442.
Peretz, I. (2008), “Musical disorders from behavior to genes,” Current Directions in
Psychological Science, 17(5), 329-333.
Peretz, I., Brattico, E., Järvenpää, M., Tervaniemi, M. (2009), “The amusic brain: in tune, out
of key, and unaware,” Brain, 132(5), 1277-1286.
Poldrack, R. A., Wagner, A. D., Ochsner, K. N., Gross, J. J. (2008), "Cognitive emotion
regulation insights from social cognitive and affective neuroscience," Current Directions in
Psychological Science, 17 (2), 153-158.
Pollatos, O., Kopietz, R., Linn, J., Albrecht, J., Sakar, V. Anzinger, A., Schandry, R.,
Wiesmann, M. (2007), "Emotional stimulation alters olfactory sensitivity and odor
judgment," Chemical Senses, 32 (6), 583-589.
Porcherot, C., Delplanque, S., Raviot-Derrien, S., Le Calve, B., Chrea, c., Gaudreau, N.,
Cayeux, I. (2010), "How do you feel when you smell this? Optimization of a verbal
measurement of odor-elicited emotions," Food Quality and Preference, 21 (8), 938-947.
Pylyshyn, Z. (2003), “Return of the mental image: are there really pictures in the
brain?” Trends in cognitive sciences, 7(3), 113-118.
Ray, R., Ochsner, K. N., Cooper, J. C., Robertson, E. R., Gabrieli, J. D. E., Gross, J. J. (2005),
"Individual differences in trait rumination and the neural systems supporting cognitive
reappraisal," Cognitive, Affect, and & Behavioral Neuroscience, 5 (2), 156-168.
Reimann, M., Feye, W., Malter, A. J., Ackerman, J. M., Castaño, R., Garg, N., Kreuzbauer,
R., Labroo, A. A., Lee, A. Y., Morrin, M., Nenkov, G.Y., Nielsen, J. H., Perez, M., Pol, G.,
Rosa, J.A., Yoon, C., Zhong, C., (2012), “Embodiment in judgment and choice,” Journal of
Neuroscience, Psychology, and Economics, 5(2), 104-123.
Rinck, F., Rouby, C., Bensafi, M. (2009), "Which format for odor images?," Chemical
Senses, 34 (1), 11-13.
Rolls, E. T., Grabenhorst, F., Margot, C., Silva, M. A. A. P., Velazco, M. I. (2008),
"Selective attention to affective value alters how the brain processes olfactory stimuli,"
Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 20 (10), 1815-1826.
Royet, J. P., Delon-Martin, C., Kareken, D. A., Seqebarth, C. (2003), "fMRI of emotional
responses to odors: Infuence of hedonic valence and judgment, handedness, and gender,"
NeuroImage, 20 (2), 713-728.
Royet, J. P., Zald, D., Versace, R., Costes, N., Lavenne, F., Koenig, O., Gervais, R. (2000),
"Emotional responses to pleasant and unpleasant olfactory, visual, and auditory stimuli: A
positron emission tomography study," The Journal of Neuroscience, 20 (20), 7752-7759.
Russell, J. A. (2003), “Core affect and the psychological construction of
emotion,” Psychological Review, 110(1), 145-172.
Russell, R., Duchaine, B., Nakayama, K. (2009) “Super-recognizers: People with
extraordinary face recognition ability,” Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 16(2), 252-257.
Schnall, S., Benton, J., Harvey, S. (2008a), "With a clean conscience cleanliness reduces the
severity of moral judgments," Psychological Science, 19 (12), 1219-1222.
Schnall, S., Haldt, J., Clore, G. L., Jordan, A. H. (2008b), "Disgust as Embodied Moral
Judgment," Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 34 (8), 1096-1109.
Schupp, H. T., Flaisch, T., Stockburger, J., Junghofer, M. (2006) “Emotion and attention:
event-related brain potential studies,” Progress in Brain Research, 156, 31-51.
Schwarz, N. (1990), “Feelings as information: informational and motivational functions of
affective states,” Guilford Press.
Segal, S. J., Fusella, V. (1970), “Influence of imaged pictures and sounds on detection of
visual and auditory signals,” Journal of Experimental Psychology, 83(31), 458-464.
Semal, C., Demany, L. (2006), “Individual differences in the sensitivity to pitch
direction,” The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 120, 3907-3915.
Seubert, J., Rea, A. F., Loughead, J., Habel, U. (2009), "Mood induction with olfactory
stimuli reveals differential affective responses in males and females," Chemical Senses, 34
(1), 77-84.
Shimp, T. A., Stuart, E. W. (2004), "The role of disgust as an emotional mediator of
advertising effects," Journal of Advertising, 33 (1), 43-53.
Shiv, B., Fedorikhin, A. (1999), "Heart and Mind in Conflict: The Interplay of Affect and
Cognition in Consumer Decision Making," Journal of Consumer Research, 26 (3), 278-292.
Simmons, W. K., Martin, A., Barsalou, L. W. (2005) “Pictures of appetizing foods activate
gustatory cortices for taste and reward,” Cerebral Cortex, 15(10), 1602-1608.
Sloboda, J. A., Wise, K. J., Peretz, I. (2005), “Quantifying tone deafness in the general
population,” Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 1060(1), 255-261.
Smith, C. A., Ellsworth, P. C. (1985), “Patterns of cognitive appraisal in emotion,” Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 48(4), 813-838.
Sobel, N., Prabhakaran, V., Hartley, C. A., Desmond, J. E., Zhao, Z., Glover, G. H., Sullivan,
E. V. (1998), “Odorant-induced and sniff-induced activation in the cerebellum of the
human,” The Journal of Neuroscience, 18(21), 8990-9001.
Spangenberg, E. R., Crowley, A. E., Henderson, P. W. (1996). “Improving the store
environment: do olfactory cues affect evaluations and behaviors?” The Journal of Marketing,
60(2), 67-80.
Spence, C. (2002), "Multisensory attention and tactile information-processing," Behavioral
Brain Research, 135 (1), 57-64.
Spence, C., Kettenmann, B., Kobal, G., McGlone, F. P. (2001), "Shared attentional resources
for processing visual and chemosensory information," The Quarterly Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 54A (3), 775-783.
Spivey, M. J., Geng, J. J. (2001), “Oculomotor mechanisms activated by imagery and
memory: Eye movements to absent objects,” Psychological research, 65(4), 235-241.
Steenkamp, Jan-Benedict E., and Hans Baumgartner (1992), “The role of optimum
stimulation level in exploratory consumer behavior,” Journal of Consumer Behavior, 19 (3),
434-448.
Steinbach, S., Hummel, T., Böhner, C., Berktold, S., Hundt, W., Kriner, M., Harbeck, N.
(2009), “Qualitative and quantitative assessment of taste and smell changes in patients
undergoing chemotherapy for breast cancer or gynecologic malignancies,” Journal of
Clinical Oncology, 27(11), 1899-1905.
Stevenson, R. J. (2010), “An initial evaluation of the functions of human olfaction,”
Chemical Senses, 35(1), 3-20.
Stevenson, R. J., Case, T. I. (2005), "Olfactory imagery: A review," Psychonomic Bulletin &
Review, 12 (2), 244-264.
Tetlock, P. E., Kristel, O. V., Elson, S. B., Green, M. C., Lerner, J. S. (2000), "The
psychology of the unthinkable: taboo trade-offs, forbidden base rates, and heretical
counterfactuals," Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 78 (5), 853-870.
Tiggemann, M., Kemps, E. (2005), "The phenomenology of food cravings: The role of
mental imagery," Appetite, 45 (3), 305-313.
Uhl, F., Kretschmer, T., Lindinger, G., Goldenberg, G., Lang, W., Oder, W., Deecke, L.
(1994), "Tactile mental imagery in sighted persons and in patients suffering from peripheral
blindness early in life," Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 91 (4), 249-
255.
Vennemann, M. M., T. Hummel, and K. Berger (2008), "The association between smoking
and smell and taste impairment in the general population," Journal of Neurology, 255, 1121-
1126.
Verplanken, B., Faes, S. (1999), "Good intentions, bad habits, and effects of forming
implementation intentions on healthy eating," European Journal of Social Psychology, 29 (5-
6), 591-604.
Wack, J. T., Rodin, J. (1982), “Smoking and its effects on body weight and the systems of
caloric regulation,” The American journal of clinical nutrition, 35(2), 366-380.
Warrenburg, S. (2005), "Effects of Fragrance on Emotions: Moods and Physiology,"
Chemical Senses, 30 (1), 248-249.
Whalen, P. J., Rauch, S. L., Etcoff, N. L., McInerney, S. C., Lee, M. B., Jenike, M. A. (1998),
“Masked presentations of emotional facial expressions modulate amygdala activity without
explicit knowledge,” The Journal of Neuroscience, 18(1), 411-418.
Weinberg, P., Gottwald, W. (1982), "Impulsive consumer buying as a result of emotions,"
Journal of Business Research, 10 (1), 43-57.
Winkielman, P., Zajonc, R. B., Schwarz, N. (1997), “Subliminal affective priming resists
attributional interventions, “Cognition & Emotion, 11(4), 433-465.
Winston, J. S., Gottfried, J. A., Kilner, J. M., Dolan, R. J. (2005), "Integrated neural
representations of odor intensity and affective valence in human amygdala," The Journal of
Neuroscience, 25 (39), 8903-8907.
Wrzesniewski, A., McCauley, C., Rozin, P. (1999), "Odor and affect: Individual differences
in the impact of odor on liking for places, things and people," Chemical Senses, 24 (6), 713-
721.
Xu, Alison J., and Aparna A. Labroo (2014), “Incandescent affect: Turning on the hot
emotional system with bright light,” 24 (2), 205-216.
Yeshurun, Y., Sobel, N. (2010), “An odor is not worth a thousand words: From
multidimensional odors to unidimensional odor objects,” Annual Review of Psychology, 61,
219-241.
Yoo, S. S., Freeman, D. K., McCarthy III, J. J., Jolesz, F. A. (2003), “Neural substrates of
tactile imagery: a functional MRI study,” Neuroreport, 14(4), 581-585.
Zald, David H. and Jose V. Pardo (1997), "Emotion, olfaction, and the human amygdala:
amygdala activation during aversive olfactory stimulation," Proceedings of the National
Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 94 (8), 4119-4124.
Zellner, D. A., Kautz, M. A. (1990), “Color affects perceived odor intensity,” Journal of
Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 16(2), 391-397.
Zhong, Chen-Bo and Katie Liljenquist (2006), "Washing away your sins: threatened morality
and physical cleansing," Science, 313 (5792), 1451-1452.
Zwebner, Yonat, Leonard Lee, and Jacob Goldenberg (2014), “The temperature premium:
Warm temperatures increase product valuation,” Journal of Consumer Psychology, 24 (2),
251-259.
References
1. Carpenter PA, Just MA, Shell P (1990) What one intelligence test measures: A theoret-
ical account of the processing in the Raven Progressive Matrices Test. Psychol Rev
97:404–431.
2. Gray JR, Thompson PM (2004) Neurobiology of intelligence: Science and ethics. Nat Rev
Neurosci 5:471–482.
3. Neisser U, et al. (1996) Intelligence: Knowns and unknowns. Am Psychol 51:77–101.
4. Rohde TE, Thompson LA (2007) Predicting academic achievement with cognitive
ability. Intelligence 35:83–92.
5. te Nijenhuis J, van Vianen AEM, van der Flier H (2007) Score gains on g-loaded tests: No
g. Intelligence 35:283–300.
6. Deary IJ, Strand S, Smith P, Fernandes C (2007) Intelligence and educational achieve-
ment. Intelligence 35:13–21.
7. Gottfredson LS (1997) Why g matters: The complexity of everyday life. Intelligence
24:79–132.
8. Cattell RB (1963) Theory of fluid and crystallized intelligence: A critical experiment. J
Educ Psychol 54:1–22.
9. Baltes PB, Staudinger UM, Lindenberger U (1999) Lifespan psychology: Theory and
application to intellectual functioning. Annu Rev Psychol 50:471–507.
10. Steele CM, Aronson JA (2004) Stereotype threat does not live by Steele and Aronson
(1995) alone. Am Psychol 59:47–48; discussion 48–49.
11. Elliott R, et al. (1997) Effects of methylphenidate on spatial working memory and
planning in healthy young adults. Psychopharmacology 131:196–206.
12. Kimberg DY, D’Esposito M, Farah MJ (1997) Effects of bromocriptine on human
subjects depend on working memory capacity. NeuroReport 8:3581–3585.
13. Haier RJ, et al. (1992) Regional glucose metabolic changes after learning a complex visuospa-
tial/motor task: A positron emission tomographic study. Brain Res 570:134–143.
14. Smith ME, McEvoy LK, Gevins A (1999) Neurophysiological indices of strategy devel-
opment and skill acquisition. Brain Res Cognit Brain Res 7:389–404.
15. Green CS, Bavelier D (2003) Action video game modifies visual selective attention.
Nature 423:534–537.
16. Bors DA, Vigneau F (2003) The effect of practice on Raven’s Advanced Progressive
Matrices. Learn Individ Differ 13:291–312.
17. Ackerman PL (1987) Individual differences in skill learning: An integration of psycho-
metric and information processing perspectives. Psychol Bull 102:3–27.
18. Healy AF, Wohldmann EL, Sutton EM, Bourne LE, Jr (2006) Specificity effects in training
and transfer of speeded responses. J Exp Psychol Learn Mem Cognit 32:534–546.
19. Singley MK, Anderson JR (1989) The transfer of cognitive skill (Harvard Univ Press,
Cambridge, MA).
20. Ericsson AK, Delaney PF (1998) in Working Memory and Thinking, eds Logie R, Gilhooly
KJ (Erlbaum, Hillsdale, NJ), pp 93–114.
21. Chase WG, Ericsson KA (1981) Skilled memory. Cognitive Skills and Their Acquisition,
ed Anderson, J. R. (Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Hillsdale, NJ), pp 141–189.
22. Halford GS, Cowan N, Andrews G (2007) Separating cognitive capacity from knowl-
edge: A new hypothesis. Trends Cognit Sci 11:236–242.
23. Gray JR, Chabris CF, Braver TS (2003) Neural mechanisms of general fluid intelligence.
Nat Neurosci 6:316–322.
24. KaneMJ,etal.(2004)Thegeneralityofworkingmemorycapacity:Alatent-variableapproach
to verbal and visuospatial memory span and reasoning. J Exp Psychol Gen 133:189–217.
25. Kane MJ, Engle RW (2002) The role of prefrontal cortex in working-memory capacity,
executive attention, and general fluid intelligence: An individual-differences perspec-
tive. Psychon Bull Rev 9:637–671.
26. Ackerman PL, Beier ME, Boyle MO (2005) Working memory and intelligence: The same
or different constructs? Psychol Bull 131:30–60.
27. Conway AR, Kane MJ, Engle RW (2003) Working memory capacity and its relation to
general intelligence. Trends Cognit Sci 7:547–552.
28. Olesen PJ, Westerberg H, Klingberg T (2004) Increased prefrontal and parietal activity
after training of working memory. Nat Neurosci 7:75–79.
29. Westerberg H, Klingberg T (2007) Changes in cortical activity after training of working
memory: A single-subject analysis. Physiol Behav 92:186–192.
30. Smith EE, Jonides J (1998) Neuroimaging analyses of human working memory. Proc
Natl Acad Sci USA 95:12061–12068.
31. Oberauer K (2005) Binding and inhibition in working memory: Individual and age
differences in short-term recognition. J Exp Psychol Gen 134:368–387.
32. Kane MJ, Conway AR, Miura TK, Colflesh GJ (2007) Working memory, attention
control, and the N-back task: A question of construct validity. J Exp Psychol Learn Mem
Cognit 33:615–622.
33. Jaeggi SM, et al. (2007) On how high performers keep cool brains in situations of
cognitive overload. Cognit Affect Behav Neurosci 7:75–89.
34. Jonides J, et al. (1997) Verbal working memory load affects regional brain activation
as measured by PET. J Cognit Neurosci 9:462–475.
35. Raven JC (1990) Advanced Progressive Matrices: Sets I, II (Oxford Univ Press,
Oxford).
36. Hossiep R, Turck D, Hasella M (1999) Bochumer Matrizentest: BOMAT–Advanced–Short
Version (Hogrefe, Go¨ ttingen).
37. Frearson W, Eysenck HJ (1986) Intelligence, reaction time (RT), and a new odd-man-out
RT paradigm. Pers Individ Differ 7:807–818.
38. Tewes U (1991) Hamburg-Wechsler-Intelligenztest fu¨ r Erwachsene (HAWIE-R) (Hans
Huber, Bern, Switzerland), rev 1991.
39. Daneman M, Carpenter PA (1980) Individual differences in working memory and
reading. J Verbal Learn Verbal Behav 19:450–466.
REFERENCES
Babchuk, W. A., and M. Badiee (2010), “Realizing the poten-
tial of qualitative methodologies: A conceptual guide for
research and practice,” in Proceedings of the 28th Annual
Midwest Research Research-to-Practice Conference in Adult,
Continuing, and Community Education, J. Dirkx, ed., 25–31.
Michigan State University, East Lansing, Michigan, 26–28
September 2010.
Bernardin, T., P. Kemp-Robertson, D. W. Stewart, C. Yan,
H. Wan, J. R. Rossiter, S. Erevelles, R. Roundtree, G. M.
Zinkhan, and N. Fukawa (2008), “Envisioning the Future of
Advertising Creativity Research,” Journal of Advertising, 37
(4), 131–49.
Creswell, J. (2007), Qualitative Inquiry and Research Design:
Choosing Among Five Approaches, 2nd ed., Thousand Oaks,
CA: Sage.
Elkin, Noah (2010), “Mobile Marketing Trends, Insights, and
Best Practices” (webinar), http://www.slideshare.net/
eMarketerInc/emarketer-webinar-mobile-marketing-
trends-insights-best-practices#text-version
Griffin, G., D. K., Morrison, and K. B. Sheehan (2009), “Per -
spectives of Digital Creativity,” Journal of Interactive Adver-
tising, 9 (2), 63–65.
Hubspot.com (2011), “Social Media Marketing: 27 Stats,
Soundbites, and Slides,” http://www.hubspot.com/
social-media-slides/?source=socialmedia-slides-ebook
Li, H. (2011), “The Interactive Web,” Journal of Advertising Re-
search, 51 (1), 13–34.
Mallia, K. L., and K. Windels (2011), “Will Changing Media
Change the World? An Exploratory Investigation of the Im-
pact of Digital Advertising on Opportunities for Creative
Women,” Journal of Interactive Advertising, 11 (2), 30–44.
Martin, K., and I. Todorov (2010), “How Will Digital Platforms
Be Harnessed in 2010 and How Will They Change the Way
People Interact with Brands?,” Journal of Interactive Advertis-
ing, 10 (2), 61–66.
McLuhan, M. (1995), “The Medium Is the Message,” in Essen-
tial McLuhan, Eric McLuhan and Frank Zingrone, eds., New
York, NY: Basic Books, 151–61. (Reprinted from Marshall
McLuhan, Understanding Media: The Extensions of Man, New
York: McGraw-Hill, 1964, 7–21)
Moustakas, C. (1994), Phenomenological Research Methods, Thou-
sand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Muniz, A., and H. Schau (2007), “Vigilante Marketing and
Consumer-Created Communications,” Journal of Advertis-
ing, 36 (3), 187–202.
Roberts, M., and H. Ko (2001), “Global Interactive Advertis-
ing: Defining What We Mean and Using What We Have
Learned,” Journal of Interactive Advertising, 1 (2), 18–27.
Robinson, L., and D. Halle (2002), “Digitization, the Internet,
and the Arts: eBay, Napster, SAG, and e-Books,” Qualitative
Sociology, 25 (3), 359–83.
Saldana, J. (2011), Fundamentals of Qualitative Research, Oxford:
Oxford University Press.
Sasser, S. L., S. Koslow, and E. A. Riordan (2007), “Creative
and Interactive Media Use by Agencies: Engaging an IMC
Media Palette for Implementing Advertising Campaigns,”
Journal of Advertising Research, 47 (3), 237–56.
Sharma, C., J. Herzog, and V. Melfi (2008), Mobile Advertis-
ing: Supercharge Your Brand in the Exploding Wireless Market,
Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.
Sheehan, K. B., and D. K. Morrison (2009), “The Creativity Challenge: Media Confluence and Its Effects on the Evolv -
ing Advertising Industry,” Journal of Interactive Advertising,
9 (2), 84–88.
Smillie, Dirk (2010), “Digital Lift-Off,” Forbes.com, March 8,
http://www.forbes.com/2010/03/07/advertising-web-
ads-digital-business-media-outsell.html
Stuhlfaut, M. W. (2011), “The Creative Code: An Organiza-
tional Influence on the Creative Process in Advertising,” In-
ternational Journal of Advertising, 30 (2), 283–304.
Taylor, C.R. (2009), “The Six Principles of Digital Advertis-
ing,” International Journal of Advertising, 28 (3), 411–18.
Xue, D., and H. Li (2008), Creative Use of QR Codes in Con-
sumer Communication,” International Journal of Mobile Mar-
keting, 3 (2), 61–67.
VanBoskirk, S. (2011), US Interactive Marketing Forecast, 2011 to
2016, Cambridge, MA: Forrester Research.
Vega, T. (2011), “Advertising Companies Fret Over a Digital
Talent Gap,” New York Times, October 30.
References
Bahrick, H. P. (1979). Maintenance of knowledge: Questions about mem-
ory we forgot to ask. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 108,
296–308.
Balota, D. A., Duchek, J. M., & Logan, J. M. (2007). Is expanded retrieval
practice a superior form of spaced retrieval? A critical review of the
extant literature. In J. S. Nairne (Ed.), The foundations of remembering:
Essays in honor of Henry L. Roediger, III (pp. 83–106). New York:
Psychology Press.
Balota, D. A., Duchek, J. M., & Paullin, R. (1989). Age-related differences
in the impact of spacing, lag, and retention interval. Psychology and
Aging, 4, 3–9.
Balota, D. A., Duchek, J. M., Sergent-Marshall, S. D., & Roediger, H. L.
(2006). Does expanded retrieval produce benefits over equal interval
spacing? Explorations of spacing effects in healthy aging and early stage
Alzheimer’s disease. Psychology and Aging, 21, 19–31.
Benjamin, A. S., & Bjork, R. A. (1996). Retrieval fluency as a metacog-
nitive index. In L. Reder (Ed.), Implicit memory and metacognition (pp.
309–338). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Benjamin, A. S., Bjork, R. A., & Schwartz, B. L. (1998). The mismeasure
of memory: When retrieval fluency is misleading as a metamnemonic
index. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 127, 55–68.
Bjork, R. A. (1975). Retrieval as a memory modifier: An interpretation of
negative recency and related phenomena. In R. L. Solso (Ed.), Informa-
tion processing and cognition: The Loyola Symposium (pp. 123–144).
Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Bjork, R. A. (1988). Retrieval practice and the maintenance of knowledge.
In M. M. Gruneberg, P. E. Morris, & R. N. Sykes (Eds.), Practical
aspects of memory: Current research and issues (Vol. 1, pp. 396–401).
New York: Wiley.
Bjork, R. A. (1994). Memory and metamemory considerations in the
training of human beings. In J. Metcalfe & A. Shimamura (Eds.),
Metacognition: Knowing about knowing (pp. 185–205). Cambridge,
MA: MIT Press.
Bjork, R. A. (1999). Assessing our own competence: Heuristics and
illusions. In D. Gopher & A. Koriat (Eds.), Attention and performance
XVII. Cognitive regulation of performance: Interaction of theory and
application (pp. 435–459). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Bjork, R. A., & Allen, T. W. (1970). The spacing effect: Consolidation or
differential encoding? Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior,
9, 567–572.
Bower, G. H. (1972). Stimulus sampling theory of encoding variability. In
A. W. Melton & E. Martin (Eds.), Coding processes in human memory
(pp. 85–123). New York: Wiley.
Butler, A. C., & Roediger, H. L. (in press). Testing improves long-term
retention in a simulated classroom setting. European Journal of Cogni-
tive Psychology.
Camp, C. J. (2006). Spaced retrieval: A model for dissemination of a
cognitive intervention for persons with dementia. In D. K. Attix & K. A.
Welsh-Bohmer (Eds.), Geriatric neuropsychology: Assessment and in-
tervention (pp. 275–292). New York: Guilford Press.
Camp, C. J., Bird, M. J., & Cherry, K. E. (2000). Retrieval strategies as a
rehabilitation aid for cognitive loss in pathological aging. In R. D. Hill,
L. Backman, & A. S. Neely (Eds.), Cognitive rehabilitation in old age
(pp. 224–248). New York: Oxford University Press.
Carpenter, S. K., & DeLosh, E. L. (2005). Application of the testing and
spacing effects to name learning. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 19,
619–636.
Carpenter, S. K., & DeLosh, E. L. (2006). Impoverished cue support
enhances subsequent retention: Support for the elaborative retrieval
explanation of the testing effect. Memory & Cognition, 34, 268–276.
Carrier, M., & Pashler, H. (1992). The influence of retrieval on retention.
Memory & Cognition, 20, 633–642.
Cepeda, N. J., Pashler, H., Vul, E., Wixted, J. T., & Rohrer, D. (2006).
Distributed practice in verbal recall tasks: A review and quantitative
synthesis. Psychological Bulletin, 132, 354–380.
Chan, J. C. K., McDermott, K. B., & Roediger, H. L. (2006). Retrieval
induced facilitation: Initially nontested material can benefit from prior
testing. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 135, 553–571.
Craik, F. I. M. (1970). The fate of primary memory items in free recall.
Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 9, 143–148.
Craik, F. I. M., & Tulving, E. (1975). Depth of processing and the retention
of words in episodic memory. Journal of Experimental Psychology:
General, 104, 268–294.
Craik, F. I. M., & Watkins, M. J. (1973). The role of rehearsal in short-term
memory. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 12, 599–
607.
Crowder, R. G. (1976). Principles of learning and memory. Hillsdale, NJ:
Erlbaum.
Cull, W. L. (2000). Untangling the benefits of multiple study opportunities
and repeated testing for cued recall. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 14,
215–235.
Cull, W. L., Shaughnessy, J. J., & Zechmeister, E. B. (1996). Expanding
understanding of the expanding-pattern-of-retrieval mnemonic: Toward
confidence in applicability. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Ap-
plied, 2, 365–378.
Deutsch, J. A., & Terrace, H. S. (1967, May 19). Discrimination learning
and inhibition. Science, 156, 988–989.
Estes, W. K. (1955). Statistical theory of distributional phenomena in
learning. Psychological Review, 62, 369–377.
Gardiner, J. M., Craik, F. I. M., & Bleasdale, F. A. (1973). Retrieval
difficulty and subsequent recall. Memory & Cognition, 1, 213–216.
Glenberg, A. M. (1976). Monotonic and nonmonotonic lag effects in
paired-associate and recognition memory paradigms. Journal of Verbal
Learning and Verbal Behavior, 15, 1–16.
Glover, J. A. (1989). The “testing” phenomenon: Not gone but nearly
forgotten. Journal of Educational Psychology, 81, 392–399.
Hochhalter, A. K., Overmier, J. B., Gasper, S. M., Bakke, B. L., & Holub,
R. J. (2005). A comparison of spaced retrieval to other schedules of
practice for people with dementia. Experimental Aging Research, 31,
101–118.
Hogan, R. M., & Kintsch, W. (1971). Differential effects of study and test trials on long-term recognition and recall. Journal of Verbal Learning
and Verbal Behavior, 10, 562–567.
Jacoby, L. L. (1978). On interpreting the effects of repetition: Solving a
problem versus remembering a solution. Journal of Verbal Learning and
Verbal Behavior, 17, 649–667.
Kang, S. H. K., McDermott, K. B., & Roediger, H. L. (in press). Test
format and corrective feedback modify the effect of testing on long-term
retention. European Journal of Cognitive Psychology.
Karpicke, J., & Hearst, E. (1975). Inhibitory control and errorless discrim-
ination learning. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 23,
159–166.
Karpicke, J. D., & Roediger, H. L. (2006). Does expanding retrieval work
with prose materials? Unpublished manuscript, Washington University
in St. Louis.
Karpicke, J. D., & Roediger, H. L. (in press). Repeated retrieval during
learning is the key to long-term retention. Journal of Memory and
Language.
Kelley, C. M., & Lindsay, D. S. (1993). Remembering mistaken for
knowing: Ease of retrieval as a basis for confidence in answers to
general knowledge questions. Journal of Memory and Language, 32,
1–24.
Killeen, P. R. (2005). An alternative to null-hypothesis significance tests.
Psychological Science, 16, 345–353.
Koriat, A., & Ma’ayan, H. (2005). The effects of encoding fluency and
retrieval fluency on judgments of learning. Journal of Memory and
Language, 52, 478–492.
Landauer, T. K., & Bjork, R. A. (1978). Optimum rehearsal patterns and
name learning. In M. M. Gruneberg, P. E. Morris, & R. N. Sykes (Eds.),
Practical aspects of memory (pp. 625–632). London: Academic Press.
Logan, J. M., & Balota, D. A. (in press). Expanded vs. equal interval
spaced retrieval practice: Exploration of schedule of spacing and reten-
tion interval in younger and older adults. Aging, Neuropsychology, and
Cognition.
Madigan, S. A. (1969). Intraserial repetition and coding processes in free
recall. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 8, 828–835.
Madigan, S. A., & McCabe, L. (1971). Perfect recall and total forgetting:
A problem for models of short-term memory. Journal of Verbal Learn-
ing and Verbal Behavior, 10, 101–106.
Martin, E. (1968). Stimulus meaningfulness and paired-associate transfer:
An encoding variability hypothesis. Psychological Review, 75, 421–441.
Matvey, G., Dunlosky, J., & Guttentag, R. (2001). Fluency of retrieval at
study affects judgments of learning (JOLs): An analytic or nonanalytic
basis for JOLs? Memory & Cognition, 29, 222–232.
McDaniel, M. A., Anderson, J. L., Derbish, M. H., & Morrisette, N. (in
press). Testing the testing effect in the classroom. European Journal of
Cognitive Psychology.
McDaniel, M. A., & Einstein, G. O. (2005). Material appropriate difficulty:
A framework for determining when difficulty is desirable for improving
learning. In A. F. Healy (Ed.), Experimental cognitive psychology and its
applications (pp. 73–85). Washington, DC: American Psychological
Association.
McDaniel, M. A., & Masson, M. E. J. (1985). Altering memory represen-
tations through retrieval. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learn-
ing, Memory, and Cognition, 11, 371–385.
Melton, A. W. (1970). The situation with respect to the spacing of repe-
titions and memory. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 9,
596–606.
Modigliani, V. (1976). Effects on a later recall by delaying initial recall.
Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory, 2,
609–622.
Pashler, H., Zarow, G., & Triplett, B. (2003). Is temporal spacing of tests
helpful even when it inflates error rates? Journal of Experimental
Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 29, 1051–1057.
Peterson, L. R., Wampler, R., Kirkpatrick, M., & Saltzman, D. (1963).
Effect of spacing of presentations on retention of paired-associates over
short intervals. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 66, 206–209.
Rea, C. P., & Modigliani, V. (1985). The effect of expanded versus massed
practice on the retention of multiplication facts and spelling lists. Human
Learning, 4, 11–18.
Roediger, H. L., & Karpicke, J. D. (2006a). The power of testing memory:
Basic research and implications for educational practice. Perspectives on
Psychological Science, 1, 181–210.
Roediger, H. L., & Karpicke, J. D. (2006b). Test-enhanced learning:
Taking memory tests improves long-term retention. Psychological Sci-
ence, 17, 249–255.
Schacter, D. L., Rich, S. A., & Stampp, M. S. (1985). Remediation of
memory disorders: Experimental evaluation of the spaced retrieval tech-
nique. Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology, 7, 79–
96.
Schmidt, R. A., & Bjork, R. A. (1992). New conceptualizations of practice:
Common principles in three paradigms suggest new concepts for train-
ing. Psychological Science, 3, 207–217.
Schneider, W., Eschman, A., & Zuccolotto, A. (2002). E-Prime reference
guide. Pittsburgh, PA: Psychology Software Tools.
Serra, M. J., & Dunlosky, J. (2005). Does retrieval fluency contribute to the
underconfidence-with-practice effect? Journal of Experimental Psychol-
ogy: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 31, 1258–1266.
Shaughnessy, J. J., & Zechmeister, E. B. (1992). Memory-monitoring
accuracy as influenced by the distribution of retrieval practice. Bulletin
of the Psychonomic Society, 30, 125–128.
Spitzer, H. F. (1939). Studies in retention. Journal of Educational Psy-
chology, 30, 641–656.
Starch, D. (1927). Educational psychology. Oxford, England: Macmillan.
Terrace, H. S. (1963). Discrimination learning with and without “errors.”
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 6, 1–27.
Terrace, H. S. (1966, December 30). Discrimination learning and inhibi-
tion. Science, 154, 1677–1680.
Thompson, C. P., Wenger, S. K., & Bartling, C. A. (1978). How recall
facilitates subsequent recall: A reappraisal. Journal of Experimental
Psychology: Human Learning and Memory, 4, 210–221.
Wheeler, M. A., Ewers, M., & Buonanno, J. F. (2003). Different rates of
forgetting following study versus test trials. Memory, 11, 571–580.
Wheeler, M. A., & Roediger, H. L. (1992). Disparate effects of repeated
testing: Reconciling Ballard’s (1913) and Bartlett’s (1932) results. Psy-
chological Science, 3, 240–245.
Whitten, W. B., & Bjork, R. A. (1977). Learning from tests: Effects of
spacing. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 16, 465–478.
Wilson, B. A., Baddeley, A. D., Evans, J., & Sheil, A. (1994). Errorless
learning in the rehabilitation of memory impaired people. Neuropsycho-
logical Rehabilitation, 4, 307–326.
REFERENCES
(2010) From The Editors. Nature Reviews Neuroscience 11:71. doi: 10.1038/nrn2802
Ashby, W. R. (1962). “Principles of the self-organizing system,” in Principles of Self-
Organization: Transactions of the University of Illinois Symposium, eds H. Von
Foerster and G. W. Zopf, Jr. (London, UK: Pergamon Press), 255–278.
Barreto, E., So, P., Gluckman, B. J., and Schiff, S. J. (2000). From generalized
synchrony to topological decoherence: emergent sets in coupled chaotic systems.
Phys. Rev. Lett. 84, 1689–1692. doi: 10.1103/physrevlett.84.1689
Bhowmik, D., and Shanahan, M. (2013). Metastability and inter-band frequency
modulation in networks of oscillating spiking neuron populations. PLoS One
8:e62234. doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0062234
Bressler, S. L., and Kelso, J. A. S. (2001). Cortical coordination dynamics and
cognition. Trends Cogn. Sci. 5, 26–36. doi: 10.1016/s1364-6613(00)01564-3
Bressler, S. L., Richter, C. G., Chen, Y., and Ding, M. (2007). Cortical functional
network organization from autoregressive modeling of local field potential
oscillations. Stat. Med. 26, 3875–3885. doi: 10.1002/sim.2935
Bressler, S. L., and Seth, A. K. (2011). Wiener–granger causality: a well established
methodology. Neuroimage 58, 323–329. doi: 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2010.02.059
Bressler, S. L., and Tognoli, E. (2006). Operational principles of neurocognitive
networks. Int. J. Psychophysiol. 60, 139–148. doi: 10.1016/j.ijpsycho.2005.12.008
Buzsáki, G. (2007). The structure of consciousness. Nature 446:267. doi: 10.
1038/446267a
Catani, M., and ffytche, D. H. (2005). The rises and falls of disconnection syn-
dromes. Brain 128, 2224–2239. doi: 10.1093/brain/awh622
Charcot, J. M. (1878). Leçons sur les Localisations dans les Maladies du Cerveau.
Paris: Delahaye et Co.
Chialvo, D. R. (2010). Emergent complex neural dynamics. Nat. Phys. 6, 744–750.
doi: 10.1038/nphys1803
Cruikshank, S. J., and Connors, B. W. (2008). State-sanctioned synchrony. Nature
454, 839–840. doi: 10.1038/454839a
Eccles, J. C. (1966). The ionic mechanisms of excitatory and inhibitory synap-
tic action. Ann. N Y Acad. Sci. 137, 473–494. doi: 10.1111/j.1749-6632.1966.
tb50176.x
Ecker, A. S., Berens, P., Keliris, G. A., Bethge, M., Logothetis, N. K., and Tolias,
A. S. (2010). Decorrelated neuronal firing in cortical microcircuits. Science 327,
584–587. doi: 10.1126/science.1179867
Eckhorn, R., Bauer, R., Jordan, W., Brosch, M., Kruse, W., Munk, M., et al. (1988).
Coherent oscillations: a mechanism of feature linking in the visual cortex?
Multiple electrode and correlation analyses in the cat. Biol. Cybern. 60, 121–130.
doi: 10.1007/bf00202899
Edelman, G. M. (1993). Neural Darwinism: selection and reentrant signaling in
higher brain function. Neuron 10, 115–125. doi: 10.1016/0896-6273(93)90304-a
Eigen, M., and Schuster, P. (1979). The Hypercycle: A Principle of Natural Self-
organisation. Heidelberg: Springer-Verlag.
Farmer, S. (2011). Review of dynamic coordination in the brain: from neurons to
mind. J. Psychophysiol. 25, 201–202. doi: 10.1027/0269-8803/a000055
Freeman, W. J. (1975). Mass Action in the Nervous System. New York: Academic
Press.
Freeman, W. J., and Holmes, M. D. (2005). Metastability, instability, and state
transition in neocortex. Neural Netw. 18, 497–504. doi: 10.1016/j.neunet.2005.
06.014
Fries, P. (2005). A mechanism for cognitive dynamics: neuronal communication
through neuronal coherence. Trends Cogn. Sci. 9, 474–480. doi: 10.1016/j.tics.
2005.08.011
Friston, K. J. (1994). Functional and effective connectivity in neuroimaging: a
synthesis. Hum. Brain Mapp. 2, 56–78. doi: 10.1002/hbm.460020107
Friston, K. J. (1997). Transients, metastability and neuronal dynamics. Neuroimage
5, 164–171. doi: 10.1006/nimg.1997.0259
Gallos, L. K., Sigman, M., and Makse, H. A. (2012). The conundrum of functional
brain networks: small-world efficiency or fractal modularity. Front. Physiol.
3:123. doi: 10.3389/fphys.2012.00123
Gray, C. M., and Singer, W. (1989). Stimulus-specific neuronal oscillations in
orientation columns of cat visual cortex. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U S A 86, 1698–
1702. doi: 10.1073/pnas.86.5.1698
Grossberg, S. (1976). Adaptive pattern classification and universal recoding: I.
Parallel development and coding of neural feature detectors. Biol. Cybern. 23,
121–134. doi: 10.1007/bf00344744
Haken, H. (1983). Synergetics, an Introduction: Nonequilibrium Phase Transitions
and Self-Organization in Physics, Chemistry and Biology. New York: Springer-
Verlag.
Hammond, C., Bergman, H., and Brown, P. (2007). Pathological synchronization
in Parkinson’s disease: networks, models and treatments. Trends Neurosci. 30,
357–364. doi: 10.1016/j.tins.2007.05.004
Hebb, D. O. (1949). The Organization of Behavior. New-York: John Wiley.
Hodgkin, A. L., and Huxley, A. F. (1952). A quantitative description of membrane
current and its application to conduction and excitation in nerve. J. Physiol. 117,
500–544.
Honey, C. J., Kötter, R., Breakspear, M., and Sporns, O. (2007). Network struc-
ture of cerebral cortex shapes functional connectivity on multiple time scales.
Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U S A 104, 10240–10245. doi: 10.1073/pnas.07015
19104
Honey, C. J., Thivierge, J. P., and Sporns, O. (2010). Can structure predict function
in the human brain? Neuroimage 52, 766–776. doi: 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2010.
01.071
Hopfield, J. J. (1982). Neural networks and physical systems with emergent collec-
tive computational abilities. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U S A 79, 2554–2558. doi: 10.
1073/pnas.79.8.2554
Kelso, J. A. S. (1995). Dynamic Patterns: The Self-Organization of Brain and
Behavior. Cambridge, Massachusetts: The MIT Press.
Kelso, J. A. S. (2008). An essay on understanding the mind: the A.S. Iberall Lecture.
Ecol. Psychol. 20, 180–208. doi: 10.1080/10407410801949297
Kelso, J. A. S. (2012). Multistability and metastability: understanding dynamic
coordination in the brain. Philos. Trans. R. Soc. Lond. B Biol. Sci. 367, 906–918.
doi: 10.1098/rstb.2011.0351
Kelso, J. A. S., and Engstrøm, D. A. (2006). The Complementary Nature. Cambridge,
MA: The MIT Press.
Kelso, J. A. S., Dumas, G., and Tognoli, E. (2013). Outline of a general theory
of behavior and brain coordination. Neural Netw. 37, 120–131. doi: 10.1016/j.
neunet.2012.09.003
Kelso, J. A. S., and Haken, H. (1995). “New laws to be expected in the organism:
synergetics of brain and behavior,” in What is Life? The Next Fifty Years:
Speculations on the Future of Biology, eds M. P. Murphy and L. A. J. O’Neill
(Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press), 137–160.
Kelso, J. A. S., and Tognoli, E. (2007). “Toward a complementary neuroscience:
metastable coordination dynamics of the brain,” in Neurodynamics of Higher-
level Cognition and Consciousness, eds R. Kozma and L. Perlovsky (Heidelberg:
Springer), 39–59.
Kelso, J. A. S., and Tuller, B. (1981). Toward a theory of apractic syndromes. Brain
Lang. 12, 224–245. doi: 10.1016/0093-934x(81)90016-x
Kostrubiec, V., Zanone, P.-G., Fuchs, A., and Kelso, J. A. S. (2012). Beyond the
blank slate: routes to learning new coordination patterns depend on the intrinsic
dynamics of the learner —experimental evidence and theoretical model. Front.
Hum. Neurosci. 6:222. doi: 10.3389/fnhum.2012.00222
Lehnertz, K., Bialonski, S., Horstmann, M. T., Krug, D., Rothkegel, A., Staniek,
M., et al. (2009). Synchronization phenomena in human epileptic brain
networks. J. Neurosci. Methods 183, 42–48. doi: 10.1016/j.jneumeth.2009.
05.015
McLeod, P., Plunkett, K., and Rolls, E. T. (1998). Introduction to Connectionist
Modelling of Cognitive Processes. Oxford, UK, New-York, NY: Oxford University
Press.
Meunier, D., Lambiotte, R., and Bullmore, E. T. (2010). Modular and hierarchi-
cally modular organization of brain networks. Front. Neurosci. 4:200. doi: 10.
3389/fnins.2010.00200
Poulet, J. F. A., and Petersen, C. C. H. (2008). Internal brain state regulates
membrane potential synchrony in barrel cortex of behaving mice. Nature 454,
881–885. doi: 10.1038/nature07150
Rabinovich, M. I., Huerta, R., Varona, P., and Afraimovich, V. S. (2008). Transient
cognitive dynamics, metastability and decision making. PLoS Comput. Biol.
4:e1000072. doi: 10.1371/journal.pcbi.1000072
Renart, A., de la Rocha, J., Bartho, P., Hollender, L., Parga, N., Reyes, A., et al.
(2010). The asynchronous state in cortical circuits. Science 327, 587–590. doi: 10.
1126/science.1179850
Robert, A. (1999). Lamination and Within-Area Integration in the Neocortex. San
Diego: University of California, Doctoral dissertation.
Rulkov, N. F., Sushchik, M. M., Tsimring, L. S., and Abarbanel, H. D. (1995).
Generalized synchronization of chaos in directionally coupled chaotic systems.
Phys. Rev. E Stat. Phys. Plasmas Fluids Relat. Interdiscip. Topics 51, 980–994.
doi: 10.1103/physreve.51.980
Rumelhart, D. E., McClelland, J. L., and The PDP Research Group (1986). Parallel
Distributed Processing: Explorations in the Microstructure of Cognition, Volume 1:
Foundations. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Shannon, C. E. (1948). A mathematical theory of communication. Bell Syst. Tech. J.
27, 623–656. doi: 10.1002/j.1538-7305.1948.tb00917.x
Sperry, R. W. (1969). A modified concept of consciousness. Psychol. Rev. 76, 532–
536. doi: 10.1037/h0028156
Sporns, O., Chialvo, D. R., Kaiser, M., and Hilgetag, C. C. (2004). Organization,
development and function of complex brain networks. Trends Cogn. Sci. 8, 418–
425. doi: 10.1016/j.tics.2004.07.008
Sporns, O., Tononi, G., and Edelman, G. M. (2000). Theoretical neuroanatomy:
relating anatomical and functional connectivity in graphs and cortical connec-
tion matrices. Cereb. Cortex 10, 127–141. doi: 10.1093/cercor/10.2.127
Tognoli, E., and Kelso, J. A. S. (2009). Brain coordination dynamics: true and false
faces of phase synchrony and metastability. Prog. Neurobiol. 87, 31–40. doi: 10.
1016/j.pneurobio.2008.09.014
Tognoli, E., and Kelso, J. A. S. (2013). “On the brain’s dynamical complexity:
coupling and causal influences across spatiotemporal scales,” in Advances in
Cognitive Neurodynamics (III), ed Y. Yamaguchi (Netherlands: Springer),
259–265.
Tognoli, E., and Kelso, J. A. S. (2014). The metastable brain. Neuron 81, 35–48.
doi: 10.1016/j.neuron.2013.12.022
Tononi, G., Sporns, O., and Edelman, G. M. (1994). A measure for brain
complexity: relating functional segregation and integration in the nervous system. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U S A 91, 5033–5037. doi: 10.1073/pnas.91.
11.5033
Uhlhaas, P. J., and Singer, W. (2006). Neural synchrony in brain disorders: relevance
for cognitive dysfunctions and pathophysiology. Neuron 52, 155–168. doi: 10.
1016/j.neuron.2006.09.020
Varela, F., Lachaux, J.-P., Rodriguez, E., and Martinerie, J. (2001). The brainweb:
phase synchronization and large-scale integration. Nat. Rev. Neurosci. 2, 229–
239. doi: 10.1038/35067550
von der Malsburg, C., Phillips, W. A., and Singer, W. (Eds). (2010). Dynamic
Coordination in the Brain: From Neurons to Mind, Strüngmann Forum Report,
Vol. 5. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Wade, J. J., McDaid, L. J., Harkin, J., Crunelli, V., and Kelso, J. A. S. (2013).
Biophysically-based computational models of astrocyte ∼ neuron coupling and
their functional significance. Front. Comput. Neurosci. 7:44. doi: 10.3389/fncom.
2013.00044
Werner, G. (2007). Metastability, criticality and phase transitions in brain and its
models. Biosystems 90, 496–508. doi: 10.1016/j.biosystems.2006.12.001
Yates, E. (2008). Homeokinetics/Homeodynamics: a physical heuristic for life and
complexity. Ecol. Psychol. 20, 148–179. doi: 10.1080/10407410801977546
Zilles, K., Palomero-Gallagher, N., Grefkes, C., Scheperjans, F., Boy, C., Amunts, K.,
et al. (2002). Architectonics of the human cerebral cortex and transmitter recep-
tor fingerprints: reconciling functional neuroanatomy and neurochemistry. Eur.
Neuropsychopharmacol. 12, 587–599. doi: 10.1016/s0924-977x(02)00108-6
References
References marked with an asterisk indicate studies included in the
meta-analysis.
Anderson, R. J. (1994). Representations and requirements: The value of
ethnography in system design. Human–Computer Interaction, 9, 151–
182.
Ansburg, P. I., & Hill, K. (2003). Creative and analytic thinkers differ in
their use of attentional resources. Personality and Individual Differ-
ences, 34, 1141–1152.
Bar-Haim, Y., Lamy, D., Pergamin, L., Bakermans-Kranenburg, M. J., &
van IJzendoorn, M. J. (2007). Threat-related attentional bias in anxious
and nonanxious individuals: A meta-analytic study. Psychological Bul-
letin, 133, 1–24.
Beck, J. (1979). The effect of variations in incubation activity and
incubation time on creative response production. Unpublished doctoral
dissertation, New York University.
Bennett, S. (1975). Effect of incubation on the associative process of
creativity. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, University of Notre Dame.
Both, L., Needham, D., & Wood, E. (2004). Examining tasks that facil-
itate the experience of incubation while problem solving. Alberta Jour-
nal of Educational Research, 50(1), 57–67.
Bowden, E. M., & Jung-Beeman, M. (2003a). Aha! Insight experience
correlates with solution activation in the right hemisphere. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 10, 730–737.
Bowden, E. M., & Jung-Beeman, M. (2003b). Normative data for 144 compound remote associate problems. Behavior Research Methods,
Instruments, & Computers, 35(5), 634–639.
Bowers, K. S., Regehr, G., Balthazard, C. G., & Parker, K. (1990).
Intuition in the context of discovery. Cognitive Psychology, 22, 72–110.
Brockett, C. (1985). Neuropsychological and cognitive components of
creativity and incubation. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, Virginia
Commonwealth University.
Browne, B. A., & Cruse, D. F. (1988). The incubation effect: Illusion or
illumination. Human Performance, 1(3), 177–185.
Christensen, B. T., & Schunn, C. D. (2005). Spontaneous access and
analogical incubation effects. Creativity Research Journal, 17(2–3),
207–220.
Chronicle, E. P., Ormerod, T. C., & MacGregor, J. N. (2001). When insight
just won’t come: The failure of visual cues in the nine-dot problem.
Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 54(A), 903–919.
Cooper, H., & Hedges, L. V. (1994). The handbook of research synthesis.
New York: Russell Sage Foundation.
Dodds, R. A., Smith, S. M., & Ward, T. B. (2002). The use of environ-
mental clues during incubation. Creativity Research Journal, 14(3–4),
287–305.
Dodds, R. A., Ward, T. B., & Smith, S. M. (in press). Incubation in
problem solving and creativity. In M. A. Runco (Ed.), Creativity re-
search handbook (Vol. 3). Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.
Dominowski, R. L., & Jenrick, R. (1972). Effect of hints and interpolated
activity on solution of an insight problem. Psychonomic Science, 26(6),
335–338.
Dorfman, J. (1990). Metacognitions and incubation effects in insight
problem solving. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, University of Cali-
fornia, San Diego.
Dreistadt, R. (1969). The use of analogies and incubation in obtaining
insights in creative problem solving. The Journal of Psychology, 71,
159–175.
Durlak, J. A., & Lipsey, M. W. (1991). A practitioner’s guide to meta-
analysis. American Journal of Community Psychology, 19, 291–332.
Finke, R. A., Ward, T. B., & Smith, S. M. (1992). Creative cognition:
Theory, research, and applications. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Fulgosi, A., & Guilford, J. P. (1968). Short-term incubation in divergent
production. American Journal of Psychology, 81, 241–246.
Fulgosi, A., & Guilford, J. (1972). A further investigation of short-term
incubation. Acta Instituti Psychologici, 64–73, 67–70.
Gall, M., & Mendelsohn, G. A. (1967). Effects of facilitating techniques
and subject–experimenter interaction on creative problem solving. Jour-
nal of Personality and Social Psychology, 5, 211–216.
Geary, D. C., Hoard, M. K., Byrd-Craven, J., & DeSoto, M. C. (2004).
Strategy choices in simple and complex addition: Contributions of
working memory and counting knowledge for children with mathemat-
ical disability. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 88, 121–151.
Ghiselin, B. (1985). The creative process: A symposium. Berkeley: Uni-
versity of California Press.
Gilhooly, K. J., & Murphy, P. (2005). Differentiating insight from non-
insight problems. Thinking and Reasoning, 11, 279–302.
Goldman, W., Wolters, N., & Winograd, E. (1992). A demonstration of
incubation in anagram problem solving. Bulletin of the Psychonomic
Society, 30, 36–38.
Hansberry, M. T. (1998). Fixation and incubation effects in problem
solving. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, University of Hampshire,
United Kingdom.
Hedges, L. V., & Olkin, I. (1985). Statistical methods for meta-analysis.
Orlando, FL: Academic Press.
Henley, R. J. (1999). Priming incubated problems. Unpublished doctoral
dissertation, University of Sussex, United Kingdom.
Houtz, J. C., & Frankel, A. D. (1992). Effects of incubation and imagery
training on creativity. Creativity Research Journal, 5(2), 183–189.
Jamieson, B. A. (1999). Incubation and aging: The nature of processing underlying insight. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, University of
Georgia.
Jung-Beeman, M., & Bowden, E. (2000). The right hemisphere maintains
solution-related activation for yet-to-be solved insight problems. Mem-
ory and Cognition, 28, 1231–1241.
Kaplan, C. (1990). Hatching a theory of incubation: Does putting a
problem aside really help? If so, why? Unpublished doctoral disserta-
tion, Carnegie Mellon University.
Kershaw, T. C., & Ohlsson, S. (2004). Multiple causes of difficulty in
insight: The case of the nine-dot problem. Journal of Experimental
Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 30, 3–13.
Knoblich, G., Ohlsson, S., Haider, H., & Rhenius, D. (1999). Constraint
relaxation and chunk decomposition in insight problem solving. Journal
of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 25,
1534–1555.
Lipsey, M. W., & Wilson, D. B. (2001). Practical meta-analysis. Thousand
Oaks, CA: Sage.
Lynch, M. D., & Swink, E. (1967). Some effects of priming, incubation
and creative aptitude on journalism performance. Journal of Communi-
cation, 17(4), 372–382.
Macaskill, P., Walter, S. D., & Irwing, L. (2001). A comparison of methods
to detect publication bias in meta-analysis. Statistics in Medicine, 20,
641–654.
MacGregor, J. N., Ormerod, T. C., & Chronicle, E. P. (2001). Information-
processing and insight: A process model of performance on the nine-dot
and related problems. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning,
Memory, and Cognition, 27, 176–201.
Martindale, C. (1995). Creativity and connectionism. In S. M. Smith, T. B.
Ward, & R. A. Finke (Eds.), The creative cognition approach (pp.
249–268). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Medd, E., & Houtz, J. C. (2002). The effects of facilitated incubation on
fourth graders’ creative writing. Educational Research Quarterly, 26(2),
13–16.
Mednick, M., Mednick, S., & Mednick, E. (1964). Incubation of creative
performance and specific associative priming. Journal of Abnormal and
Social Psychology, 69, 84–88.
Mednick, S. A. (1962). The associative basis of the creative process.
Psychological Review, 69, 220–232.
Metcalfe, J., & Weibe, D. (1987). Intuition in insight and non-insight
problem-solving. Memory and Cognition, 15, 238–246.
Moss, S. A. (2002). The impact of environmental clues in problem
solving and incubation: The moderating effect of ability. Creativity
Research Journal, 14(2), 207–211.
Murray, H. G., & Denny, J. P. (1969). Interaction of ability level and
interpolated activity (opportunity for incubation) in human problem
solving. Psychological Reports, 24(1), 271–276.
Newton, E. J., & Roberts, M. J. (2005). The window of opportunity: A
model for strategy discovery. In M. J. Roberts & E. J. Newton (Eds.),
Methods of thought: Individual differences in reasoning strategies (pp.
129–158). Hove, United Kingdom: Psychology Press.
Olton, R. M. (1979). Experimental studies of incubation: Searching for the
elusive. Journal of Creative Behavior, 13, 9–22.
Olton, R. M., & Johnson, D. M. (1976). Mechanism of incubation in
creative problem solving. American Journal of Psychology, 89(4), 617–
630.
Patalano, A. L., & Seifert, C. M. (1994). Memory for impasses during
problem solving. Memory and Cognition, 22, 234–242.
Patrick, A. S. (1986). The role of ability in creative “incubation.” Per-
sonality and Individual Differences, 7(2), 169–174.
Penney, C. G., Godsell, A., Scott, A., & Balsom, R. (2004). Problem
variables that promote incubation effects. Journal of Creative Behavior,
38, 35–55.
Perkins, D. N. (1995). Insight in minds and genes. In R. J. Sternberg & J. E. Davidson (Eds.), The nature of insight (pp. 495–533). Cambridge, MA:
MIT Press.
Peterson, C. (1974). Incubation effects in anagram solution. Bulletin of
the Psychonomic Society, 3, 29–30.
Posner, M. I. (1973). Cognition: An introduction. Glenview, IL: Scott,
Foresman.
Rae, C. M. (1997). The creative power of doing nothing. Writer, 110(7),
13–15.
Reder, L. M., & Schunn, C. D. (1996). Metacognition does not imply
awareness: Strategy choice is governed by implicit learning and mem-
ory. In L. M. Reder (Ed.), Implicit memory and metacognition (pp.
45–78). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Rickards, T. (1991). Innovation and creativity: Woods, trees and pathways.
R&D Management, 21(2), 97–108.
Rosenthal, R. (1995). Writing meta-analytic reviews. Psychological Bul-
letin, 118, 183–192.
Schank, R. C. (1982). Dynamic memory: A theory of reminding and
learning in computers and people. Cambridge, United Kingdom: Cam-
bridge University Press.
Schank, R. C. (1999). Dynamic memory revisited. Cambridge, United
Kingdom: Cambridge University Press.
Scheerer, M. (1963). Problem solving. Scientific American, 208(4), 118–
128.
Schooler, J. W., Ohlsson, S., & Brooks, K. (1993). Thoughts beyond
words: When language overshadows insight. Journal of Experimental
Psychology: General, 122, 166–183.
Seabrook, R., & Dienes, Z. (2003, July). Incubation in problem solving as
a context effect. In R. Alterman & D. Kirsh (Eds.), Proceedings of the
25th annual meeting of the Cognitive Science Society (pp. 1065–1069).
Austin, TX: Cognitive Science Society. Available from http://
www.cogsci.rpi.edu/CSJarchive/Proceedings/2003/pdfs/203.pdf
Segal, E. (2004). Incubation in insight problem solving. Creativity Re-
search Journal, 16(1), 141–149.
Seifert, M. C., Meyer, D. E., Davidson, N., Patalano, A. L., & Yaniv, I.
(1995). Demystification of cognitive insight: Opportunistic assimilation
and the prepared-mind perspective. In R. J. Sternberg & J. E. Davidson
(Eds.), The nature of insight (pp. 65–124). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Siegler, R. S., & Stern, E. (1998). Conscious and unconscious strategy
discoveries: A microgenetic analysis. Journal of Experimental Psychol-
ogy: General, 127, 377–397.
Silveira, J. (1972). Incubation: The effect of interruption timing and
length on problem solution and quality of problem processing. Unpub-
lished doctoral dissertation, University of Oregon.
Simon, H. A. (1966). Scientific discovery and the psychology of problem
solving. In R. G. Colodny (Ed.), Mind and cosmos: Essays in contem-
porary science and philosophy (pp. 22–40). Pittsburgh, PA: University
of Pittsburgh Press.
Sio, U. N., & Rudowicz, E. (2007). The role of an incubation period in
creative problem solving. Creativity Research Journal, 19(2–3), 307–
318.
Smilek, D., Enns, J. T., Eastwood, J. D., & Merikle, P. A. (2006). Relax!
Cognitive style influences visual search. Visual Cognition, 14, 543–564.
Smith, S. M. (1995). Fixation, incubation, and insight in memory and
creative thinking. In S. M. Smith, T. B. Ward, & R. A. Finke (Eds.), The
creative cognition approach (pp. 135–146). Cambridge, MA: MIT
Press.
Smith, S. M., & Blankenship, S. E. (1989). Incubation effects. Bulletin of
the Psychonomic Society, 27(4), 311–314.
Smith, S. M., & Blankenship, S. E. (1991). Incubation and the persistence
of fixation in problem solving. American Journal of Psychology, 104,
61–87.
Snyder, A., Mitchell, D. J., Ellwood, S., Yates, A., & Pallier, G. (2004).
Nonconscious idea generation. Psychological Reports, 94, 1325–1330.
Thornton, A., & Lee, P. (2000). Publication bias in meta-analysis—Its
causes and consequences. Journal of Clinical Epidemiology, 53(2),
207–216.
Torrance-Perks, J. (1997). The incubation effect: Implication for under-
lying mechanisms. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, University of Wa-
terloo, Ontario, Canada.
VanLehn, K. (1988). Towards a theory of impasse-driven learning. In H.
Mandl & A. Lesgold (Eds.), Learning: Issues for intelligent tutoring
systems (pp. 19–41). New York: Springer-Verlag.
Vul, E., & Pashler, H. (2007). Incubation is helpful only when people are
misled. Memory and Cognition, 35(4), 701–710.
Wallas, G. (1926). The art of thought. London: Cape.
Webster, A., Campbell, C., & Jane, B. (2006). Enhancing the creative
process for learning in primary technology education. International
Journal of Technology & Design Education, 16(3), 221–235.
Wertheimer, M. (1985). A Gestalt perspective on computer simulations of
cognitive processes. Computers in Human Behavior, 1, 19–33.
Woodworth, R. S., & Schlosberg, H. (1954). Experimental psychology.
New Delhi, India: Oxford & IBH.
Yaniv, I., & Meyer, D. E. (1987). Activation and meta-cognition of
inaccessible stored information: Potential bases for incubation effects in
problem solving. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Mem-
ory, and Cognition, 13(2), 187–205.
Zeigarnik, B. (1927). Untersuchungen zur Handlungs- und Affektpsy-
chologie: III. Das Behalten erledigter und unerledigter andlungen [In-
vestigations on the psychology of action and affection: III. The memory
of completed and uncompleted actions]. Psychologische Forschung, 9,
1–85.
Zeigarnik, B. (1938). On finished and unfinished tasks. In W. D. Ellis
(Ed.), A sourcebook of Gestalt psychology (pp. 300–314). New York:
Humanities Press.
References
Ask.com. (n.d.). What Is Traditional Marketing?. What Is Traditional Marketing. Retrieved
March 21, 2014, from http://www.ask.com/question/what-is-traditional-marketing
Basanyat, D. I. (n.d.). Theories of Public Relations. Theories of Public Relations. Retrieved
March 19, 2014, from http://linda.perry.net/nm2219/theories8.htm
Brafton introduces strategic video content marketing. (2012, Dec 13). PR Newswire.
http://ezproxy.lib.calpoly.edu/login?url=http://search.proquest.com/docview/1237496776
?accountid=10362
Cole, J.T., & Greer, J.D. (2013). Audience Response to Brand Journalism: The Effect of Frame,
Source, and Involvement. Journalism & Mass Communication Quarterly, 90(4), 673-690.
Doi: 10.1177/1077699013503160
Content Marketing vs Traditional Marketing | Newzsocial. (2013, July 6).Newzsocial. Retrieved
March 20, 2014, from http://www.newzsocial.com/content-marketing-vs-traditional-
marketing/
Content Marketing vs. Traditional Advertising [Infographic]. (n.d.).Marketo.com. Retrieved
March 20, 2014, from http://www.marketo.com/infographics/content-marketing-vs-
traditional-advertising/
Greer, A. (n.d.). Becoming a Brand Journalist by Finding Stories from Within Your
SMB. Scoopit Blog. Retrieved March 20, 2014, from
http://blog.scoop.it/2013/10/31/becoming-a-brand-journalist-by-finding-stories-from-
within-your-smb/
Handley, A. (2012, March 8). Real-World Education for Modern Marketers.MarketingProfs.
Retrieved March 20, 2014, from
http://www.marketingprofs.com/opinions/2012/23504/seven-reasons-your-content-
marketing-needs-a-brand-journalist
Hosford, C. (2013). BtoB study: Content marketing goes mainstream. B to B, 98(6), 3.
LaChance, E. (2013, September 1). A Blueprint for the Video Content Marketing
Revolution. RSS. Retrieved March 20, 2014, from
http://socialmediatoday.com/erikalachance/1707916/blueprint-video-content-marketing-
revolution
Marketing Institute. (n.d.). What is Content Marketing?. Content Marketing Institute. Retrieved
March 21, 2014, from http://contentmarketinginstitute.com/what-is-content-marketing/
New research shows increasing reliance on content marketing to drive brand awareness, inbound
traffic and sales. (2013, Oct 01).Business Wire.
http://ezproxy.lib.calpoly.edu/login?url=http://search.proquest.com/docview/1437739586
?accountid=10362
Park, J. (n.d.). Tap into the Thriving Video Content Scene: 5 Types of Brand Videos. Content
Marketing Institute. Retrieved March 20, 2014, from
Pergolino, M., Miller, J., Rothman, D., & Miller, J. (n.d.). The Definitive Guide to Social
Marketing. Marketo.com. Retrieved March 20, 2014, from
http://www.marketo.com/_assets/uploads/Definitive-Guide-to-Social-Marketing.pdf
Pulizzi, J. (2012, February 16). The Future of Content Marketing – 6 Differences Between Good
and Great [Part 2].Content Marketing Institute. Retrieved March 20, 2014, from
http://contentmarketinginstitute.com/2012/02/future-content-marketing-good-great-
differences/
Pulizzi, J. (2012). The Rise of Storytelling as the New Marketing. Publishing Research
Quarterly. 28(2). 116-123. doi 10.1007/s12109-012-9264-5
Pulizzi, J. (2012). The Transformation of Content Marketing. Econtent, 35(10), 20-21.
Reid, C. (2013, February 18). Content Strategy: A Guide to Getting Started.EContent Magazine.
Retrieved March 21, 2014, from
http://www.econtentmag.com/Articles/Editorial/Feature/Content-Strategy-A-Guide-to-
Getting-Started-87086.htm
Royse, M. (2012, November 28). The A to Z guide to content marketing. PR Daily News: Public
Relations news and marketing in the age of social media. Retrieved March 20, 2014,
from http://prdaily.com/Main/Articles/13239.aspx#
Qu, A. (2013, April 3). Custom Content Council. At Nearly $44 Billion, New Survey Shows Rise
in Content Marketing Budget. Retrieved March 20, 2014, from
http://www.customcontentcouncil.com/news/nearly-44-billion-new-survey-shows-rise-
content-marketing-budget
Sluis, S. (2014). Social Media Lead Content Marketing. CRM Magazine. 18(1), 7
Video features insurance marketing & advertising summit speaker laura packard on content
marketing. (2013, Sep 13).Business Wire.
http://ezproxy.lib.calpoly.edu/login?url=http://search.proquest.com/docview/1432194867
?accountid=10362
Why brand journalism is the new PR. (2013, December 9). Ragan.com. Retrieved March 20,
2014, from
http://www.ragan.com/Main/Articles/Why_brand_journalism_is_the_new_pr47733.aspx
References
1. Spelke, E.: The Baby Lab by Margaret Talbot. New Yorker, Sept. 4 (2006)
2. Pauli, W.: Writings on Physics and Philosophy. In: Enz, C.P., von Meyenn, K. (Eds.)
Springer-Verlag, Berlin (1994)
3. Finger, S.: Origins of Neuroscience. Oxford, New York (1994)
4. Ji, S.: Complementarism: A Biology-Based Philosophical Framework to Integrate
Western Science and Eastern Tao. Proc. of 16 th International Congress of
Psychotherapy (1995) 518-548
5. Grossberg, S.: The Complementary Brain: a Unifying View of Brain Specialization
and Modularity. Trends in Cognitive Sciences 4 (2000) 233-246
6. Frayn, M.: The Human Touch: Our Part in the Creation of the Universe. Faber &
Faber (2006)
7. Kelso, J.A.S., Engstrøm, D.: The Complementary Nature. MIT Press, Cambridge
(2006)
8. Bressler, S.L., Kelso, J.A.S.: Cortical Coordination Dynamics and Cognition. Trends
in Cognitive Sciences 5 (2001) 26-36
9. Jirsa, V.K., Kelso, J.A.S. (Eds.) Coordination Dynamics: Issues and Trends. Springer,
Berlin (2004)
10. Kelso, J.A.S.: Behavioral and Neural Pattern Generation: the Concept of
Neurobehavioral Dynamical System (NBDS) In: Koepchen, H.P., Huopaniemi, T.
(Eds.) Cardiorespiratory and Motor Coordination, Springer-Verlag, Berlin (1991)
11. Kelso, J.A.S.: Coordination Dynamics of Human Brain and Behavior. Springer Proc.
in Physics 69 (1992) 223-234
12. Kelso, J.A.S.: Dynamic Patterns: the Self-Organization of Brain and Behavior. MIT
Press, Cambridge, MA (1995)
13. Tschacher, W., Dauwalder, J.P.: The Dynamical Systems Approach to Cognition:
Concepts and Empirical Paradigms Based on Self-Organization, Embodiment and
Coordination Dynamics. World Scientific, Singapore (2003)
14. Velazquez, J.L.: Brain, Behaviour and Mathematics: Are we Using the Right
Approaches? Physica D: Nonlinear Phenomena 212(3-4) (2005) 161-182
15. Schöner, G., Kelso, J.A.S.: Dynamic Pattern Generation in Behavioral and Neural
Systems. Science 239 (1988) 1513-1520
16. Başar, E.: Memory and Brain Dynamics: Oscillations Integrating Attention,
Perception, Learning, and Memory. Conceptual Advances in Brain Research 7. CRC
Press, Boca Raton (2004)
17. Buzsáki, G.: Rhythms of the Brain. Oxford University Press, Oxford (2006)
18. Eckhorn, R., Bauer, R., Jordan, W., Borsch, M., Kruse, W., Munk M., Reitboeck,
HJ.: Coherent Oscillations : a Mechanism of Feature Linking in the Visual Cortex.
Multiple Electrode Correlation Analyses in the Cat. Biological Cybernetics 60(2)
(1988) 121-130
19. Gray, C.M., König, P., Engel, A.K., Singer, W.: Oscillatory Responses in Cat Visual
Cortex Exhibit Inter-Columnar Synchronization which Reflects Global Stimulus
Properties. Nature 338 (6213) (1989) 334-337
20. Munk, M.H.J., Roelfsema, P.R., König, P., Engel, A.K., Singer, W.: Role of
Reticular Activation in the Modulation of Intracortical Synchronization. Science 272
(1996) 271-274
21. Bressler, S.L.: Interareal Synchronization in the Visual Cortex. Behavioral and Brain
Research 76 (1996) 37-49
22. Steinmetz, P.N., Roy, A., Fitzgerald, P., Hsiao, S.S., Niebur, E., Johnson, K.O.:
Attention Modulates Synchronized Neuronal Firing in Primate Somatosensory
Cortex. Nature 404 (2000) 187-190
23. Mima, T., Matsuoka, T., Hallett, M.: Functional Coupling of Human Right and Left
Cortical Motor Areas Demonstrated with Partial Coherence Analysis. Neurosci. Lett.
287 (2000) 93-96
24. Fries, P., Reynolds, J.H., Rorie, A.E., Desimone, R.: Modulation of Oscillatory
Neuronal Synchronization by Selective Visual Attention. Science 291 (2001) 1560-
1563
25. Varela, F.J., Lachaux, J.-P., Rodriguez, E. Martinerie, J.: The Brainweb: Phase
Synchronization and Large-Scale Integration. Nature Reviews Neuroscience 2 (2001)
229-239
26. Brown, P., Marsden, J.F.: Cortical Network Resonance and Motor Activity in
Humans. Neuroscientist 7 (2001) 518-527
27. König, P., Engel, A.K., Roelfsema, P.R., Singer, W.: Coincidence Detection or
Temporal Integration. The Role of the Cortical Neuron Revisited. Trends Neurosci 19
(1996) 130-137
28. Kelso, J.A.S.: The Informational Character of Self-Organized Coordination
Dynamics. Human Movement Science 13 (1994) 393-413
29. Fingelkurts, An.A., Fingelkurts, Al.A.: Making Complexity Simpler: Multivariability
and Metastability in the Brain. International Journal of Neuroscience 114(7) (2004)
843-862
30. Bressler, S.L. Tognoli, E.: Operational Principles of Neurocognitive Networks.
International Journal of Psychophysiology 60 (2006) 139-148
31. Edelman, G.M.: Naturalizing Consciousness: a Theoretical Framework. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Science USA 100(9) (2004) 520-524
32. Edelman, G.: Second Nature: Brain Science and Human Knowledge. Yale University
Press (2006)
33. Edelman, G., Tononi, G.: A Universe of Consciousness, New York, Basic Books
(2000)
34. Freeman, W.J., Holmes, M.D.: Metastability, Instability, and State Transition in
Neocortex. Neural Networks 18(5-6) (2005) 497-504
35. Friston, K.J.: Transients, Metastability, and Neuronal Dynamics. Neuroimage 5
(1997) 164-171
36. Koch, C.: Thinking about the Conscious Mind. A Review of Mind - An Introduction
by John Searle. Science 306 (2004) 979-980
37. Sporns, O.: Complex Neural Dynamics. In: Jirsa, V.K., Kelso, J.A.S., (Eds.)
Coordination Dynamics: Issues and trends. Springer-Verlag, Berlin (2004) 197-215
38. Haken, H.: Principles of Brain Functioning. Springer, Berlin (1996)
39. Kelso, J.A.S., Bressler, S.L., Buchanan, S., DeGuzman, G.C., Ding, M., Fuchs, A.
Holroyd, T.: A Phase Transition in Human Brain and Behavior. Physics Letters A
169 (1992) 134-144
40. Kelso, J.A.S., DelColle, J., Schöner, G.: Action-Perception as a Pattern Formation
Process. In: Jeannerod, M. (Ed.) Attention and Performance XIII. Erlbaum, Hillsdale,
NJ (1990) 139-169
41. Haken, H., Kelso, J.A.S., Bunz, H.: A Theoretical Model of Phase Transitions in
Human Hand Movements. Biological Cybernetics 51 (1985) 347-356
42. Jirsa, V.K., Fuchs, A., Kelso, J.A.S.: Connecting Cortical and Behavioral Dynamics:
Bimanual Coordination. Neural Computation 10 (1998) 2019-2045
43. Perez Velazquez, J.L., Wennberg, R.: Metastability of Brain States and the many
Routes to Seizures: numerous Causes, same Result. In: Recent Research
Developments in Biophysics, 3: Transworld Research Network (2004) 25-59
44. Werner, G.: Metastability, Criticality and Phase Transitions in Brain and its Models.
Biosystems (in press)
45. Bressler, S.L.: Interareal Synchronization in the Visual Cortex. Behavioural Brain
Research 76 (1996) 37-49
46. Ebbesson, S.O.E.: Evolution and Ontogeny of Neural Circuits. Behavioral and Brain
Science 7 (1984) 321-366
47. Deacon, T.W.: Rethinking Mammalian Brain Evolution. American Zoologist 30
(1990) 629-705
48. Jacobs, R.A., Jordan, M.I.: Computational Consequences of a Bias towards Short
connections. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience 4 (1992) 323-336
49. Chklovskii, D.B., Schikorski, T., Stevens, C.F.: Wiring optimization in cortical
Circuits. Neuron 34(3) (2002) 341-347
50. Andreasen, N.C., Nopoulos, P., O'Leary, D.S., Miller, D.D., Wassink, T., Flaum, L.:
Defining the Phenotype of Schizophrenia: Cognitive Dysmetria and its Neural
Mechanisms. Biological Psychiatry 46 (1999) 908-920
51. Tononi, G., Edelman, G.M.: Schizophrenia and the Mechanisms of Conscious
Integration. Brain Research Reviews 31 (2000) 391-400
52. Brock, J., Brown, C.C., Boucher, J., Rippon, G.: The Temporal Binding Deficit
Hypothesis of Autism. Development and Psychopathology 14 (2002) 209-224
53. Niznikiewicz, M.A., Kubicki, M., Shenton, M.E.: Recent Structural and Functional
Imaging Findings in Schizophrenia. Current Opinion in Psychiatry 16 (2003) 123-147
54. Welsh, J.P., Ahn, E.S., Placantonakis, D.G.: Is Autism Due to Brain
Desynchronization? Int. J. Dev. Neurosci. 23 (2005) 253-263
55. Liang, M., Zhou, Y., Jiang, T., Liu, Z., Tian, L., Liu, H.; Hao, Y.: Widespread
Functional Disconnectivity in Schizophrenia with Resting-State Functional Magnetic
Resonance Imaging. Neuroreport 17(2) (2006) 209-213
56. Berger, H.: Ueber das Elektroenkephalogramm des Menschen. Archiv für Psychiatrie
und Nervenkrankheiten 87 (1929) 527-570
57. Chatrian, G.E., Petersen, M.C., Lazarte, J.A.: The Blocking of the Central Wicket
Rhythm and some Central Changes Related to Movement. Electroencephalogr
Clinical Neurophysiology 11 (1959) 497-510
58. Chase, M.H., Harper, R.M.: Somatomotor and Visceromotor Correlates of Operantly
Conditioned 12-14 Cycles Per Second Sensorimotor Cortical Activity.
Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology 31 (1971) 85-92
59. Kuhlman, W.N.: Functional Topography of the Human Mu Rhythm.
Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology 44 (1978) 83-93
60. Hughes, S.W., Crunelli, V.: Thalamic Mechanisms of EEG Alpha Rhythms and their
Pathological Implications. The Neuroscientist 11 (2005) 357-372
61. Schiff, N.D., Plum, F.: The Role of Arousal and "Gating" Systems in the Neurology
of Impaired Consciousness. Journal of Clinical Neurophysiology 17 (2000) 438-452
62. Glass, L.: Synchronization and Rhythmic Processes in Physiology. Nature 410 (2001)
277-284
63. Kostopoulos, G.K.: Involvement of the Thalamocortical System in Epileptic Loss of
Consciousness. Epilepsia 42(30) (2001) 13-19
64. Blumenfeld, H., Taylor, J.: Why Do Seizures Cause Loss of Consciousness? The
Neuroscientist 9(5) (2003) 301-310
65. Dominguez, L.G., Wennberg, R., Gaetz, W., Cheyne, D., Snead III, O.C., Perez
Velazquez, J.L.: Enhanced Synchrony in Epileptiform Activity? Local Versus Distant
Synchronization in Generalized Seizures. Journal of Neuroscience 25(35) (2005)
8077-8084
66. Atlan, H.: Entre le Cristal et la Fumée. Paris, Seuil (1979)
67. Chialvo, D.R.: Critical Brain Networks. Physica A 340(4) (2004) 756-765
68. Tononi, G., Sporns, O., Edelman, G.M.: A Measure for Brain Complexity: Relating
Functional Segregation and Integration in the Nervous System. Proceedings of the
National Academy of Science USA 91 (1994) 5033-5037
69. Tononi, G., Sporns, O., Edelman, G.M.: Complexity and Coherency: Integrating
Information in the Brain. Trends in Cognitive Sciences 2 (1998) 474-484
70. Almonte, F., Jirsa, V.K., Large, E.W., Tuller, B.: Integration and Segregation in
Auditory Streaming. Physica D 212 (2005) 137-159
71. Başar-Eroglu, C., Struber, D., Kruse, P., Başar, E., Stadler M.: Frontal Gamma-Band
Enhancement during Multistable Visual Perception. International Journal of
Psychophysiology 24 (1996) 113-125
72. Hock, H.S., Kelso, J.A.S., Schöner, G.: Bistability and Hysteresis in the Organization
of Apparent Motion Patterns. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human
Perception Performance 19 (1993) 63-80
73. Keil, A., Muller, M.M., Ray, W.J., Gruber, T., Elbert, T.: Human Gamma Band
Activity and Perception of a Gestalt. Journal of Neuroscience 19 (1999) 7152-7161
74. Kelso, J.A.S.: On the Oscillatory Basis of Movement. Bulletin of the Psychonomic
Society 18 (1981) 63
75. Kelso, J.A.S.: Phase Transitions and Critical Behavior in Human Bimanual
Coordination. American Journal of Physiology 246(6 Pt 2) (1984) R1000-1004
76. Kelso, J.A.S., DeGuzman, G.C. Holroyd, T.: Synergetic Dynamics of Biological
Coordination with Special Reference to Phase Attraction and Intermittency. In: Haken, H., Koepchen, H.P. (Eds.) Rhythms in Physiological Systems. Springer Series
in Synergetics, Vol. 55. Springer, Berlin (1991), 195-213
77. Tuller, B., Case, P., Ding, M., Kelso, J.A.S.: The Nonlinear Dynamics of Speech
Categorization. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and
Performance 20 (1994) 1-14
78. Kelso, J.A.S., Case, P., Holroyd, T., Horvath, E., Raczaszek, J., Tuller, B., Ding, M.:
Multistability and Metastability in Perceptual and Brain Dynamics. In: Kruse, P.,
Stadler, M. (Eds.) Ambiguity in Mind and Nature. Springer-Verlag, Heidelberg
(1995) 159-185
79. Thorpe, S., Fize, D., Marlot, C.: Speed of Processing in the Human Visual System.
Nature 381 (1996) 520-522
80. Jensen, A.R.: Why Is Reaction Time Correlated with Psychometric g? Current
Directions in Psychological Science 2 (1993) 53-56
81. Ditzinger, T., Haken, H.: Oscillations in the Perception of Ambiguous Patterns.
Biological Cybernetics 61 (1989) 279-287
82. Ditzinger, T., Haken, H.: The Impact of Fluctuations on the Recognition of
Ambiguous Patterns. Biological Cybernetics 63 (1990) 453-456
83. Chen, Y., Ding, M., Kelso, J.A.S.: Task-Related Power and Coherence Changes in
Neuromagnetic Activity during Visuomotor Coordination. Experimental Brain
Research 148 (2003) 105-116
84. Chen, Y., Ding, M., Kelso, J.A.S.: Long Range Dependence in Human Sensorimotor
Coordination. In: Rangarajan, G., Ding, M. (Eds.) Processes with Long-Range
Correlations. Springer, Berlin (2003) 309-323
85. Freeman, W.J.: Neurodynamics: an Exploration in Mesoscopic Brain Dynamics.
Springer, Berlin (2000)
86. Wright, J.J., Robinson, P.A., Rennie, C.J., Gordon, E., Bourke, P.D., Chapman, C.L.,
Hawthorn, N., Lees, G.J., Alexander, D.: Toward an Integrated Continuum Model of
Cerebral Dynamics: the Cerebral Rhythms, Synchronous Oscillation and Cortical
Stability. Journal of Biological and Information Processing Systems 63(1-3) (2001)
71-88
87. Buzsáki, G., Draguhn, A.: Neuronal Oscillations in Cortical Networks. Science
304(5679) (2004) 1926-1929
88. Braitenberg, V., Schuz, A.: Anatomy of the Cortex. Springer-Verlag (1991)
89. Douglas, R.J., Martin, K.A.: A Functional Microcircuit for Cat Visual Cortex. Journal
of Physiology 440 (1991) 735-769
90. Buxhoeveden, D.P., Casanova, M.F.: The Minicolumnar Hypothesis in
Neurosciences. Brain 125(5) (2002) 935-951
91. Bressler, S.L.: Large-Scale Cortical Networks and Cognition. Brain Research
Reviews 20 (1995) 288-304
92. Sporns, O., Kötter, R.: Motifs in Brain Networks. PLoS Biology 2 (2004) 1910-1918
93. Freeman, W.J.: Making Sense of Brain Waves: The Most Baffling Frontier in
Neuroscience. In: Parelus, P. Principe, J. Rajasekaran, S. (Eds) Biocomputing.
Kluwer, New York (2001) 33-55
94. Jirsa, V.K., Kelso, J.A.S.: Spatiotemporal Pattern Formation in Continuous Systems
with Heterogeneous Connection Topologies. Physical Review E 62(6) (2000) 8462-
8465
95. Lehmann, D., Strik, W.K., Henggeler, B., Koenig, T., Koukkou, M.: Brain Electric
Microstates and Momentary Conscious Mind States as Building Blocks of
Spontaneous Thinking: I. Visual Imagery and Abstract Thoughts. International
Journal of Psychophysiology 29(1) (1998) 1-11
96. Kaplan, A.Ya., Shishkin, S.L.: Nonparametric Method for the Segmentation of the
EEG. Computer Methods and Programs in Biomed. 60(2) (1999) 93-106
97. Kelso, J.A.S.: The Complementary Nature of Coordination Dynamics: Self-
Organization and the Origins of Agency. Journal of Nonlinear Phenomena in
Complex Systems 5 (2002) 364-371
98. Pritchard, W.S.: The Brain in Fractal Time: 1/f-like Power Spectrum Scaling of the
Human Electroencephalogram. Int. J. Neurosci. 66(1-2) (1992) 119-129
99. Engel, AK., König, P., Singer, W.: Direct Physiological Evidence for Scene
Segmentation by Temporal Coding. Proceedings of the National Academy of Science
USA 88 (1991) 9136-9140
100. Castelo-Branco, M., Goebel, R., Neuenschwander, S.: Neural Synchrony Correlates
with Surface Segregation Rules. Nature 405 (2000) 685-689
101. Eckhorn, R., Obermüller, A.: Single Neurons Are Differently Involved in Stimulus-
Specific Oscillations in Cat Visual Cortex. Experimental Brain Research 95(1) (1993)
177-182
102. Bressler, S.L., Coppola, R., Nakamura, R.: Episodic Multiregional Cortical
Coherence at Multiple Frequencies during Visual Task Performance. Nature 366
(1993) 153-156
103. Tallon-Baudry, C., Bertrand, O., Fischer, C.: Oscillatory Synchrony between Human
Extrastriate Areas during Visual Short-Term Memory Maintenance. J Neurosci 21
(2001) RC177(1-5)
104. Müller, M.M., Bosch, J., Elbert, T., Kreiter, A., Sosa, M., Valdes-Sosa, P.,
Rockstroh, B.: Visually Induced Gamma-Band Responses in Human
Electroencephalographic Activity: a Link to Animal Studies. Experimental Brain
Research 112(1) (1996) 96-102
105. Rodriguez, E., George, N., Lachaux, J.P., Martinerie, J., Renault, B., Varela, F.:
Perception’s Shadow: Long-Distance Synchronization in the Human Brain Activity.
Nature 397 (1999) 430-433
106. Haken, H.: Synergetics: an Introduction. Springer Series in Synergetics. Springer,
Berlin (1983)
107. Kelso, J.A.S., Haken, H.: New Laws to Be Expected in the Organism: Synergetics of
Brain and Behavior. In: Murphy, M. O'Neill, L. (Eds.) What Is Life? The Next 50
Years. University Press, Cambridge (1995)
108. Assisi, C.G., Jirsa, V.K., Kelso, J.A.S.: Synchrony and Clustering in Heterogeneous
Networks with Global Coupling and Parameter Dispersion, Physical Review Letters
94 (2005) 018106
109. Jirsa, V.K., Haken, H.: A Derivation of a Macroscopic Field Theory of the Brain
from the Quasi-Microscopic Neural Dynamics. Physica D 99 (1997) 503-526
110. Kelso, J.A.S. Jeka, J.J.: Symmetry Breaking Dynamics of Human Multilimb
Coordination. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and
Performance 18 (1992) 645-668
111. Gregory, R. L.: Editorial. Perception 29 (2000) 1139-1142
112. Heisenberg, W. Physics and Philosophy: The Revolution in Modern Physics. New
York, Harper & Row (1958)
REFERENCES
Addis, D. R., and Schacter, D. L. (2011).
The hippocampus and imagining
the future: where do we stand? Front.
Hum. Neurosci. 5:173. doi:10.3389/
fnhum.2011.00173
Anagnostaras, S. G., Maren, S., and
Fanselow, M. S. (1999). Tem-
porally graded retrograde amne-
sia of contextual fear after hip-
pocampal damage in rats: within-
subjects examination. J. Neurosci. 19,
1106–1114.
Bakker, A., Kirwan, C. B., Miller, M.,
and Stark, C. E. L. (2008). Pattern
separation in the human hippocam-
pal CA3 and dentate gyrus. Sci-
ence 319, 1640–1642. doi:10.1126/
science.1152882
Bartlett, F. F. C. (1932). Remembering:
A Study in Experimental and Social
Psychology. Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press.
Bast, T., Zhang, W.-N., and Feldon, J.
(2001). The ventral hippocampus
and fear conditioning in rats. Exp.
Brain Res. 139, 39–52. doi:10.1007/
s002210100746
Bayley, P. J., Hopkins, R. O., and
Squire, L. R. (2003). Successful rec-
ollection of remote autobiographical
memories by amnesic patients with
medial temporal lobe lesions. Neu-
ron 38,135–144. doi:10.1016/S0896-
6273(03)00156-9
Besnard,A., Caboche, J., and Laroche, S.
(2012). Reconsolidation of memory:
a decade of debate. Prog. Neurobiol.
99, 61–80. doi:10.1016/j.pneurobio.
2012.07.002
Brown, R., and Kulik, J. (1977).
Flashbulb memories. Cognition 5,
73–99. doi:10.1016/0010-0277(77)
90018-X
Buckner, R. L., Wheeler, M. E., and
Sheridan, M. A. (2001). Encoding
processes during retrieval tasks. J.
Cogn. Neurosci. 13, 406–415. doi:10.
1162/08989290151137430
Cho, Y. H., and Kesner, R. P. (1996).
Involvement of entorhinal cortex or parietal cortex in long-term spa-
tial discrimination memory in rats:
retrograde amnesia. Behav. Neu-
rosci. 110, 436–442. doi:10.1037/
0735-7044.110.3.436
Cipolotti, L., Shallice, T., Chan, D.,
Fox, N., Scahill, R., Harrison, G.,
et al. (2001). Long-term retro-
grade amnesia ... the crucial role
of the hippocampus. Neuropsycholo-
gia 39, 151–172. doi:10.1016/S0028-
3932(00)00103-2
Clark,R. E.,Broadbent,N. J.,and Squire,
L. R. (2005a). Hippocampus and
remote spatial memory in rats. Hip-
pocampus 15, 260–272. doi:10.1002/
hipo.20056
Clark, R. E., Broadbent, N. J., and
Squire, L. R. (2005b). Impaired
remote spatial memory after hip-
pocampal lesions despite extensive
training beginning early in life. Hip-
pocampus 15, 340–346. doi:10.1002/
hipo.20076
Corkin, S. (2002). What’s new with
the amnesic patient H.M.? Nat. Rev.
Neurosci. 3, 153–160. doi:10.1038/
nrn726
Daselaar,S. M.,Fleck,M. S.,and Cabeza,
R. (2006). Triple dissociation in the
medial temporal lobes: recollection,
familiarity, and novelty. J. Neuro-
physiol. 96, 1902–1911. doi:10.1152/
jn.01029.2005
Deese, J. (1959). On the prediction
of occurrence of particular verbal
intrusions in immediate recall. J.
Exp. Psychol. 58, 17–22. doi:10.1037/
h0046671
Desimone, R., and Duncan, J. (1995).
Neural mechanisms of selective
visual attention.Annu. Rev. Neurosci.
18, 193–222. doi:10.1146/annurev.
ne.18.030195.001205
Diana, R. A., Yonelinas, A. P., and Ran-
ganath, C. (2007). Imaging recollec-
tion and familiarity in the medial
temporal lobe: a three-component
model. Trends Cogn. Sci. (Regul. Ed.)
11, 379–386. doi:10.1016/j.tics.2007.
08.001
Driscoll, I., Howard, S. R., Prusky, G.
T., Rudy, J. W., and Sutherland, R.
J. (2005). Seahorse wins all races:
hippocampus participates in both
linear and non-linear visual discrim-
ination learning. Behav. Brain Res.
164, 29–35. doi:10.1016/j.bbr.2005.
05.006
Ebbinghaus,H. (1885). Memory. A Con-
tribution to Experimental Psychol-
ogy (Translated to English in 1913).
New York: Teachers College, Colum-
bia University.
Eldridge, L. L., Knowlton, B. J., Fur-
manski, C. S., Bookheimer, S. Y.,
and Engel, S. A. (2000). Remember-
ing episodes: a selective role for the
hippocampus during retrieval. Nat.
Neurosci. 3, 1149–1152. doi:10.1038/
80671
Fanselow, M. S. (1986). Associative
vs. topographical accounts of the
immediate shock-freezing deficit in
rats: implications for the response
selection rules governing species-
specific defensive reactions. Learn.
Motiv. 17, 16–39. doi:10.1016/0023-
9690(86)90018-4
Fanselow, M. S. (1990). Factors
governing one-trial contex-
tual conditioning. Anim. Learn.
Behav. 18, 264–270. doi:10.3758/
BF03205285
Frankland, P. W., and Bontempi, B.
(2005). The organization of recent
and remote memories. Nat. Rev.
Neurosci. 6, 119–130. doi:10.1038/
nrn1607
Frankland, P. W., Cestari, V., Filip-
kowski, R. K., McDonald, R. J.,
and Silva, A. J. (1998). The dorsal
hippocampus is essential for con-
text discrimination but not for con-
textual conditioning. Behav. Neu-
rosci. 112, 863–874. doi:10.1037/
0735-7044.112.4.863
Gallo,D.A.,Roediger,H. L.,and McDer-
mott, K. B. (2001). Associative false
recognition occurs without strategic
criterion shifts. Psychon. Bull. Rev. 8,
579–586.
Gold, A. E., and Kesner, R. P. (2005).
The role of the CA3 subregion of
the dorsal hippocampus in spatial
pattern completion in the rat. Hip-
pocampus 15, 808–814. doi:10.1002/
hipo.20103
Goshen, I., Brodsky, M., Prakash, R.,
Wallace, J., Gradinaru, V., Ramakr-
ishnan, C., et al. (2011). Dynamics
of Retrieval Strategies for Remote
Memories. Cell 147, 678–689. doi:
10.1016/j.cell.2011.09.033
Guzowski,J. F.,Knierim,J. J.,and Moser,
E. I. (2004). Ensemble dynamics of
hippocampal regions CA3 and CA1.
Neuron 44, 581–584. doi:10.1016/j.
neuron.2004.11.003
Haist, F., Bowden Gore, J., and
Mao, H. (2001). Consolidation
of human memory over decades
revealed by functional magnetic res-
onance imaging. Nat. Neurosci. 4,
1139–1145. doi:10.1038/nn739
Hassabis, D., Kumaran, D., Vann, S. D.,
and Maguire, E. A. (2007). Patients
with hippocampal amnesia cannot
imagine new experiences. Proc. Natl.
Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 104, 1726–1731.
doi:10.1073/pnas.0610561104
Hirano, M., and Noguchi, K. (1998).
Dissociation between specific per-
sonal episodes and other aspects of
remote memory in a patient with
hippocampal amnesia. Percept. Mot.
Skills 87, 99–107. doi:10.2466/pms.
1998.87.1.99
Holdstock, J. S., Mayes, A. R., Gong, Q.
Y.,Roberts,N.,and Kapur,N. (2004).
Item recognition is less impaired
than recall and associative recogni-
tion in a patient with selective hip-
pocampal damage. Hippocampus 15,
203–215. doi:10.1002/hipo.20046
Hunsaker, M. R., and Kesner, R.
P. (2013). The operation of pat-
tern separation and pattern com-
pletion processes associated with
different attributes or domains of
memory. Neurosci. Biobehav. Rev.
37, 36–58. doi:10.1016/j.neubiorev.
2012.09.014
Kemp, A., and Manahan-Vaughan,
D. (2004). Hippocampal long-term
depression and long-term potentia-
tion encode different aspects of nov-
elty acquisition. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
U.S.A. 101, 8192–8197. doi:10.1073/
pnas.0402650101
Kensinger, E. A., and Schacter, D.
L. (2007). Remembering the spe-
cific visual details of presented
objects: neuroimaging evidence for
effects of emotion. Neuropsycholo-
gia 45, 2951–2962. doi:10.1016/j.
neuropsychologia.2007.05.024
Kesner, R. P. (2007). Behavioral func-
tions of the CA3 subregion of
the hippocampus. Learn. Mem. 14,
771–781.
Kim, J., and Yassa, M. A. (2013). Assess-
ing recollection and familiarity of
similar lures in a behavioral pattern
separation task. Hippocampus 23,
287–294. doi:10.1002/hipo.22087
Kim, J. J., and Fanselow, M. S. (1992).
Modality-specific retrograde amne-
sia of fear. Science 256, 675–677.
doi:10.1126/science.1585183
Kirwan, C. B., Bayley, P. J., Galván, V.
V., and Squire, L. R. (2008). Detailed
recollection of remote autobio-
graphical memory after damage to
the medial temporal lobe. Proc. Natl.
Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 105, 2676–2680.
doi:10.1073/pnas.0712155105
Kriegeskorte, N., Mur, M., and Ban-
dettini, P. (2008). Representational
similarity analysis – connecting the
branches of systems neuroscience.
Front. Syst. Neurosci. 2:4. doi:10.
3389/neuro.06.004.2008
Lacy, J. W., Yassa, M. A., Stark, S. M.,
Muftuler, L. T., and Stark, C. E. L.
(2011). Distinct pattern separation
related transfer functions in human
CA3/dentate and CA1 revealed using
high-resolution fMRI and variable
mnemonic similarity. Learn. Mem.
18, 15–18. doi:10.1101/lm.1971111
Lee, I., Yoganarasimha, D., Rao, G., and
Knierim, J. J. (2004). Comparison of
population coherence of place cells
in hippocampal subfields CA1 and
CA3. Nature 430, 456–459. doi:10.
1038/nature02739
Lehmann, H., Lacanilao, S., and
Sutherland, R. J. (2007). Complete
or partial hippocampal damage
produces equivalent retrograde
amnesia for remote contextual fear
memories. Eur. J. Neurosci. 25,
1278–1286. doi:10.1111/j.1460-
9568.2007.05374.x
Lehmann, H., Lecluse, V., Houle, A.,
and Mumby, D. G. (2006). Retro-
grade amnesia following hippocam-
pal lesions in the shock-probe con-
ditioning test. Hippocampus 16,
379–387. doi:10.1002/hipo.20159
Leutgeb, J. K., Leutgeb, S., Moser, M.-
B., and Moser, E. I. (2007). Pattern
separation in the dentate gyrus and
CA3 of the hippocampus. Science
315, 961–966. doi:10.1126/science.
1135801
Leutgeb, J. K., Leutgeb, S., Treves,
A., Meyer, R., Barnes, C. A.,
McNaughton, B. L., et al. (2005).
Progressive transformation of hip-
pocampal neuronal representations
in“morphed”environments. Neuron
48, 345–358. doi:10.1016/j.neuron.
2005.09.007
Leutgeb, S., Leutgeb, J. K., Treves,
A., Moser, M.-B., and Moser, E.
I. (2004). Distinct ensemble codes
in hippocampal areas CA3 and
CA1. Science 305, 1295–1298. doi:
10.1126/science.1100265
Lewis, D. J. (1979). Psychobiology of
active and inactive memory. Psy-
chol. Bull. 86, 1054–1083. doi:10.
1037/0033-2909.86.5.1054
Liu, X., Ramirez, S., Pang, P. T.,
Puryear, C. B., Govindarajan, A.,
Deisseroth, K., et al. (2012). Opto-
genetic stimulation of a hippocam-
pal engram activates fear memory
recall. Nature 484, 381–385. doi:10.
1038/nature11028
Loftus, E. F. (2005). Planting misinfor-
mation in the human mind: a 30-
year investigation of the malleabil-
ity of memory. Learn. Mem. 12,
361–366.
Maren, S., Aharonov, G., and Fanselow,
M. S. (1997). Neurotoxic lesions of
the dorsal hippocampus and Pavlov-
ian fear conditioning in rats. Behav.
Brain Res. 88, 261–274. doi:10.1016/
S0166-4328(97)00088-0
Marr, D. (1971). Simple memory: a the-
ory for archicortex. Philos. Trans. R.
Soc. Lond. B Biol. Sci. 262, 23–81.
doi:10.1098/rstb.1971.0078
Martin, S. J., De Hoz, L., and
Morris, R. G. M. (2005). Ret-
rograde amnesia: neither partial nor
complete hippocampal lesions in
rats result in preferential sparing
of remote spatial memory, even
after reminding. Neuropsycholo-
gia 43, 609–624. doi:10.1016/j.
neuropsychologia.2004.07.007
Mather, M., and Sutherland, M. R.
(2011). Arousal-biased competition
in perception and memory. Perspect.
Psychol. Sci. 6,114–133. doi:10.1177/
1745691611400234
McClelland, J. L., McNaughton, B.
L., and O’Reilly, R. C. (1995).
Why there are complementary
learning systems in the hippocam-
pus and neocortex: insights from
the successes and failures of
connectionist models of learning
and memory. Psychol. Rev. 102, 419–457. doi:10.1037/0033-295X.
102.3.419
McHugh, T. J., Jones, M. W., Quinn, J. J.,
Balthasar, N., Coppari, R., Elmquist,
J. K., et al. (2007). Dentate gyrus
NMDA receptors mediate rapid pat-
tern separation in the hippocampal
network. Science 317, 94–99. doi:10.
1126/science.1140263
Milner, B., Squire, L. R., and Kandel,
E. R. (1998). Cognitive neuroscience
and the study of memory. Neu-
ron 20,445–468. doi:10.1016/S0896-
6273(00)80987-3
Misanin, J. R., Miller, R. R., and Lewis,
D. J. (1968). Retrograde amnesia
produced by electroconvulsive shock
after reactivation of a consolidated
memory trace. Science 160,554–555.
doi:10.1126/science.160.3827.554
Monfils, M.-H., Cowansage, K. K.,
Klann, E., and LeDoux, J. E. (2009).
Extinction-reconsolidation bound-
aries: key to persistent attenu-
ation of fear memories. Science
324, 951–955. doi:10.1126/science.
1167975
Moscovitch, M., Yaschyshyn, T., Ziegler,
M., and Nadel, L. (2000). “Remote
episodic memory and retrograde
amnesia: was Endel Tulving right
all along?,” in Memory, Conscious-
ness and the Brain: The Tallinn Con-
ference, ed. E. Tulving (Philadelphia,
PA: Psychology Press/Taylor & Fran-
cis), 331–345.
Nadel, L., and Moscovitch, M. (1997).
Memory consolidation, retrograde
amnesia and the hippocampal
complex. Curr. Opin. Neurobiol.
7, 217–227. doi:10.1016/S0959-
4388(97)80010-4
Nadel, L., and Moscovitch, M. (1998).
Hippocampal contributions to cor-
tical plasticity. Neuropharmacology
37, 431–439. doi:10.1016/S0028-
3908(98)00057-4
Nader, K., Schafe, G. E., and Le Doux,
J. E. (2000a). Fear memories require
protein synthesis in the amygdala
for reconsolidation after retrieval.
Nature 406, 722–726. doi:10.1038/
35021052
Nader, K., Schafe, G. E., and LeDoux, J.
E. (2000b). The labile nature of con-
solidation theory. Nat. Rev. Neurosci.
1, 216–219. doi:10.1038/35044580
Nakazawa, K., Sun, L. D., Quirk, M. C.,
Rondi-Reig, L., Wilson, M. A., and
Tonegawa, S. (2003). Hippocampal
CA3 NMDA receptors are crucial
for memory acquisition of one-time
experience. Neuron 38,305–315. doi:
10.1016/S0896-6273(03)00165-X
Neisser,U. (1982).“Snapshots or bench-
marks?,” in Memory Observed, ed.
U. Neisser (New York: W. H.
Freeman), 45.
Norman, K. A. (2010). How hippocam-
pus and cortex contribute to recog-
nition memory: revisiting the com-
plementary learning systems model.
Hippocampus 20,1217–1227. doi:10.
1002/hipo.20855
Norman, K. A., and O’Reilly, R. C.
(2003). Modeling hippocampal and
neocortical contributions to recog-
nition memory: a complementary-
learning-systems approach. Psychol.
Rev. 110, 611–646. doi:10.1037/
0033-295X.110.4.611
O’Reilly, R. C., and Norman, K.
A. (2002). Hippocampal and neo-
cortical contributions to mem-
ory: advances in the comple-
mentary learning systems frame-
work. Trends Cogn. Sci. (Regul.
Ed.) 6, 505–510. doi:10.1016/S1364-
6613(02)02005-3
Power, A. E., Berlau, D. J., McGaugh,
J. L., and Steward, O. (2006). Ani-
somycin infused into the hippocam-
pus fails to block “reconsolidation”
but impairs extinction: the role of re-
exposure duration. Learn. Mem. 13,
27–34.
Roediger, H. L., and McDermott, K.
B. (1995). Creating false memo-
ries: remembering words not pre-
sented in lists. J. Exp. Psychol. Learn.
Mem. Cogn. 24, 803–814. doi:10.
1037/0278-7393.21.4.803
Roediger, H. L., McDermott, K. B.,
Pisoni, D. B., and Gallo, D. A.
(2004). Illusory recollection of
voices. Memory 12, 586–602. doi:10.
1080/09658210344000125
Rolls, E. T. (2007). An attractor net-
work in the hippocampus: theory
and neurophysiology. Learn. Mem.
14, 714–731.
Rudy, J. W., Biedenkapp, J. C., Moineau,
J., and Bolding, K. (2006). Ani-
somycin and the reconsolidation
hypothesis. Learn. Mem. 13, 1–3.
Ryan, L., Nadel, L., Keil, K., Put-
nam, K., Schnyer, D., Trouard, T.,
et al. (2001). Hippocampal com-
plex and retrieval of recent and very
remote autobiographical memories:
evidence from functional magnetic
resonance imaging in neurologi-
cally intact people. Hippocampus 11,
707–714. doi:10.1002/hipo.1086
Schacter, D. L. (1999). The seven sins of
memory. Insights from psychology
and cognitive neuroscience.Am. Psy-
chol. 54,182–203. doi:10.1037/0003-
066X.54.3.182
Schiller, D., Monfils, M.-H., Raio, C.
M., Johnson, D. C., Ledoux, J. E.,
and Phelps, E. A. (2010). Prevent-
ing the return of fear in humans
using reconsolidation update mech-
anisms. Nature 463, 49–53. doi:10.
1038/nature08637
Schmolck, H., Buffalo, E. A., and Squire,
L. R. (2000). Memory distortions
develop over time: recollections of
the O.J. Simpson trial verdict after
15 and 32 months. Psychol. Sci.
11, 39–45. doi:10.1111/1467-9280.
00212
Scoville, W. B., and Milner, B. (1957).
Loss of recent memory after bilat-
eral hippocampal lesions. J. Neu-
rol. Neurosurg. Psychiatr. 20, 11–21.
doi:10.1136/jnnp.20.1.11
Sherry, D. F., and Schacter, D. L. (1987).
The evolution of multiple memory
systems. Psychol. Rev. 94, 439–454.
doi:10.1037/0033-295X.94.4.439
Sparks, F. T., Lehmann, H., and
Sutherland, R. J. (2011). Between-
systems memory interference dur-
ing retrieval. Eur. J. Neurosci. 34,
780–786. doi:10.1111/j.1460-9568.
2011.07796.x
Squire, L. R. (2009). The legacy of
patient H.M. for neuroscience. Neu-
ron 61, 6–9. doi:10.1016/j.neuron.
2008.12.023
Squire, L. R., and Alvarez, P. (1995).
Retrograde amnesia and mem-
ory consolidation: a neurobiologi-
cal perspective. Curr. Opin. Neuro-
biol. 5, 169–177. doi:10.1016/0959-
4388(95)80023-9
Squire, L. R., Cohen, N. J., and Zouzou-
nis, J. A. (1984). Preserved mem-
ory in retrograde amnesia:sparing of
a recently acquired skill. Neuropsy-
chologia 22, 145–152. doi:10.1016/
0028-3932(84)90057-5
Stahl, C., and Klauer, K. C. (2008). A
simplified conjoint recognition par-
adigm for the measurement of gist
and verbatim memory. J. Exp. Psy-
chol. Learn. Mem. Cogn. 34,570–586.
doi:10.1037/0278-7393.34.3.570
Stark, C. E., and Okado, Y. (2003).
Making memories without trying:
medial temporal lobe activity associ-
ated with incidental memory forma-
tion during recognition. J. Neurosci.
23, 6748–6753.
Stefanacci, L., Buffalo, E. A., Schmolck,
H., and Squire, L. R. (2000). Pro-
found amnesia after damage to the medial temporal lobe: a neu-
roanatomical and neuropsychologi-
cal profile of patient E. P. J. Neurosci.
20, 7024–7036.
Suddendorf, T., and Corballis, M. C.
(1997). Mental time travel and
the evolution of the human mind.
Genet. Soc. Gen. Psychol. Monogr.
123, 133–167.
Sutherland, R. J., Lehmann, H., Span-
swick, S. C., Sparks, F. T., and
Melvin, N. R. (2006). Growth Points
in Research on Memory and Hip-
pocampus. Can. J. Exp. Psychol. 60,
166–174. doi:10.1037/cjep20060016
Sutherland, R. J., O’Brien, J., and
Lehmann,H. (2008). Absence of sys-
tems consolidation of fear memo-
ries after dorsal, ventral, or com-
plete hippocampal damage. Hip-
pocampus 18, 710–718. doi:10.1002/
hipo.20431
Sutherland, R. J., Sparks, F. T., and
Lehmann, H. (2010). Hippocam-
pus and retrograde amnesia in
the rat model: a modest pro-
posal for the situation of sys-
tems consolidation. Neuropsycholo-
gia 48, 2357–2369. doi:10.1016/j.
neuropsychologia.2010.04.015
Sutherland, R. J., Weisend, M. P.,
Mumby, D., Astur, R. S., Han-
lon, F. M., Koerner, A., et al.
(2001). Retrograde amnesia after
hippocampal damage: recent
vs. remote memories in two
tasks. Hippocampus 11, 27–42.
doi:10.1002/1098-1063(2001)11:
1<27::AID-HIPO1017>3.0.CO;2-4
Talarico, J. M., and Rubin, D. C. (2003).
Confidence, not consistency, charac-
terizes flashbulb memories. Psychol.
Sci. 14, 455–461. doi:10.1111/1467-
9280.02453
Teyler,T. J.,and DiScenna,P. (1985). The
role of hippocampus in memory: a
hypothesis. Neurosci. Biobehav. Rev.
9, 377–389.
Teyler, T. J., and DiScenna, P. (1986).
The hippocampal memory index-
ing theory. Behav. Neurosci. 100,
147–154. doi:10.1037/0735-7044.
100.2.147
Teyler, T. J., and Rudy, J. W. (2007).
The hippocampal indexing the-
ory and episodic memory: updat-
ing the index. Hippocampus 1169,
1158–1169. doi:10.1002/hipo.20350
Treves, A., and Rolls, E. T. (1994). Com-
putational analysis of the role of
the hippocampus in memory. Hip-
pocampus 4, 374–391. doi:10.1002/
hipo.450040319
Tulving, E., and Markowitsch, H. J.
(1998). Episodic and declarative
memory: role of the hippocampus.
Hippocampus 8, 198–204. doi:10.
1002/(SICI)1098-1063(1998)8:
3<198::AID-HIPO2>3.3.CO;2-J
Vazdarjanova, A., and Guzowski, J. F.
(2004). Differences in hippocam-
pal neuronal population responses
to modifications of an environ-
mental context: evidence for dis-
tinct, yet complementary, functions
of CA3 and CA1 ensembles. J. Neu-
rosci. 24, 6489–6496. doi:10.1523/
JNEUROSCI.0350-04.2004
Wiltgen, B. J., Sanders, M. J., Anag-
nostaras, S. G., Sage, J. R., and
Fanselow, M. S. (2006). Context
fear learning in the absence of the
hippocampus. J. Neurosci. 26,
5484–5491. doi:10.1523/
JNEUROSCI.2685-05.2006
Wiltgen, B. J., and Silva, A. J. (2007).
Memory for context becomes less
specific with time. Learn. Mem. 14,
313–317.
Wiltgen, B. J., Zhou, M., Cai, Y., Balaji,
J., Karlsson, M. G., Parivash, S. N., et
al. (2010). The hippocampus plays
a selective role in the retrieval of
detailed contextual memories. Curr.
Biol. 20, 1336–1344. doi:10.1016/j.
cub.2010.06.068
Xue, Y.-X., Luo, Y.-X., Wu, P., Shi, H.-
S., Xue, L.-F., Chen, C., et al. (2012).
A memory retrieval-extinction pro-
cedure to prevent drug craving and
relapse. Science 336, 241–245. doi:
10.1126/science.1215070
Yassa, M. A., Lacy, J. W., Stark, S.
M., Albert, M. S., Gallagher, M.,
and Stark, C. E. L. (2011). Pat-
tern separation deficits associated with increased hippocampal CA3
and dentate gyrus activity in non-
demented older adults. Hippocam-
pus 21, 968–979. doi:10.1002/hipo.
20808
Yassa, M. A., and Stark, C. E. L. (2011).
Pattern separation in the hippocam-
pus. Trends Neurosci. 34, 515–525.
doi:10.1016/j.tins.2011.06.006
Yonelinas, A. P., Kroll, N. E. A.,
Quamme, J. R., Lazzara, M. M.,
Sauvé, M.-J., Widaman, K. F., et al.
(2002). Effects of extensive tempo-
ral lobe damage or mild hypoxia
on recollection and familiarity. Nat.
Neurosci. 5, 1236–1241. doi:10.1038/
nn961
Yonelinas, A. P., Otten, L. J., Shaw, K.
N., and Rugg, M. D. (2005). Sep-
arating the brain regions involved
in recollection and familiarity
in recognition memory. J. Neu-
rosci. 25, 3002–3008. doi:10.1523/
JNEUROSCI.5295-04.2005
Conflict of Interest Statement: The
authors declare that the research was
conducted in the absence of any com-
mercial or financial relationships that
could be construed as a potential con-
flict of interest.
Received: 14 June 2013; accepted: 30 July
2013; published online: 12 August 2013.
Citation: Yassa MA and Reagh ZM
(2013) Competitive trace theory: a
role for the hippocampus in con-
textual interference during retrieval.
Front. Behav. Neurosci. 7:107. doi:
10.3389/fnbeh.2013.00107
References
Banks, S.J., Eddy, K.T., Angstadt, M., Nathan, P.J., Phan, K.L., 2007. Amygdala frontal con-
nectivity during emotion regulation. Soc. Cogn. Affect. Neurosci. 2 (4), 303–312.
Bonanno, G.A., Papa, A., Lalande, K., Westphal, M., Coifman, K., 2004. The importance of
being flexible: the ability to both enhance and suppress emotional expression pre-
dicts long-term adjustment. Psychol. Sci. 15 (7), 482–487.
Bradley, M.M., Codispoti, M., Sabatinelli, D., Lang, P.J., 2001. Emotion and motivation II:
sex differences in picture processing. Emotion 1 (3), 300–319.
Braver, T.S., Cole, M.W., Yarkoni, T., 2010. Vive les differences! Individual variation in
neural mechanisms of executive control. Curr. Opin. Neurobiol. 20 (2), 242–250.
Center for the Study of Emotion and Attention [CSEA-NIMH], 1999. The international
affective picture system: digitized photographs. The Center for Research in Psycho-
physiology. University of Florida, Gainesville, FL.
Chapman, L.J., Chapman, J.P., 1987. The measurement of handedness. Brain Cogn. 6 (2),
175–183.
Cox, R.W., 1996. AFNI: software for analysis and visualization of functional magnetic
resonance neuroimages. Comput. Biomed. Res. Int. J. 29 (3), 162–173.
Davidson, R.J., 1992. Prolegomenon to the structure of emotion: gleanings from neuro-
psychology. Cogn. Emotion 6 (3), 245–268.
Davidson, R.J., 2003. Affective neuroscience and psychophysiology: toward a synthesis.
Psychophysiology 40 (5), 655–665.
Davidson, R.J., 2004. Well-being and affective style: neural substrates and bio-
behavioural correlates. Phil. Trans. Biol. Sci. 359 (1449), 1395–1411.
Delgado, M.R., Nearing, K.I., LeDoux, J.E., Phelps, E.A., 2008. Neural circuitry underlying
the regulation of conditioned fear and its relation to extinction. Neuron 59 (5),
829–838.
Dichter, G.S., Tomarken, A.J., Baucom, B.R., 2002. Startle modulation before, during and
after exposure to emotional stimuli. Int. J. Psychophysiol. 43, 191–196.
Dolan, R.J., 2007. The human amygdala and orbital prefrontal cortex in behavioural reg-
ulation. Philos. Trans. R. Soc. B Biol. Sci. 362 (1481), 787–799.
Egner, T., Etkin, A., Gale, S., Hirsch, J., 2008. Dissociable neural systems resolve conflict
from emotional versus nonemotional distracters. Cereb. Cortex 18 (6), 1475–1484.
Eippert, F., Veit, R., Weiskopf, N., Erb, M., Birbaumer, N., Anders, S., 2007. Regulation of
emotional responses elicited by threat-related stimuli. Hum. Brain Mapp. 28 (5),
409–423.
Etkin, A., Egner, T., Peraza, D.M., Kandel, E.R., Hirsch, J., 2006. Resolving emotional con-
flict: a role for the rostral anterior cingulate cortex in modulating activity in the
amygdala. Neuron 51 (6), 871–882.
Frewen, P.A., Dozois, D.J.A., Lanius, R.A., 2008. Neuroimaging studies of psychological
interventions for mood and anxiety disorders: empirical and methodological re-
view. Clin. Psychol. Rev. 28 (2), 228–246.
Friston, K.J., Buechel, C., Fink, G.R., Morris, J., Rolls, E., Dolan, R.J., 1997. Psychophysio-
logical and modulatory interactions in neuroimaging. NeuroImage 6 (3), 218–229.
Ghashghaei, H.T., Barbas, H., 2002. Pathways for emotion: interactions of prefrontal
and anterior temporal pathways in the amygdala of the rhesus monkey. Neurosci-
ence 115 (4), 1261–1279.
Gross, J.J., 1998. Antecedent- and response-focused emotion regulation: divergent conse-
quences for experience, expression, and physiology. J. Pers. Soc. Psychol. 74, 224–237.
Gross, J.J., 2002. Emotion regulation: affective, cognitive, and social consequences. Psy-
chophysiology 39 (3), 281–291.
Gross, J.J., John, O.P., 2003. Individual differences in two emotion regulation processes:
implications for affect, relationships, and well-being. J. Pers. Soc. Psychol. 85 (2),
348–362.
Hamann, S., Canli, T., 2004. Individual differences in emotion processing. Curr. Opin.
Neurobiol. 14 (2), 233–238.
Jackson, D.C., Malmstadt, J.R., Larson, C.L., Davidson, R.J., 2000. Suppression and en-
hancement of emotional responses to unpleasant pictures. Psychophysiology 37
(4), 515–522.
Johnstone, T., Walsh, K.S.O., Greischar, L.L., Alexander, A.L., Fox, A.S., Davidson, R.J.,
Oakes, T.R., 2006. Motion correction and the use of motion covariates in
multiple-subject fMRI analysis. Hum. Brain Mapp. 27 (10), 779–788.
Johnstone, T., van Reekum, C.M., Urry, H.L., Kalin, N.H., Davidson, R.J., 2007. Failure to
regulate: counterproductive recruitment of top-down prefrontal–subcortical cir-
cuitry in major depression. J. Neurosci. 27 (33), 8877–8884.
Kalisch, R., 2009. The functional neuroanatomy of reappraisal: time matters. Neurosci.
Biobehav. Rev. 33 (8), 1215–1226.
Kessler, R.C., Koretz, D., Merikangas, K.R., Wang, P.S., 2004. The epidemiology of adult
mental disorders, In: Levin, B.L., Petrilia, J., Hennessy, K.D. (Eds.), Mental Health Ser-
vices: A Public Health Perspective, Second edition. Oxford University Press, New York.
Kosslyn, S.M., Cacioppo, J.T., Davidson, R.J., Hugdahl, K., Lovallo, W.R., Spiegel, D., Rose,
R., 2002. Bridging psychology and biology: the analysis of individuals in groups.
Am. Psychol. 57 (5), 341.
Lang, P.J., Bradley, M.M., Cuthbert, B.N., 1999. International affective picture system
(IAPS): technical manual and affective ratings. The Center for Research in Psycho-
physiology, University of Florida, Gainesville, FL.
Lanteaume, L., Khalfa, S., Regis, J., Marquis, P., Chauvel, P., Bartolomei, F., 2007. Emotion
induction after direct intracerebral stimulations of human amygdala. Cereb. Cortex
17 (6), 1307–1313.
Lapate, R.C., Lee, H., Salomons, T.V., van Reekum, C.M., Greischar, L.L., Davidson, R.J.,
2012. Amygdalar function reflects common individual differences in emotion and
pain regulation success. J. Cogn. Neurosci. 24, 148–158.
Larson, C.L., Schaefer, H.S., Siegle, G.J., Jackson, C.A.B., Anderle, M.J., Davidson, R.J., 2006.
Fear is fast in phobic individuals: amygdala activation in response to fear-relevant
stimuli. Biol. Psychiatry 60 (4), 410–417.
Lee, H., Shackman, A.J., Jackson, D.C., Davidson, R.J., 2009. Test–retest reliability of vol-
untary emotion regulation. Psychophysiology 46, 874–879.
Mauss, I.B., Levenson, R.W., McCarter, L., Wilhelm, F.H., Gross, J.J., 2005. The tie that
binds? Coherence among emotion experience, behavior, and physiology. Emotion
5 (2), 175–190.
McRae, K., Ochsner, K.N., Mauss, I.B., Gross, J.J., Gabrieli, J.J.D., 2008. Gender differences
in emotion regulation: an fMRI study of cognitive reappraisal. Group Process. Inter-
group Relations 11 (2), 143–162.
Miller, E.K., Cohen, J.D., 2001. An integrative theory of prefrontal cortex function. Annu.
Rev. Neurosci. 24, 167.
Nacewicz, B.M., Dalton, K.M., Johnstone, T., Long, M.T., McAuliff, E.M., Oakes, T.R.,
Alexander, A.L., Davidson, R.J., 2006. Amygdala volume and nonverbal social im-
pairment in adolescent and adult males with autism. Arch. Gen. Psychiatry 63
(12), 1417–1428.
Ochsner, K.N., Gross, J.J., 2005. The cognitive control of emotion. Trends Cogn. Sci. 9 (5),
242–249.
Ochsner, K.N., Bunge, S.A., Gross, J.J., Gabrieli, J.D.E., 2002. Rethinking feelings: an
fMRI study of the cognitive regulation of emotion. J. Cogn. Neurosci. 14 (8),
1215–1229.
Ochsner, K.N., Ray, R.D., Cooper, J.C., Robertson, E.R., Chopra, S., Gabrieli, J.D.E., Gross,
J.J., 2004. For better or for worse: neural systems supporting the cognitive down-
and up-regulation of negative emotion. NeuroImage 23 (2), 483–499.
Ongur, D., Price, J.L., 2000. The organization of networks within the orbital and medial
prefrontal cortex of rats, monkeys and humans. Cereb. Cortex 10 (3), 206–219.
Phelps, E.A., LeDoux, J.E., 2005. Contributions of the amygdala to emotion processing:
from animal models to human behavior. Neuron 48 (2), 175–187.
Phillips, M.L., Ladouceur, C.D., Drevets, W.C., 2008. A neural model of voluntary and au-
tomatic emotion regulation: Implications for understanding the pathophysiology
and neurodevelopment of bipolar disorder. Mol. Psychiatry 13 (9), 833–857.
Ray, R.D., McRae, K., Ochsner, K.N., Gross, J.J., 2010. Cognitive reappraisal of negative af-
fect: converging evidence from EMG and self-report. Emotion 10 (4), 587.
Siegle, G.J., Ichikawa, N., Steinhauer, S., 2008. Blink before and after you think: blinks
occur prior to and following cognitive load indexed by pupillary responses. Psy-
chophysiology 45 (5), 679–687.
Tassinary, L.G., Cacioppo, J.T., Green, T.R., 1989. A psychometric study of surface elec-
trode placements for facial electromyographic recording: I. The brow and cheek
muscle regions. Psychophysiology 26, 1–6.
Taylor, S.F., Liberzon, I., 2007. Neural correlates of emotion regulation in psychopathol-
ogy. Trends Cogn. Sci. 11 (10), 413–418.
Thompson, R.A., 1994. Emotion regulation: a theme in search of definition. Monogr.
Soc. Res. Child Dev. 59 (2–3), 25–52 250–283..
Urry, H.L., van Reekum, C.M., Johnstone, T., Kalin, N.H., Thurow, M.E., Schaefer, H.S.,
Jackson, C.A., Frye, C.J., Greischar, L.L., Alexander, A.L., et al., 2006. Amygdala and
ventromedial prefrontal cortex are inversely coupled during regulation of negative
affect and predict the diurnal pattern of cortisol secretion among older adults. J.
Neurosci. 26 (16), 4415–4425.
Urry, H.L., van Reekum, C.M., Johnstone, T., Davidson, R.J., 2009. Individual differences
in some (but not all) medial prefrontal regions reflect cognitive demand while reg-
ulating unpleasant emotion. NeuroImage 47 (3), 852–863.
Van Boxtel, A., 2001. Optimal signal bandwidth for the recording of surface EMG activ-
ity of facial, jaw, oral, and neck muscles. Psychophysiology 38 (1), 22–34.
van Reekum, C.M., Johnstone, T., Urry, H.L., Thurow, M.E., Schaefer, H.S., Alexander, A.L.,
Davidson, R.J., 2007. Gaze fixations predict brain activation during the voluntary
regulation of picture-induced negative affect. NeuroImage 36 (3), 1041–1055.
Wager, T.D., Davidson, M.L., Hughes, B.L., Lindquist, M.A., Ochsner, K.N., 2008. Prefrontal–
subcortical pathways mediating successful emotion regulation. Neuron 59 (6),
1037–1050.
References
AUBRY, M., MATURANA, D., EFROS, A., RUSSELL, B., AND
SIVIC, J. 2014. Seeing 3D chairs: exemplar part-based 2D-3D
alignment using a large dataset of CAD models. In Proc. CVPR.
AVIDAN, S., AND SHAMIR, A. 2007. Seam carving for content-
aware image resizing. In Proc. ACM SIGGRAPH.
BARNES, C., SHECHTMAN, E., FINKELSTEIN, A., AND GOLD-
MAN, D. B. 2009. Patchmatch: a randomized correspondence algorithm for structural image editing. In Proc. ACM SIG-
GRAPH, 24:1–24:11.
BARRETT, W. A., AND CHENEY, A. S. 2002. Object-based image
editing. In Proc. ACM SIGGRAPH, 777–784.
BARRON, J. T. 2012. Shape, albedo, and illumination from a single
image of an unknown object. In CVPR, 334–341.
BLANZ, V., AND VETTER, T. 1999. A morphable model for the
synthesis of 3d faces. In Proc. ACM SIGGRAPH, 187–194.
BOKELOH, M., WAND, M., KOLTUN, V., AND SEIDEL, H.-P.
2011. Pattern-aware shape deformation using sliding dockers.
ACM Trans. Graph. 30, 6 (Dec.), 123:1–123:10.
CHEN, J., PARIS, S., WANG, J., MATUSIK, W., COHEN, M.,
AND DURAND, F. 2011. The video mesh: A data structure for
image-based three-dimensional video editing. In ICCP, 1–8.
CHEN, T., ZHU, Z., SHAMIR, A., HU, S.-M., AND COHEN-OR,
D. 2013. 3-sweep: Extracting editable objects from a single
photo. ACM Trans. Graph. 32, 6, to appear.
DEBEVEC, P. E., TAYLOR, C. J., AND MALIK, J. 1996. Mod-
eling and rendering architecture from photographs: a hybrid
geometry- and image-based approach. In Proc. ACM SIG-
GRAPH, 11–20.
DEBEVEC, P. 1998. Rendering synthetic objects into real scenes:
bridging traditional and image-based graphics with global illu-
mination and high dynamic range photography. In Proc. ACM
SIGGRAPH, 189–198.
DURAND, F. 2002. An invitation to discuss computer depiction. In
Proc. ACM NPAR, 111–124.
FANG, H., AND HART, J. C. 2004. Textureshop: texture synthesis
as a photograph editing tool. Proc. ACM SIGGRAPH, 354–359.
FISHER, R. 1953. Dispersion on a sphere. In Proceedings of the
Royal Society of London. Series A, Mathematical and Physical
Sciences, vol. 217, 295–305.
GAL, R., AND COHEN-OR, D. 2006. Salient geometric features
for partial shape matching and similarity. ACM Trans. Graph.
25, 1 (Jan.), 130–150.
GAL, R., WEXLER, Y., OFEK, E., HOPPE, H., AND COHEN-OR,
D. 2010. Seamless montage for texturing models. Comput.
Graph. Forum 29, 2, 479–486.
GOLDBERG, C., CHEN, T., ZHANG, F.-L., SHAMIR, A., AND
HU, S.-M. 2012. Data-driven object manipulation in images.
Computer Graphics Forum 31, 2pt1, 265–274.
HABER, T., FUCHS, C., BEKAERT, P., SEIDEL, H.-P., GOESELE,
M., AND LENSCH, H. P. A. 2009. Relighting objects from
image collections. In CVPR, IEEE, 627–634.
HARA, K., NISHINO, K., AND IKEUCHI, K. 2008. Mixture of
spherical distributions for single-view relighting. IEEE Trans.
Pattern Anal. Mach. Intell. 30, 1, 25–35.
HONG, W., YANG, A. Y., HUANG, K., AND MA, Y. 2004. On
symmetry and multiple-view geometry: Structure, pose, and cal-
ibration from a single image. IJCV 60, 3 (Dec.), 241–265.
KARSCH, K., HEDAU, V., FORSYTH, D., AND HOIEM, D. 2011.
Rendering synthetic objects into legacy photographs. In Proc.
ACM SIGGRAPH Asia, 157:1–157:12.
KHAN, E. A., REINHARD, E., FLEMING, R. W., AND
B ¨ULTHOFF, H. H. 2006. Image-based material editing. In Proc.
ACM SIGGRAPH, 654–663.
KIM, V. G., LIPMAN, Y., AND FUNKHOUSER, T. 2012.
Symmetry-guided texture synthesis and manipulation. ACM
Trans. Graph. 31, 3 (June), 22:1–22:14.
KOLMOGOROV, V. 2006. Convergent tree-reweighted message
passing for energy minimization. IEEE TPAMI 28, 10 (Oct.),
1568–1583.
KOPF, J., NEUBERT, B., CHEN, B., COHEN, M., COHEN-OR,
D., DEUSSEN, O., UYTTENDAELE, M., AND LISCHINSKI, D.
2008. Deep photo: model-based photograph enhancement and
viewing. In Proc. ACM SIGGRAPH Asia, 116:1–116:10.
KRAEVOY, V., SHEFFER, A., AND GOTSMAN, C. 2003. Match-
maker: constructing constrained texture maps. ACM Trans.
Graph. 22, 3 (July), 326–333.
KRAEVOY, V., SHEFFER, A., AND VAN DE PANNE, M. 2009.
Modeling from contour drawings. In Proceedings of the 6th Eu-
rographics Symposium on Sketch-Based Interfaces and Model-
ing, ACM, New York, NY, USA, SBIM ’09, 37–44.
KWATRA, V., SCHODL, A., ESSA, I., TURK, G., AND BOBICK,
A. 2003. Graphcut textures: Image and video synthesis using
graph cuts. ACM Trans. Graph. 22, 3 (July), 277–286.
LALONDE, J.-F., HOIEM, D., EFROS, A. A., ROTHER, C.,
WINN, J., AND CRIMINISI, A. 2007. Photo clip art. Proc.
ACM SIGGRAPH 26, 3 (August), 3.
LAND, E. H., JOHN, AND MCCANN, J. 1971. Lightness and
retinex theory. Journal of the Optical Society of America, 1–11.
LEPETIT, V., MORENO-NOGUER, F., AND FUA, P. 2009. Epnp:
An accurate o(n) solution to the pnp problem. Int. J. Comput.
Vision 81, 155–166.
LIM, J., PIRIAVASH, H., AND TORRALBA, A. 2013. Parsing ikea
objects: Fine pose estimation. In ICCV.
MEI, X., LING, H., AND JACOBS, D. 2009. Sparse representation
of cast shadows via l1-regularized least squares. In ICCV.
MITRA, N. J., AND PAULY, M. 2008. Symmetry for architectural
design. In Advances in Architectural Geometry, 13–16.
MITRA, N. J., GUIBAS, L. J., AND PAULY, M. 2006. Partial and
approximate symmetry detection for 3d geometry. In Proc. ACM
SIGGRAPH, 560–568.
NEALEN, A., SORKINE, O., ALEXA, M., AND COHEN-OR, D.
2005. A sketch-based interface for detail-preserving mesh edit-
ing. ACM Trans. Graph. 24, 3 (July), 1142–1147.
NG, R., RAMAMOORTHI, R., AND HANRAHAN, P. 2003. All-
frequency shadows using non-linear wavelet lighting approxima-
tion. In Proc. ACM SIGGRAPH, 376–381.
OH, B. M., CHEN, M., DORSEY, J., AND DURAND, F. 2001.
Image-based modeling and photo editing. In Proc. ACM SIG-
GRAPH, 433–442.
OKABE, T., SATO, I., AND SATO, Y. 2004. Spherical harmonics
vs. haar wavelets: Basis for recovering illumination from cast
shadows. In CVPR, 50–57.
PANAGOPOULOS, A., SAMARAS, D., AND PARAGIOS, N. 2009.
Robust shadow and illumination estimation using a mixture
model. In CVPR, 651–658.
PAULY, M., MITRA, N. J., GIESEN, J., GROSS, M., AND
GUIBAS, L. J. 2005. Example-based 3d scan completion. In
Proc. SGP.
PRASAD, M., ZISSERMAN, A., AND FITZGIBBON, A. W. 2006.
Single view reconstruction of curved surfaces. In CVPR.
RAMAMOORTHI, R., AND HANRAHAN, P. 2001. On the relation-
ship between radiance and irradiance: determining the illumina-
tion from images of a convex lambertian object. J. Opt. Soc. Am.
A 18, 10, 2448–2459.
ROMEIRO, F., AND ZICKLER, T. 2010. Blind reflectometry. In
ECCV, 45–58.
SIMPSON, J., 2003. Oxford English Dictionary Online, 2nd edi-
tion. http://www.oed.com/, July.
SORKINE, O., AND ALEXA, M. 2007. As-rigid-as-possible sur-
face modeling. In Proc. SGP, 109–116.
TERZOPOULOS, D., WITKIN, A., AND KASS, M. 1987.
Symmetry-seeking models and 3d object reconstruction. Inter-
national Journal of Computer Vision 1, 211–221.
TZUR, Y., AND TAL, A. 2009. Flexistickers: photogrammetric
texture mapping using casual images. ACM Trans. Graph. 28, 3
(July), 45:1–45:10.
XU, K., ZHENG, H., ZHANG, H., COHEN-OR, D., , LIU, L.,
AND XIONG, Y. 2011. Photo-inspired model-driven 3d object
modeling. ACM Transactions on Graphics 30, 4.
ZHENG, Y., CHEN, X., CHENG, M.-M., ZHOU, K., HU, S.-M.,
AND MITRA, N. J. 2012. Interactive images: cuboid proxies
for smart image manipulation. ACM Trans. Graph. 31, 4 (July),
99:1–99:11.
ZOU, H., AND HASTIE, T. 2005. Regularization and variable se-
lection via the elastic net. Journal of the Royal Statistical Society,
Series B 67, 301–320.
For reviews on the literature on musical persuasion, see Allan (2008), Bruner (1990), Hahn & Hwang (1999), and North & Hargreaves (2008).
1. Green, Andrew (2006) What is the impact of the commercial break environment on receptivity to my advertising? Warc Media FAQs, January 2006.
1. Bower, G. H., (1981). Mood and Memory. American Psychologist, 36 (2), 129-148.
1. Bower, G. H., (1981). Mood and Memory. American Psychologist, 36 (2), 129-148.
1. Owolabi, A. B., (2009). Effect of Consumers Mood on Advertising Effectiveness. Europe’s Journal of Psychology, 4, 118-127
2. De Pelsmacker, P.Guens ,M., & Ankaert, P., (2002). Media Context And Advertising Effectiveness: The Role of Context Appreciation and Context/Ad Similarity. Journal of Advertising, 31 (2), 49-61
[1]Shapiro, S., MacInnis, D. J., & Park, C. W., (2001). Understanding Program Induced Mood Effects: Decoupling
Arousal from Valence. Journal of Advertising, 31(4), 15-26.
1. Sharot, T; Phelps, E. (2004). "How arousal modulates memory: Disentangling the effects of attention and retention". Cognitive, Affective, & Behavioral Neuroscience 4 (3): 294–306.
2. Mickley Steinmetz, K; Schmidt, K.; Zucker, H.; Kensinger, E. (2012). "The effect of emotional arousal and retention delay on subsequent-memory effects".Cognitive Neuroscience 3 (4): 150–159.
3. Jeong, E; Biocca, F. (2012). "Corrigendum to "Are there optimal levels of arousal to memory? effects of arousal, centrality, and familiarity on brand memory in video games"". Computers in Human Behavior 28 (4): 1533
1. Bradley, M. M., & Lang, P. J. (2000). Measuring emotion: behavior, feeling, and physiology. In R. D. Lane & L.
Nadel (Eds.), Cognitive neuroscience of emotion (pp. 242–276). New York: Oxford University Press.
2. Cacioppo, J. T., Berntson, G. G., Klein, D. J., & Poehlmann, K. M. (1997). The psychophysiology of emotion
across the lifespan. Annual Review of Gerontology and Geriatrics, 17, 27–74
3. Bachorowski, J. A. (1999). Vocal expression and perception of emotion. Current Directions in Psychological Sci-
ence, 8, 53–57.
4. Cacioppo, J. T., & Gardner, W. L. (1999). Emotion. Annual Review of Psychology, 50, 191–214.
5. Barrett, L. F. (in press, a). Are emotions natural kinds? Perspectives on Psychological Science.
1. Diener, E., Larsen, R. J., Levine, S., & Emmons, R. A. (1985). Intensity and frequency: Dimensions underlying
Positive and negative a V ect. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 48, 1253–1265.
2. Larsen, R. J., Diener, E., & Emmons, R. A. (1986). A V ect intensity and reactions to daily life events. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 51, 803–814.
1. Axelrod, J. N., (1963). Induced Moods and Attitude toward Products. Journal of Advertising Research, 3 (2), 19-24.
1. Soldow, G. F., & Principe, V., (1981). Response to Commercials as a Function of Program Context. Journal of
Advertising Research, 21 (2), 59-65.
2. Owolabi, A. B., (2009). Effect of Consumers Mood on Advertising Effectiveness. Europe’s Journal of Psychology, 4, 118-127.
3. Moorman, M., Neijens, P. C., & Smit, E. G. (2012). Program-Involvement Effects on Commercial Attention and
Recall of Successive and Embedded Advertising. Journal of Advertising, 41(2), 25-38.
4. Soldow, G. F., & Principe, V., (1981). Response to Commercials as a Function of Program Context. Journal of
Advertising Research, 21 (2), 59-65.
5. Krugman, H. E., (1983). Television Program Interest and Commercial Interruption. Journal of Advertising
Research, 23 (1), 21-23.
1. Marjolein Moorman, Lotte M. Willemsen, Peter C. Neijens and Edith G. Smit Journal of Advertising Vol. 41, No. 2 (Summer 2012), pp. 25-37
1. Zillmann, Dolf (1996), “The Psychology of Suspense in Dramatic Exposition,” in Suspense: Conceptualizations, Theoretical Analyses, and Empirical Explanations, ed. Peter Vorderer, Hans J. Wulff, and Mike Friedrichsen, Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum, 199-231
1. Soldow, Gary F. and Victor Principe (1981), “Response to Commercials as a Function of Program Context,” Journal of Advertising Research, 21(2), 59-65
1. Zillmann, Dolf (1996), “The Psychology of Suspense in Dramatic Exposition,” in Suspense: Conceptualizations, Theoretical Analyses, and Empirical Explanations, ed. Peter Vorderer, Hans J. Wulff, and Mike Friedrichsen, Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum, 199-231
1. Gorn, Gerald, Michel Tuan Pham, and Leo Yatming Sin (2001), “When Arousal Influences Ad Evaluation and Valence Does Not (and Vice Versa),” Journal of Consumer Psychology,11(1), 43-55
2. Mattes, John and Joanne Cantor (1982), “Enhancing Responses to Television Advertisements via the Transfer of Residual Arousal from Prior Programming,” Journal of Broadcasting, 26(Spring), 553-66
3. Moorman, Marjolein, Peter C. Neijens, and Edith G. Smit - (2005), “The Effects of Program Responses on the Processing of Commercials Placed at Various Positions in the Program and the Block,” Journal of Advertising Research, 45(1), 49-59
4. De Pelsmacker, Patrick, Maggie Geuens, and Pascal Anckaert (2002), “Media Context and Advertising Effectiveness: The Role of Context Appreciation and Context/Ad Similarity,” Journal of Advertising, 31(2), 49-61
5. Singh, Surendra N. and Jacqueline C. Hitchon (1989), “The Intensifying Effects of Exciting Television Programs on the Reception of Subsequent Commercials,” Psychology &Marketing, 6(1), 1-31
6. Shapiro, Stewart, Deborah J. MacInnis, and C. Whan Park (2002), “Understanding Program Induced Mood Effects: Decoupling Arousal from Valence,” Journal of Advertising, 31(4), 15-26
7. Colleen C. Bee and Robert Madrigal “IT'S NOT WHETHER YOU WIN OR LOSE; IT'S HOW THE GAME IS PLAYED: The Influence of Suspenseful Sports Programming on Advertising” Journal of Advertising Vol. 41, No. 1 (Spring 2012), pp. 47-58
Trope, Yaacov, and Nira Liberman (2000), “Temporal Construal and Time-Dependent Changes in Preferences,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 79 (6), 876–89.
Trope, Yaacov, and Nira Liberman (2003), “Temporal Construal,” Psychological Review, 110 (July), 403–21.
Fo¨rster, Jens (2009), “Relations between Perceptual and Conceptual Scope: How Global versus Local Processing Fits a Focus on Similarity versus Dissimilarity,” Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 138 (1), 383–99.
Jordan Etkin and Rebecca K. Ratner, (2013), “Goal Pursuit, Now and Later: Temporal Compatibility of Different versus Similar Means” Journal of Consumer Research, Vol. 39, No. 5 (February 2013), pp. 1085-1099
Kruglanski, Arie W., James Y. Shah, Ayelet Fishbach, Ron Friedman, Woo Young Chun, and David Sleeth-Keppler (2002), “A Theory of Goal Systems,” in Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, Vol. 34, ed. Mark P. Zanna, San Diego: Academic Press, 331–78
Kruglanski, Arie W., Antonio Pierro, and Anna Sheveland (2010), “How Many Roads Lead to Rome? Equifinality Set-Size and Commitment to Goals and Means,” European Journal of Social Psychology, 40 (April), 1–9.
Etkin, Jordan, and Rebecca K. Ratner (2012), “The Dynamic Impact of Variety among Means on Motivation,” Journal of Consumer Research, 38 (April), 1076–92.
Fo¨rster, Jens, E. Tory Higgins, and Lorraine Chen Idson (1998), “Approach and Avoidance Strength during Goal Attainment: Regulatory Focus and the ‘Goal Looms Larger’ Effect,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 75 (November),1115–31.
Higgins, E. Tory, Joseph Cesario, Nao Hagiwara, Scott Spiegel, and Thane Pittman (2010), “Increasing or Decreasing Interest in Activities: The Role of Regulatory Fit,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 98 (4), 559–72.
Fujita, Kentaro, Marlone D. Henderson, Juliana Eng, Yaacov Trope, and Nira Liberman (2006), “Spatial Distance and Mental Construal of Social Events,” Psychological Science, 17 (April), 278–82.
Brooks, Lee R., Geoffrey R. Norman, and Scott W. Allen (1991), “Role of Specific Similarity in a Medical Diagnostic Task,” Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 120 (September), 278–87.
Dhar, Ravi, Stephen M. Nowlis, and Steven J. Sherman (1999), “Comparison Effects on Preference Construction,” Journal of Consumer Research, 26 (December), 293–306.
Fo¨rster, Jens (2009), “Relations between Perceptual and Conceptual Scope: How Global versus Local Processing Fits a Focus on Similarity versus Dissimilarity,” Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 138 (1), 383–99.
1. Goodman, Joseph K., and Selin A. Malkoc (2012), “Choosing for Here and Now versus There and Later: The Moderating Role of Psychological Distance on Assortment Size Preferences,” Journal of Consumer Research, 39 (December), electronicallypublished March 26.
Cesario, Joseph, Heidi Grant, and E. Tory Higgins (2004), “Regulatory Fit and Persuasion: Transfer from ‘Feeling Right,’” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 86 (3), 388–404.
Fishbach, Ayelet, James Y. Shah, and Arie W. Kruglanski (2004), “Emotional Transfer in Goal Systems,” Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 40 (November), 723–38
Fo¨rster, Jens, E. Tory Higgins, and Lorraine Chen Idson (1998), “Approach and Avoidance Strength during Goal Attainment: Regulatory Focus and the ‘Goal Looms Larger’ Effect,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 75 (November),1115–31.
Higgins, E. Tory (2005), “Value from Regulatory Fit,” Current Directions in Psychological Science, 14 (August), 209–13.
Higgins, E. Tory, Joseph Cesario, Nao Hagiwara, Scott Spiegel, and Thane Pittman (2010), “Increasing or Decreasing Interest in Activities: The Role of Regulatory Fit,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 98 (4), 559–72.
Merton, Robert K. (1957), Social Theory and Social Structure, Glencoe, IL: Free Press.
Jordan Etkin and Rebecca K. Ratner, (2013), “Goal Pursuit, Now and Later: Temporal Compatibility of Different versus Similar Means” Journal of Consumer Research, Vol. 39, No. 5 (February 2013), pp. 1085-1099
1. Jordan Etkin and Rebecca K. Ratner, (2013), “Goal Pursuit, Now and Later: Temporal Compatibility of Different versus Similar Means” Journal of Consumer Research, Vol. 39, No. 5 (February 2013), pp. 1085-1099
Holt, D., Ippolito, P.M., Desrochers, D.M., & Kelly, C.R. (2007). Children’s exposure to TV advertising in 1977 and 2004: Information for the obesity debate. Washington, DC: Federal Trade Commission, Bureau of Economics Staff Report.
Allan, D. (2008). A content analysis of music placement in prime-time television advertising. Journal of Advertising Research, 48(3), 404-417.
Petty, R.E., Brinol, P., & Priester, J.R. (2009). Mass media attitude change: Implications of the elaboration likelihood model of persuasion. In J. Bryant & M.B. Oliver (Eds.), Media effects: Advances in theory and research (3rd ed., pp. 125-164). New York, NY: Routledge.
August 21st,2012
http://bgr.com/2012/08/22/apple-poised-to-enrage-cable-companies-with-new-ad-blocking-tech/
http://appleinsider.com/articles/12/08/21/apple_patent_lets_users_switch_away_from_broadcast_commercials_automatically.html
http://patft.uspto.gov/netacgi/nph-Parser?Sect1=PTO2&Sect2=HITOFF&u=%2Fnetahtml%2FPTO%2Fsearch-adv.htm&r=13&p=1&f=G&l=50&d=PTXT&S1=(apple.ASNM.+AND+20120821.PD.)&OS=an/apple+and+isd/8/21/2012&RS=(AN/apple+AND+ISD/20120821)
August 8th 2012
http://singularityhub.com/2012/08/08/billboards-and-tvs-detect-your-face-advertisers-salivate/
http://www.cnet.com/news/microsoft-readies-nuads-they-watch-you-watching-them/
http://singularityhub.com/2012/02/18/free-facial-recognition-klik-point-your-phone-at-a-friend-and-it-will-tell-you-who-they-are/
https://imrsv.com/
December 8th, 2012
http://www.pcworld.com/article/2018961/were-all-clueless-about-privacy-ftc-is-told-at-hearing.html
http://www.ftc.gov/news-events/press-releases/2012/12/ftc-host-comprehensive-collection-web-data-workshop-tomorrow
http://www.pcworld.com/article/2019241/privacy-in-america-continues-to-erode-online-report-says.html?tk=rel_news
http://online.wsj.com/news/articles/SB10001424127887324784404578143144132736214?mg=reno64-wsj&url=http%3A%2F%2Fonline.wsj.com%2Farticle%2FSB10001424127887324784404578143144132736214.html
http://online.wsj.com/news/interactive/ANONYMITY1208?ref=SB10001424127887324784404578143144132736214
http://online.wsj.com/news/interactive/ANONYMITY1212?ref=SB10001424127887324784404578143144132736214
http://blogs.wsj.com/digits/2012/12/07/sites-sharing-personal-details-the-journal-methodology/
January 17th, 2013
1. http://www.theverge.com/2013/1/17/3885898/doj-wont-talk-about-gps-tracking-aclu-lawsuit
February 6th, 2013
http://www.popsci.com/science/article/2013-02/your-brain-music-infographic
http://visual.ly/psychology-music?utm_source=visually_embed
April 12th, 2013
August 28th, 2013
http://gizmodo.com/we-could-build-entire-cities-out-of-greenhouse-gas-some-1216713649
http://phys.org/news/2013-08-trial-carbon-capture-technology-co2.html
http://www.theguardian.com/environment/2012/may/10/carbon-capture-storage
http://www.smartplanet.com/blog/bulletin/skyonics-twist-on-carbon-capture-turns-co2-into-baking-soda/
http://content.time.com/time/specials/2007/article/0,28804,1730759_1731383_1731989,00.html
August 20th, 2013
http://www.popsci.com/science/article/2013-08/psychedelics-dont-give-you-mental-health-problems-study-says
http://www.plosone.org/article/info%3Adoi%2F10.1371%2Fjournal.pone.0063972
http://www.popsci.com/science/article/2013-04/new-science-lsd-therapy